The material in this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives - 4.0 International licence, with the exception of:
any third party material
any trade marks, and
any images or photographs.
You may not make derivatives of this publication, but may only use a verbatim copy. More information on this CC BY ND license is set out at the Creative Commons Website. Enquiries about this publication can be sent to:
By accessing or using this publication, you agree to the following:
While care has been taken in the preparation of this publication, it may not be complete or up-to-date. You can ensure that you are using a complete and up-to-date version by checking the Australian Building Codes Board website (abcb.gov.au).
The Australian Building Codes Board, the Commonwealth of Australia and States and Territories of Australia do not accept any liability, including liability for negligence, for any loss (howsoever caused), damage, injury, expense or cost incurred by any person as a result of accessing, using or relying upon this publication, to the maximum extent permitted by law. No representation or warranty is made or given as to the currency, accuracy, reliability, merchantability, fitness for any purpose or completeness of this publication or any information which may appear on any linked websites, or in other linked information sources, and all such representations and warranties are excluded to the extent permitted by law.
This publication is not legal or professional advice. Persons rely upon this publication entirely at their own risk and must take responsibility for assessing the relevance and accuracy of the information in relation to their particular circumstances.
Introduction to the National Construction Code (NCC)
About the NCC
The NCC is Australia’s primary set of technical design and construction provisions for buildings. As a performance-based code, it sets the minimum required level for the safety, health, amenity, accessibility and sustainability of certain buildings. It primarily applies to the design and construction of new buildings, and plumbing and drainage systems in new and existing buildings. In some cases it may also apply to structures associated with buildings and new building work or new plumbing and drainage work in existing buildings.
The Australian Building Codes Board (ABCB), on behalf of the Australian Government and each State and Territory government, produces and maintains the NCC. When determining the content of the NCC, the ABCB seeks to—
ensure requirements have a rigorously tested rationale; and
effectively and proportionally address applicable issues; and
create benefits to society that outweigh costs; and
consider non-regulatory alternatives; and
consider the competitive effects of regulation; and
not be unnecessarily restrictive.
The primary users of the NCC include architects, builders, plumbers, building surveyors, hydraulic consultants, engineers and other building and plumbing related professions and trades.
Format of the NCC
The NCC is published in three volumes. The Building Code of Australia (BCA) is Volumes One and Two of the NCC and the Plumbing Code of Australia (PCA) is Volume Three of the NCC.
Components of the NCC
The NCC provides the technical provisions for the design and construction of buildings and other structures, and plumbing and drainage systems.
NCC Volume One primarily covers the design and construction of multi-residential, commercial, industrial and public assembly buildings and some associated structures.
NCC Volume Two primarily covers the design and construction of smaller scale buildings including houses, small sheds, carports and some associated structures.
NCC Volume Three covers the design, construction and maintenance of plumbing and drainage systems in new and existing buildings.
Each volume contains—
Governing Requirements; and
Performance Requirements; and
compliance options to meet the NCC requirements; and
State and Territory variations and additions.
The NCC uses building classifications to identify requirements for different intended purposes of buildings or parts of buildings. A building classification relates to the characteristics and the intended use of the building. Information on building classifications is found in Part A6 of the Governing Requirements.
Legislative arrangements and the NCC
The NCC is given legal effect through State and Territory, or other statutory authority, building and plumbing legislation. These Acts and Regulations set out the legal framework and administration mechanisms for the NCC to support the design and construction of buildings.
The dates of adoption of the NCC are determined by State and Territory building and plumbing administrations.
How to use the NCC
Each volume of the NCC is split into two main sections:
Administrative requirements contained within the Governing Requirements.
Technical requirements contained within the remaining sections of the NCC.
The Governing Requirements provide the rules and instructions for using and complying with the NCC. They are vital in understanding how the technical requirements of the NCC should be applied to any particular situation. The Governing Requirements are also important in understanding how the NCC fits with the building and plumbing regulatory framework within Australia.
NCC clause numbering system
The NCC uses a uniform clause numbering system across each of its three volumes. This system is called Section-Part-Type-Clause (SPTC). In each clause number—
The first letter indicates which NCC Section sits within, or if the letter S is used, that the clause is part of a Specification. The letter S is used in place of a Section indicator because the same Specification may be called up in several different Sections of the NCC.
The first number indicates the number of each Part within a Section, or the number of a Specification. Parts are numbered sequentially within each Section, starting at 1. Specifications are numbered sequentially across all three volumes, also starting at 1.
The second letter indicates the clause Type. It will be G, O, F, P, V, D or C and these are explained below.
The second number is the clause number within each Part or Specification.
The clause Types used in the NCC are as follows:
G = Governing requirement (mandatory)
O = Objective (guidance)
F = Functional Statement (guidance)
P = Performance Requirement (mandatory)
V = Verification Method (optional)
D = Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision (optional)
C = Clause in a Specification (clauses in Specifications may be mandatory or optional, depending on how the Specification is called up by the NCC).
Informative parts of the NCC (e.g. Introduction to the NCC) are not numbered and do not have numbered paragraphs. This helps make it easy to see that their content is information only and does not contain any regulatory requirements.
Introduction to NCC Volume One
About NCC Volume One
NCC Volume One contains technical design and construction requirements for all Class 2 to 9 buildings (multi-residential, commercial, industrial, and public assembly buildings) and their associated structures.
NCC Volume One contains the requirements for—
all Class 2 to 9 buildings; and
access requirements for people with a disability in Class 1b and 10a buildings; and
certain Class 10b structures including access requirements for people with a disability in Class 10b swimming pools.
Components of NCC Volume One
NCC Volume One contains the following Sections:
Section A – Governing Requirements
Section B – Structure
Section C – Fire resistance
Section D – Access and egress
Section E – Services and equipment
Section F – Health and amenity
Section G – Ancillary provisions
Section I – Special use buildings
Section J – Energy efficiency
Schedules—
Abbreviations and symbols
Definitions
Referenced documents
State and Territory variations and additions
Section A contains the mandatory Governing Requirements for the NCC. Sections B to G and I to J contain the mandatory Performance Requirements and the pathways that can be used to comply with the NCC.
There is no Section H in NCC Volume One because the letter ‘H’ is used in NCC Volume Two. This avoids number clashes between NCC Volume One and NCC Volume Two.
List of NCC Specifications
Table 1 sets out the number and title of each NCC Specification, along with the clauses in each NCC Volume that refer to the Specification.
1 May 2006 (except that the date for mandatory compliance with Section J provisions for Class 5 to 9 buildings is 1 November 2006)
1 May 2006, except for Part I2 and Section J which were adopted on 1 August 2006.
1 May 2010 except for Section J, which was adopted on 1 September 2010, and the restriction on child resistant door sets in G1.1 and the additional bushfire requirements for ‘excluded areas’ prescribed in SA G5.2(d) and (e), which were adopted on 2 December 2010.
Adoption of BCA 96 Volume One
The 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 1
Amendment No. 1 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 1 is to—
correct minor typographical errors including spelling, punctuation and layout; and
include reference to a Certificate of Conformity issued by the ABCB in A2.2; and
change the reference to the Standards Mark Certificate to refer to JAS–ANZ in A2.2; and
update references to Standards
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 2
Amendment No. 2 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 2 is to—
correct minor typographical errors; and
update references to Standards.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 3
Amendment No. 3 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 3 is to—
incorporate the outcomes of the 1997 ABCB Variations Conference; and
update references to Standards; and
include minor technical changes.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 4
Amendment No. 4 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 4 is to—
update references to Standards; and
include minor technical changes.
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 5
Amendment No. 5 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 5 is to—
update references to Standards; and
include minor technical changes; and
amend clauses to improve clarity and to reduce the possibility of differences in interpretation; and
expand on the requirements for subfloor ventilation based on climatic conditions.
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 6
Amendment No. 6 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 6 is to—
update references to Standards; and
expand on the requirements for carparking for people with disabilities; and
replace Sound Transmission Class (STC) with weighted sound reduction index (Rw) within Part F5; and
include minor technical changes.
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 7
Amendment No. 7 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 7 is to—
update references to Standards; and
include requirements for non-required and private stairways; and
include minor technical changes.
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 8
Amendment No. 8 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 8 is to—update references to Standards; and
update references to Standards; and
include minor technical changes; and
achieve greater consistency between both Volumes of the BCA for stairway construction.
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 9
Amendment No. 9 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 9 is to—
update references to Standards; and
include minor technical changes; and
clarify which glazed assemblies must comply with AS 2047 and which must comply with AS 1288 .
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 10
Amendment No. 10 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 10 is to—
update references to Standards; and
clarify that windows must comply with AS 2047 for resistance to water penetration; and
subject to certain conditions, allow a non-fire-isolated stairway to connect an additional storey; and
update signage required for people with disabilities, including the need for signs to contain Braille and tactile information; and
include minor technical changes.
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 11
Amendment No. 11 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 11 is to—
update references to Standards; and
transfer public policy matters, with respect to structural adequacy, from the AS 1170 series to the BCA; and
introduce Class 7a, 7b and 9c classifications; and
update the provisions for residential buildings used for the accommodation of the aged to align with the Commonwealth Aged Care Act, 1997; and
include minor technical changes.
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 12
Amendment No. 12 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 12 is to—
update references to Standards; and
apply the swimming pool safety provisions to swimming pools associated with Class 4 parts as well as Class 2 and 3 buildings; and
allow the use of either the 1989 editions or the 2002 editions of the 1170 series of standards; and
include minor technical changes.
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
BCA 96 Amendment No. 13
Amendment No. 13 of the 1996 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1
The purpose of Amendment No. 13 is to—
update references to Standards; and
reform the provisions for fire hazard properties of materials; and
revise a requirement for the use of non-combustible materials; and
include additional requirements for the protection of electrical switchboards which sustain electricity supply to emergency equipment; and
include minor changes to the requirements for aged care buildings; and
include minor technical changes.
Note: Only substantive typographical corrections are noted in the margin.
Adoption of BCA 2004 Volume One
The 2004 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of BCA 2004 Volume One is to—
update references to Standards; and
update references from BCA 96 to BCA 2004; and
include a Performance Requirement considering human impact with glazing; and
reform the provisions for sound insulation; and
reform the maintenance provisions; and
include minor technical changes.
Adoption of BCA 2005 Volume One
The 2005 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of BCA 2005 Volume One is to—
update references to Standards; and
clarify when fire sprinklers are required to be installed in buildings; and
update the provisions for waterproofing of wet areas; and
include energy efficiency measures for Class 2 and 3 buildings and Class 4 parts; and
more closely align the requirements for lifts with those of Occupational Health and Safety legislation; and
include minor technical changes.
Adoption of BCA 2006 Volume One
The 2006 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of BCA 2006 Volume One is to—
update schedule of referenced documents; and
include a national testing regime for cladding in cyclonic areas; and
withdraw of AS 1530.3 tests on floor materials and floor coverings and wall and ceiling linings; and
include energy efficiency measures for Class 5 to 9 buildings; and
include minor technical changes.
Adoption of BCA 2007 Volume One
The 2007 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of BCA 2007 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and
update energy efficiency provisions including providing additional information; and
include minor technical changes.
Adoption of BCA 2008 Volume One
The 2008 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of BCA 2008 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and
due to changes in the types of detector now available, rather than only allowing the use of a heat detectors when smoke detector would be unsuitable in the atmosphere, to allow the use of any type of detector deemed suitable by AS 1670.1 ; and
clarify the intent of the BCA when a service penetrates a building element required to have an FRL; and
amend the requirements for door handle heights to be consistent with AS 1428.1 ; and
align some BCA terms with current industry terminology; and
include lists of other Commonwealth, State and Territory legislation affecting buildings; and
include suitable provisions for swimming pool water recirculation systems; and
include minor technical changes.
Adoption of BCA 2009 Volume One
The 2009 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of BCA 2009 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and
after expiry of the agreed transition period, except for the 1993 edition of AS 1170.4, delete all references to the older loading standards contained in the AS 1170 series and consequently, all provisions referring to them; and
clarify the application of the vertical separation provisions; and
clarify the intent of separation of equipment; and
simplify the wire balustrade provisions, including the addition of a Verification Method; and
clarify the provisions for the construction of sanitary compartments to enable an unconscious occupant to be removed; and
clarify the height of rooms in an attic and with a sloping ceiling; and
further update the energy efficiency provisions; and
include minor technical changes.
Adoption of BCA 2010 Volume One
The 2010 edition of the BCA Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of BCA 2010 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and
delete reference to the 1993 edition of AS 1170.4 and consequently all provisions referring to it; and
increase the stringency of the energy efficiency provisions and, as part of reducing greenhouse gas emissions, introduce provisions for the greenhouse gas intensity of the energy source for services such as water and space heaters; and
update Part G5, as a consequence of referencing the 2009 edition of AS 3959 construction in bushfire-prone areas, to include provisions which apply to a Class 10a building or deck associated with a Class 2 or 3 building located in a designated bushfire prone area; and
include minor technical changes.
Adoption of NCC 2011 Volume One
The 2011 edition of the NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of NCC 2011 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and
align the NCC with the Access Code in the Disability (Access to Premises — Buildings) Standards; and
restructure the fire hazard property provisions; and
include minor technical changes.
Adoption of NCC 2012 Volume One
The 2012 edition of the NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of NCC 2012 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and
include revised provisions aimed at reducing slips, trips and falls in buildings; and
include a Verification Method for emergency lighting; and
align the NCC with changes to the National Quality Standard for early childhood education and care; and
include exemptions for Class 8 electricity network substations; and
include minor technical changes.
Adoption of NCC 2013 Volume One
The 2013 edition of the NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of NCC 2013 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and
include new provisions for openable windows to reduce falls in buildings; and
include a Performance Requirement and reference a Standard for construction in flood hazard areas; and
consolidate the building related components of the AS 1735 lift series into the BCA; and
enhance the egress provisions for people with disability; and
include minor technical changes.
Adoption of NCC 2014 Volume One
The 2014 edition of the NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of NCC 2014 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and
quantify slip resistance on ramps, stairways and landings; and
include provisions for photoluminescent exit signs; and
expand the fire-resistance concession for timber-framed construction to include Class 3 buildings; and
remove the requirement for fire hose reels in a Class 2 or Class 3 building or a Class 4 part of a building; and
include minor technical changes.
Adoption of NCC 2015 Volume One
The 2015 edition of the NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of NCC 2015 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and
include a Verification Method for structural reliability; and
improve the usability of the barrier provisions; and
expand the requirements for sprinkler protection to aged care buildings; and
include a Verification Method for weatherproofing of external walls; and
improve the usability of energy efficiency provisions for air-conditioning and ventilation systems.
Adoption of NCC 2016 Volume One
The 2016 edition of NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of NCC 2016 Volume One is to—
update references to other documents; and
amend the “Introduction” and “General Requirements” as part of the initiative to increase the use of Performance Solutions; and
include new Verification Methods for structural robustness and indoor air quality; and
include provisions for fire-protected timber; and
include requirements for farm-type buildings; and
include minor technical changes.
NCC 2016 Volume One Amendment No. 1
Amendment No. 1 to the 2016 edition of NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of Amendment No. 1 is to—
introduce a new Verification method, CV3, for limiting fire spread via external wall assemblies; and
include reference to the revised edition of AS 2118.1 ; and
clarify provisions relating to the use of external wall claddings and attachments; and
revise the evidence of suitability provisions.
Adoption of NCC 2019 Volume One
The 2019 edition of NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of NCC 2019 Volume One is to—
include the Governing Requirements, that result from revision of Section A to improve readability and are common to all NCC volumes; and
introduce the use of schedules that are common to all NCC volumes; and
include new Verification Methods, including the Fire Safety Verification Method; and
clarify provisions, including provisions relating to measurement of distance between required alternative exits; and
expand the requirements for sprinkler protection to residential buildings; and
introduce requirements for accessible adult change facilities; and
introduce requirements for management of water vapour and condensation; and
introduce requirements for occupiable outdoor areas; and
increase stringency of energy efficiency requirements; and
update references to other documents; and
include minor technical changes.
NCC 2019 Amendment No. 1
Amendment No. 1 to the 2019 edition of NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of Amendment No. 1 is to—
require that a process be followed to improve the quality of and documentation for Performance Solutions; and
include a new provision regarding egress from early childhood centres; and
require labelling of Aluminium Composite Panels; and
clarify the concession that permits timber framing for low-rise Class 2 and 3 buildings.
NCC 2022
The 2022 edition of NCC Volume One was adopted as set out in Table 1.
The purpose of NCC Volume One 2022 is to—
include quantified Performance Requirements; and
clarify and improve provisions relating to fire performance of building elements, including external walls; and
include provisions to improve fire safety for early childhood centres and primary schools; and
include expanded weatherproofing and waterproofing provisions; and
include bushfire protection requirements for certain Class 9 buildings; and
incorporate amended energy efficiency provisions; and
update references to other documents; and
include other minor technical changes.
List of amendments - NCC 2022 Volume One
This list has been prepared by the Australian Building Codes Board to assist National Construction Code (NCC) users in identifying changes incorporated in the 2022 edition of NCC Volume One.
The notes provide a description of major changes made from the previous edition of Volume One. If additional information is required to assist in understanding, interpreting or applying the provisions of the 2022 edition of Volume One, reference should be made to the Guide to Volume One.
While the Australian Building Codes Board has attempted to include all major changes made from the previous edition of Volume One, the Board does not give any warranty nor accept any liability in relation to the contents of this list of amendments.
Table 1:
List of amendments - NCC 2022 Volume One
Reference
Changes and Commentary
General
Throughout
An “Introduction to this Part” has been added to introduce the intent and purpose of every Part of the NCC.
Throughout
The Objectives and Functional Statements have been relocated from the Guide to Volume One into NCC Volume One.
Throughout
A number of provisions have been amended, restructured, deleted and relocated as part of the initiative to provide a consistent NCC structure and improve NCC usability.
Section A—Governing requirements
A1G1
A new clause added to specify scope of NCC Volume One.
A1G2
A new clause added to specify scope of NCC Volume Two.
A1G3
A new clause added to specify scope of NCC Volume Three.
A2G2(4)(b)
Amended to remove unnecessary duplication.
A5G3
A Note has been included to outline transitional arrangements regarding new numbering system and documentary evidence.
A5G4
A new clause added to limit lead content in copper alloy plumbing products in contact with drinking water.
A5G9
A new clause added to require a NatHERS certificate be issued for the house energy rating software output where house energy rating software is required.
A6G1
The limitation statement has been amended to include a Class 9b early childhood centre.
Specification 1
Schedule 5 in NCC 2019 Amendment 1 has been relocated into new Specification 1 and 2.
Specification 2
Schedule 5 in NCC 2019 Amendment 1 has been relocated into new Specification 1 and 2.
Specification 3
Schedule 6 in NCC 2019 Amendment 1 has been relocated into new Specification 3.
Section B—Structure
B1P1(2)(a)
A new requirement for a Class 7b buildings to have the ability to support the addition of solar photovoltaic panels. An exemption is also provided to certain Class 7b buildings.
B1D3(a)(iv)
A new requirement for a Class 7b buildings to have the ability to support the addition of solar photovoltaic panels. An exemption is also provided to certain Class 7b buildings.
B1D3(c)
Amended to clarify all parts of AS 1170.4 are applicable.
Section C—Fire resistance
C1V4
Amended as a consequence of restructuring Schedule 7 of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 into the referenced document, ABCB Fire Safety Verification Method standard.
C2D10(4)
Amended to provide additional concessions to C2D10(1) and (2).
C2D10(5)
A new sub-clause added to specify non-combustible materials.
C2D10(6)
Amended to provide cross-reference for fixing requirements of externally located bonded laminated materials.
C2D14
Amended for clarity and to provide additional ancillary elements permitted on an external wall required to be non-combustible.
C2D15
A new clause added to specify fixing requirements for externally located bonded laminated cladding panels.
C3D3
Amended to make reference to new defined term ‘Volume’.
C3D4
Amended to make reference to new defined term ‘Volume’.
C3D6
A new sub-clause (2) has been inserted to provide compartmentation and separation requirements to Class 9b early childhood centres. As a consequence, the heading has also been amended. An exemption statement has also been included to provide exemption to certain Class 9b early childhood centres.
C4D10
Amended to provide concession for test drain pipes used for fire services.
C4D16
Amended to permit use of reports where the tested system differs from the subject system in accordance with AS 4072.1. Also, a new sub-clause has been inserted to clarify that tests must be reported in accordance with Specifications 1 and 2.
S5C20(1)
Sub-clause (c) has been inserted to permit the use of timber framing for roof trusses and floor frames.
S5C23(1)
Sub-clause (c) has been inserted to permit the use of timber framing for roof trusses and floor frames.
Section D—Access and egress
D2D3
Amended to provide concession to parts of a storey of certain buildings to require 1 exit in lieu of not less than 2 provided there is direct egress to a road or open space and satisfies D2D5 provision for 1 exit.
D2D3(4)(iv)
Amended to require each part of storey or fire compartment used as a Class 9b early childhood centre be provided with not less than 2 exits.
D2D4(2)
Amended to require stairways or ramps serving Class 9b early childhood centres as a required exit to be fire-isolated. An exemption has been included for certain Class 9b early childhood centres.
D2D8
Amended to provide exemption to ladders that are in accordance with D2D21, D3D23 or I3D3.
D2D16(6)
Amended and includes a new sub-clause to specify the clear area to horizontal exits to Class 9b early childhood centres must accommodate all occupants.
D2D16(8)
A new sub-clause has been inserted to require not less than 2 horizontal exits to fire compartments required by C3D6(2).
D2D23
Amended to include new provisions for primary schools. References to early childhood centres have been deleted as a consequence to new and amended Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions and limitation statement located in A6G1, C3D6, D2D3, D2D4, D2D16, D3D19, D3D22, D3D27, E1D11, Specification 17 and E2D20.
D3D16(b)
Amended to provide exemption only to resident use areas in a Class 9c building.
D3D19(4)
Amended to specify requirements of D3D19(2) and (3) cannot be applied to fire-isolated stairways or ramps serving Class 9b early childhood centres.
D3D19(6) and (7)
New sub-clauses have been inserted to provide a maximum opening between barrier and vertical face of a landing, balcony, deck, stairway or the like.
D3D22(1)(c)
Amended to include a new handrail requirement for Class 9b early childhood centres.
D3D27
Amended and includes provision for doors of a fire-isolated exit to not be locked from the inside in a Class 9b early childhood centre.
Section E—Services and equipment
E1D8
Amended to make reference to new defined term ‘Volume’.
E1D11
Amended and includes new sub-clause to require sprinkler protection to Class 9b early childhood centre and any other class of building containing Class 9b early childhood centre part. An exemption has been included for certain Class 9b early childhood centres.
E1D13
Amended to make reference to new defined term ‘Volume’.
E2D10
Amended to make reference to new defined term ‘Volume’.
E2D20
A new sub-clause has been inserted to require automatic smoke detection and alarm system to a building containing Class 9b early childhood centre. An exemption has been included for certain Class 9b early childhood centres.
S17C2(c)
Amended to specify that a Class 2 or 3 building with a Class 9b early childhood centre cannot adopt a sprinkler system in accordance with Specification 18.
S17C14
A new clause has been inserted to require quick response sprinklers to Class 9b early childhood centres required to have an automatic fire sprinkler system. An exemption has been provided to certain Class 9b early childhood centres.
Section F—Health and amenity
Part F1
Part F1 has been re-named as a consequence of restructuring, includes new external waterproofing Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions, and group provisions relating to rainwater management and rising damp.
F1P2
Amended to reflect contemporary terminology of annual exceedance probability in lieu of average recurrence interval.
F1P3
Amended to reflect contemporary terminology of annual exceedance probability in lieu of average recurrence interval.
F1D2
A new clause added to specify application of Part F1.
F1D3
Amended to clarify design and construction of stormwater drainage.
F1D4
A new clause has been inserted to specify requirements for exposed joints incorporated in a roof, balcony, podium or similar horizontal part of building.
F1D5
Amended to clarify locations at which external waterproofing membranes are required.
Part F2
A new Part has been inserted as a consequence of restructuring Part F1 and contains group provisions for wet areas and overflow protection previously contained in NCC 2019 Amdt 1 Part F1. The remaining Parts of Section F have been renumbered accordingly.
F2O1
A new Objective has been included for wet areas.
F2F1
A new Functional Statement has been included for wet areas.
F2D4
Amended to include new requirement for a floor to fall to waste where a floor waste is installed.
Part F3
A new Part has been inserted containing new and relocated Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions relating to roof and external wall weatherproofing.
F3O1
A new Objective has been included for roof and wall cladding
F3F1
A new Functional Statement has been included for roof and wall cladding
F3D2
A new sub-clause has been added to include external waterproofing membrane complying with F1D5. Cellulose cement corrugated sheeting has been removed from the clause.
F3D5
A new provision has been included to provide options for masonry, autoclaved aerated concrete and metal wall cladding complying with certain NCC referenced documents for satisfying external wall weatherproofing requirements.
F4D5(c)
Amended to clarify ambulant sanitary compartment must be provided for each sex, and for male ambulant sanitary compartment to be separate from female ambulant sanitary compartment.
F7P1
Amended and now contains quantified level of performance for sound transmission through floors.
F7P2
Amended and now contains quantified level of performance for sound transmission through walls.
FP5.3
This Performance Requirement in NCC 2019 Amdt 1 has been deleted as a consequence of amendments to F7P1 and F7P2.
F7P3
Amended and now contains quantified level of performance for sound transmission through floors in a residential care building.
F7P4
Amended and now contains quantified level of performance for sound transmission through walls in a residential care building.
FP5.6
This Performance Requirement in NCC 2019 Amdt 1 has been deleted as a consequence of amendments to F7P3 and F7P4.
F8V1
Amended to include new references to sections of the standard AIRAH DA07 for input assumptions, and new failure criteria included based on a mould index of 3.
F8D3
Amended to include vapour permeance requirements for several materials in climate zones 4 to 8.
F8D4
Amended to include additional exhaust requirements, including ducting of exhausts to outdoor air, exhaust run-on timers in some rooms and provision of make-up air to some rooms.
F8D5
Amended to require a ventilated roof space in climate zones 6, 7 and 8, with exceptions for concrete roofs, roofs made from structural insulated panels and roofs subject to Bushfire Attack Level FZ.
Specification 26
A new specification has been inserted and contains the requirements of Table F1.7 of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1.
S26C3
Amended to require walls in shower areas to be waterproof to not less than 1800 mm above the floor substrate.
S26C4 and S26C5
Sub-clause (1) has been amended to include fibre-cement sheet flooring.
S26C6
A new sub-clause (3) has been inserted to specify wet area requirements where a hand-held bidet spray is installed in a WC. Sub-clause (2) has been amended as a consequence of sub-clause (3).
S28C7
Amended and includes new forms of timber and steel wall construction.
S28C10
Amended and includes new form of timber floor construction.
Section G—Ancillary provisions
G1D4
Amended to require barriers to outdoor play spaces located more than 2 m above the surface beneath to be 1.8 m high and non-climbable.
G2D3
Consequential amendments as a result of changes to the Part 12.4 of the ABCB Housing Provisions as part of the Acceptable Construction Practice review project.
G5O1(c)
Amended to include new sub-clause to reflect protection of building occupants who may be unable to readily evacuate prior to a bushfire.
G5F1
Amended to include protection of building occupants who may be unable to readily evacuate prior to a bushfire.
G5P1
Amended and now contains quantified level of performance for bushfire resistance.
G5P2
New Performance Requirement for Class 9 buildings has been added.
G5V1
A limitation box has been inserted to specify that G5V1 does not apply to a Class 9 building.
G5D1
Amended on account of the introduction of G5P2.
G5D2
Amended to include Class 9 buildings located in an area subject to BAL not exceeding 12.5.
G5D3
Title amended to include reference to residential buildings.
G5D4
A new provision has been added for the protection of certain Class 9 buildings.
Part G7
A new Part has been inserted containing the Livable housing design requirements. This includes a new Objective, Functional Statement, Performance Requirement and Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions.
Specification 43
A new Specification has been inserted as a consequence of new bushfire protection provisions for certain Class 9 buildings.
Section I—Special use buildings
Section I
Section H of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 has been amended to Section I as a result of structural changes to NCC Volume Two.
Section J—Energy efficiency
J1O1
Amended to expand the energy efficiency Objectives of Section J.
J1F1
Amended to expand the energy efficiency functional requirements of Section J.
J1P1
Amended to clarify requirements for a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building.
J1P2
A new Performance Requirement for the thermal performance of Class 2 sole-occupancy units.
J1P3
A new Performance Requirement for the energy usage of Class 2 sole-occupancy units.
J1P4
A new Performance Requirement for renewable energy and electric vehicle charging equipment.
J1V1(2)
Expands the NABERS pathway to Class 2 common areas.
J1V1(3)
Expands the NABERS pathway to Class 3 buildings.
J1V1(4)
Expands the NABERS pathway to Class 6 buildings.
J1V2(1)
Aligns the Green Star pathway with the most recent Green Building Council of Australia modelling requirements.
J1V2(2)
Amended to remove reference to Specification 34 as a required calculation method.
J1V4
Expands the existing building sealing verification method by setting additional ventilation requirements for well-sealed buildings.
J1V5
A new verification method for a sole-occupancy unit of Class 2 building.
Part J2
Expanded section on the application of Section J.
Part J3
New Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions J3D1 to J3D15, for energy efficiency in a sole-occupancy unit of Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building.
J4D6
Amended to clarify how the requirements apply to internal envelope walls.
J4D7
Amended to set a deemed R-Value for concrete slab-on-ground construction in most circumstances.
J9D3
Amended to provide concession to individual sole-occupancy units with a floor area of 500 m2 or less.
J9D4
Provisions to provide ease of retrofit for electric vehicle charging equipment.
J9D5
Provisions to provide ease of retrofit for solar photovoltaic and battery storage equipment.
S34C2(d)(ii)
Amended to clarify infiltration rate applies throughout all zones.
S34C3(4)(d)
Amended to clarify building form inclusions for ground floor and basements.
S34C3(6)(f)
Amended to clarify scope of air-conditioning configuration and zoning requirements.
Table S34C3
Amends table to use the most up to date greenhouse gas emissions factors.
Table S35C2k
Amends the artificial lighting schedule from weekly to daily.
Specification 36
Amended to align the tables of R-Values for material, surface air film and airspace with current calculation methodologies.
Table S39C2b
Amended to include a table note on wall thickness.
Specification 44
A new specification referenced by J1P2 has been inserted that describes the calculation of heating, cooling and thermal load limits.
Specification 45
A new specification has been inserted to provide modelling profiles for J1V5.
Schedule 1—Definitions
Schedule 1
Schedule 1 has been amended as part of the initiative to improve readability of the NCC. Schedule 1 – Definitions includes Abbreviations, Symbols and Glossary. States & Territory Appendices (formerly located in Schedule 1) have been incorporated into Schedule 3 to Schedule 11.
Abbreviations
Acrylic conformal coating (ACC) has been added.
Abbreviations
Acrylic latex (ACL) has been added.
Abbreviations
Australian Institute of Refrigeration, Air conditioning and Heating (AIRAH) has been added.
Abbreviations
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) has been added.
Abbreviations
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) has been added.
Abbreviations
National Standard of Canada (CAN) has been added.
Abbreviations
Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineer (CIBSE) has been added.
Abbreviations
Flame zone (FZ) has been added.
Abbreviations
Greenhouse and Energy Minimum Standards (GEMS) has been added.
Abbreviations
Hot dip galvanising (HDG) has been added.
Abbreviations
Inorganic zinc silicate (IZS) has been added.
Abbreviations
NATA has been amended to include reference to Australia.
Abbreviations
National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) has been added.
Abbreviations
Polyurethane (PUR) has been added.
Symbols
µg/N.s has been added.
Symbols
f’c has been added.
Symbols
f’y has been added.
Symbols
G has been added.
Symbols
N/m has been added.
Symbols
Q has been added.
Symbols
ULS has been added.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Above ground rainwater tank’, has been added.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Annual exceedance probability’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part 7.4 Gutters and downpipes of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Assumed cooling thermostat set point’ has been added as a consequence of quantification in J1P2 and H6P1.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Average recurrence interval’, has been deleted as a consequence of amendments to Part 7.4 Gutters and downpipes of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Bond breaker’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Building complexity criteria’, has been added.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Buried rainwater tank’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Specification 41 of Volume Three.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Cooling degree hours’ has been added as a consequence of quantification in J1P2 and H6P1.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Daily outdoor temperature range’ has been added as a consequence of quantification in J1P2 and H6P1.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Dehumidification gram hours’, has been added as a consequence of quantification in J1P2 and H6P1.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Design bushfire’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part G5.
Glossary
The defined term, ‘Domestic services’, has been amended to include on-site renewable energy equipment as a result of quantification in J1P3 and H6P2.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Drainage flange’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Drainage riser’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Efficacy’, has been added as a consequence of including quantified Performance Requirement H3P2 for automatic warning for occupants.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Energy value’, has been added as a consequence of quantification in J1P3 and H6P2.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Engaged pier’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Section 5 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Fire actions’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part G5.
Glossary
The defined term, ‘Flashing’, has been amended to clarify perimeter and vertical flashings as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
The defined term, ‘Floor area’, for Volume One, has been amended on account of new defined term ‘Volume’.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Floor waste’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
The defined term, ‘Glazing’, has been amended as a consequence of the updates to the energy efficiency Deemed-to-Satisfy provisions for Class 2 buildings.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Heating degree hours’, has been added as a consequence of quantification in J1P2 and H6P1.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Hob’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
A defined term ‘Irrigation system’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to S41C2 in Volume Three.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Lateral support’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part 5.3 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Main water heater’ has been added as a consequence of including new whole-of-home energy efficiency requirements.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Main space conditioning’ has been added as a consequence of including new whole-of-home energy efficiency requirements.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Maximum retained water level’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Membrane’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
The defined term, ‘NABERS Energy for Offices’ has been amended to be ‘NABERS Energy’ to reflect its use for multiple building classifications.
Glossary
The defined term, ‘Performance-based design brief’ has been amended for clarity.
Glossary
The defined term, ‘Point of connection’, has been amended for clarity.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Preformed shower base’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Primary insulation layer’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to condensation management provisions.
Glossary
The defined term, ‘Rainwater harvesting system’, has been amended to ‘Rainwater service’ and ‘Rainwater storage’ as a consequence of amendments to Part B6 of Volume Three.
Glossary
The defined term, ‘Reference building’, has been amended to remove reference to Thermal comfort levels and as a consequence of the introduction of J1V5.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Reliability’, has been added as a consequence of including quantified Performance Requirements for automatic warning for occupants.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Screed’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
The defined term, ‘Shower area’, has been amended to clarify enclosed and unenclosed shower areas as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Shower screen’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Thermal energy load’, has been added as a consequence of quantification in J1P2 and H6P1.
Glossary
The defined term ‘Total R-Value’ in the ABCB Housing Provisions has been amended to align with Volume One.
Glossary
The defined term, ‘Total System U-Value’, in the ABCB Housing Provisions has been amended to align with Volume One.
Glossary
A defined term ‘Unprotected water service’, has been added as a consequence of introducing new provision for unprotected water service – B5D5 of Volume Three.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Vapour permeance’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to the condensation management provisions.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Volume’, has been added to clarify the volume space with respect to a building, fire compartment and atrium.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Waterproofing system’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Water stop’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Weighted average’, has been added as a consequence of amendments to A5G4.
Glossary
A defined term, ‘Wetted surface area’, has been added to provide clarification to the defined term ‘Weighted average’.
The 2021 edition of AS 1397 ‘Continuous hot-dip metallic coated steel sheet and strip — Coatings of zinc and zinc alloyed with aluminium and magnesium’ has been referenced. A note has been included to outline transitional arrangements.
The 2018 edition of AS 1530 Part 8.1 ‘Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures — Tests on elements of construction for buildings exposed to simulated bushfire attack — Radiant heat and small flaming sources’ has been referenced.
Amdt 1 of the 2017 edition of AS 1546 Part 3 ‘On-site domestic wastewater treatment units — Secondary treatment systems (incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced.
The 1999 edition of AS/NZS 1562 Part 2 ‘Design and installation of sheet roof and wall cladding — Corrugated fibre-reinforced cement’ has been deleted.
Amdt 1 of the 2018 edition AS 1670 Part 1 ‘Fire detection, warning, control and intercom systems — System design, installation and commissioning — Fire (incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced. Notes to AS 1670 have been amended to outline transitional arrangements.
Amdt 1 of the 2018 edition AS 1670 Part 3 ‘Fire detection, warning, control and intercom systems — System design, installation and commissioning — Fire alarm monitoring (incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced. Notes to AS 1670 have been amended to outline transitional arrangements.
Amdt 1 of the 2018 edition AS 1670 Part 4 ‘Fire detection, warning, control and intercom systems — System design, installation and commissioning — Emergency warning and intercom systems (incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced. Notes to AS 1670 have been amended to outline transitional arrangements.
Amdt 2 of the 2017 edition of AS 2118 Part 1 ‘Automatic fire sprinkler systems — General systems (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)’ has been referenced.
The 2012 edition of AS 2118 Part 4 ‘Automatic fire sprinkler systems — Sprinkler protection for accommodation buildings not exceeding four storeys in height’.
Amdt 1 of the 2018 edition of AS/NZS 2293 Part 1 ‘Emergency lighting and exit signs for buildings — System design, installation and operation (incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced.
The 2014 edition of AS 2312 Part 1 ‘Guide to the protection of structural steel against atmospheric corrosion by the use of protective coatings — Paint coatings’ has been referenced.
The 2014 edition of AS/NZS 2312 Part 2 ‘Guide to the protection of structural steel against atmospheric corrosion by the use of protective coatings — Hot dip galvanizing’ has been referenced.
Amdt 1 of the 2017 edition of AS/NZS 2327 ‘Composite structures — composite steel-concrete construction in buildings (incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced.
The 2020 edition of AS 2699 Part 1 ‘Built-in components for masonry construction — Wall ties’ has been referenced. A note has been included to outline transitional arrangements.
The 2020 edition of AS 2699 Part 3 ‘Built-in components for masonry construction — Lintels and shelf angles (durability requirements)’ has been referenced. A note has been included to outline transitional arrangements.
The 2021 edition of AS 3500 Part 3 ‘Plumbing and drainage — Stormwater drainage’ has been referenced. A note has been included to outline transitional arrangements.
Amdts 1 and 2 of the 2018 edition of AS 3959 ‘Construction of buildings in bushfire-prone areas (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)’ has been referenced.
Amdts 1 and 2 of the 2017 edition of AS 4200 Part 2 ‘Pliable building membranes and underlays — Installation (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)’ has been referenced.
The 1994 edition of AS/NZS 4256 Part 2 ‘Plastic roof and wall cladding materials — Unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (uPVC) building sheets’ has been deleted.
The 2012 edition of ASTM E903 ‘Standard Test Method for Solar Absorptance, Reflectance, and Transmittance of Materials Using Integrating Spheres’ has been deleted.
The 2016 edition of ASTM E96 ‘Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials’ has been referenced.
ABCB
The 2022 version of the ABCB ‘Fire Safety Verification Method’ Standard has been referenced. As a consequence, the FSVM is deleted as a standalone schedule.
ABCB
The 2012 edition of AS 2118 Part 6 ‘Automatic fire sprinkler systems — Combined sprinkler and hydrant systems in multistorey buildings.’
ABCB
The 2022 version of the ABCB ‘Livable Housing Design’ Standard has been referenced.
ABCB
The 2022 version of the ABCB ‘Standard for NatHERS Heating and Cooling Load Limits’ has been referenced.
ABCB
The 2022 version of the ABCB ‘Standard for Whole-of-home Efficiency Factors’ has been referenced.
FPAA101D
The 2021 edition of FPAA101D ‘Automatic Fire Sprinkler System Design and Installation — Drinking Water Supply’ has been referenced.
FPAA101H
Amdt 1 of the 2018 edition of FPAA101H ‘Automatic Fire Sprinkler System Design and Installation — Hydrant Water Supply (incorporating amendment 1)’ has been referenced.
NASH Standard
The 2021 edition of NASH Standard ‘Steel Framed Construction in Bushfire Areas’ has been referenced.
NSF/ANSI/CAN 372
The 2020 edition of NSF/ANS/CAN 372 ‘Drinking Water System Components — Lead Content’ has been referenced.
This Part explains important concepts on how the NCC must be interpreted and applied. There are certain conventions and approaches that need to be taken into account when using the NCC. This includes interpreting specific language and terms. This is critical to understanding the intended technical and legal meaning of the NCC. This Part also explains the difference between the mandatory Parts of the NCC and the Parts that are only explanatory or guidance in nature.
Governing Requirements
A1G1Scope of NCC Volume One
[New for 2022]
NCC Volume One contains the requirements for—
all Class 2 to 9 buildings; and
access requirements for people with a disability in Class 1b and 10a buildings; and
certain Class 10b structures including access requirements for people with a disability in Class 10b swimming pools.
A1G2Scope of NCC Volume Two
[New for 2022]
NCC Volume Two contains the requirements for—
Class 1 and 10a buildings (other than access requirements for people with a disability in Class 1b and 10a buildings); and
certain Class 10b structures (other than access requirements for people with a disability in Class 10b swimming pools); and
NCC Volume Three contains technical requirements for the design, construction, installation, replacement, repair, alteration and maintenance for plumbing and drainage systems in new and existing buildings.
(2)
NCC Volume Three applies to these systems in all classes of buildings whenever plumbing and drainage work is carried out.
(3)
NCC Volume Three additionally applies to sites where services are designed, constructed, installed, replaced, repaired, altered and maintained independently of buildings.
(4)
NCC Volume Three applies from the point of connection to the point of discharge.
A1G4Interpretation
[2019: A1.0]
(1)
The following components of the NCC are non-mandatory and informative:
Content identified as “explanatory information”.
The “Introduction” information, located at the beginning of each Volume, Section or Part.
(2)
Words in italics must be interpreted in accordance with─
definitions provided in Schedule 1, unless the contrary intention appears; and
additional definitions in State or Territory appendices, as appropriate.
(3)
The NCC must be interpreted and applied in accordance with the following:
A reference to a building is a reference to an entire building or part of a building (as the case requires).
A reference to plumbing or drainage solution, or product in Volume Three is a reference to an entire installation, system or product, or part of an installation, system or product (as the case requires).
that consideration of all the criteria referred to in the Performance Requirement will determine the outcome appropriate to the circumstances; and
that in certain cases it may not be necessary to incorporate any specific measures to meet the relevant Performance Requirement.
An “Application” statement is mandatory and is provided to specify where and when a requirement or provision applies.
A “Limitation” statement is mandatory and is provided to specify where and when the application of a requirement or provision is limited to a certain circumstance.
An “Exemption” statement is mandatory and is provided to specify where or when a requirement or provision does not need to be complied with.
A “Note” is part of a provision or requirement and provides additional mandatory instructions.
Figures in the NCC─
are used to illustrate specific issues referenced in the associated text; and
are not to be construed as containing all design information that is required for that particular building element or situation.
The definitions, symbols and abbreviations listed in Schedule 1.
(4)
A reference to a building class is a reference to all the sub-classifications of that class.
(5)
The following sub-classifications apply:
Classes 1a and 1b are sub-classifications of Class 1.
Classes 7a and 7b are sub-classifications of Class 7.
Classes 9a, 9b and 9c are sub-classifications of Class 9.
Classes 10a, 10b and 10c are sub-classifications of Class 10.
(6)
A reference to a sub-classification is solely to that sub-classification.
For Volume Three, if a word is not defined in Schedule 1, the meaning (if any) attributed to it under AS/NZS 3500.0 should be used unless the contrary intention appears.
Explanatory information:
Explanatory information and Introduction information contained in the NCC is non-mandatory and is provided for guidance purposes only. This informative material should be read in conjunction with the technical provisions of the NCC. Any statements made in the informative and guidance components of the NCC should not be taken to override the NCC. Unlike the NCC, which is adopted by legislation, the informative and guidance components are not called up into legislation and they do not cover State and Territory variations and additions. Because informative and guidance components of the NCC do not have regulatory force, the ABCB accepts no responsibility for its contents when applied to specific buildings or any liability which may result from its use.
Defined words provide the precise meaning and expressions of key words used for understanding and complying with the NCC. Where a word is not defined in the NCC, the relevant common meaning of the word should be used.
Generally, a reference to a building is a reference to the whole building, regardless of classification. However, when a provision is applicable to a specific class or classes of building, that reference to a building may be a reference to the whole building or part of the building depending on how the building is classified.
Classes 1a and 1b, 7a and 7b, 9a, 9b and 9c, and 10a, 10b and 10c are separate classifications. In the NCC, when the designation 'a', 'b' or 'c' is not applied, the reference is to all buildings of the general class. For example, 'Class 9b' refers only to Class 9b buildings, but 'Class 9' refers to Classes 9a, 9b and 9c.
Whether a provision applies or not depends on the circumstances of the case and the circumstances in which the reference is made. For example, where a building has a single classification, a reference to a building in the NCC is understandably a reference to a whole building. However, where a building has parts of different classification, unless the contrary intention appears (i.e. there is a specific reference to the whole building), a reference to a building in the NCC is a reference to the relevant part of the building. This means that each part of the building must comply with the relevant provisions for its classification.
A number of the Performance Requirements of the NCC use the expression “to the degree necessary” or “appropriate to”. These expressions provide flexibility by allowing appropriate authorities to determine the degree of compliance necessary in a particular case. Therefore, any part of the NCC that uses these expressions should be referenced against the requirements of the appropriate authority. For example, an appropriate authority might judge that an item need not be installed, or a particular level of performance be achieved.
Application, Limitation, and Exemption statements are used to identify provisions that may or may not apply in certain situations, to varying degrees.
Figures are used to explain the requirements of a particular clause. To ensure the context of the requirement is clearly understood, adjacent construction elements of the building that would normally be required in that particular situation are not always shown. Accordingly, aspects of figures that are not shown should not be interpreted as meaning these construction details are not required. Therefore a figure must not be used as an indication of the full construction requirements in a given situation, as the only available option, or a substitute for referencing appropriate construction requirements (in other sources) for a given clause.
Part A2Compliance with the NCC
Introduction to this Part
This Part explains the possible methods of demonstrating compliance with the NCC. It explains the various compliance pathways within the NCC and the appropriate steps that must be taken for each of these pathways.
Governing Requirements
A2G1Compliance
[2019: A2.0, A2.1]
(1)
Compliance with the NCC is achieved by complying with—
To comply with the NCC, a solution must achieve compliance with the Governing Requirements and the Performance Requirements. The Governing Requirements contain requirements about how the Performance Requirements must be met.
Performance Requirements outline the minimum necessary standards different buildings or building elements must attain. The Performance Requirements are the only NCC technical provisions that must be satisfied.
In some instances, State and Territory variations and additions may also be applicable to certain Performance Requirements.
a calculation, using analytical methods or mathematical models; or
a test, using a technical procedure, either on-site or in a laboratory, to directly measure the extent to which the Performance Requirements have been met; or
A Deemed-to-Satisfy Solution is achieved by following all appropriate Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions in the NCC. The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions are prescriptive (i.e. like a recipe book, they tell you how, what and in which location things must be done). They include materials, components, design factors, and construction methods that, if used, are deemed to meet the Performance Requirements, hence the term “Deemed-to-Satisfy”.
More information on NCC compliance methods is located at www.abcb.gov.au.
Part A3Application of the NCC in States and Territories
Introduction to this Part
This Part explains applying the NCC in accordance with State or Territory legislation. The NCC has legal effect through references in relevant State or Territory building and plumbing legislation.
Although the NCC is a nationally consistent code, there are some situations where a State or Territory enforces a variation, addition or deletion to it. This Part also explains how these variations, additions and deletions apply.
Governing Requirements
A3G1State and Territory compliance
[2019: A3.0]
(1)
For application within a particular State or Territory, the volumes of the NCC comprise inclusively of—
Sections A to G, I and J and associated schedules of Volume One; and
Sections A and H and associated schedules of Volume Two; and
Sections A to E and associated schedules of Volume Three.
(2)
State and Territory variations, additions and deletions must be complied with in conjunction with the NCC.
(3)
The NCC is subject to, and may be overridden by, State or Territory legislation.
(4)
State and Territory variations, additions and deletions are contained in the following Schedules:
Schedule 3: Commonwealth of Australia.
Schedule 4: Australian Capital Territory.
Schedule 5: New South Wales.
Schedule 6: Northern Territory.
Schedule 7: Queensland.
Schedule 8: South Australia.
Schedule 9: Tasmania.
Schedule 10: Victoria.
Schedule 11: Western Australia.
(5)
State and Territory variations and deletions are identified throughout the NCC.
Explanatory information:
The NCC is given legal effect by building regulatory legislation in each State and Territory. This legislation consists of an Act of Parliament and subordinate legislation which empowers the regulation of certain aspects of building and plumbing, and contains the administrative provisions necessary to give effect to the legislation.
Although the NCC is a national code, in some instances it is necessary for a State or Territory to vary or apply additional requirements specific to their jurisdiction. A3G1(2) highlights that these variations, additions or deletions must be applied in conjunction with the NCC provisions. Typically, these variations, additions or deletions override the requirements contained within the NCC.
Any provision of the NCC may be overridden by, or subject to, State or Territory legislation. The NCC must therefore be read in conjunction with that legislation. Any queries on such matters should be referred to the State or Territory authority responsible for building and plumbing regulatory matters.
Where a requirement or provision of the NCC is subject to a State or Territory variation, addition, or deletion, a reference to the appropriate provision in the applicable State or Territory schedule is included with that requirement or provision.
Part A4Referenced documents
Introduction to this Part
This Part explains how documents referenced in the NCC are adopted and applied. The NCC itself does not contain details of every design and construction requirement for a building or plumbing or drainage system. As such, the NCC calls upon or “references” other documents with this information. These are called NCC referenced documents. Examples of such documents are Australian Standards, ABCB protocols, ABCB standards and other publications.
There are multiple types of referenced documents. A primary referenced document is one referenced in Schedule 2 of the NCC. A secondary referenced document is one referenced in a primary referenced document. Other referenced documents are referenced by secondary and subsequently referenced documents.
Governing Requirements
A4G1Referenced documents
[2019: A4.0]
(1)
A reference in the NCC to a document refers to the edition or issues and any amendment listed in Schedule 2.
(2)
A document referenced in the NCC is only applicable in the context in which the document is quoted.
Where a new edition, issue or amendment of a primary referenced document is not listed in Schedule 2, the new edition, issue or amendment is not referenced for the purpose of the NCC.
(4)
Any document referenced in a primary referenced document is known as a secondary referenced document.
(5)
A reference in a primary referenced document to a secondary or other referenced document is a reference to the document as it existed at the time of publication of the primary referenced document.
Applications:
A4G1 applies to documents referenced in the ABCB Housing Provisions in the same way as for documents referenced within any other part of the NCC.
Exemptions:
If the secondary or other referenced document is also a primary referenced document, A4G1(5) does not apply.
A4G2Differences between referenced documents and the NCC
[2019: A4.1]
The NCC overrules any difference between the NCC (including the ABCB Housing Provisions) and a primary referenced document, including any secondary referenced document.
Applications:
A4G2 applies to documents referenced in the ABCB Housing Provisions in the same way as for other documents referenced by Volumes One, Two or Three of the NCC.
A4G3Adoption of referenced documents
[2019: A4.2]
The NCC does not require compliance with requirements in relation to the following matters where they are prescribed in a referenced document:
The rights, responsibilities or obligations between the manufacturer, supplier or purchaser.
The responsibilities of any tradesperson or other building operative, architect, engineer, authority, or other person or body.
The submission for approval of any material, building component, form or method of construction, to any person, authority or body other than those empowered under State or Territory legislation to give that approval.
The submission of a material, product, form of construction or design to any person, authority or body for opinion.
Any departure from the NCC, rule, specification or provision at the sole discretion of the manufacturer or purchaser, or by arrangement or agreement between the manufacturer and purchaser.
Applications:
A4G3 applies to documents referenced in the ABCB Housing Provisions in the same way as for documents referenced within Volumes One, Two or Three of the NCC.
Explanatory information:
Schedule 2 is only mandatory to Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions, Specifications and Verification Methods. However, referenced documents are only applicable to the NCC provision that references the document.
A proponent undertaking a Performance Solution can use any element or edition of any document, if they help satisfy the Performance Requirements. They do not need to use the documents listed in Schedule 2.
Schedule 2 lists the specific edition of the Standard or other document adopted, including any amendments considered appropriate for Schedule 2, the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions, Specifications or Verification Methods. Other editions of (or amendments to) the referenced document are not adopted and have no standing under the NCC.
A primary referenced document may refer to a secondary referenced document. A4G1(5) stipulates that the secondary referenced document is the edition of the document that existed at the time of publication of the primary referenced document. When another edition of (or amendment to) a secondary referenced document is released, subject to the exemption to A4G1, that edition (or amendment) is not adopted for the purposes of the primary referenced document.
A4G3 means that contractual matters or clauses defining responsibilities of various parties, and matters not appropriate for adoption in the NCC are not included when a document is called up in the NCC.
Part A5Documentation of design and construction
Introduction to this Part
This Part explains the evidence needed to show that the NCC requirements are met and the solution is “fit for purpose”. It covers the use of materials, products, forms of construction and designs. It details separate requirements for the BCA and PCA.
Examples of evidence to be prepared and retained include certificates, reports, calculations and any other documents or information showing compliance with the NCC requirements.
Governing Requirements
A5G1Suitability
[2019: A5.0]
(1)
A building and plumbing or drainage installation must be constructed using materials, products, plumbingproducts, forms of construction and designs fit for their intended purpose to achieve the relevant requirements of the NCC.
(2)
For the purposes of (1), a material, product, plumbingproduct, form of construction or design is fit for purpose if it is—
supported by evidence of suitability in accordance with—
constructed or installed in an appropriate manner.
Explanatory information:
A5G1 relates to the quality of work and materials needed to construct a building to meet NCC requirements.
This means that—
all people involved with construction must work skillfully in accordance with good trade practice; and
all materials must be of a quality to fulfil their function/s within the building.
A5G1 only applies to matters normally covered by the NCC.
While A5G1 outlines quality of work and material demands, sometimes additional conditions may be required by—
other Commonwealth, State or Territory legislation; and
contracts that include either specific quality requirements, or requirements for specific materials and the like.
Explanatory information: Example
Permit authorities would ordinarily not apply A5G1 to such matters as—
plastering — other than for fire rating, waterproofing of wet areas, and sound insulation; or
painting — other than that required for weatherproofing an external wall.
When determining which form of evidence will be used, it is important to consider the appropriateness of the evidence, as some forms of evidence may be more suitable to materials and products and others to designs and forms of construction. The requirement to consider appropriateness of the evidence is specified in A5G2(1).
A5G2Evidence of suitability ─ Volumes One, Two and Three
[2019: A5.1]
(1)
The form of evidence used must be appropriate to the use of the material, product, plumbingproduct, form of construction or design to which it relates.
(2)
Any copy of documentary evidence submitted must be a complete copy of the original certificate, report or document.
Explanatory information:
For further guidance, refer to the ABCB Handbook for Evidence of Suitability.
All copies of documents provided as evidence must be unabridged copies of the originals. No part can be left incomplete.
A5G3Evidence of suitability ─ Volumes One and Two (BCA)
A current certificate, other than a certificate described in (a) and (b), issued by a certification body stating that the properties and performance of a material, product, form of construction or design fulfil specific requirements of the BCA.
demonstrates that a material, product or form of construction fulfils specific requirements of the BCA; and
sets out the tests the material, product or form of construction has been subjected to and the results of those tests and any other relevant information that has been relied upon to demonstrate it fulfils specific requirements of the BCA.
certifies that a material, product, form of construction or design fulfils specific requirements of the BCA; and
sets out the basis on which it is given and the extent to which relevant standards, specifications, rules, codes of practice or other publications have been relied upon to demonstrate it fulfils specific requirements of the BCA.
demonstrates that a material, product, form of construction or design fulfils specific requirements of the BCA; and
sets out the basis on which it is given and the extent to which relevant standards, specifications, rules, codes of practice or other publications have been relied upon to demonstrate it fulfils specific requirements of the BCA.
(2)
Evidence to support that a calculation method complies with an ABCB protocol may be in the form of any one, or any combination of the following:
certifies that the calculation method complies with a relevant ABCB protocol; and
sets out the basis on which it is given and the extent to which relevant standards, specifications, rules, codes of practice and other publications have been relied upon.
Another form of documentary evidence that correctly describes how the calculation method complies with a relevant ABCB protocol.
Applications:
A5G3 is only applicable to NCC Volumes One and Two (BCA).
Note:
Current documentary evidence, such as a certificate or report, containing references to NCC 2019 provisions remains valid despite amended provision references in NCC 2022, subject to technical requirements remaining the same between editions.
Explanatory information:
A5G3 represents the minimum level of documentary evidence needed to show that a material, product, form of construction or design meets the relevant NCC requirements. The evidence can be required by:
If a building proponent does not produce exactly what is required, the evidence may be rejected.
It should be noted that ‘design’ may refer to engineering design, architectural design as well as product and material design.
A5G3(1)(f) allows for the use of alternative forms of documentary evidence to those included in A5G3(1)(a) to (e), as long as they comply with certain specified conditions.
An example of this arises when an authority carries out an inspection of a building site. The inspection alone would not be acceptable as evidence. However, if the authority compiled a written report detailing findings and conclusions from the inspection, then it may comply with the requirements of A5G3(1)(f).
A Product Technical Statement detailing the characteristics and merits of a particular product or system is also an example of another form of documentary evidence.
There is significant reliance by industry on the use of calculation methods, including software programs, for demonstrating compliance with the NCC. While there is no formal recognition of specific methods, A5G3(2) allows suitable evidence to be submitted to demonstrate that a calculation method (including a software program) complies with a relevant ABCB protocol that establishes the characteristics of a suitable calculation method.
If under a Deemed-to-Satisfy Provision a building element is required to have an FRL, then A5G3 may be used to provide evidence to show that the FRL has been determined in accordance with Specification 1 and 2.
the test report referred to in clause 2.16.2 of AS 1530.4 (also referred to as a full test report); or
the regulatory information report referred to in clause 2.16.3 of AS 1530.4 (also referred to as a short-form report).
In both cases the report must be an unabridged copy of the original report. A test certificate referred to in clause 2.16.4 of AS 1530.4 on its own is not suitable for showing compliance with the NCC.
Any product that is intended for use in contact with drinking water must comply with the relevant requirements of AS/NZS 4020, verified in the form of either—
Any product that contains copper alloy and is intended for use in contact with drinking water must have a weighted average lead content of not more than 0.25% verified in the form of either—
demonstrates that the product complies with the relevant requirements of the PCA; and
sets out the tests the product has been submitted to and the results of those tests and any other relevant information that has been relied upon to demonstrate suitability for use in a plumbing or drainage installation.
(5)
Any product that is not covered by (3) or (4) must be subjected to a risk assessment in accordance with the WaterMark Scheme Rules.
(6)
Evidence to support that a design or system meets the relevant PCA Performance Requirements must be in the form of any one or any combination of the following:
certifies that the design or system complies with the relevant requirements of the PCA; and
sets out the basis on which it is given and the extent to which relevant standards, specifications, rules, codes of practice or other publications have been relied upon.
Any other form of documentary evidence that—
demonstrates that a design or system complies with the relevant requirements of the PCA; and
sets out the basis on which it is given and the extent to which relevant standards, specifications, rules, codes of practice or other publications have been relied upon.
Under the Tasmanian Building Act, the Tasmanian Government may authorise the use of On-site wastewater management systems and unique plumbing products where approved by the Director of Building Control.
Products authorised by the Tasmanian Government are published in a list available at www.cbos.tas.gov.au.
Note:
A5G4(2) does not take effect until 1 September 2025.
Note 1 does not prevent the use of products certified in accordance with A5G4(2) prior to 1 September 2025.
Products that are used exclusively for non-drinking uses such as manufacturing, industrial processing, irrigation or any other uses where water is not anticipated to be used for human consumption are excluded from the requirements of A5G4(2).
Explanatory information:
Some examples of products subject to A5G4(2) include the following:
Copper alloy fittings.
Stainless-steel braided hoses.
Valves (such as valves for isolation, backflow prevention, alteration of pressure and temperature).
Taps and mixers.
Water meters.
Pumps (for use with cold and heated water services).
Water heaters.
Residential water filtration equipment.
Water dispensers (such as boiling and cooling units, drinking fountains and bottle fillers).
Fire sprinkler systems connected to the cold water service that are not isolated from fixtures and fittings intended to supply water for human consumption.
Some examples of products excluded from the requirements of A5G4(2) include the following:
Shower heads for bathing.
Emergency showers, eye wash and/or face wash equipment.
Pumps used for irrigation, fire-fighting or other non-drinking water purposes.
Fire-fighting water services and equipment including residential fire sprinklers.
Appliances, including washing machines and dishwashers.
Commercial boilers associated with heating, ventilation and air-conditioning systems.
Sanitary fixtures (such as toilets, cistern inlet valves, bidets and urinals.
Non-drinking water systems (such as recycled water systems).
Product certification transition arrangements are outlined in Notices of Direction issued through the WaterMark Certification Scheme.
Lead is currently permitted in small proportions in the raw materials used to manufacture some plumbingproducts. Whilst the allowable lead levels permitted in products manufactured prior to 1 September 2025 ensures compliance with the Australian Drinking Water Guidelines, the use of products compliant with the lead levels in A5G4(2) is encouraged, to avoid the potential for adverse effects on human health.
A5G4(1) requires any product intended for use in contact with drinking water to comply with AS/NZS 4020. Compliance is achieved by passing the relevant tests set out in the Standard.
Evidence of compliance must then be provided in accordance with A5G4(1), under which there are two options. The first, at A5G4(1)(a), recognises test reports and certificates that cover compliance with AS/NZS 4020 only. The second, at A5G4(1)(b), recognises WaterMark Licences where compliance with AS/NZS 4020 is a requirement of the relevant product Standard or WaterMark Technical Specification.
For products that are not subject to WaterMark certification (i.e. excluded products), evidence that can be used to support that the product is fit for its intended purpose is provided in A5G4(3). This may include demonstrating compliance with a product specification referenced in the WaterMark Schedule of Excluded Products, where one is available.
A5G4(4) provides that any product that is not listed on the WaterMark Schedule of Products or the WaterMark Schedule of Excluded Products must be subjected to a risk assessment in accordance with the WaterMark Scheme Rules. The risk assessment will determine whether the product in question requires certification and authorisation, or if it should be listed as an “excluded product”. This in turn will determine the form of evidence of suitability applicable to the product.
The WaterMark Certification Scheme is governed by the WaterMark Scheme Rules, which are available for download from the ABCB website at: www.abcb.gov.au. These rules set out the requirements for risk assessments, evaluation, certification, and the drafting of WaterMark Technical Specifications.
The NCC groups buildings and structures by the purpose for which they are designed, constructed or adapted to be used, assigning each type of building or structure with a classification. This Part explains how each building classification is defined and used in the NCC.
The building classifications are labelled “Class 1” through to “Class 10”. Some classifications also have sub-classifications, referred to by a letter after the number (e.g. Class 1a).
The technical building requirements for Class 2 to 9 buildings are mostly covered by Volume One of the NCC and those for Class 1 and 10 are mostly covered by Volume Two of the NCC. Volume Three of the NCC covers plumbing and drainage requirements for all building classifications.
A building may have parts that have been designed, constructed or adapted for different purposes. In most cases, each of these parts is a separate classification. A building (or part of a building) may also have more than one such purpose and may be assigned more than one classification.
Governing Requirements
A6G1Determining a building classification
[2019: A6.0]
(1)
The classification of a building or part of a building is determined by the purpose for which it is designed, constructed or adapted to be used.
(2)
Each part of a building must be classified according to its purpose and comply with all the appropriate requirements for its classification.
(3)
A room that contains a mechanical, thermal or electrical facility or the like that serves the building must have the same classification as the major part or principal use of the building or fire compartment in which it is situated.
(4)
Unless another classification is more suitable, an occupiable outdoor area must have the same classification as the part of the building to which it is associated.
Exemptions:
For A6G1(1) where a part of a building has been designed, constructed or adapted for a different purpose and is less than 10% of the floor area of the storey it is situated on, the classification of the other part of the storey may apply to the whole storey.
Exemption (1) does not apply where the minor use of a building is a laboratory, a Class 9b early childhood centre, or a Class 2, 3 or 4 part of a building.
Explanatory information:
Classification is a process for understanding risks in a building or part, according to its use. It must be correctly undertaken to achieve NCC aims as appropriate to each building in each circumstance.
It is possible for a single building to have parts with different classifications. Part of a building can also have more than one classification. Where there is any conflict between what requirements the part should comply with, the more stringent requirement applies.
Where it is unclear which classification should apply, appropriate authorities have the discretion to decide. They base their decision on an assessment of the building proposal.
They will look at what classification the building most closely resembles. They will also take into account the likely fire load, plus, the likely consequences of any risks to the safety, health and amenity of people using the building.
Appropriate authorities will also look at any relevant court decisions or determinations of the State or Territory body responsible for considering appeals on building classification matters.
It should be noted that appeals body determinations and, in some States and Territories, certain court decisions are usually not precedent creating. Such decisions are determined on a case-by-case basis.
It should also be noted that State and Territory authorities responsible for building regulatory matters may have issued advice, interpretations or guidelines to assist practitioners in applying the correct classification to a building or part. Advice on such matters should be sought from the relevant authority.
Under Exemption (1) to A6G1, if 10% or less of the floor area of a storey is used for a purpose which could be classified differently to the remainder of that storey, that part may be classified as being the same as the remainder. Laboratories, sole-occupancy units in Class 2, 3 or 4 parts, and Class 9b early childhood centres are excluded from this concession (see Limitation to A6G1). The reason is that laboratories are considered to have a high fire hazard potential and classifying them with the remainder of the building could, in a majority of cases, endanger occupants of the other parts of the building which have a lower fire hazard potential. In relation to Class 9b early childhood centres, the intent is to ensure that these facilities cannot be regarded as another class and that the specific fire safety requirements applicable to Class 9b early childhood centres are implemented. Also, the intent is not to allow sole-occupancy units in Class 2, 3 or 4 parts to be regarded as another Class such as Class 6 and then not have any fire or sound insulation between the units and any other classification which may have a high fire load and could endanger the occupants of the Class 2, 3 or 4 part.
If Exemption (1) to A6G1 is used, it should be remembered that it will still be necessary to use the occupant numbers in Volume One Table D2D18 for the particular use of the area. Likewise, the lighting and equipment levels, people occupancy and load profiles for the area of minor use for the purposes of Volume One Section J must be in accordance with the use of the area.
If the storey has a very large floor area, the 10% or less concession area may also be large, even though the rest of the building is classifiable as a building which ordinarily has a lower risk potential. An example of the application of this area concession could be as follows:
If a single storey factory has an office that takes up 8% of the whole storey’sfloor area, the entire building (including the office) can be classified as being Class 8.
However, if that office area takes up 12% of the storey’sfloor area, that area must be classified as Class 5, and the remainder of the building as Class 8.
Under A6G1(3) a plant room, machinery room, lift motor room or boiler room, have the same classification as the part of the building they are in. These kinds of rooms do not need to be ancillary or subordinate to the part of the building they are in, that is, the 10% criterion is not applicable.
There are specific provisions for these kinds of rooms. For example, Volume One Section C requires some of them to be fire separated from the remainder of the building (e.g. see C3D14 with regard to elements of the electricity supply system).
A6G2Class 1 buildings
[2019: A6.1]
(1)
A Class 1 building is a dwelling.
(2)
Class 1 includes the following sub-classifications:
Class 1a is one or more buildings, which together form a single dwelling including the following:
A detached house.
One of a group of two or more attached dwellings, each being a building, separated by a fire-resisting wall, including a row house, terrace house, town house or villa unit.
Class 1b is one or more buildings which together constitute—
a boarding house, guest house, hostel or the like that—
would ordinarily accommodate not more than 12 people; and
have a total area of all floors not more than 300 m2 (measured over the enclosing walls of the building or buildings); or
four or more single dwellings located on one allotment and used for short-term holiday accommodation.
Figure A6G2a:
Identification of Class 1 buildings
Figure A6G2b:
Typical Class 1 building configurations
Figure A6G2c:
Domestic allotment — classification of buildings and structures
For A6G2, a Class 1 building cannot be located above or below another dwelling or another class of building, other than a private garage.
Explanatory information:
Class 1 buildings are primarily covered in Volumes Two and Three of the NCC. Class 1 buildings are not located above or below another dwelling, or another class of building other than a private garage.
A sole-occupancy unit used for residential purposes located over another sole-occupancy unit used for residential purposes will always be a Class 2 or Class 3 building (depending on the circumstances). It cannot be a Class 1 building.
A single Class 1 dwelling can be made up of more than one building. For example, it may include what is ordinarily called a house, plus one or more habitable ‘outbuildings’ such as sleepouts. Note that a habitable building such as a sleepout cannot be classified as a Class 10 building.
The height or number of storeys of a Class 1 building makes no difference to its classification.
Class 1b buildings used for short-term holiday accommodation include cabins in caravan parks, tourist parks, farm stay, holiday resorts and similar tourist accommodation. This accommodation itself is typically rented out on a commercial basis for short periods and generally does not require the signing of a lease agreement. Short-term accommodation can also be provided in a boarding house, guest house, hostel, bed and breakfast accommodation or the like.
Unlike a Class 1b building described in A6G2(2)(a), a Class 1b building described in A6G2(2)(b) does not have any floor area limitation. Therefore, if 4 or more single dwellings are located on the one allotment and used for short-term holiday accommodation, each single dwelling would be classified as a Class 1b building regardless of the floor area of each dwelling or the combined floor area of all of the dwellings.
See also Volume One D4D2(3) which contains an explanation of what is considered to be “one allotment”.
The Class 1b classification can attract concessions applicable to Class 3 buildings. These concessions allow people to rent out rooms in a house, or run a bed and breakfast, without having to comply with the more stringent Class 3 requirements. The reasoning is that the smaller size of the building and its lower number of occupants represents reduced fire risks.
Apart from their use, the primary difference between Class 1a and Class 1b buildings is that the latter is required to have a greater number of smoke alarms and in some circumstances, access and features for people with a disability.
A Class 2 building is one that includes more than one dwelling, each of which is generally solely occupied by one or more people to the exclusion of others.
Such buildings must not be otherwise classified as a Class 1 or Class 3 building or Class 4 part. See Explanatory Figure A6G3a for a typical configuration of Class 1 and Class 2 buildings.
Where a sole-occupancy residential unit is located above another sole-occupancy residential unit, the building containing the units can be either a Class 2 or a Class 3 building, depending on the other circumstances of the building proposal.
Class 2 buildings can be single storey attached dwellings. Where there is any common space below such dwellings, they are Class 2 (and cannot be Class 1) irrespective of whether the space below is a storey or not (see Explanatory Figure A6G3b).
Class 2 buildings can be attached to buildings of another class. The attached Class 2 buildings need not be attached to one another, and need not be more than a single storey.
When two or more dwellings are attached to another class, they cannot be Class 4 parts, as any building can only contain one Class 4 dwelling.
Figure A6G3a (explanatory):
Section showing a typical configuration of Class 1 and Class 2 buildings (with non-combustible roof coverings)
Figure A6G3b (explanatory):
Elevation showing a single storey of Class 2 with a common area below
A6G4Class 3 buildings
[2019: A6.3]
(1)
A Class 3 building is a residential building providing long-term or transient accommodation for a number of unrelated persons.
(2)
Class 3 buildings include the following:
A boarding house, guest house, hostel, lodging house or backpacker accommodation.
For A6G4, a Class 3 building is not a Class 1 or 2 building but may be a mixture of Class 3 and another class.
Explanatory information:
Class 3 buildings provide accommodation for unrelated people. The length of stay is unimportant.
Some exceptions to this classification include: certain bed and breakfast accommodation, boarding houses, guest houses, hostels, or lodging houses and the like which fall within the concession provided for Class 1b buildings.
Also, any sized building can be classified as Class 1 or Class 2 if it is used to house any number of unrelated people who jointly own or rent it, or share it on a non-rental basis with an owner or tenant.
It is not unusual for a manager’s, owner’s or caretaker’s dwelling attached to a Class 3 building to be thought of as a Class 4 part of the Class 3 building. However, a Class 4 part of a building can only be part of a Class 5-9 building.
Accordingly, such dwellings are either classified as Class 1, Class 2 or Class 3, depending on the circumstances of the building proposal. However, a building could be a mixture of Class 3 and another class.
Class 3 buildings include—
the residential parts of hotels and motels; and
hotel or motel caretakers’, managers’ or owners’ flats, noting that under certain circumstances such dwellings could be Class 1, Class 2 or Class 3 buildings; and
dormitory accommodation, in schools or elsewhere, noting that a dormitory is generally (but not always) considered to be a sole-occupancy unit; and
bed and breakfast accommodation, a boarding house, guest house, hostel, or lodging house; and
backpackers’ accommodation; and
a building which houses elderly people or other people who require special care (in some States or Territories it is not acceptable for a Class 1b building to be used to house elderly people or other people who require special care - it is recommended the local building regulatory body be consulted); and
workers’ quarters, including shearers’ or fruit pickers’ accommodation, or hotel workers’ accommodation.
A6G5Class 4 buildings
[2019: A6.4]
Class 4 is a dwelling in a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building if it is the only dwelling in the building.
Explanatory information:
Class 4 classification applies to some types of accommodation located within a Class 5-9 building. The most common include a caretaker’s flat within a building; and accommodation over or otherwise connected to a shop.
A Class 4 part cannot be located within a Class 1, Class 2 or Class 3 building. There can only be one Class 4 dwelling in a building. If there are two or more dwellings, they are Class 1, Class 2, or possibly Class 3. These Class 1, Class 2 or Class 3 parts need not be attached to one another, nor be more than a single storey.
Where a Class 4 part of a building is rented out for accommodation purposes, it retains its Class 4 classification. However, if any other part of the principal building is used for accommodation, for example, the attached shop is converted into an additional flat, both flats become classifiable as Class 2 or, depending on their use, possibly Class 3.
A6G6Class 5 buildings
[2019: A6.5]
A Class 5 building is an office building used for professional or commercial purposes.
Explanatory information:
Class 5 buildings include professional chambers or suites, lawyers’ offices, government offices, advertising agencies and accountants’ offices.
A Class 6 building is a building where goods or services are directly sold or supplied to the public. Examples of a Class 6 building may include—
a place where food or drink may be purchased such as a café or restaurant; or
a dining room, bar area that is not an assembly building, shop or kiosk part of a hotel or motel; or
a hairdresser’s or barber’s shop, public laundry, veterinarian; or
supermarket or sale room, florist, showroom, or service station.
Service stations are Class 6 buildings. These are outlets used for the servicing of cars and the selling of fuel or other goods. The expression ‘service station’ is not intended to cover buildings where panel beating, auto electrical, muffler replacement, tyre replacement and the like are solely carried out. Such buildings should be classified as Class 6, Class 7 or Class 8 buildings as the appropriate authority sees fit.
A6G8Class 7 buildings
[2019: A6.7]
(1)
A Class 7 building is a storage-type building.
(2)
Class 7 includes the following sub-classifications:
Class 7b — a building that is used for storage, or display of goods or produce for sale by wholesale.
Explanatory information:
There are three basic types of Class 7 building. The first is a carpark as defined in the NCC. The second is a building used for storage, often referred to as a ‘warehouse’. The third is a building used for the display of goods or produce for sale by wholesale. ‘Wholesale’ means sale to people in the trades or in the business of ‘on-selling’ goods and services to another party (including the public).
A6G9Class 8 buildings
[2019: A6.8]
(1)
A Class 8 building is a process-type building.
(2)
Class 8 buildings include the following:
A laboratory.
A building in which the production, assembling, altering, repairing, packing, finishing, or cleaning of goods or produce for sale takes place.
Explanatory information:
The most common way to describe a Class 8 building is as a ‘factory’. However, this can give a simplistic impression of the types of building which can fall within this classification.
For example—
some laboratories, despite their often small size, have been included as Class 8 buildings principally because of their high fire hazard; and
buildings used for altering or repairing (except service stations, which are specifically included in A6G7 as Class 6 buildings); and
potteries; and
food manufacturers (but not restaurants, which are specifically included in A6G7 as Class 6 buildings); and
buildings used for the packing or processing of produce, such as a farm or horticultural building.
A6G10Class 9 buildings
[2019: A6.9]
(1)
A Class 9 building is a building of a public nature.
(2)
Class 9 includes the following sub-classifications:
A6G10(2)(b) excludes any parts of the building that are of another Class.
Explanatory information:
Class 9a buildings are health-care buildings, including day-care surgeries or procedure units and the like. See definition of health-care building. Laboratories that are part of a Class 9a building are Class 9a, despite the general classification of laboratories as Class 8 buildings.
theatres, cinemas and halls, churches, schools, early childhood centres, kindergartens, preschools and child-minding centres; and
indoor cricket, tennis, basketball centres and sport stadiums; and
nightclubs, discotheques, bar areas providing live entertainment and/or containing a dance floor, public halls, dance halls and other places of entertainment; and
snooker halls; and
bus and railway stations.
Regarding the Exemption to A6G10(2)(b), a building could be a mixture of Class 9b and another class, or a Class 9b building could contain parts that are of another class, but be taken as a Class 9b building because of Exemption (1) to A6G1.
Class 9c buildings are residential care buildings that may contain residents who have various care level needs.
The Class 9c classification recognises that many residents progress through a continuum of care needs from low to high. Many older people enter residential care with low care needs (typically Class 3 facilities) but, as they age, require higher levels of care. In the past, such progression often necessitated the transfer of a hostel resident (Class 3) to a nursing home (Class 9a). This frequently had negative consequences for the health and well-being of the resident, for whom the hostel accommodation was home. It also led, at times, to the separation of couples with differing care needs.
Building designers should note that Class 3 buildings include hostels for the accommodation of the aged, and Class 9a buildings include nursing homes. It is important to be aware, however, that construction of Class 3 or 9a buildings may restrict the options available to the operators of a facility in relation to the profile of the residents they wish to accommodate. Where the potential exists for residents of varying care needs to be accommodated, consideration of the Class 9c provisions may be appropriate. The Class 9c classification allows for any mix of low and high care residents and is intended to allow the mix to change as the residents' care needs change over time, without the need to obtain any further consent or approval from the appropriate authority.
Multi-care level facilities are for residents who may require the full range of care services outlined by the Aged Care Act. Hence, it is not intended to restrict the resident type and provides maximum flexibility for service providers, residents and the community.
The NCC provisions for Class 9c buildings are based on minimal on duty on-site staff being available at any time. However, it is recognised that the staff numbers vary throughout the course of any one day, due to the care needs of the residents and the functioning of the facility. It is also recognised that the specific care needs of the residents may result in a greater minimum number of staff.
A6G11Class 10 buildings and structures
[2019: A6.10]
(1)
A Class 10 building is a non-habitable building or structure.
(2)
Class 10 includes the following sub-classifications:
Class 10a is a non-habitable building including a private garage, carport, shed or the like.
Class 10b is a structure that is a fence, mast, antenna, retaining wall or free-standing wall or swimming pool or the like.
Class 10a buildings are non-habitable buildings. See Explanatory Figure A6G11 for an indication of some Class 10 building configurations.
Class 10b structures are non-habitable structures. There is no requirement for Class 10 buildings to be appurtenant to a building of any other Class, for example, a small shed standing on its own on an allotment and a toilet block in a park.
A habitable ‘outbuilding’ which is appurtenant to another building is generally part of that building. Again, habitable ‘outbuildings’ cannot be classified as Class 10 buildings.
Typical outbuilding classifications include the following:
A sleepout on the same allotment as a Class 1 building is part of the Class 1 building.
A detached entertainment room on the same allotment as a Class 1 building, perhaps associated with a swimming pool, is part of the Class 1 building.
A small toolshed, used for trade-related hobbies for non-commercial purposes or home repairs, on the same allotment as a Class 1 building, would be classified as a Class 10 building.
Provisions relating to Class 10c structures are only intended to address private bushfire shelters associated with a single Class 1a dwelling. These provisions are contained in Volume Two of the NCC.
Some States or Territories may exempt some Class 10 buildings or structures (often on the basis of height or size) from the need to have a building permit. Queries on this matter should be referred to the State or Territory body responsible for regulatory matters.
Figure A6G11 (explanatory):
Examples of Class 10 buildings and structures
A6G12Multiple classifications
[2019: A6.11]
A building (or part of a building) may be designed, constructed or adapted for multiple purposes and have more than one classification.
Applications:
For A6G12, a building (or part of a building) must comply with all the relevant requirements that apply to each of the classifications for that building (or part of a building).
Explanatory information: Difficult classifications — Class 2 or Class 3?
There is a fine line between a Class 2 building containing apartments or flats and a Class 3 motel building with units containing bathroom, laundry and cooking facilities, which may both be made available for short term holiday rental. When does a Class 3 motel unit become a Class 2 holiday flat and vice versa?
In general, an assessment will be based on the most likely use of the building by appropriate authorities.
Class 3 buildings, where the occupants are generally unfamiliar with the building and have minimum control over the safety of the building, represent a higher risk level and therefore require higher safety levels. In a case where the classification is unclear, a decision should be made according to the perceived risks inherent in the use of the building.
Explanatory information: Difficult classifications — Class 6 or Class 7?
Class 7 buildings include those used to sell goods on the wholesale market, whereas Class 6 buildings are used to sell goods to the public.
Some establishments claim to sell goods to both the wholesale and retail markets. As a rule, however, if the general public has access to the building, it is considered a ‘shop’, and therefore a Class 6 building.
Explanatory information: Difficult classifications — Hotel bars: Class 6 or 9b?
As can be seen from the definition of a Class 6 building, it includes a hotel bar which is not an assembly building. The bar includes the bar area and associated standing and seating areas. This clarifies that the bar extends beyond the serving area to include standing and sitting areas where patrons may drink alcohol or other beverages and consume food. The exclusion of an assembly building means that a bar providing live entertainment or containing a dance floor is not considered to be Class 6; it must be considered as Class 9b. However, when that use is minor compared with the remainder of the bar, such as a piano bar or the like where patrons only listen to music and there is no dance floor, the appropriate authority should exercise judgement on the predominant use and therefore the appropriate classification of the bar.
A Class 9b building is an assembly building which is defined to include a building where people may assemble for entertainment, recreational or sporting purposes.
A building may have more than one classification (see A6G12).
Explanatory information: Buildings used for farming purposes
Buildings used for farming-type purposes are often very diverse in nature, occupancy, use and size. In some States or Territories, appropriate authorities may classify farm buildings as Class 10a, which covers non-habitable buildings. They would only make this decision if a classification of Class 7 or Class 8 would not be more appropriate.
When making their decision they consider the building’s size, purpose, operations and the extent to which people are employed in the building. For example, it may be appropriate to classify a shed which is used to store a tractor as a Class 10a building.
The NCC has definitions of farm building and farm shed which are certain Class 7 and 8 buildings used for farming purposes. Concessions to specific Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions apply to farm buildings and farm sheds in recognition of their often low risk features, and it is recommended that reference is made to the definitions of farm building and farm shed for further guidance which may assist determination of an appropriate NCC classification.
For example, if people are likely to be employed to stack materials/produce in a storage building or remove materials/produce from a storage building then a classification of Class 7b may be appropriate. Depending upon whether the criteria in the definition of farm shed or farm building have been met, the associated Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions in NCC Volume One Part I3 may apply.
Similarly if people are likely to be employed to pack or process materials/produce within a building, or employed to feed, clean or collect produce from animals or plants within a building then a classification of Class 8 may be appropriate. Depending upon whether the criteria in the definition of farm shed or farm building have been met, the associated Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions in NCC Volume One Part I3 may apply.
However identification of low fire load, low occupant risk and low risk of fire spread should not be used as justification for choosing a less stringent building classification for a building under the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions. For example, if the intended use of a building is to grow or store a large amount of tomatoes, such as a large greenhouse, and there is likely to be only one to two persons in the building at any time, it is considered inappropriate to classify the building as a Class 10a under the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions and a classification of Class 7 or Class 8 would be more appropriate.
For example, if a Class 8 commercial poultry building meets all the criteria to be considered a farm building under the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions other than the maximum floor area criteria, a Performance Solution could be developed to demonstrate that the concessions for a farm building under the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions are appropriate.
In regards to a farm building or farm shed where the purpose of the building is to park farm vehicles when not in use, as well as perhaps clean or polish the vehicle(s), it may be appropriate that this type of building is classified as a Class 7a.
However, a number of farm buildings and farm sheds are often not only used for the storage of farm vehicles, but to store supplies such as fuel, grain or hay. A Class 7a classification may still be appropriate where the majority of the shed's space is intended to be designated for the parking of vehicles. However, it may be more appropriate to classify some types of buildings as Class 7b, rather than Class 7a where a mixed use shed is intended.
Under A6G12 each part of a building (including the entire building) may have more than one classification. This means, for example, that it is permissible to classify part of a building as a Class 6/7 building, or a Class 5/6 building, or whatever is appropriate.
It is expected that this approach may be taken by a builder who is uncertain of what the precise use of a building will be after its sale, or to maximise the flexibility of the building’s use.
Under the Application to A6G12, where a building has more than one classification the more stringent Class requirements will apply.
Part A7United buildings
Introduction to this Part
This Part explains how multiple buildings can be considered as a united building. Where adjacent buildings are joined through openings in walls, they need not meet additional requirements if they jointly comply with the NCC as a single building.
Governing Requirements
A7G1United buildings
[2019: A7.0]
Buildings are deemed united when two or more buildings adjoining each other are connected and used as one building.
Applications:
For A7G1, two or more buildings are a united building if they are connected through openings in the walls dividing them and together comply with all the requirements of the NCC as though they are a single building.
A7G1 only applies to Class 2 to 9 buildings.
A7G2Alterations in a united building
[2019: A7.1]
If, after alterations or any other building work, two or more of the buildings in A7G1 cease to be connected through openings in the dividing walls, each of those buildings not now connected must comply with all the requirements for a single building.
Explanatory information:
It is not unusual for authorities to receive plans proposing the connecting of two or more buildings. Connecting buildings could be achieved by breaking openings through walls, or by joining the buildings by a tunnel, bridge or covered walkway.
When connected, if the buildings jointly comply with all the requirements of the NCC applying as if they were a single building, they become a united building.
United buildings are not required to comply with additional NCC provisions. For example, any new openings do not require any form of fire protection not required of a single building.
Interconnected buildings that do not jointly comply with all the requirements applicable to a single building, remain as separate buildings.
This raises the possible need for fire doors, or other forms of protection to be fitted to connecting openings.
Explanatory information: Multiple allotments or ownership
The NCC does not concern itself with actually prohibiting or permitting the uniting of buildings in separate ownership or on separate allotments. Such matters are dealt with by the relevant local bodies.
Explanatory information: Example of connection by bridge
In this example, Building A is connected to Building B by bridge C. There are four different options for designing such a proposal.
The first is a united building:
A, B and C are considered as a single structure and comply with the NCC.
The second is three separate buildings:
A, B and C are a fire-source feature to each of the others, and are separated by fire walls with the openings protected at the points of connection. In this case, C may require independent support and separate egress to a road or open space, that is not through Buildings A or B. In this case, attention should also be paid to the length of the bridge, as regards distance of travel to an exit.
The third option is the bridge as a portion of Building A:
In this option, A and C are one building, meeting all requirements of the NCC as a single or united building. B is a separate building, with suitable fire separation, including fire-doors at the point of interconnection. Bridge C could be supported off Building A, but not off Building B.
The fourth option is having the bridge as a portion of Building B:
In this option, B and C are one building, meeting all requirements of the NCC as a single or united building. A is a separate building, with suitable fire separation, including fire doors at the point of interconnection. Bridge C could be supported off Building B, but not off Building A.
In some cases, C will link A and B across a public road, including laneways and the like. Special approvals may be required from various appropriate authorities. However, in such cases—
if C is supported by means other than off A and B, such support will generally only be permitted if there is no obstruction of the public road; and
care will need to be taken in calculating the distance of travel to an exit if travel is required to be over C and the road is wide; and
fire-separation may be necessary at each end of the bridge.
If the last stipulation is the case, the following matters need consideration:
The bridge would probably need to be of fire-rated construction because combustible construction could provide a ready path for the transfer of fire, and non-combustible construction could, in a major fire, distort and collapse onto the road.
The designer needs to take care that the bridge does not negate the fire separation between the storeys of the building.
Specification 1Fire-resistance of building elements
S1C1Scope
[2019: Sch. 5: 1]
This Specification sets out the procedures for determining the FRL of building elements.
S1C2Rating
[2019: Sch. 5: 2]
A building element meets the requirements of this Specification if—
it is identical with a prototype that has been submitted to the Standard Fire Test, or an equivalent or more severe test, and the FRL achieved by the prototype without the assistance of an active fire suppression system is confirmed in a report from an Accredited Testing Laboratory which—
describes the method and conditions of the test and the form of construction of the tested prototype in full; and
certifies that the application of restraint to the prototype complied with the Standard Fire Test; or
it differs in only a minor degree from a prototype tested under (b) and the FRL attributed to the building element is confirmed in a report from an Accredited Testing Laboratory which—
certifies that the building element is capable of achieving the FRL despite the minor departures from the tested prototype; and
describes the materials, construction and conditions of restraint which are necessary to achieve the FRL; or
it is designed to achieve the FRL in accordance with—
the FRL is determined by calculation based on the performance of a prototype in the Standard Fire Test and confirmed in a report in accordance with S1C3; or
If the FRL of a building element is determined by calculation based on a tested prototype—
the building element may vary from the prototype in relation to—
length and height if it is a wall; and
height if it is a column; and
span if it is a floor, roof or beam; and
conditions of support; and
to a minor degree, cross-section and components; and
the report must demonstrate by calculation that the building element would achieve the FRL if it is subjected to the regime of the Standard Fire Test in relation to—
the temperature reached by the components of the prototype and their effects on strength and modulus of elasticity; and
appropriate features of the building element such as support, restraint, cross-sectional shape, length, height, span, slenderness ratio, reinforcement, ratio of surface area to mass per unit length, and fire protection; and
features of the prototype that influenced its performance in the Standard Fire Test although these features may not have been taken into account in the design for dead and live load; and
features of the conditions of test, the manner of support and the position of the prototype during the test, that might not be reproduced in the building element if it is exposed to fire; and
the design load of the building element in comparison with the tested prototype.
S1C4Interchangeable materials
[2019: Sch. 5: 4]
(1)
Concrete and plaster — An FRL achieved with any material of Group A, B, C, D or E as an ingredient in concrete or plaster, applies equally when any other material of the same group is used in the same proportions:
Group A: any portland cement.
Group B: any lime.
Group C: any dense sand.
Group D: any dense calcareous aggregate, including any limestone or any calcareous gravel.
Group E: any dense siliceous aggregate, including any basalt, diorite, dolerite, granite, granodiorite or trachyte.
(2)
Perlite and vermiculite — An FRL achieved with either gypsum-perlite plaster or gypsum-vermiculite plaster applies equally for each plaster.
Masonry units of ashlar, calcium silicate, concrete or fired clay (including terracotta blocks) must be laid in cement mortar or composition mortar complying with the relevant provisions of AS 3700 .
S2C3Gypsum blocks
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 1.2]
Gypsum blocks must be laid in gypsum-sand mortar or lime mortar.
S2C4Gypsum-sand mortar and plaster
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 1.3]
Gypsum-sand mortar and gypsum-sand plaster must consist of either—
not more than 3 parts by volume of sand to 1 part by volume of gypsum; or
if lime putty is added, not more than 2.5 parts by volume of sand to 1 part by volume of gypsum and not more than 5% of lime putty by volume of the mixed ingredients.
S2C5Gypsum-perlite and gypsum-vermiculite plaster
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 1.4]
Gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster must be applied—
in either one or 2 coats each in the proportions of 1 m3 of perlite or vermiculite to 640 kg of gypsum if the required thickness of the plaster is not more than 25 mm; and
in 2 coats if the required thickness is more than 25 mm, the first in the proportions of 1 m3 of perlite or vermiculite to 800 kg of gypsum and the second in the proportions of 1 m3 of perlite or vermiculite to 530 kg of gypsum.
S2C6Plaster of cement and sand or cement, lime and sand
must consist of cement and sand or cement, lime and sand; and
may be finished with gypsum, gypsum-sand, gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster or with lime putty.
S2C7Plaster reinforcement
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 1.6]
If plaster used as fire protection on walls is more than 19 mm thick—
it must be reinforced with expanded metal lath that—
has a mass per unit area of not less than 1.84 kg/m2; and
has not fewer than 98 meshes per metre; and
is protected against corrosion by galvanising or other suitable method; or
it must be reinforced with 13 mm x 13 mm x 0.7 mm galvanised steel wire mesh securely fixed at a distance from the face of the wall of not less than ⅓ of the total thickness of the plaster.
S2C8Ashlar stone masonry
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 2]
Ashlar masonry must not be used in a part of the building containing more than 2 storeys, and must not be of—
aplite, granite, granodiorite, quartz dacite, quartz diorite, quartz porphyrite or quartz porphyry; or
conglomerate, quartzite or sandstone; or
chert or flint; or
limestone or marble.
S2C9Dimensions of masonry
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 3]
The thicknesses of masonry of calcium-silicate, concrete and fired clay are calculated as set out in S2C10 to S2C12.
S2C10Solid units
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 3.1]
For masonry in which the amount of perforation or coring of the units does not exceed 25% by volume (based on the overall rectangular shape of the unit) the thickness of the wall must be calculated from the manufacturing dimensions of the units and the specified thickness of the joints between them as appropriate.
S2C11Hollow units
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 3.2]
For masonry in which the amount of perforation or coring of the units exceeds 25% by volume (based on the overall rectangular shape of the unit) the thickness of the wall must be calculated from the equivalent thicknesses of the units and the specified thickness of the joints between them as appropriate.
S2C12Equivalent thickness
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 3.3]
The equivalent thickness of a masonry unit is calculated by dividing the net volume by the area of one vertical face.
S2C13Height-to-thickness ratio of certain walls
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 5]
The ratio of height between lateral supports to overall thickness of a wall of ashlar, no-fines concrete, unreinforced concrete, solid gypsum blocks, gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster on metal lath and channel, must not exceed—
If a wall of ashlar, solid gypsum blocks or concrete is plastered on both sides to an equal thickness, the thickness of the wall for the purposes of Tables S1C2b and S1C2c (but not for the purposes of S2C5) may be increased by the thickness of the plaster on one side.
S2C15Increase in thickness by plastering — columns
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 6.2]
(1)
Where Tables S1C2e, S1C2f, S1C2g, S1C2h, S1C2i and S1C2j indicate that column-protection is to be plastered, the tabulated thicknesses are those of the principal material.
(2)
The thicknesses referred to in (1) do not include the thickness of plaster, which must be additional to the listed thickness of the material to which it is applied.
S2C16Gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster or metal lath — walls
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 7.1]
In walls fabricated of gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster on metal lath and channel—
the lath must be securely wired to each side of 19 mm x 0.44 kg/m steel channels (used as studs) spaced at not more than 400 mm centres; and
the gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster must be applied symmetrically to each exposed side of the lath.
S2C17Gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster or metal lath — columns
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 7.2]
(1)
For the fire protection of steel columns with gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite on metal lath—
the lath must be fixed at not more than 600 mm centres vertically to steel furring channels, and—
if the plaster is to be 35 mm thick or more — at least 12 mm clear of the column; or
if the plaster is to be less than 35 mm thick — at least 6 mm clear of the column; or
the plaster may be applied to self-furring lath with furring dimples to hold it not less than 10 mm clear of the column.
(2)
For the purposes of (1), the thickness of the plaster must be measured from the back of the lath.
S2C18Gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster or metal lath — beams
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 7.3]
For the fire protection of steel beams with gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite on metal lath—
the lath must be fixed at not more than 600 mm centres to steel furring channels and at least 20 mm clear of the steel; and
the thickness of the plaster must be measured from the back of the lath.
S2C19Exposure of columns
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 8.1]
A column incorporated in or in contact on one or more sides with a wall of solid masonry or concrete at least 100 mm thick may be considered to be exposed to fire on no more than 3 sides.
S2C20Exposure of beams
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 8.2]
A beam, open-web joist, girder or truss in direct and continuous contact with a concrete slab or a hollow block floor or roof may be considered to be exposed to fire on no more than 3 sides.
S2C21Filling of column spaces
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 9]
(1)
The spaces between the fire-protective material and the steel (and any re-entrant parts of the column itself) must be filled solid with a fire-protective material like concrete, gypsum or grout.
(2)
The insides of hollow sections, including pipes, need not be filled.
S2C22Hollow terracotta blocks
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 10]
The proportion of cored holes or perforations in a hollow terracotta block (based on the overall rectangular volume of the unit) must not exceed the following:
For blocks up to 75 mm thick — 35%.
For blocks more than 75 mm but not more than 100 mm thick — 40%.
For blocks more than 100 mm — 50%.
S2C23Reinforcing for column and beam protection — masonry
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 11.1]
Masonry of calcium-silicate, fired clay and concrete for the protection of steel columns must have steel-wire or mesh reinforcement in every second course and lapped at the corners.
S2C24Reinforcing for column and beam protection — gypsum blocks and hollow terracotta blocks
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 11.2]
Gypsum blocks and hollow terracotta blocks for the protection of steel columns must have steel-wire or mesh reinforcement in every course and lapped at corners.
S2C25Reinforcing for column and beam protection — structural concrete and poured gypsum
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 11.3]
If a steel column or a steel beam is to be protected with structural concrete or poured gypsum, the concrete or gypsum must be reinforced with steel-wire mesh or steel-wire binding placed about 20 mm from its outer surface, and—
for concrete or gypsum less than 50 mm thick, the steel wire must be—
at least 3.15 mm in diameter; and
spaced at not more than 100 mm vertically; or
for concrete or gypsum not less than 50 mm thick, the steel wire must be either—
of a diameter and spacing in accordance with (a); or
at least 5 mm in diameter and spaced at not more than 150 mm vertically.
S2C26Reinforcing for column and beam protection — gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster sprayed to contour
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 11.4]
(1)
If a steel column or steel beam is protected with either gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster sprayed to contour and the construction falls within the limits of Table S2C26a or S2C26b, the plaster must be reinforced with—
The reinforcement must be placed at a distance from the face of the plaster of at least 1/3 of the thickness of the plaster and must be securely fixed to the column or beam at intervals of not more than the relevant listing in Tables S2C26a and S2C26b.
“vertical” includes a surface at not more than 10º to the vertical; and
“horizontal” includes a surface at not more than 10º to the horizontal; and
“underside” means the underside of any horizontal or non-vertical surface.
Table S2C26a:
Reinforcement of gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster sprayed to contour — vertical members with H or I cross-section
Surface to be protected
Reinforcement required if smaller dimension of surface exceeds (mm)
Max spacing of fixings of the mesh to surface (mm)
Vertical
450
450
Non-vertical
300
300
Underside
300
300
Upper side of a horizontal surface
Not required
N/A
Table S2C26b:
Reinforcement of gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster sprayed to contour — vertical members with other shapes
Surface to be protected
Reinforcement required if smaller dimensions of surface exceeds (mm)
Max spacing of fixings of the mesh to surface (mm)
Vertical
Any size
450
Non-vertical
Any size
300
Undersize
Any size
300
Upper side of a horizontal surface
Not required
N/A
S2C27Measurement of thickness of column and beam protection
[2019: Sch. 5 (Annex): 12.1]
The thickness of the fire protection to steel columns and steel beams (other than fire protection of gypsum-perlite or gypsum-vermiculite plaster sprayed on metal lath or sprayed to contour) is to be measured from the face or edge of the steel, from the face of a splice plate or from the outer part of a rivet or bolt, whichever is the closest to the outside of the fire-protective construction, except that—
if the thickness of the fire protection is 40 mm or more, rivet heads may be disregarded; and
if the thickness of the fire protection is 50 mm or more—
any part of a bolt (other than a high-tensile bolt) may be disregarded; and
a column splice plate within 900 mm of the floor may encroach upon the fire protection by up to a ¼ of the thickness of the fire protection; and
the flange of a column or beam may encroach by up to 12 mm upon the thickness of the fire protection at right angles to the web if—
the column or beam is intended to have an FRL of 240/240/240 or 240/–/–; and
the flange projects 65 mm or more from the web; and
the thickness of the edge of the flange (inclusive of any splice plate) is not more than 40 mm.
for the determination of the ability to prevent ignition and to screen its core material from free air — AS 1530.4 .
S3C4Test specimens
[2019: Sch. 6: 2.3]
Test specimens must incorporate—
all types of joints; and
all types of perforations, recesses or the like for pipes, light switches or other fittings, which are proposed to be used for the member or assembly of members in the building.
S3C5Concession
[2019: Sch. 6: 2.4]
S3C4 does not apply to joints, perforations, recesses or the like that are larger than those in the proposed application and have already been tested in the particular form of construction concerned and found to comply with the conditions of the test.
S3C6Smaller specimen permitted
[2019: Sch. 6: 2.5]
A testing laboratory may carry out the test specified in S3C3(b) at pilot scale if a specimen (which must be not less than 900 mm x 900 mm) will adequately represent the proposed construction in the building, but the results of that test do not apply to construction larger than limits defined by the laboratory conducting the pilot examination.
This Part focusses on safeguarding people from injury caused by structural failure, loss of amenity caused by structural behaviour (deflections, creep, vibration, settlement and the like), protection of other property from physical damage caused by structural failure and safeguarding people from injury that may be caused by failure of, or impact with, glazing.
Objectives
B1O1Objective
[2019: BO1]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard people from injury caused by structural failure; and
safeguard people from loss of amenity caused by structural behaviour; and
protect other property from physical damage caused by structural failure; and
safeguard people from injury that may be caused by failure of, or impact with, glazing.
Functional Statements
B1F1Structure
[2019: BF1.1]
A building or structure is to withstand the combination of loads and other actions to which it may be reasonably subjected.
B1F2Glazing
[2019: BF1.2]
(1)
Glazing is to be installed in a building to avoid undue risk of injury to people.
(2)
Glazing in a building should not cause injury to people due to its failure or people impacting with it because they did not see it.
Performance Requirements
B1P1Structural reliability
[2019: BP1.1]
(1)
By resisting the actions to which it may reasonably be expected to be subjected, a building or structure, during construction and use, with appropriate degrees of reliability, must—
perform adequately under all reasonably expected design actions; and
withstand extreme or frequently repeated design actions; and
be designed to sustain local damage, with the structural system as a whole remaining stable and not being damaged to an extent disproportionate to the original local damage; and
The actions to be considered to satisfy (1) include but are not limited to—
permanent actions (dead loads) including, for a Class 7b building, an additional notional permanent roof load of not less than 0.15 kPa to support the addition of solar photovoltaic panels; and
imposed actions (live loads arising from occupancy and use); and
wind action; and
earthquake action; and
snow action; and
liquid pressure action; and
ground water action; and
rainwater action (including ponding action); and
earth pressure action; and
differential movement; and
time dependent effects (including creep and shrinkage); and
thermal effects; and
ground movement caused by—
swelling, shrinkage or freezing of the subsoil; and
landslip or subsidence; and
siteworks associated with the building or structure; and
The requirement for an additional notional permanent roof load to support photovoltaic panels in B1P1(2)(a) does not apply to a Class 7b building—
where 100% of the roof area is shaded for more than 70% of daylight hours; or
with a roof area of not more than 55 m2; or
where more than 50% of the roof area is used as a terrace, carpark, roof garden, roof light or the like.
Note:
The requirement in B1P1(2)(a) to consider, for a Class 7b building, an additional notional permanent roof load of not less than 0.15 kPa to support the addition of solar photovoltaic panels does not take effect until 1 October 2023.
B1P2Structural resistance
[2019: BP1.2]
The structural resistance of materials and forms of construction must be determined using five percentile characteristic material properties with appropriate allowance for—
known construction activities; and
type of material; and
characteristics of the site; and
the degree of accuracy inherent in the methods used to assess the structural behaviour; and
action effects arising from the differential settlement of foundations, and from restrained dimensional changes due to temperature, moisture, shrinkage, creep and similar effects.
B1P3Glass installations at risk of human impact
[2019: BP1.3]
Glass installations that are at risk of being subjected to human impact must have glazing that—
if broken on impact, will break in a way that is not likely to cause injury to people; and
resists a reasonably foreseeable human impact without breaking; and
is protected or marked in a way that will reduce the likelihood of human impact.
A building in a flood hazard area, must be designed and constructed, to the degree necessary, to resist flotation, collapse or significant permanent movement resulting from the action of hydrostatic, hydrodynamic, erosion and scour, wind and other actions during the defined flood event.
(2)
The actions and requirements to be considered to satisfy (1) include but are not limited to—
This Verification Method is applicable to components with a resistance coefficient of variation of at least 10% and not more than 40%.
(2)
Where a component has a calculated resistance coefficient of variation of less than 10%, then a minimum value of 10% must be used.
(3)
Compliance with B1P1 and B1P2 is verified for the design of a structural component for strength where—
the capacity reduction factor satisfies , where are capacity reduction factors for all relevant actions and must contain at least permanent (G), imposed (Q) and wind (W) actions; and
the capacity reduction factors are calculated for target reliability indices for permanent action , for imposed action , for wind action ,… in accordance with the equation: , where—
; and
, where—
= ratio of mean resistance to nominal; and
= ratio of mean action to nominal; and
= correction factor for action; and
= correction factor for resistance; and
= coefficient of variation of the appropriate action as given in Table B1V1a; and
= coefficient of variation of the resistance; and
= appropriate load factor for the action as given in AS/NZS 1170.0 ; and
= capacity factor for the appropriate action; and
the annual target reliability indices are established as follows:
For situations where it is appropriate to compare an equivalent Deemed-to-Satisfy product, a resistance model must be established for the equivalent Deemed-to-Satisfy product and must be calculated for the equivalent Deemed-to-Satisfy product in accordance with the equation given at (b).
The target reliability indices thus established, must be not less than those given in Table B1V1b minus 0.5.
For situations where it is not appropriate to compare with an equivalent Deemed-to-Satisfy product, the target reliability index must be as given in Table B1V1b.
(4)
The resistance model for the component must be established by taking into account variability due to material properties, fabrication and construction processes and structural modelling.
Table B1V1a:
Annual action models
Design action
Ratio of mean action to nominal
Coefficient of variation of the action
Permanent action
Imposed action
Wind action (non-cyclonic)
Wind action (cyclonic)
Snow action
Earthquake action
Table B1V1b:
Annual target reliability indices
Type of action
Target reliability index β
Permanent action
4.3
Imposed action
4.0
Wind, snow and earthquake action
3.7
Table Notes
Table B1V1b is applicable for components that exhibit brittle failure similar to concrete as specified in AS 3600 .
For components with creep characteristics similar to timber as specified in AS 1720.1 , the target reliability index for permanent action must be increased to 5.0.
The above target reliability indices are based on materials or systems that exhibit creep or brittle failure similar to timber or concrete.
Table B1V1b may also be applicable to materials or systems that exhibit creep or brittle failure differently to steel, timber or concrete provided the creep or brittle nature of the material or system are properly accounted for in the design model.
The above target reliability indices are also applicable for materials or systems that exhibit ductile failure characteristics.
B1V2Structural robustness
[2019: BV2]
Compliance with B1P1(1)(c) is verified for structural robustness if (2) and (3) are complied with.
(2)
The structure is assessed such that the building remains stable and the resulting collapse does not extend further than the immediately adjacent storey upon the notional removal in isolation of—
any supporting column; or
any beam supporting one or more columns; or
any segment of a load bearing wall of length equal to the height of the wall.
(3)
It is demonstrated that if a supporting structural component is relied upon to carry more than 25% of the total structure, a systematic risk assessment of the building is undertaken and critical high risk components are identified and designed to cope with the identified hazard or protective measures chosen to minimise the risk.
The resistance of a building or structure must be greater than the most critical action effect resulting from different combinations of actions, where—
the most critical action effect on a building or structure is determined in accordance with B1D3 and the general design procedures contained in AS/NZS 1170.0 ; and
the resistance of a building or structure is determined in accordance with B1D4.
B1D4Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of construction
[2019: B1.4]
The structural resistance of materials and forms of construction must be determined in accordance with the following, as appropriate:
Masonry (including masonry-veneer, unreinforced masonry and reinforced masonry): AS 3700 , except—
‘(for piers—isolated or engaged)’ is removed from Clause 8.5.1(d); and
where Clause 8.5.1 requires design as for unreinforced masonry in accordance with Section 7, the member must also be designed as unreinforced masonry in accordance with Tables 10.3 and 4.1(a)(i)(C) of AS 3700 .
Concrete:
Concrete construction (including reinforced and prestressed concrete): AS 3600 .
for the purposes of this provision, a primary building element consisting entirely of, or a combination of, any of the following materials is considered not subject to termite attack:
Steel, aluminium or other metals.
Concrete.
Masonry.
Fibre-reinforced cement.
Timber — naturally termite resistant in accordance with Appendix C of AS 3660.1 .
Timber — preservative treated in accordance with Appendix D of AS 3660.1 ; and
a durable notice must be permanently fixed to the building in a prominent location, such as a meter box or the like, indicating—
the termite management system used; and
the date of installation of the system; and
where a chemical is used, its life expectancy as listed on the appropriate authority’s pesticides register label; and
the installer’s or manufacturer’s recommendations for the scope and frequency of future inspections for termite activity.
Roof construction (except in cyclonic areas):
Terracotta, fibre-cement and timber slates and shingles: AS 4597.
Cellulose cement corrugated sheets: AS/NZS 2908.1 with safety mesh installed in accordance with AS 1562.3 clause 2.4.3.2 except for sub-clause (c)(vii) or plastic sheeting.
Garage doors and other large access doors in openings not more than 3 m in height in external walls of buildings determined as being located in wind region C or D in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2 : AS/NZS 4505.
Lift shafts which are not required to have an FRL, must—
except as required by (ii), be completely enclosed with non-perforated material between the bottom of the pit and the ceiling of the lift shaft, other than—
at landing doors, emergency doors and pit access doors; and
in atrium and observation areas, be protected with non-perforated material not less than 2.5 m in height—
above any places on which a person can stand, which are within 800 mm horizontal reach of any vertical moving lift component including ropes and counterweights; and
at the lowest level of the atrium area that the lift serves, on all sides except the door opening, for not less than 2.5 m in height, by enclosure with non-perforated material; and
Material and minimum thickness of glazing and polycarbonate sheet
Application
Lift shaft vision panels more than 65 000 mm2, door panels, and lift shafts
Lift shaft vision panels less than or equal to 65 000 mm2
Laminated glass
10 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
6 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
Toughened/ laminated glass
10 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
6 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
Annealed glass with security polyester film coating
10 mm
6 mm
Safety wire glass
Not applicable
Subject to fire test
Polycarbonate sheet
13 mm
6 mm
B1D5Structural software
[2019: B1.5]
(1)
Structural software used in computer aided design of a building or structure, that uses design criteria based on the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of the BCA, including its referenced documents, for the design of steel or timber trussed roof and floor systems and framed building systems, must comply with the ABCB Protocol for Structural Software.
(2)
Structural software referred to in (1) can only be used for buildings within the following geometric limits:
The distance from ground level to the underside of eaves must not exceed 6 m.
The distance from ground level to the highest point of the roof, neglecting chimneys, must not exceed 8.5 m.
The building width including roofed verandahs, excluding eaves, must not exceed 16 m.
The building length must not exceed five times the building width.
The roof pitch must not exceed 35 degrees.
(3)
The requirements of (1) do not apply to design software for individual frame members such as electronic tables similar to those provided in—
AS 1684; or
NASH Standard Residential and Low-Rise Steel Framing Part 2.
For the purposes of Specification 4, cyclonic areas are those determined as being located in wind regions C and D in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2 .
S4C2Roof cladding
[2019: Spec B1.2: 2]
Test for strength: Metal roof cladding, its connections and immediate supporting members must be capable of remaining in position notwithstanding any permanent distortion, fracture or damage that might occur in the sheet or fastenings under the pressure sequences A to G defined in Table S4C2.
Table S4C2:
Low-high-low pressure sequence
Sequence
Number of cycles
Load
A
4500
0 to 0.45 Pt
B
600
0 to 0.6 Pt
C
80
0 to 0.8 Pt
D
1
0 to 1.0 Pt
E
80
0 to 0.8 Pt
F
600
0 to 0.6 Pt
G
4500
0 to 0.45 Pt
Table Notes
Pt is the ultimate limit state wind pressure on internal and external surfaces as determined in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2 , modified by an appropriate factor for variability, as determined in accordance with Table B1 of AS/NZS 1170.0 .
The rate of load cycling must be less than 3 Hz.
The single load cycle (sequence D) must be held for a minimum of 10 seconds.
This Part focusses on minimising risk of illness, injury or loss of life due to fire in a building including during evacuation, reducing fire spread within and between buildings and minimising risk to the public and occupants of nearby buildings when a fire occurs.
To maintain tenable conditions during occupant evacuation, a material and an assembly must, to the degree necessary, resist the spread of fire and limit the generation of smoke and heat, and any toxic gases likely to be produced, appropriate to—
C1P4 applies to linings, materials and assemblies in a Class 2 to 9 building.
C1P5Behaviour of concrete external walls in a fire
[2019: CP5]
A concrete external wall that could collapse as a complete panel (e.g. tilt-up and pre-cast concrete) must be designed so that in the event of fire within the building the likelihood of outward collapse is avoided.
Limitations:
C1P5 does not apply to a building having more than two storeys above ground level.
C1P6Fire protection of service equipment
[2019: CP6]
A building must have elements, which will, to the degree necessary, avoid the spread of fire from service equipment having—
a potential for explosion resulting from a high fire hazard.
C1P7Fire protection of emergency equipment
[2019: CP7]
A building must have elements, which will, to the degree necessary, avoid the spread of fire so that emergency equipment provided in a building will continue to operate for a period of time necessary to ensure that the intended function of the equipment is maintained during a fire.
C1P8Fire protection of openings and penetrations
[2019: CP8]
Any building element provided to resist the spread of fire must be protected, to the degree necessary, so that an adequate level of performance is maintained—
where openings, construction joints and the like occur; and
where penetrations occur for building services.
C1P9Fire brigade access
[2019: CP9]
Access must be provided to and around a building, to the degree necessary, for fire brigade vehicles and personnel to facilitate fire brigade intervention appropriate to—
C1V1Fire spread between buildings on adjoining allotments
[2019: CV1]
Compliance with C1P2(1)(c) to avoid the spread of fire between buildings on adjoining allotments is verified when it is calculated that—
a building will not cause heat flux in excess of those set out in Column 2 of Table C1V1 at the location on an adjoining property set out in Column 1 of Table C1V1; and
when located at the distances from the allotment boundary set out in Column 1 of Table C1V1, a building is capable of withstanding the heat flux set out in Column 2 of Table C1V1 without ignition.
Table C1V1:
Fire spread between buildings on adjoining allotments
Column 1 (Location)
Column 2 (Heat flux (kW/m2))
On boundary
80
1 m from boundary
40
3 m from boundary
20
6 m from boundary
10
C1V2Fire spread between buildings on the same allotment
[2019: CV2]
Compliance with C1P2(1)(c) to avoid the spread of fire between buildings on the same allotment is verified when, for the distances between buildings set out in Column 1 of Table C1V2, it is calculated that a building—
is capable of withstanding the heat flux set out in Column 2 of Table C1V2 without ignition; and
will not cause heat flux in excess of those set out in Column 2 of Table C1V2.
Table C1V2:
Fire spread between buildings on the same allotment
Column 1 (Distance between buildings on the same allotment (m))
Column 2 (Heat flux (kW/m2))
0
80
2
40
6
20
12
10
C1V3Fire spread via external walls
[2019: CV3]
Compliance with C1P2 to avoid the spread of fire via the external wall of a building is verified when—
compliance with C1P2(1)(c) to avoid the spread of fire between buildings, where applicable, is verified in accordance with C1V1 or C1V2, as appropriate; and
has been tested for external wall (EW) performance in accordance with AS 5013; and
has achieved the classification EW; and
if containing a cavity, incorporates cavity barriers and these cavity barriers have been included in the test performed under (i) at the perimeter of each floor; and
in a building of Type A construction, the building is protected throughout by a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 and has—
sprinkler protection to balconies, patios and terraces, and where overhead sprinkler coverage is not achieved alongside the external wall, sidewall sprinkler heads are provided at the external wall for the extent of the balcony, patio or terrace where overhead sprinkler coverage is not achieved; and
monitored stop valves provided at each floor level arranged to allow the isolation of the floor level containing the stop valve while maintaining protection to the remainder of the building; and
the sprinkler system being capable of providing sufficient flow to serve the design area required by AS 2118.1 for the relevant hazard class on each floor level plus the design area required by AS 2118.1 for the floor level above, except where the former level is either the floor level below the uppermost roof, or any floor level that is wholly below ground; and
in a building of Type B construction, the building is—
a Class 5, 6, 7 or 8 building or Class 4 part of a building; or
a Class 2, 3 or 9 building that—
is protected throughout by a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17; or
has any openings in external walls separated by a slab or other horizontal construction complying with C3D7(1)(d) as if the building were of Type A construction.
involve all stakeholders relevant to the building design; and
outline the fire strategy to be adopted.
While full agreement on all aspects of the PBDB is the preferred outcome, it is acknowledged that in some instances this may not be possible to obtain.
In the event that full agreement cannot be achieved through the PBDB, dissenting views must be appropriately recorded and carried throughout the process and considered as part of the due processes of the appropriate authority when determining compliance and providing approval.
Consideration of whether a peer review (by an independent fire safety engineer) of some or all of the proposed Performance Solutions and the supporting analysis is required or not, must be undertaken at this PBDB stage.
(3)
Fire strategy:
The PBDB must cover the fire safety strategy for the building, outlining the philosophy and approach that will be adopted to achieve the required level of performance.
The fire safety strategy must pay particular attention to the evacuation strategy to be used and the management regimes necessary.
(4)
Stakeholder involvement:
The PBDB must be developed collaboratively by the relevant stakeholders in the particular project.
The following parties must be involved:
Client or client’s representative (such as project manager).
Fire engineer.
Architect or designer.
Various specialist consultants.
Fire service (public or private).
Appropriate authority (Authority Having Jurisdiction – subject to state/territory legislation).
Tenants or tenants representative for the proposed building (if available)
Building operations management (if available).
Conducting a simple stakeholder analysis can be used to determine who must be involved in the PBDB process.
This analysis must identify stakeholders with a high level of interest in the design process, and/or likely to be affected by the consequences of a fire should it occur in the building.
(5)
Required level of safety:
Given the absence of specific safety targets in the NCC and the qualitative nature of the NCC fire safety Performance Requirements, for this Verification Method to ensure the level of safety expected, the proposed building design must be at least equivalent to the relevant Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions.
As the NCC Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions evolved originally from State and Territory regulations and are regularly updated to reflect technical advances and experience they are commonly accepted as providing an acceptable benchmark.
It is accepted that the NCC Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions reflect societal expectations in terms of fire safety, which address individual risk, societal risk and the robustness in the design by adopting a defence in depth approach.
consider the specific size, complexity and use of the building with regards to the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions to be used in the equivalency process; and
consider the specific occupant profile of the building, paying particular attention to occupants with a disability and the vulnerable, in regards to the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions to be used in the equivalency process.
(6)
Final report: Once the analysis of all relevant design scenarios for all the required Performance Solutions has been completed, the fire safety engineer must prepare a final report that includes the following:
Analysis required to demonstrate that the proposed building provides a level of safety at least equivalent to the relevant Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions.
Any other information required to clearly demonstrate that the building and its fire safety system satisfies the relevant Performance Requirements as set out in the Fire Safety Verification Method Standard.
Explanatory information:
When developing a Performance Solution, a PBDB is an important step in the process. It allows all relevant stakeholders to be involved in the development of the building design and its fire safety system.
A PBDB is a documented process that defines the scope of work for the fire engineering analysis. Its purpose is to set down the basis, as agreed by the relevant stakeholders, on which the fire safety analysis of the proposed building and its Performance Solutions will be undertaken.
Relevant stakeholders will vary from design to design. However, some examples of relevant stakeholders are: a fire safety engineer, architect, developer, client, appropriate authority (some state legislation prevents appropriate authorities from being involved in the design process), fire authority and other stakeholders that fire safety design may affect such as insurers. Further information on the relevant stakeholders is provided in the Fire Safety Verification Method Standard.
Guidance on the development of a PBDB is presented in the International Fire Engineering Guidelines (2005) and referred to as a Fire Engineering Brief in that document.
Part C2Fire resistance and stability
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for Part C1. Its sets out Types of fire-resisting construction based on building height, size, use and other relevant factors, FRLs and fire hazard properties, which describe how certain materials react to fire. It also contains construction requirements to facilitate fire brigade intervention.
it is situated at the top of the building and contains only heating, ventilating or lift equipment, water tanks, or similar service units or equipment; or
it is situated partly below the finished ground and the underside of the ceiling is not more than 1 m above the average finished level of the ground at the external wall, or if the external wall is more than 12 m long, the average for the 12 m part where the ground is lowest.
(3)
In a Class 7 or 8 building, a storey that has an average internal height of more than 6 m is counted as—
one storey if it is the only storey above the ground; or
For the purposes of calculating the rise in storeys of a building—
a mezzanine is regarded as a storey in that part of the building in which it is situated if its floor area is more than 200 m2 or more than ⅓ of the floor area of the room, whichever is the lesser; and
two or more mezzanines are regarded as a storey in that part of the building in which they are situated if they are at or near the same level and have an aggregate floor area more than 200 m2 or more than ⅓ of the floor area of the room, whichever is the lesser.
C2D4Buildings of multiple classification
[2019: C1.3]
(1)
In a building of multiple classifications, the Type of construction required for the building is the most fire-resisting Type resulting from the application of Table C2D2 on the basis that the classification applying to the top storey applies to all storeys.
(2)
In a building containing a Class 4 part on the top storey, for the purpose of (1), the classification applying to the top storey must be—
when the Class 4 part occupies the whole of the top storey, the classification applicable to the next highest storey; or
when the Class 4 part occupies part of the top storey, the classification applicable to the adjacent part.
C2D5Mixed types of construction
[2019: C1.4]
A building may be of mixed Types of construction where it is separated in accordance with C3D8 and the Type of construction is determined in accordance with C2D2 or C2D4.
C2D6Two storey Class 2, 3 or 9c buildings
[2019: C1.5]
A building having a rise in storeys of 2 may be of Type C construction if—
it is a Class 2 or 3 building or a mixture of these classes and each sole-occupancy unit has—
it is a Class 9c building protected throughout with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 and complies with the maximum compartment size specified in Table C2D2 for Type C construction.
C2D7Class 4 parts of buildings
[2019: C1.6]
For the Type of construction required by C2D4, a Class 4 part of a building requires the same FRL for building elements and the same construction separating the Class 4 part from the remainder of the building as a Class 2 part in the same Type of construction.
C2D8Open spectator stands and indoor sports stadiums
[2019: C1.7]
(1)
An open spectator stand or indoor sports stadium may be of Type C construction and need not comply with the other provisions of this Part if it contains not more than one tier of seating, is of non-combustible construction, and has only changing rooms, sanitary facilities or the like below the tiered seating.
(2)
In (1), one tier of seating means numerous rows of tiered seating incorporating cross-overs but within one viewing level.
the covering is not in continuous contact with the column, then the void must be filled solid, to a height of not less than 1.2 m above the floor to prevent indenting; and
the column is liable to be damaged from the movement of vehicles, materials or equipment, then the covering must be protected by steel or other suitable material.
C2D10Non-combustible building elements
[2019: C1.9]
(1)
In a building required to be of Type A or B construction, the following building elements and their components must be non-combustible:
External walls and common walls, including all components incorporated in them including the facade covering, framing and insulation.
A shaft, being a lift, ventilating, pipe, garbage, or similar shaft that is not for the discharge of hot products of combustion, that is non-loadbearing, must be of non-combustible construction in—
a building required to be of Type A construction; and
a building required to be of Type B construction, subject to C3D11, in—
a Class 2, 3 or 9 building; and
a Class 5, 6, 7 or 8 building if the shaft connects more than 2 storeys.
Perforated gypsum lath with a normal paper finish.
Fibrous-plaster sheet.
Fibre-reinforced cement sheeting.
Pre-finished metal sheeting having a combustible surface finish not exceeding 1 mm thickness and where the Spread-of-Flame Index of the product is not greater than 0.
when located externally, are fixed in accordance with C2D15.
Explanatory information:
For C2D10(4)(i), isolated refers to localised situations where these elements are used. For example, construction packers and shims used for levelling window frames at fixing points and blocking used to fix a handrail. Blocking an entire wall is not considered to be used in an isolated situation. Isolated fixings and fixing accessories may include, but are not limited to, screws, anchors, wall plugs, nails and washers.
Associated minor elements in C2D10(4)(n) refers to elements such as bar chairs, tie wire and spacers commonly used to support reinforcement in concrete construction.
C2D10(4)(p) applies only to adhesives and tapes associated with stiffeners that may be installed to prevent buckling, bowing or distortion of a cladding material. This provision does not allow for the use of adhesives and tapes as the primary method of support or fixing the cladding material. Refer also to C2D15.
C4D15 is a provision that necessitates the installation of fire-protective materials and components referred to in C2D10(4)(q).
The fire hazard properties of the following internal linings, materials and assemblies within a Class 2 to 9 building must comply with Specification 7:
Floor linings and floor coverings.
Wall linings and ceiling linings.
Air-handling ductwork.
Lift cars.
In Class 9b buildings used as a theatre, public hall or the like—
fixed seating in the audience area or auditorium; and
timber treads, risers, landings and associated supporting framework installed in accordance with D3D30 where the Spread-of-Flame Index and the Smoke-Developed Index of the timber does not exceed 9 and 8 respectively; or
any other material that does not significantly increase the hazards of fire.
C2D12Performance of external walls in fire
[2019: C1.11]
Concrete external walls that could collapse as complete panels (e.g. tilt-up and pre-cast concrete), in a building having a rise in storeys of not more than 2, must comply with Specification 8.
which only occupies part of a storey, and is separated from the remaining part by a fire wall; or
which is located above or below a part not containing fire-protected timber and the floor between the adjoining parts is provided with an FRL not less than that prescribed for a fire wall for the lower storey; and
the building has a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) throughout complying with Specification 17; and
any insulation installed in the cavity of the timber building element to have an FRL is non-combustible; and
cavity barriers are provided in accordance with Specification 9.
C2D14Ancillary elements
[2019: C1.14]
An ancillary element must not be fixed, installed, attached to or supported by the concealed internal parts or external face of an external wall that is required to be non-combustible unless it is one of the following:
C2D14 does not prevent the mounting of domestic air-conditioning condenser units on external walls.
Explanatory information:
Ancillary elements fixed, installed or attached to the internal face or lining of an external wall may be subject to other provisions such as C2D11.
C2D15Fixing of bonded laminated cladding panels
[New for 2022]
(1)
In a building required to be of Type A or B construction, externally located bonded laminated cladding panels must have all layers of cladding mechanically supported or restrained to the supporting frame.
(2)
An externally located bonded laminated cladding panel need not comply with (1) if it is one of the following:
A laminated glass system.
Layered plasterboard product.
Perforated gypsum lath with a normal paper finish.
Fibrous-plaster sheet.
Fibre-reinforced cement sheeting.
A component of a garage door.
Note:
For C2D15(1), mechanical support or restraint means fixing that does not solely rely on chemical adhesive and includes concealed fixing systems such as cassette fixing, channel-type fixing and face fixing.
Explanatory information:
For structural requirements relating to the fixing of cladding, refer to Section B. For most cladding systems, the requirements of Section B will necessitate mechanical fixing of the cladding panel to the supporting frame.
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for Part C1. It covers compartmentation to limit fire size and spread, separation to limit fire spread between fire compartments, parts with different classifications, stairways, lift shafts, equipment, electricity supplies and public corridors. It also contains construction requirements to facilitate fire brigade intervention.
A part of a building which contains only heating, ventilating, or lift equipment, water tanks, or similar service units is not counted in the floor area or volume of a fire compartment or atrium if it is situated at the top of the building.
(3)
In a building containing an atrium, the part of the atrium well bounded by the perimeter of the openings in the floors and extending from the level of the first floor above the atrium floor to the roof covering is not counted in the volume of the atrium for the purposes of this clause.
be wholly within the allotment except that any road, river, or public place adjoining the allotment, but not the farthest 6 m of it may be included; and
include vehicular access in accordance with (2); and
not be used for the storage or processing of materials; and
not be built upon, except for guard houses and service structures (such as electricity substations and pump houses) which may encroach upon the width of the space if they do not unduly impede fire-fighting at any part of the perimeter of the allotment or unduly add to the risk of spread of fire to any building on an adjoining allotment.
must be capable of providing continuous access for emergency vehicles to enable travel in a forward direction from a public road around the entire building; and
must have a minimum unobstructed width of 6 m with no part of its furthest boundary more than 18 m from the building and in no part of the 6 m width be built upon or used for any purpose other than vehicular or pedestrian movement; and
must provide reasonable pedestrian access from the vehicular access to the building; and
must have a load bearing capacity and unobstructed height to permit the operation and passage of fire brigade vehicles; and
must be wholly within the allotment except that a public road complying with (a), (b), (c) and (d) may serve as the vehicular access or part thereof.
in Type B construction—floors with an FRL of not less than 120/120/120 and with the openings in external walls bounding patient care areas being vertically separated in accordance with the requirements of C3D7 as if the building were of Type A construction.
where division of ward areas by fire-resisting walls under (a) or (c)(i) is not required, any smoke-proof wall required under (c)(ii) or (iii) must have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60.
Ancillary use areas located within a patient care area and containing equipment or materials that are a high potential fire hazard, must be separated from the remainder of the patient care area by walls with an FRL of not less than 60/60/60.
The ancillary use areas referred to in (e) include, but are not limited to, the following:
A kitchen and related food preparation areas having a combined floor area of more than 30 m2.
A room containing a hyperbaric facility (pressure chamber).
A room used predominantly for the storage of medical records having a floor area of more than 10 m2.
A laundry, where items of equipment are of the type that are potential fire sources (e.g. gas fire dryers).
A wall required by (e) to separate ancillary use areas from the remainder of the building must extend to the underside of—
unless the Class 9b early childhood centre is the only use in the building, it must be separated from the remainder of the building by walls and/or floors with an FRL not less than that required for a fire wall; and
Internal walls (other than those bounding lift and stair shafts) supported by floors provided in accordance with (b) need not comply with Specification 5 if they have an FRL not less than 60/–/–.
Ancillary use areas containing equipment or materials that are a high potential fire hazard, must be separated from the sole-occupancy units by smoke-proof walls complying with Specification 11.
The ancillary use areas referred to in (d) include, but are not limited to, the following:
A kitchen and related food preparation areas having a combined floor area of more than 30 m2.
A laundry, where items of equipment are of the type that are potential fire sources (e.g. gas fired dryers).
Storage rooms greater than 10 m2 used predominantly for the storage of administrative records.
Openings in fire walls must be protected as follows:
C3D7Vertical separation of openings in external walls
[2019: C2.6]
(1)
If in a building of Type A construction, any part of a window or other opening in an external wall is above another opening in the storey next below and its vertical projection falls no further than 450 mm outside the lower opening (measured horizontally), the openings must be separated by—
a spandrel which—
is not less than 900 mm in height; and
extends not less than 600 mm above the upper surface of the intervening floor; and
is of non-combustible material having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60; or
construction that complies with (a) behind a curtain wall or panel wall and has any gaps packed with a non-combustible material that will withstand thermal expansion and structural movement of the walling without the loss of seal against fire and smoke; or
a slab or other horizontal construction that—
projects outwards from the external face of the wall not less than 1100 mm; and
extends along the wall not less than 450 mm beyond the openings concerned; and
is non-combustible and has an FRL of not less than 60/60/60.
For the purposes of C3D7, window or other opening means that part of the external wall of a building that does not have an FRL of 60/60/60 or greater.
C3D8Separation by fire walls
[2019: C2.7]
(1)
Construction — A fire wall must be constructed in accordance with the following:
The fire wall has the relevant FRL prescribed by Specification 5 for each of the adjoining parts, and if these are different, the greater FRL, except where S5C18(c), S5C21(3) and S5C25(1) permit a lower FRL on the carpark side.
Separation of buildings — A part of a building separated from the remainder of the building by a fire wall may be treated as a separate building for the purposes of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Sections C, D and E if it is constructed in accordance with (1) and the following:
The fire wall extends through all storeys and spaces in the nature of storeys that are common to that part and any adjoining part of the building.
The fire wall is carried through to the underside of the roof covering.
Where the roof of one of the adjoining parts is lower than the roof of the other part, the fire wall extends to the underside of—
the covering of the higher roof, or not less than 6 m above the covering of the lower roof; or
the lower roof if it has an FRL not less than that of the fire wall and no openings closer than 3 m to any wall above the lower roof; or
the lower roof if its covering is non-combustible and the lower part has a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17.
(3)
Separation of fire compartments — A part of a building separated from the remainder of the building by a fire wall may be treated as a separate fire compartment if it is constructed in accordance with (a) and the fire wall extends to the underside of—
A fire wallrequired by (1)(b) must have the FRL prescribed in accordance with Specification 5 as applicable for that element for the Type of construction and the classifications concerned.
(3)
For the purposes of (2), the FRL in Specification 5 must be either—
For the purposes of (1), where one part is a carpark complying with S5C19, S5C22 or S5C25, the parts may be separated by a fire wall complying with S5C19, S5C22 or as appropriate.
C3D10Separation of classifications in different storeys
[2019: C2.9]
If parts of different classification are situated one above the other in adjoining storeys they must be separated as follows:
Type A construction — The floor between the adjoining parts must have an FRL of not less than that prescribed in Specification 5 for the classification of the lower storey.
Type B or C construction — If one of the adjoining parts is of Class 2, 3 or 4, the floor separating the part from the storey below must—
Any lift connecting more than 2 storeys, or more than 3 storeys if the building is sprinklered, (other than lifts which are wholly within an atrium) must be separated from the remainder of the building by enclosure in a shaft in which—
in a building required to be of Type A construction — the walls have the relevant FRL prescribed by Specification 5; and
in a building required to be of Type B construction — the walls—
A stairway and lift must not be in the same shaft if either the stairway or the lift is required to be in a fire-resistingshaft.
C3D13Separation of equipment
[2019: C2.12]
(1)
Equipment other than that described in (2) and (3) must be separated from the remainder of the building with construction complying with (4), if that equipment comprises—
lift motors and lift control panels; or
emergency generators used to sustain emergency equipment operating in the emergency mode; or
any doorway protected with a self-closing fire door having an FRL of not less than –/120/30; or
when separating a lift shaft and lift motor room, an FRL not less than 120/–/–.
C3D14Electricity supply system
[2019: C2.13]
(1)
An electricity substation located within a building must—
be separated from any other part of the building by construction having an FRL of not less than 120/120/120; and
have any doorway in that construction protected with a self-closing fire door having an FRL of not less than –/120/30.
(2)
A main switchboard located within the building which sustains emergency equipment operating in the emergency mode must—
be separated from any other part of the building by construction having an FRL of not less than 120/120/120; and
have any doorway in that construction protected with a self-closing fire door having an FRL of not less than –/120/30.
(3)
Subject to (4), electrical conductors must—
have a classification in accordance with AS/NZS 3013 of not less than—
if located in a position that could be subject to damage by motor vehicles — WS53W; or
otherwise — WS52W; or
be enclosed or otherwise protected by construction having an FRL of not less than 120/120/120.
(4)
The requirements of (3) only apply to electrical conductors located within a building that supply—
a substation located within the building which supplies a main switchboard covered by (2); or
a main switchboard covered by (2).
(5)
Where emergency equipment is required in a building, all switchboards in the electrical installation, which sustain the electricity supply to the emergency equipment, must be constructed so that emergency equipment switchgear is separated from non-emergency equipment switchgear by metal partitions designed to minimise the spread of a fault from the non-emergency equipment switchgear.
(6)
For the purposes of (5), emergency equipment includes but is not limited to the following:
Fire hydrant booster pumps.
Pumps for automatic sprinkler systems, water spray, chemical fluid suppression systems or the like.
Pumps for fire hose reels where such pumps and fire hose reels form the sole means of fire protection in the building.
Air handling systems designed to exhaust and control the spread of fire and smoke.
Emergency lifts.
Control and indicating equipment.
Emergency warning and intercom systems.
C3D15Public corridors in Class 2 and 3 buildings
[2019: C2.14]
In a Class 2 or 3 building, a public corridor, if more than 40 m in length, must be divided at intervals of not more than 40 m with smoke-proof walls complying with S11C2.
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for Part C1. It covers the protection of openings such as windows, doors, services and construction joints to reduce the risk of fire spread within or between buildings. It also contains construction requirements to facilitate fire brigade intervention.
Control joints, weep holes and the like in external walls of masonry construction and joints between panels in external walls of pre-cast concrete panel construction if, in all cases they are not larger than necessary for the purpose.
Non-combustible ventilators for subfloor or cavity ventilation, if each does not exceed 45 000 mm2 in face area and is spaced not less than 2 m from any other ventilator in the same wall.
Openings in the vertical plane formed between building elements at the construction edge or perimeter of a balcony or verandah, colonnade, terrace, or the like.
In a carpark floor other than a floor that separates a part not used as a carpark, and subject to (e), the following openings in a carpark floor:
Service penetrations.
Openings formed by a vehicle ramp.
The requirements of (d) only apply where the connected carpark levels comply as a single fire compartment for the purposes of all other requirements of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Sections C, D and E.
(2)
For the purposes of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part, openings in building elements required to be fire-resisting include doorways, windows (including any associated fanlight), infill panels and fixed or openable glazed areas that do not have the required FRL.
(3)
For the purposes of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part, openings, other than those covered under (1)(c), between building elements such as columns, beams and the like, in the plane formed at the construction edge or perimeter of the building, are deemed to be openings in an external wall.
C4D3Protection of openings in external walls
[2019: C3.2]
(1)
Subject to (2), openings in an external wall that is required to have an FRL must be protected in accordance with C4D5, and if wall-wetting sprinklers are used they must be located externally.
(2)
The requirements of (1) only apply if the distance between the opening and the fire-source feature to which it is exposed is less than—
3 m from a side or rear boundary of the allotment; or
6 m from the far boundary of a road, river, lake or the like adjoining the allotment, if not located in a storey at or near ground level; or
6 m from another building on the allotment that is not Class 10.
(3)
Openings in an external wall that is required to have an FRL, if required to be protected under (1), must not occupy more than 1/3 of the area of the external wall of the storey in which it is located unless they are in a Class 9b building used as an open spectator stand.
C4D4Separation of external walls and associated openings in different fire compartments
internal or external wall-wetting sprinklers as appropriate used with windows that are automatic closing or permanently fixed in the closed position; or
–/60/– fire windows that are automatic closing or permanently fixed in the closed position; or
The aggregate width of openings for doorways in a fire wall, which are not part of a horizontal exit, must not exceed ½ of the length of the fire wall, and each doorway must be protected by—
2 fire doors or fire shutters, one on each side of the doorway, each of which has an FRL of not less than ½ that required by Specification 5 for the fire wall except that each door or shutter must have an insulation level of at least 30; or
a fire door on one side and a fire shutter on the other side of the doorway, each of which complies with (a); or
a single fire door or fire shutter which has an FRL of not less than that required by Specification 5 for the fire wall except that each door or shutter must have an insulation level of at least 30.
(2)
A fire door or fire shutter required by (1)(a), (b) or (c) must be self-closing, or automatic closing in accordance with (3) and (4).
(3)
The automatic closing operation required by (2) must be initiated by the activation of a smoke detector, or any other detector deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 if smoke detectors are unsuitable in the atmosphere, installed in accordance with the relevant provisions of AS 1670.1 and located on each side of the fire wall not more than 1.5 m horizontal distance from the opening.
(4)
Where any other required suitable fire alarm system, including a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system) complying with Specification 17, is installed in the building, activation of the system in either fire compartment separated by the fire wall must also initiate the automatic closing operation.
C4D7Sliding fire doors
[2019: C3.6]
(1)
If a doorway in a fire wall is fitted with a sliding fire door which is open when the building is in use—
it must be held open with an electromagnetic device, which when de-activated in accordance with (2) and (3), allows the door to be fully closed in not less than 20 seconds and not more than 30 seconds after release; and
in the event of power failure to the door — the door must fail safe in the closed position in accordance with (a); and
an audible warning device must be located near the doorway and a red flashing warning light of adequate intensity on each side of the doorway must be activated in accordance with (2) and (3); and
signs must be installed on each side of the doorway located directly over the opening stating, in capital letters not less than 50 mm high in a colour contrasting with the background:
WARNING — SLIDING FIRE DOOR
(2)
The electromagnetic device required by (1)(a) must be de-activated and the warning system activated by heat or smoke detectors, as appropriate, installed in accordance with AS 1905.1 and the relevant provisions of AS 1670.1 .
(3)
Where any other required suitable fire alarm system, including a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system) complying with Specification 17, is installed in the building, activation in either fire compartment separated by the fire wall must also de-activate the electromagnetic device and activate the warning system.
C4D8Protection of doorways in horizontal exits
[2019: C3.7]
(1)
A doorway that is part of a horizontal exit must be protected by either—
a single fire door that has an FRL of not less than that required by Specification 5 for the fire wall except that the door must have an insulation level of at least 30; or
in a Class 7 or 8 building — 2 fire doors, one on each side of the doorway, each with an FRL of not less than ½ that required by Specification 5 for the fire wall except that each door must have an insulation level of at least 30.
The automatic-closing operation must be initiated by the activation of a smoke detector, or any other detector deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 if smoke detectors are unsuitable in the atmosphere, installed in accordance with the relevant provisions of AS 1670.1 and located on each side of the fire wall not more than 1.5 m horizontal distance from the opening.
Where any other required suitable fire alarm system, including a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system) complying with Specification 17, is installed in the building, activation of the system in either fire compartment separated by the fire wall must also initiate the automatic-closing operation.
The automatic-closing operation required by (1) must be initiated by the activation of a smoke detector, or any other detector deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 if smoke detectors are unsuitable in the atmosphere, installed in accordance with the relevant provisions of AS 1670.1 and located not more than 1.5 m horizontal distance from the approach side of the doorway.
(3)
Where any other required suitable fire alarm system, including a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system) complying with Specification 17, is installed in the building, activation of the system must also initiate the automatic-closing operation.
are set to remain closed except when discharging or receiving passengers, goods or vehicles.
(2)
Lift indicator panels — A lift call panel, indicator panel or other panel in the wall of a fire-isolated lift shaft must be backed by construction having an FRL of not less than –/60/60 if it exceeds 35 000 mm2 in area.
C4D12Bounding construction: Class 2 and 3 buildings and Class 4 parts
[2019: C3.11]
(1)
A doorway in a Class 2 or 3 building must be protected if it provides access from a sole-occupancy unit to—
In a Class 3 building used as a residential care building protected with a sprinkler system complying with Specification 17, protection for a doorway must be at least—
a tight fitting, solid core door not less than 35 mm thick if the building is divided into floor areas not exceeding 500 m2 with smoke proof walls complying with S11C2; or
a tight fitting, solid core door not less than 35 mm thick fitted with a self-closing device, a delayed closing device or an automatic closing device.
A door required by (4) or (5) may be automatic-closing in accordance with the following:
The automatic-closing operation must be initiated by the activation of a smoke detector, or any other detector deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 if smoke detectors are unsuitable in the atmosphere, installed in accordance with the relevant provisions of AS 1670.1 and located not more than 1.5 m horizontal distance from the approach side of the doorway.
Where any other required suitable fire alarm system, including a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system) complying with Specification 17, is installed in the building, activation of the system must also initiate the automatic-closing operation.
(8)
The requirements of (9) apply in a Class 2 or 3 building where a path of travel to an exit—
does not provide a person seeking egress with a choice of travel in different directions to alternative exits; and
is along an open balcony, landing or the like; and
Where a service passes through a floor which is required to be protected by a fire-protective covering, the penetration must not reduce the fire performance of the covering.
C4D14Openings in shafts
[2019: C3.13]
In a building of Type A construction, an opening in a wall providing access to a ventilating, pipe, garbage or other service shaft must be protected by—
if it is in a sanitary compartment — a door or panel which, together with its frame, is non-combustible or has an FRL of not less than –/30/30; or
Ventilation and air-conditioning — in the case of ventilating or air-conditioning ducts or equipment, the installation is in accordance with AS 1668.1.
The service is a pipe system comprised entirely of metal (excluding pipe seals or the like) and is installed in accordance with Specification 13 and it—
The service is an electrical switch, outlet, or the like, and it is installed in accordance with Specification 13.
C4D16Construction joints
[2019: C3.16]
(1)
Construction joints, spaces and the like in and between building elements required to be fire-resisting with respect to integrity and insulation must be protected in a manner—
identical with a prototype tested in accordance with AS 4072.1 and AS 1530.4 to achieve the required FRL; or
that differs from a prototype in accordance with Section 4 of AS 4072.1 and achieves the required FRL.
The requirements of (1) do not apply where joints, spaces and the like between fire-protected timber elements are provided with cavity barriers in accordance with Specification 9.
C4D17Columns protected with lightweight construction to achieve an FRL
A part of a building element is exposed to a fire-source feature if any of the horizontal straight lines between that part and the fire-source feature, or vertical projection of the feature, is not obstructed by another part of the building that—
an external wall of another building that stands on the allotment and the part concerned is more than 15 m above the highest part of that external wall; or
a side or rear boundary of the allotment and the part concerned is below the level of the finished ground at every relevant part of the boundary concerned.
(3)
If various distances apply for different parts of a building element—
the entire element must have the FRL applicable to that part having the least distance between itself and the relevant fire-source feature; or
each part of the element must have the FRL applicable according to its individual distance from the relevant fire-source feature.
(4)
The requirements of (3) do not override or permit any exemption from S5C3.
S5C3Fire protection for a support of another part
[2019: Spec C1.1: 2.2]
(1)
Where a part of a building required to have an FRL depends upon direct vertical or lateral support from another part to maintain its FRL, that supporting part, subject to (2), must—
have an FRL not less than that required by other provisions of this Specification; and
of Type A construction if it complies with S5C15(a), (b) or (d); and
of Type B and C construction.
A column providing lateral support to a wall where the column complies with S5C6(1) and (2).
An element providing lateral support to a fire wall or fire-resisting wall, provided the wall is supported on both sides and failure of the element on one side does not affect the fire performance of the wall.
S5C4Lintels
[2019: Spec C1.1: 2.3]
(1)
A lintel must have the FRL required for the part of the building in which it is situated.
(2)
A lintel need not comply with (1) if it does not contribute to the support of a fire door, fire window or fire shutter, and—
it spans an opening in—
a wall of a building containing only one storey; or
a non-loadbearing wall of a Class 2 or 3 building; or
it spans an opening in masonry which is not more than 150 mm thick and—
not more than 3 m wide if the masonry is non-loadbearing; or
not more than 1.8 m wide if the masonry is loadbearing and part of a solid wall or one of the leaves of a cavity wall.
S5C5Method of attachment not to reduce the fire-resistance of building elements
[2019: Spec C1.1: 2.4]
The method of attaching or installing a finish, lining, ancillary element or service installation to the building element must not reduce the fire-resistance of that element to below that required.
S5C6General concessions
[2019: Spec C1.1: 2.5]
(1)
Steel columns — A steel column, other than one in a fire wall or common wall, need not have an FRL in a building that contains—
2 storeys in some of its parts and 1 storey only in its remaining parts if the sum of the floor areas of the upper storeys of its 2 storey parts does not exceed the lesser of—
Structures on roofs — A non-combustible structure situated on a roof need not comply with the other provisions of this Specification if it only contains—
lift motor equipment; or
one or more of the following:
Hot water or other water tanks.
Ventilating ductwork, ventilating fans and their motors.
Other service units that are non-combustible and do not contain flammable or combustible liquids or gases.
(4)
Curtain walls and panel walls — A requirement for an external wall to have an FRL does not apply to a curtain wall or panel wall which is of non-combustible construction and fully protected by automatic external wall-wetting sprinklers.
(5)
Balconies and verandahs — A balcony, verandah or the like and any incorporated supporting part, which is attached to or forms part of a building, need not comply with Table S5C11c, S5C11g, S5C21c, S5C21g, S5C24b or S5C24e if—
it does not form part of the only path of travel to a requiredexit from the building; and
in Type A construction—
it is situated not more than 2 storeys above the lowest storey providing direct egress to a road or open space; and
This Clause does not apply to a Class 9b building that is a spectator stand or audience viewing area accommodating more than 100 persons as calculated according to D2D18.
the total floor area of all the mezzanines in the same room does not exceed 1/3 of the floor area of the room or 200 m2, whichever is the lesser; and
the FRL of each wall and column that supports any other part of the building within 6 m of the mezzanine is increased by the amount listed in Table S5C7.
Table S5C7:
Increased FRLs — Construction surrounding mezzanines
Level otherwise required for any FRL criterion (mins)
Shaftsrequired to have an FRL must be enclosed at the top and bottom by construction having an FRL not less than that required for the walls of a non-loadbearingshaft in the same building.
for any floor and any loadbearing wall, may be reduced to 60, except any FRL criterion of 90 for an external wall must be maintained when tested from the outside; and
it is lined on each side with standard grade plasterboard not less than 13 mm thick or similar non-combustible material; and
it extends—
to the underside of the floor next above; or
to the underside of a ceiling lined with standard grade plasterboard not less than 13 mm thick or a material with at least an equivalent level of fire protection; or
any insulation installed in the cavity of the wall is non-combustible; and
any construction joint, space or the like between the top of the wall and the floor, ceiling or roof is smoke sealed with intumescent putty or other suitable material.
(2)
The concession described at (1) does not apply to fire-protected timber building elements.
Type A Fire-Resisting Construction
Type A Fire-Resisting Construction
S5C11Type A fire-resisting construction — fire-resistance of building elements
[2019: Spec C1.1: 3.1 and Table 3]
(1)
In a building required to be of Type A construction—
each building element listed in Tables S5C11a, S5C11b, S5C11c, S5C11d, S5C11e, S5C11f and S5C11g and any beam or column incorporated in it, must have an FRL not less than that listed in those Tables for the particular Class of building concerned; and
the underside of a roof complying with Table S5C11g; or
if under S5C15 the roof is not required to comply with Table S5C11g, the underside of the non-combustible roof covering and, except for roof battens with dimensions of 75 mm x 50 mm or less or sarking-type material, must not be crossed by timber or other combustible building elements; or
a ceiling that is immediately below the roof and has a resistance to the incipient spread of fire to the roof space between the ceiling and the roof of not less than 60 minutes; and
the FRLs specified in Table S5C11c for an external column apply also to those parts of an internal column that face and are within 1.5 m of a window and are exposed through that window to a fire-source feature.
(2)
For the purposes of (1)(c)(iii), fire-protected timber may be used, provided that—
the building is—
a separate building; or
a part of a building—
which only occupies part of a storey, and is separated from the remaining part by a fire wall; or
which is located above or below a part not containing fire-protected timber and the floor between the adjoining parts is provided with an FRL not less than that prescribed for a fire wall for the lower storey; and
the building has a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) throughout complying with Specification 17; and
any insulation installed in the cavity of the timber building element required to have an FRL is non-combustible; and
cavity barriers are provided in accordance with Specification 9.
(3)
For the purposes of Table S5C11a and Table S5C11b, external wall includes any column and other building element incorporated within it or other external building element.
Table S5C11a:
Type A construction: FRL of loadbearing parts of external walls
in a Class 2, 3, 5 or 9 building, the space below is not a storey, does not accommodate motor vehicles, is not a storage or work area, and is not used for any other ancillary purpose; or
it is a timber stage floor in a Class 9b building laid over a floor having the required FRL and the space below the stage is not used as a dressing room, store room, or the like; or
it is within a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building; or
it is an open-access floor (for the accommodation of electrical and electronic services and the like) above a floor with the required FRL.
S5C13Type A fire-resisting construction — floor loading of Class 5 and 9b buildings: Concession
[2019: Spec C1.1: 3.3]
If a floor in a Class 5 or 9b building is designed for a live load not exceeding 3 kPa—
the floor next above (including floor beams) may have an FRL of 90/90/90; or
the roof, if that is next above (including roof beams), may have an FRL of 90/60/30.
S5C14Type A fire-resisting construction — roof superimposed on concrete slab: Concession
S5C16Type A fire-resisting construction — roof lights
[2019: Spec C1.1: 3.6]
If a roof is required to have an FRL or its covering is required to be non-combustible, roof lights or the like installed in that roof must—
have an aggregate area of not more than 20% of the roof surface; and
be not less than 3 m from—
any boundary of the allotment other than the boundary with a road or public place; and
any part of the building which projects above the roof unless that part has the FRL required of a fire wall and any openings in that part of the wall for 6 m vertically above the roof light or the like are protected in accordance with C4D5; and
any roof light or the like in an adjoining sole-occupancy unit if the walls bounding the unit are required to have an FRL; and
any roof light or the like in an adjoining fire-separated section of the building; and
S5C17Type A fire-resisting construction — internal columns and walls: Concession
[2019: Spec C1.1:3.7]
For a building with an effective height of not more than 25 m and having a roof without an FRL in accordance with S5C15, in the storey immediately below that roof, internal columns other than those referred to in S5C11(1)(d) and internal walls other than fire walls and shaft walls may have—
S5C19Type A fire-resisting construction — carparks
[2019: Spec C1.1: 3.9 and Table 3.9]
(1)
Notwithstanding S5C11, a carpark may comply with this clause if it is an open-deck carpark or is protected with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 and is—
a separate building; or
a part of a building—
which only occupies part of a storey, and is separated from the remaining part by a fire wall; or
which is located above or below another classification, and the floor separating the classifications complies with C3D10; or
which is located above another Class 7 part of the building not used for carparking, and the floor separating the parts complies with Table S5C11g for a Class 7 part other than a carpark; or
which is located below another Class 7 part of the building not used for carparking, and the floor separating the parts complies with this clause.
an administration area associated with the functioning of the carpark; and
where the carpark is sprinklered, is associated with a Class 2 or 3 building and provides carparking for separate sole-occupancy units, each carparking area with an area not greater than 10% of its floor area for purposes ancillary to the sole-occupancy units; but
excludes—
except for (a), any area of another classification, or other part of a Class 7 building not used for carparking; and
a building or part of a building specifically intended for the parking of trucks, buses, vans and the like.
(3)
For building elements in a carpark as described in (1) and (2), the following minimum FRLs are applicable:
Supporting only the roof (not used for carparking) and 3 m or more from a fire-source feature to which it is exposed: –/–/–.
Steel column, other than one covered by (i) and one that does not support a part of a building that is not used as a carpark—
60/–/–; or
an ESA/M of not greater than 26m2/tonne.
Any other column not covered by (i) or (ii): 60/–/–.
Beams:
Steel floor beam in continuous contact with a concrete floor slab—
60/–/–; or
an ESA/M of not greater than 30m2/tonne.
Any other beam: 60/–/–.
Fire-resisting lift and stair shaft (within the carpark only): 60/60/60.
Floor slab and vehicle ramp: 60/60/60.
Roof (not used for carparking): –/–/–.
(4)
For the purposes of sub-clause (3):
ESA/M means the ratio of exposed surface area to mass per unit length.
Refer to Specification 17 for special requirements for a sprinkler system in a carpark complying with (3) and located within a multi-classified building.
S5C20Type A fire-resisting construction — Class 2 and 3 buildings: Concession
[2019: Spec C1.1: 3.10]
(1)
In a Class 2 or 3 building with a rise in storeys of not more than 3—
notwithstanding C2D10(1) and (2) and C3D7, timber framing may be used for—
notwithstanding S5C3(1)(c), timber framing may be used for a part of a building that provides support to a part of a building constructed of timber framing or non-combustible material in accordance with S5C20(1)(a) and (b).
(2)
A Class 2 or 3 building having a rise in storeys of not more than 4 may have the top three storeys constructed in accordance with (1) provided—
the lowest storey is used solely for the purpose of parking motor vehicles or for some other ancillary purpose; and
the lowest storey is constructed of concrete or masonry including the floor between it and the Class 2 or 3 part of the building above; and
the lowest storey and the storey above are separated by construction having an FRL of not less than 90/90/90 with no openings or penetrations that would reduce the fire-resisting performance of that construction except that a doorway in that construction may be protected by a –/60/30 self-closing fire door.
(3)
In a Class 2 or 3 building complying with (1) or (2) and fitted with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17, any FRL criterion prescribed in Tables S5C11a, S5C11d, S5C11e, S5C11f and S5C11g—
for any floor and any loadbearing wall, may be reduced to 60, except any FRL criterion of 90 for an external wall must be maintained when tested from the outside; and
any insulation installed in the cavity of the wall is non-combustible; and
any construction joint, space or the like between the top of the wall and the floor, ceiling or roof is smoke sealed with intumescent putty or other suitable material; and
any doorway in the wall is protected by a self-closing, tight fitting, solid core door not less than 35 mm thick.
Type B Fire-Resisting Construction
Type B Fire-Resisting Construction
S5C21Type B fire-resisting construction — fire-resistance of building elements
[2019: Spec C1.1: 4.1 and Table 4]
(1)
In a building required to be of Type B construction—
each building element listed in Tables S5C21a, S5C21b, S5C21c, S5C21d, S5C21e, S5C21f and S5C21g, and any beam or column incorporated in it, must have an FRL not less than that listed in the Table for the particular class of building concerned; and
if a stair shaft supports any floor or a structural part of it—
the floor or part must have an FRL of 60/–/– or more; or
the junction of the stair shaft must be constructed so that the floor or part will be free to sag or fall in a fire without causing structural damage to the shaft; and
the underside of the roof covering if it is non-combustible and, except for roof battens with dimensions of 75 mm x 50 mm or less or sarking-type material, must not be crossed by timber or other combustible building elements; or
450 mm above the roof covering if it is combustible; and
in a Class 2 or 3 building, except where within the one sole-occupancy units, or a Class 9a health-care building or a Class 9b building, a floor separating storeys or above a space for the accommodation of motor vehicles or used for storage or any other ancillary purpose, must—
be constructed so that it is at least of the standard achieved by a floor/ceiling system incorporating a ceiling which has a resistance to the incipient spread of fire to the space above itself of not less than 60 minutes; or
have an FRL of at least 30/30/30; or
have a fire-protective covering on the underside of the floor, including beams incorporated in it, if the floor is combustible or of metal; and
in a Class 9c building a floor above a space for the accommodation of motor vehicles or used for storage or any other ancillary purpose, and any column supporting the floor must—
be constructed so that it is at least of the standard achieved by a floor/ceiling system incorporating a ceiling which has a resistance to the incipient spread of fire to the space above itself of not less than 60 minutes; or
which only occupies part of a storey, and is separated from the remaining part by a fire wall; or
which is located above or below a part not containing fire-protected timber and the floor between the adjoining parts is provided with an FRL not less than that prescribed for a fire wall for the lower storey; and
cavity barriers are provided in accordance with Specification 9.
(3)
For the purposes of Table S5C21a and Table S5C21b, external wall includes any column and other building element incorporated within it or other external building element.
Table S5C21a:
Type B construction: FRL of loadbearing parts of external walls
S5C22Type B fire-resisting construction — carparks
[2019: Spec C1.1: 4.2 and Table 4.2]
(1)
Notwithstanding S5C21, a carpark may comply with this clause if it is an open-deck carpark or is protected with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 and is—
a separate building; or
a part of a building, and if occupying only part of a storey, is separated from the remaining part by a fire wall.
an administration area associated with the functioning of the carpark; and
where the carpark is sprinklered, is associated with a Class 2 or 3 building and provides carparking for separate sole-occupancy units each carparking area with an area not greater than 10% of its floor area for purposes ancillary to the sole-occupancy units; but
excludes—
except for (a), any area of another classification, or other part of a Class 7 building not used for carparking; and
a building or part of a building specifically intended for the parking of trucks, buses, vans and the like.
(3)
For building elements in a carpark as described in (1) and (2), the following minimum FRLs are applicable:
notwithstanding S5C3(1)(c), timber framing may be used for a part of a building that provides support to a part of a building constructed of timber framing or non-combustible material in accordance with S5C23(1)(a) and (b).
(2)
A Class 2 or 3 building having a rise in storeys of not more than 2 may have the top storey constructed in accordance with (1) provided—
the lowest storey is used solely for the purpose of parking motor vehicles or for some other ancillary purpose; and
the lowest storey is constructed of concrete or masonry including the floor between it and the Class 2 or 3 part of the building above; and
the lowest storey and the storey above are separated by construction having an FRL of not less than 90/90/90 with no openings or penetrations that would reduce the fire-resisting performance of that construction except that a doorway in that construction may be protected by a –/60/30 self-closing fire door.
(3)
In a Class 2 or 3 building complying with (1) or (2) and fitted with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17, any FRL criterion prescribed in Tables S5C21a, S5C21d, S5C21e, S5C21f and —
for any loadbearing wall, may be reduced to 60, except any FRL criterion of 90 for an external wall must be maintained when tested from the outside; and
it is lined on both sides with 13 mm standard grade plasterboard or similar non-combustible material; and
it extends—
to the underside of the floor next above if that floor has an FRL of at least 30/30/30 or is lined on the underside with a fire-protective covering; or
any insulation installed in the cavity of the wall is non-combustible; and
any construction joints, spaces and the like between the top of the wall and the floor, ceiling or roof is smoke sealed with intumescent putty or other suitable material.
Type C Fire-Resisting Construction
Type C Fire-Resisting Construction
S5C24Type C fire-resisting construction — fire-resistance of building elements
[2019: Spec C1.1: 5.1 and Table 5]
(1)
In a building required to be of Type C construction—
a building element listed in Tables S5C24a, S5C24b, S5C24c, S5C24d and S5C24e and any beam or column incorporated in it, must have an FRL not less than that listed in the Table for the particular Class of building concerned; and
an external wall that is required by Table S5C24a to have an FRL need only be tested from the outside to satisfy the requirement; and
to the underside of the roof covering if it is non-combustible, and except for roof battens with dimensions of 75 mm x 50 mm or less or sarking-type material, must not be crossed by timber or other combustible building elements; or
450 mm above the roof covering if it is combustible; and
in a Class 2 or 3 building, except where within the one sole-occupancy unit, or a Class 9a health-care building, or a Class 9b building, a floor separating storeys, or above a space for the accommodation of motor vehicles or used for storage or any other ancillary purpose, and any column supporting the floor, must—
have an FRL of at least 30/30/30; or
have a fire-protective covering on the underside of the floor including beams incorporated in it and around the column, if the floor or column is combustible or of metal; and
in a Class 9c building a floor above a space for the accommodation of motor vehicles or used for storage or any other ancillary purpose, and any column supporting the floor, must—
have an FRL of at least 30/30/30; or
have a fire-protective covering on the underside of the floor including beams incorporated in it and around the column, if the floor or column is combustible or of metal.
(2)
For the purposes of Table S5C24a and Table S5C24b, external wall includes any column and other building element incorporated within it or other external building element.
Table S5C24a:
Type C construction: FRL of parts of external walls
S5C25Type C fire-resisting construction — carparks
[2019: Spec C1.1: 5.2 and Table 5.2]
(1)
Notwithstanding S5C24, a carpark may comply with this clause if it is an open-deck carpark or is protected with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 and is—
a separate building; or
a part of a building, and if occupying only part of a storey, is separated from the remaining part by a fire wall.
an administration area associated with the functioning of the carpark; and
where the carpark is sprinklered, is associated with a Class 2 or 3 building and provides carparking for separate sole-occupancy units, each carparking area with an area not greater than 10% of its floor area for purposes ancillary to the sole-occupancy units; but
excludes—
except for (a), any area of another classification, or other part of a Class 7 building not used for carparking; and
a building or part of a building specifically intended for the parking of trucks, buses, vans and the like.
(3)
For building elements in a carpark as described in (1) and (2), the following minimum FRLs are applicable:
For the purposes of (3), ESA/M means the ratio of exposed surface area to mass per unit length.
Specification 6Structural tests for lightweight construction
S6C1Scope
[2019: Spec C1.8: 1]
This Specification describes tests to be applied to and criteria to be satisfied by a wall system of lightweight construction.
S6C2Application
[2019: Spec C1.8: 2]
A wall system need not be tested in accordance with this Specification for static pressure or impact if it is designed and constructed in accordance with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part B1 to resist the appropriate pressures and impacts defined in this Specification.
in spectator stand, sports stadium, cinema or theatre, railway or bus station or airport terminal, must be subjected to the tests and must fulfil the criteria set out in (2).
(2)
For the purposes of (1), the following tests and criteria apply:
A static test by the imposition of a uniformly distributed load of 1.0 kPa (or its equivalent) in accordance with S6C10(b) and the damage and deflection criteria of S6C11(b) and (c) respectively.
A dynamic test by the fall of the impact bag through a height of 350 mm in accordance with S6C10(c) and the damage and deflection criteria of S6C11(b) and (d) respectively.
The surface indentation test of S6C10(d) and the surface indentation criterion of S6C11(e).
S6C4Walls of shafts and fire-isolated exits generally
A static test by the imposition of a uniformly distributed load of 0.35 kPa (or its equivalent) in accordance with S6C10(b) and the damage and deflection criteria of S6C11(b) and (c) respectively.
A dynamic test by the fall of the impact bag through a height of 150 mm in accordance with S6C10(c) and the damage and deflection criteria of S6C11(b) and (d) respectively.
The surface indentation test of S6C10(d) and the surface indentation criterion of S6C11(e).
S6C5Additional requirements for lift shafts
[2019: Spec C1.8: 3.3]
(1)
In addition to the requirements of S6C3 and S6C4, a wall system for use in a lift shaft that is required to be fire-resisting must be subjected to dynamic test by the imposition of—
where the lift car speed is 7 m/s or less — 106 cycles of a uniformly distributed load between 0 and 0.2 kPa (or its equivalent); or
where the lift car speed is greater than 7 m/s — 106 cycles of a uniformly distributed load between 0 and 0.35 kPa (or its equivalent) in accordance with S6C10(e) and must fulfil the damage criteria of S6C11(b).
(2)
The wall system must be subjected to the static test in accordance with S6C4(b) after the successful conclusion of the dynamic test specified in (1).
A static test by the imposition of a uniformly distributed load of 0.25 kPa (or its equivalent) in accordance with S6C10(b) and the damage and deflection criteria of S6C11(b) and (c) respectively.
A dynamic test by fall of the impact bag through a height of 100 mm in accordance with S6C10(c) and the damage and deflection criteria of S6C11(b) and (d) respectively.
The surface indentation test of S6C10(d) and the surface indentation criterion of S6C11(e).
Test Specimens
Test Specimens
S6C7General requirements for testing
[2019: Spec C1.8: 4.1]
Testing must be carried out on either—
construction in-situ; or
a laboratory specimen of the construction.
S6C8Testing in-situ
[2019: Spec C1.8: 4.2]
If testing is carried out in-situ, it must be done on that part of the construction least likely, because of the particular combination of the height of the walls, the support conditions and other aspects of the construction, to resist the loads.
S6C9Testing of specimens
[2019: Spec C1.8: 4.3]
If a laboratory specimen is tested, the specimen must span only in the direction corresponding to the height of the wall and testing must be done in accordance with either (a) or (b) below:
The test specimen—
height (or length, if the specimen is tested horizontally) must be identical with the height between supports in the actual construction; and
must be supported at the top and bottom (or at each end if tested horizontally) by components identical with, and in a manner identical with, the actual construction.
If the distance between supports of the actual construction is more than 3 m, then a smaller specimen may be tested but—
the distance between supports must be not less than 3 m; and
forces, reactions and support conditions must be modelled so as to reproduce the behaviour of the actual construction if it were tested in-situ.
Test Methods and Compliance Criteria
Test Methods and Compliance Criteria
S6C10Test methods
[2019: Spec C1.8: 5]
Tests must be carried out in accordance with the following:
Material tests — The methods specified for the constituent materials of the construction of the standards adopted by reference in the NCC.
For resistance to static pressure — The provisions for testing walls under transverse load in ASTM E 72:2015, except that—
support conditions must be as specified in S6C9; and
equivalent load shall mean the quarter-point load that produces the same deflection or central moment as appropriate; and
the timber species nominated in that standard may be substituted with a different species.
For resistance to impact — The provisions for testing wall systems in ASTM E695-03, except that—
the point of impact must be set 1.5 m above finished floor level or 1.5 m above the part of the specimen that corresponds to finished floor level; and
the impact bag must be not less than 225 mm in diameter and not more than 260 mm in diameter and have a mass of not less than 27.2 kg or more than 27.3 kg; and
the mass must be achieved by putting loose, dry sand into the bag and must be adjusted before each series of impact tests; and
where the impact bag and suspension cannot be vertical at the instant of impact on a curved surface or an inclined surface, the height of drop is the net height at the point of impact.
For resistance to surface indentation — The test for resistance to surface indentation must be carried out at three points on the surface of an undamaged sample sheet as follows:
A steel ball of 10 mm diameter with a load of 150 N must be placed gently on the surface of the sheet and allowed to remain in position for 5 minutes.
The ball and load must then be removed and the diameter of each impression of the ball on the surface measured.
For resistance of lift shaft construction to repetitive load — As for (b) except that—
it is sufficient to test one specimen with the pressure applied from the side of the construction on which the lift will operate; and
the load must be applied dynamically at a frequency not less than 1 Hz and not more than 3 Hz; and
equivalent load shall mean the quarter-point load that produces the same central moment as the distributed load.
S6C11Criteria for compliance
[2019: Spec C1.8: 6]
The wall system or the specimen of it must fulfil the following criteria:
Materials — Materials must comply with the applicable standard adopted by reference in the NCC.
Damage — There must be no crack, penetration or permanent surface-deformation to a depth of more than 0.5 mm or any other non-elastic deformation or fastener failure.
Deflection — Static pressure — Under static pressure the deflection must not be more than—
1/240th of the height between supports; or
for construction other than a lift shaft — 30 mm; or
Surface indentation — No impression must be more than 5 mm in diameter.
Specification 7Fire hazard properties
S7C1Scope
[2019: Spec C1.10: 1]
This Specification sets out requirements in relation to the fire hazard properties of linings, materials and assemblies in Class 2 to 9 buildings as set out in Table S7C2.
S7C2Application
[2019: Spec C1.10: 2]
Linings, materials and assemblies must comply with the appropriate requirement described in Table S7C2.
In Class 9b buildings used as a theatre, public hall or the like — fixed seating in the audience area or auditorium; and a proscenium curtain required by Specification 32
in a building not protected by a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17, a maximum smoke development rate of 750 percent-minutes; and
a group number complying with S7C6(b), for any portion of the floor covering that is continued more than 150 mm up a wall.
Table S7C3:
Critical radiant flux (CHF in kW/m2) of floor linings and floor coverings
Class of building
Building not fitted with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17
Building fitted with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17
A wall or ceiling lining system must comply with the group number specified in Table S7C4 and for buildings not fitted with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 have—
Fire control rooms subject to Specification 19 and fire-isolated exits, other than a sarking-type material used in a ceiling or used as an attachment or part of an attachment to a building element. Note 1
N/A
0
2
Class 9b buildings used as a theatre, public hall or the like: Any part of fixed seating in the audience area or auditorium.
N/A
0
5
Class 9b buildings used as a theatre, public hall or the like:
A proscenium curtain required by Specification 32.
In a fire control room or fire-isolated stairway, a material used as an attachment or part of an attachment to a building element must, if combustible, be attached directly to a non-combustible substrate and not exceed 1 mm finished thickness.
A material, other than one located within a fire-isolated exit or fire control room, may be covered on all faces by concrete or masonry not less than 50 mm thick, as an alternative to meeting the specified indices.
In the case of a composite member or assembly, the member or assembly must be constructed so that when assembled as proposed in a building—
any material which does not comply with this Table is protected on all sides and edges from exposure to the air; and
the member or assembly retains the protection in position so that it prevents ignition of the material and continues to screen it from access to free air for a period of not less than 10 minutes.
Specification 8Performance of external walls in fire
S8C1Scope
[2019: Spec C1.11: 1]
This Specification contains measures to minimise, in the event of fire, the likelihood of external walls covered by S8C2 collapsing outwards as complete panels and the likelihood of panels separating from supporting members.
S8C2Application
[2019: Spec C1.11: 2]
This Specification applies to buildings having a rise in storeys of not more than 2 with concrete external walls that could collapse as complete panels (e.g. tilt-up and precast concrete) which—
consist of either single or multiple panels attached by steel connections to lateral supporting members; and
depend on those connections to resist outward movement of the panels relative to the supporting members; and
have height to thickness ratio not greater than 50.
S8C3General requirements for external wall panels
[2019: Spec C1.11: 3]
(1)
Cast-in inserts and fixings must be anchored into the panel with welded bars or be fixed to the panel reinforcement.
(2)
Cast-in inserts for top connections and fixings acting together must be able to resist an ultimate load of two times the larger of the forces required to develop—
the ultimate bending moment capacity of the panel at its base; or
the overturning moment at the base of the panel arising from an outwards lateral displacement at the top of the panel equal to one tenth of the panel height.
(3)
Top connections of the panel exposed to fire, such as clips and drilled-in inserts, acting together must be able to resist an ultimate load of six times the larger of the forces required to develop the moment specified in (2)(a) or (b).
(4)
Lateral supporting members and their connections must be designed to resist the connection forces specified in (2) and (3) and in the case of an eaves tie member the force in the member must be determined assuming that it deforms in a manner compatible with the lateral displacement of the wall panels, and that it acts in tension only.
(5)
External wall panels that span vertically must have at least two upper connections per panel to the supporting member, except that where a number of panels are designed to act as one unit, (e.g. tongue and groove hollow-core panels), only two upper connections are required for each unit.
(6)
External wall panels that span horizontally between columns must have at least two connections at each column.
(7)
Connections providing lateral support to a panel must be designed to remain engaged to the supported panel both before and during a fire.
Note:
The increased forces specified by the multiplier of two or six in (2) and (3) above are to take account of the lower strength of the connections and members at the higher than ambient temperatures expected in a fire.
S8C4Additional requirements for vertically spanning external wall panels adjacent to columns
[2019: Spec C1.11: 4]
(1)
Where vertically spanning external wall panels are located adjacent to columns, connections to the panels must be located and/or detailed to minimise forces that may develop between the panels and columns arising from the restraint of differential displacement.
(2)
The requirements of (1) are satisfied by—
detailing the connections and/or the supporting member to sustain a relative outward displacement of (d) between the panels and columns at the connection height where d(m) is calculated as—
the square of the connection height (m) divided by one hundred and twenty-five, when the connection height is less than 5 m; or
the connection height (m) divided by twenty-five, when the connection height (m) is greater than or equal to 5 m; or
in situations where an eaves tie member is used to provide lateral support to external wall panels, the tie member is connected to the panels no closer than a distance (s) from the column where s(m) is taken as one quarter of the panel height (m).
Specification 9Cavity barriers for fire-protected timber
S9C1Scope
[2019: Spec C1.13: 1]
This Specification sets out requirements for cavity barriers in fire-protected timber construction.
S9C2Requirements
[2019: Spec C1.13: 2]
(1)
Cavity barriers must be provided in the following locations where fire-protected timber is used in any of the listed elements:
At concealed cavities adjacent to junctions between fire-resisting floor/ceiling assemblies and fire-resisting walls.
Around the perimeter of door and window openings in fire-resisting construction.
(2)
Cavity barriers must be installed so they are tight fitting and are able to withstand thermal expansion and structural movement without the loss of seal against fire and smoke.
(3)
In addition to cavity barriers required by (1), horizontal and vertical cavity barriers are to be provided to wall cavities within, around or adjacent to fire-protected timber elements as follows:
Horizontal cavity barriers — at not more than 5 m centres.
Vertical cavity barriers — at not more than 10 m centres.
(4)
Cavity barriers must—
achieve the performance specified in Table S9C2 based on the highest FRL of the elements they are mounted within or seal against; or
consist of—
timber with the minimum thickness specified in Table S9C2; or
polythene-sleeved mineral wool or mineral wool slabs or strips placed under compression to achieve the minimum thickness specified in Table S9C2.
(5)
Cavity barriers provided around openings may be formed by the window or door frame if—
the frame is constructed of steel or timber with the minimum thickness specified in Table S9C2 for timber; and
the frame is tightly fitted to rigid construction and mechanically fixed in position.
(6)
The FRL of cavity barriers in fire-protected timber construction must be determined in accordance with Specifications 1 and 2 applying the criteria for control joint systems specified in Section 10 of AS 1530.4 with the cavity barrier system fitted within an opening between timber members exposed directly to the furnace heating conditions.
(7)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Specifications 1 and 2 or AS 1530.4 , the test results from (6) may be used when the fire-protected timber is constructed from timber having a nominal density at least equal to the tested timber.
Minimum thicknesses are to be measured in the direction of heat flow.
Specification 10Fire-protected timber
S10C1Scope
[2019: Spec C1.13a: 1]
This Specification contains requirements for fire-protected timber and procedures for determining the time at which the temperature at the interface between the protection system and the timber is exceeded.
so as the temperature at the interface between the protection system and the timber does not exceed 300°C during a fire resistance test performed in accordance with S10C3 for the application and periods listed in Table S10C3; or
External walls within 1 m of an allotment boundary or 2 m of a building on the same allotment
45
2 x 13
All other applications
30
16
Determination of time the timber interface temperature exceeds 300°C for timber at least 75 mm thick
Determination of time the timber interface temperature exceeds 300°C for timber at least 75 mm thick
S10C4Form of test
[2019: Spec C1.13a: 3.1]
(1)
Tests must be carried out in accordance with the Standard Fire Test, or an equivalent or more severe test, on the timber element with the proposed non-combustible coverings fixed in a representative manner, with the time the timber interface temperatures exceeded 300°C confirmed in a report from an Accredited Testing Laboratory.
(2)
If a fire protection system incorporates joints, the test specimens must incorporate representative joints.
(3)
Interface temperatures must be measured over the following features by a minimum of two thermocouples:
At joint positions in the protection systems.
At least 200 mm from any joint.
At service penetrations.
At any other locations where, in the opinion of the Accredited Testing Laboratory, the interface temperature may be higher than the above positions.
(4)
The temperatures must be measured in accordance with Appendix C1 and Section 2 of AS 1530.4 as appropriate.
a specimen (which must be not less than 1000 mm x 1000 mm) adequately represents the proposed construction in the building; and
the fire resistance of the specimen has already been determined in a full scale test performed in accordance with AS 1530.4 to demonstrate adequate retention of the fire protection system in conjunction with the timber elements being protected; and
the results of the test do not apply to construction larger than limits defined by the Accredited Testing Laboratory conducting the pilot examination.
S10C6Acceptance criteria
[2019: Spec C1.13a: 3.3]
The time the timber interface temperature exceeds 300°C must be taken as the minimum time any of the thermocouples specified in S10C4 exceeded 300°C.
Specification 11Smoke-proof walls in health-care and residential care buildings
S11C1Scope
[2019: Spec C2.5: 1]
(1)
This Specification sets out requirements for the construction of smoke-proof walls in Class 9a health-care buildings and Class 9c buildings.
(2)
Smoke proof walls required to have an FRL are to be in accordance with A5G5.
Not incorporate any glazed areas unless the glass is safety glass as defined in AS 1288 .
Only have doorways which are fitted with smoke doors complying with Specification 12.
Have all openings around penetrations and the junctions of the smoke-proof wall and the remainder of the building stopped with non-combustible material to prevent the free passage of smoke.
Incorporate smoke dampers where air-handling ducts penetrate the wall unless the duct forms part of a smoke hazard management system required to continue air movement through the duct during a fire.
S11C3Class 9c buildings
[2019: Spec C2.5: 3]
Smoke-proof walls required by C3D6 in Class 9c buildings must comply with the following:
The wall may be lined on one side only.
Linings on the wall must be non-combustible and extend to the underside of—
a flush plasterboard ceiling lined with 13 mm standard grade plasterboard or a fire-protective covering, with all penetrations sealed against the free passage of smoke.
If plasterboard is used in the lining on a wall, it must be a minimum of 13 mm standard grade plasterboard.
Not incorporate any glazed areas unless the glass is safety glass as defined in AS 1288 .
Only have doorways which are fitted with smoke doors complying with Specification 12.
Have all openings around penetrations and the junctions of the smoke-proof wall and the remainder of the building stopped with non-combustible material to prevent the free passage of smoke.
Incorporate smoke dampers where air-handling ducts penetrate the wall unless the duct forms part of a smoke hazard management system required to continue air movement through the duct during a fire.
S11C4Doorways in smoke-proof walls
[2019: Spec C2.5: 4]
A door required by C3D6 or this Specification to be smoke-proof or have an FRL, other than one that serves a fire compartment provided with a zone pressurisation system in accordance with AS 1668.1, must provide a smoke reservoir by not extending within 400 mm of the underside of—
a roof covering; or
the floor above; or
an imperforate false ceiling that will prevent the free passage of smoke.
Specification 12Fire doors, smoke doors, fire windows and shutters
S12C1Scope
[2019: Spec C3.4: 1]
This Specification sets out requirements for the construction of fire doors, smoke doors, fire windows and fire shutters.
not fail by radiation through any glazed part during the period specified for integrity in the required FRL.
S12C3General requirements for smoke doors
[2019: Spec C3.4: 3.1]
Smoke doors must be constructed so that smoke will not pass from one side of the doorway to the other and, if they are glazed, there is minimal danger of a person being injured by accidentally walking into them.
S12C4Construction Deemed-to-Satisfy for smoke doors
[2019: Spec C3.4: 3.2]
A smoke door of one or two leaves satisfies S12C3 if it is constructed as follows:
The leaves are side-hung to swing—
in the direction of egress; or
in both directions.
The leaves are solid-core and at least 35 mm thick, or are capable of resisting smoke at 200°C for 30 minutes.
The leaves are fitted with smoke seals.
The leaves—
are normally in the closed position; or
operate such that—
they are closed automatically with the automatic closing operation initiated by smoke detectors, installed in accordance with the relevant provisions of AS 1670.1 , located on each side of the doorway not more than 1.5 m horizontal distance from the doorway; and
in the event of power failure to the door, they will fail-safe in the closed position.
The leaves return to the fully closed position after each manual opening.
Any glazing incorporated in the door complies with AS 1288 .
If a glazed panel is capable of being mistaken for an unobstructed exit, the presence of the glass must be identified by an opaque mid-height band, mid-rail, crash-bar or other opaque construction.
identical in construction with a prototype that has achieved the required FRL; and
installed in the same manner and in an opening that is not larger than the tested prototype.
Specification 13Penetration of walls, floors and ceilings by services
S13C1Scope
[2019: Spec C3.15: 1]
This Specification prescribes materials and methods of installation for services that penetrate walls, floors and ceilings required to have an FRL.
S13C2Application
[2019: Spec C3.15: 2]
(1)
This Specification applies to installations permitted under the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of the BCA as alternatives to systems that have been demonstrated by test to fulfil the requirements of C4D15(2)(a).
(2)
This Specification does not apply to installations in ceilings required to have a resistance to the incipient spread of fire nor to the installation of piping that contains or is intended to contain a flammable liquid or gas.
S13C3Metal pipe systems
[2019: Spec C3.15: 3]
(1)
A pipe system comprised entirely of metal (excluding pipe seals or the like) that is not normally filled with liquid must not be located within 100 mm, for a distance of 2 m from the penetration, of any combustible building element or a position where combustible material may be located, and must be constructed of—
copper alloy or stainless steel with a wall thickness of at least 1 mm; or
cast iron or steel (other than stainless steel) with a wall thickness of at least 2 mm.
(2)
An opening for a pipe system comprised entirely of metal (excluding pipe seals or the like) must—
be neatly formed, cut or drilled; and
be no closer than 200 mm to any other service penetration; and
accommodate only one pipe.
(3)
A pipe system comprised entirely of metal (excluding pipe seals or the like) must be wrapped but must not be lagged or enclosed in thermal insulation over the length of its penetration of a wall, floor or ceiling unless the lagging or thermal insulation fulfils the requirements of S13C7.
(4)
The gap between a metal pipe and the wall, floor or ceiling it penetrates must be fire-stopped in accordance with S13C7.
the opening must be neatly formed and no larger than is necessary to accommodate the pipe or fitting; and
the gap between pipe and floor must be fire-stopped in accordance with S13C7.
S13C5Wires and cables
[2019: Spec C3.15: 5]
If a wire or cable or cluster of wires or cables penetrates a floor, wall or ceiling—
the opening must be neatly formed, cut or drilled and no closer than 50 mm to any other service; and
the opening must be no larger in cross-sectional area than—
2000 mm2 if only a single cable is accommodated and the gap between cable and wall, floor or ceiling is no wider than 15 mm; or
500 mm2 in any other case; and
the gap between the service and the wall, floor or ceiling must be fire-stopped in accordance with S13C7.
S13C6Electrical switches and outlets
[2019: Spec C3.15: 6]
If an electrical switch, outlet, socket or the like is accommodated in an opening or recess in a wall, floor or ceiling—
the opening or recess must not—
be located opposite any point within 300 mm horizontally or 600 mm vertically of any opening or recess on the opposite side of the wall; or
extend beyond half the thickness of the wall; and
the gap between the service and the wall, floor or ceiling must be fire-stopped in accordance with S13C7.
S13C7Fire-stopping
[2019: Spec C3.15: 7]
(1)
Material: The material used for the fire-stopping of service penetrations must be concrete, high-temperature mineral fibre, high-temperature ceramic fibre or other material that does not flow at a temperature below 1120°C when tested in accordance with ISO 540, and must have—
demonstrated in a system tested in accordance with C4D15(2)(a) that it does not impair the fire-resisting performance of the building element in which it is installed; or
demonstrated in a test in accordance with (5) that it does not impair the fire-resisting performance of the test slab.
(2)
Installation: Fire-stopping material must be packed into the gap between the service and wall, floor or ceiling in a manner, and compressed to the same degree, as adopted for testing under (1)(a) or (b).
(3)
Hollow construction: If a pipe penetrates a hollow wall (such as a stud wall, a cavity wall or a wall of hollow blockwork) or a hollow floor/ceiling system, the cavity must be so framed and packed with fire-stopping material that is—
installed in accordance with (2) to a thickness of 25 mm all round the service for the full length of the penetration; and
restrained, independently of the service, from moving or parting from the surfaces of the service and of the wall, floor or ceiling.
(4)
Recesses: If an electrical switch, socket, outlet or the like is accommodated in a recess in a hollow wall or hollow floor/ceiling system—
the cavity immediately behind the service must be framed and packed with fire-stopping material in accordance with (3); or
the back and sides of the service must be protected with refractory lining board identical with and to the same thickness as that in which the service is installed.
(5)
Test: The test to demonstrate compliance of a fire-stopping material with this Specification must be conducted as follows:
The test specimen must comprise a concrete slab not less than 1 m square and not more than 100 mm thick, and appropriately reinforced if necessary for structural adequacy during manufacture, transport and testing.
The slab must have a hole 50 mm in diameter through the centre and the hole must be packed with the fire-stopping material.
The slab must be conditioned in accordance with AS 1530.4 .
Two thermocouples complying with AS 1530.4 must be attached to the upper surface of the packing each about 5 mm from its centre.
The slab must be tested on flat generally in accordance with Section 10 of AS 1530.4 and must achieve an FRL of 60/60/60 or as otherwise required.
This Part focuses on specifying the number and location of exits, construction of exits to enable safe evacuation and providing access to and within buildings for people with disability. It also includes measures intended to reduce slips, trips and falls.
Objectives
D1O1Objective
[2019: DO1]
The Objective of this Section is to—
provide, as far as is reasonable, people with safe, equitable and dignified access to—
a building; and
the services and facilities within a building; and
safeguard occupants from illness or injury while evacuating in an emergency.
Functional Statements
D1F1Access
[2019: DF1]
A building is to provide, as far as is reasonable—
safe; and
equitable and dignified,
access for people to the services and facilities within.
Limitations:
D1F1(b) does not apply to a Class 4 part of a building.
D1F2Egress
[2019: DF2]
A building is to be provided with means of evacuation which allow occupants time to evacuate safely without being overcome by the effects of an emergency.
Limitations:
D1F2 does not apply to the internal parts of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building.
Performance Requirements
D1P1Access for people with a disability
[2019: DP1]
Access must be provided, to the degree necessary, to enable—
people to—
approach the building from the road boundary and from any accessible carparking spaces associated with the building; and
approach the building from any accessible associated building; and
access work and public spaces, accommodation and facilities for personal hygiene; and
identification of accessways at appropriate locations which are easy to find.
Limitations:
D1P1 does not apply to a Class 4 part of a building.
D1P2Safe movement to and within a building
[2019: DP2]
So that people can move safely to and within a building, it must have—
walking surfaces with safe gradients; and
any doors installed to avoid the risk of occupants—
having their egress impeded; or
being trapped in the building; and
any stairways and ramps with—
slip-resistant walking surfaces on—
ramps; and
stairway treads or near the edge of the nosing; and
suitable handrails where necessary to assist and provide stability to people using the stairway or ramp; and
suitable landings to avoid undue fatigue; and
landings where a door opens from or onto the stairway or ramp so that the door does not create an obstruction; and
in the case of a stairway, suitable safe passage in relation to the nature, volume and frequency of likely usage.
D1P3Fall prevention barriers
[2019: DP3]
(1)
A barrier must be provided where people could fall—
1 m or more—
from a floor or roof or through an opening (other than through an openable window) in the external wall of a building; or
due to a sudden change of level within or associated with a building; or
2 m or more from a floor through an openable window—
in a bedroom in a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 4 part of a building; or
So that occupants can safely evacuate the building, paths of travel to exits must have dimensions appropriate to—
the number, mobility and other characteristics of occupants; and
the function or use of the building.
Limitations:
D1P6 does not apply to the internal parts of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building.
D1P7Evacuation lifts
[2019: DP7]
Where a lift is intended to be used in addition to the requiredexits to assist occupants to evacuate a building safely, the type, number, location and fire-isolation must be appropriate to—
the travel distance to the lift; and
the number, mobility and other characteristics of occupants; and
the waiting time, travel time and capacity of the lift; and
the reliability and availability of the lift; and
the emergency procedures for the building.
D1P8Carparking for people with a disability
[2019: DP8]
Carparking spaces for use by people with a disability must be—
provided, to the degree necessary, to give equitable access for carparking; and
designated and easy to find.
Limitations:
D1P8 does not apply to a building where—
a parking service is provided; and
direct access to any carparking spaces by the general public or occupants is not available.
D1P9Communication systems for people with hearing impairment
[2019: DP9]
An inbuilt communication system for entry, information, entertainment, or for the provision of a service, must be suitable for occupants who are deaf or hearing impaired.
Limitations:
D1P9 does not apply to—
a Class 4 part of a building; or
an inbuilt communication system used only for emergency warning purposes.
Compliance with D1P3(2)(c) and (d) for wire barriers is verified when the wire barrier passes the test described below:
Application — the test must be carried out on either—
a prototype of a wire barrier that is identical to that proposed to be installed on-site; or
a wire barrier installed on-site.
Test equipment — the test equipment must consist of the following:
A horizontally suspended 125 mm diameter, 405 mm long cylinder of 1 mm thick steel having a highly polished 105 mm long cone at one end with a 20 mm diameter flat leading edge to which an eye bolt is fixed.
A sufficiently flexible horizontal cable with mechanisms capable of applying and measuring a tension of 150 N (or a 15.3 kg weight suspended over a low friction pulley) is to be attached to the eye bolt (see Figure D1V1).
A mechanism capable of measuring the tension force applied to each wire.
Test procedure — the test procedure must be as follows:
Tension the wires, within their safe load, to the same tension in all wires and measure the tensions with a strain indicator.
For—
horizontal or near horizontal wires, position the cone against a pair of wires at the mid-span between supports, then apply the 150 N tension force to the cone; and
vertical wires, position the cone against a pair of wires at the mid-span between supporting rails, then apply the 150 N tension force to the cone; and
near-vertical wires, position the cone against a pair of wires at the widest opening between the wires, then apply the 150 N tension force to the cone.
Attempt to pull the cone through the gap between the wires under the 150 N load, and—
increase the tension in the wires and repeat (ii) until such time as the cone will not pull through; or
if it does not pull through, reduce the tension in the wires and repeat step (ii); and
When the cone is just prevented from pulling through the gap, the wires are at the correct tension in which case the cone is withdrawn and the tension recorded.
Reduce the tension in the wires and repeat steps (ii) to (iv) twice more, recording the tension in each case after the cone has been removed and then calculate the average of the three tensions as the required tension for each wire.
For prototype tests of horizontal or near horizontal wires, record the deflection of each wire at the average tension calculated in accordance with (v) when a 2 kg mass is hung at mid-span between supports.
Test report — the test report must include the following information:
The name and address of the person supervising the test.
The test report number.
The date of the test.
The wire manufacturer’s name and address, and specifications of the wires used in the test including the safe load limit of the wires.
The construction details of the test specimen, including a description and drawings and details of the components including supports, post or railing spacings and wire spacings.
For a prototype test, the required tension calculated in accordance with (c)(v).
For prototype tests of horizontal or near horizontal wires, the deflection measured in accordance with (c)(vi).
Figure D1V1:
Apparatus for testing wire barriers
D1V2Access to and within a building
[2019: DV2]
Compliance with D1P1, D1P2, D1P6, E3P4 and/or F4P1, for access, is verified when it is determined that the proposed building provides an equivalent level of access as a reference building when using the following process:
The occupant profile and characteristics based on the type and use of the building.
The appropriate method for determining the level of access.
The appropriate modelling method and tool.
The measurable acceptance criteria.
Using the appropriate method, the level of access required is determined by first modelling a reference building using the relevant Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Sections D, E and F and the occupant profile and characteristics to determine the—
needs of the occupants that the reference building addresses; and
facilities required to be accessed by each occupant profile; and
baseline measurable acceptance criteria.
The proposed building and access solution must be modelled using a modelling method and approach consistent with that used for the reference building, and the same critical features including the following:
Locations of facilities important to the solution, including sanitary facilities, lifts, stairwells, etc.
The number and range of facilities.
The proposed solution’s level of access is assessed by modelling occupant performance using characteristics, whereby the proposed building provides for equivalent access appropriate to the needs of each occupant profile.
D1V3Ramp gradient, crossfall, surface profile and slip resistance for ramps used by wheelchairs
[2019: DV3]
(1)
Compliance with Performance RequirementD1P2, relating to gradient, crossfall, surface profile and slip resistance of a ramp for the use of wheelchairs is verified when—
the ramp has a gradient that is not steeper than 1:8; and
the pushing force required to accelerate a wheelchair and user during ascent is in accordance with (2); and
the required braking force for a wheelchair and user during descent is in accordance with (3); and
the projected ascent time is in accordance with (4); and
the ramp crossfall, surface profile and slip resistance is in accordance with (5).
(2)
The pushing force during ascent must be in accordance with the formula:
where—
= the maximum force during ascent, equal to 40 N for ramps required to be usable by the general public; and
= the design mass of the wheelchair and wheelchair user, equal to 127 kg for ramps required to be usable by the general public; and
= the gravitational constant, equal to 9.8 m/s2; and
= the angle of incline of the ramp; and
= the coefficient of rolling resistance between the wheelchair wheel and the ramp surface, for the rear wheels and front wheels respectively; and
= the normal force between the wheelchair wheels and ramp surface, for rear wheels and front wheels respectively.
(3)
The braking force during descent must be less than 9 N when calculated in accordance with the formula:
where—
= the braking force during descent; and
= the design mass of the wheelchair and wheelchair user, equal to 127 kg for ramps required to be usable by the general public; and
= the gravitational constant, equal to 9.8 m/s2; and
= the angle of incline of the ramp; and
= the coefficient of rolling resistance between the wheelchair wheel and ramp surface, for the rear wheels and front wheels respectively; and
= the normal force between the wheelchair wheels and ramp surface, for the rear wheels and front wheels respectively.
(4)
The time taken to ascend the ramp must be less than 17 s when calculated in accordance with the formula:
where—
= the time taken to ascend the ramp in seconds; and
= the length of the ramp in metres; and
= the design mass of the wheelchair and wheelchair user, equal to 127 kg for ramps required to be useable by the general public; and
= the time taken for the wheelchair to achieve maximum velocity, equal to 0.8 m/s; and
= the maximum pushing force during ascent, equal to 40 N for ramps required to be usable by the general public; and
= the gravitational constant, equal to 9.8 m/s2; and
= the angle of incline of the ramp; and
= the coefficient of rolling resistance between the wheelchair wheel and ramp surface, for the rear wheels and front wheels respectively; and
= the normal force between wheelchair wheels and ramp surface, for the rear wheels and front wheels respectively.
(5)
The crossfall must be no steeper than, the surface profile must be no rougher than, and the slip resistance must be no less than, the values nominated in Table D1V3 for the gradient of the ramp.
Table D1V3:
Ramp crossfall, surface profile and slip resistance
Gradient
Crossfall
Surface profile (mm)
Slip resistance
1:14
1:40
2
P4/R11
1:12
1:50
2
P5/R12
1:10
1:100
1
P5/R12
1:8
1:100
0.5
P5/R12
D1V4Fire Safety Verification Method
[2019: DV4]
Compliance with D1P4, D1P5, D1P6 and D1P7 is verified when a building is designed in accordance with C1V4.
Part D2Provision for escape
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for Part D1. It sets out required numbers, dimensions and placement of exits, rules for measuring building occupancy and travel distance to exits, places exits lead to and the use of horizontal exits within a building.
Basements — In addition to any horizontal exit, not less than 2 exits must be provided from any storey if egress from that storey involves a vertical rise within the building of more than 1.5 m, unless—
Exits in open spectator stands — In an open spectator stand containing more than one tier of seating, every tier must have not less than 2 stairways or ramps, each forming part of the path of travel to not less than 2 exits.
(7)
Access to exits — Without passing through another sole-occupancy unit every occupant of a storey or part of a storey must have access to—
in any other case, except in a Class 9b early childhood centre or a Class 9c building, it connects, passes through or passes by not more than 2 consecutive storeys and one extra storey of any classification may be included if—
the building has a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system) complying with Specification 17 installed throughout; or
the requiredexit does not provide access to or egress for, and is separated from, the extra storey by construction having—
6 m from an exit or from a point from which travel in different directions to 2 exits is available; or
20 m from a single exit serving the storey at the level of egress to a road or open space; and
no point on the floor of a room which is not in a sole-occupancy unit must be more than 20 m from an exit or from a point at which travel in different directions to 2 exits is available.
(2)
Class 4 parts of a building — The entrance doorway to any Class 4 part of a building must be not more than 6 m from an exit or a point from which travel in different directions to 2 exits is available.
(3)
Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 buildings — Subject to (4), (5) and (6)—
no point on a floor must be more than 20 m from an exit, or a point from which travel in different directions to 2 exits is available, in which case the maximum distance to one of those exits must not exceed 40 m; and
in a Class 5 or 6 building, the distance to a single exit serving a storey at the level of access to a road or open space may be increased to 30 m.
no point on the floor must be more than 12 m from a point from which travel in different directions to 2 of the requiredexits is available; and
the maximum distance to one of those exits must not be more than 30 m from the starting point.
(5)
Open spectator stands — The distance of travel to an exit in a Class 9b building used as an open spectator stand must be not more than 60 m.
(6)
Assembly buildings — In a Class 9b building other than a school or early childhood centre, the distance to one of the exits may be 60 m if—
the path of travel from the room concerned to that exit is through another area which is a corridor, hallway, lobby, ramp or other circulation space; and
the room is smoke-separated from the circulation space by construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60 with every doorway in that construction protected by a tight fitting, self-closing, solid-core door not less than 35 mm thick; and
the maximum distance of travel does not exceed 40 m within the room and 20 m from the doorway to the room through the circulation space to the exit.
Exits that are required as alternative means of egress must be—
distributed as uniformly as practicable within or around the storey served and in positions where unobstructed access to at least 2 exits is readily available from all points on the floor including lift lobby areas; and
located so that alternative paths of travel do not converge such that they become less than 6 m apart.
D2D7Height of exits, paths of travel to exits and doorways
[2019: D1.6(a)]
In a requiredexit or path of travel to an exit the unobstructed height throughout must be not less than 2 m, except the unobstructed height of any doorway may be reduced to not less than 1980 mm.
D2D8Width of exits and paths of travel to exits
[2019: D1.6(b), (c), (d) and (e)]
(1)
The unobstructed width of each requiredexit or path of travel to an exit, except for ladders provided in accordance with D2D21, D3D23 or I3D5, and doorways, must be not less than—
1 m; or
1.8 m in a passageway, corridor or ramp normally used for the transportation of patients in beds within a treatment area or ward area; and
1.8 m for the full width of the doorway, providing access into a sole-occupancy unit or communal bathroom.
(2)
If the storey, mezzanine or open spectator stand accommodates more than 100 persons but not more than 200 persons, the aggregate unobstructed width of each requiredexit or path of travel to an exit, except for doorways, must be not less than—
1 m plus 250 mm for each 25 persons (or part) in excess of 100; or
1.8 m in a passageway, corridor or ramp normally used for the transportation of patients in beds within a treatment area or ward area.
(3)
If the storey, mezzanine or open spectator stand accommodates more than 200 persons, the aggregate unobstructed width of each requiredexit or path of travel to an exit, except for doorways, must be not less than—
2 m plus 500 mm for every 60 persons (or part) in excess of 200 persons if egress involves a change in floor level by a stairway or ramp with a gradient steeper than 1 in 12; or
in any other case, 2 m plus 500 mm for every 75 persons (or part) in excess of 200.
(4)
In an open spectator stand which accommodates more than 2000 persons, the aggregate unobstructed width of each requiredexit or path of travel to an exit, except for doorways, must be not less than 17 m plus a width (in metres) equal to the number in excess of 2000 divided by 600.
D2D9Width of doorways in exits or paths of travel to exits
[2019: D1.6(f)]
In a requiredexit or path of travel to an exit, the unobstructed width of a doorway must be not less than—
in patient care areas through which patients would normally be transported in beds—
if the doorway provides access to, or from, a corridor of width—
less than 2.2 m — 1200 mm; or
2.2 m or greater — 1070 mm; and
where the doorway referred to in (i) is fitted with two leaves and one leaf is secured in the closed position in accordance with D3D26(3)(e), the other leaf must permit an unobstructed opening not less than 800 mm wide; or
where the doorway is fitted with two leaves and one leaf is secured in the closed position in accordance with D3D26(3)(e), the other leaf must permit an unobstructed opening not less than 870 mm wide in resident use areas and 800 mm wide in non-resident use area; or
in any other case except where it opens to a sanitary compartment or bathroom — 750 mm wide.
D2D10Exit width not to diminish in direction of travel
[2019: D1.6(g)]
The unobstructed width of a requiredexit must not diminish in the direction of travel to a road or open space, except where the width is increased in accordance with D2D8(1)(b) or D2D9(a)(i).
D2D11Determination and measurement of exits and paths of travel to exits
[2019: D1.6(h) and (i)]
For the purposes of D2D7 to D2D10 the following apply:
be measured clear of all obstructions such as handrails, projecting parts of barriers and the like; and
extend without interruption, except for ceiling cornices, to a height not less than 2 m vertically above a line along the nosings of the treads or the floor surface of the ramp or landing.
To determine the aggregate unobstructed width, the number of persons accommodated must be calculated according to D2D18.
D2D12Travel via fire-isolated exits
[2019: D1.7]
(1)
A doorway from a room must not open directly into a stairway, passageway or ramp that is required to be fire-isolated unless it is from—
in a storey or space, within the confines of the building, that is used only for pedestrian movement, car parking or the like and is open for at least ⅔ of its perimeter; and
from which an unimpeded path of travel, not further than 20 m, is available to a road or open space; or
has an unobstructed clear height throughout, including the perimeter openings, of not less than 3 m; and
provides an unimpeded path of travel from the point of discharge to the road or open space of not more than 6 m.
(3)
Where a path of travel from the point of discharge of a fire-isolated exit necessitates passing within 6 m of any part of an external wall of the same building, measured horizontally at right angles to the path of travel, the following applies:
That part of the wall must have—
an FRL of not less than 60/60/60; and
any openings protected internally in accordance with C4D5; and
The protection required by (a) must extend for a distance of 3 m above or below, as appropriate, the level of the path of travel, or for the height of the wall, whichever is the lesser.
a smoke lobby in accordance with D3D7 must be provided; or
the exit must be pressurised in accordance with AS 1668.1.
(5)
A ramp must be provided at any change in level less than 600 mm in a fire-isolated passageway in a Class 9 building.
D2D13External stairways or ramps in lieu of fire-isolated exits
[2019: D1.8]
(1)
An external stairway or ramp may serve as a requiredexit in lieu of a fire-isolated exit serving a storey below an effective height of 25 m, if the stairway or ramp is—
protected in accordance with (3) if it is within 6 m of, and exposed to, any part of the external wall of the building it serves.
(2)
For the purposes of this clause—
exposure under (1)(b), is measured in accordance with S5C2, as if the exit was a building element and the external wall of the building was a fire-source feature to the exit, except that the FRL required in S5C2(1)(a) must not be less than 60/60/60; and
openings in an external wall and openings under (3) and (4), are determined in accordance with C4D2.
(3)
The protection referred to in (1)(b), must adequately protect occupants using the exit from exposure to a fire within the building, in accordance with one of the following methods:
The part of the external wall of the building to which the exit is exposed must have—
an FRL of not less than 60/60/60; and
no openings less than 3 m from the exit (except a doorway serving the exit protected by a –/60/30 fire door in accordance with C4D9(1)); and
any opening 3 m or more but less than 6 m from the exit, protected in accordance with C4D5 and if wall wetting sprinklers are used, they are located internally.
The exit must be protected by construction of a wall, roof, floor or other shielding element as appropriate in accordance with (4) from—
any part of the external wall of the building having an FRL of less than 60/60/60; and
The wall, roof, floor or other shielding element required by (3)(b) must—
have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60; and
have no openings less than 3 m from the external wall of the building (except a doorway serving the exit protected by a –/60/30 fire door in accordance with C4D9(1)); and
have any opening 3 m or more but less than 6 m from any part of the external wall of the building protected in accordance with C4D5 and if wall wetting sprinklers are used, they are located on the side exposed to the external wall.
D2D14Travel by non-fire-isolated stairways or ramps
In a Class 2, 3 or 4 building, the distance between the doorway of a room or sole-occupancy unit and the point of egress to a road or open space by way of a stairway or ramp that is not fire-isolated and is required to serve that room or sole-occupancy unit must not exceed—
30 m from one of 2 such doorways or passageways if travel to each of them from the non-fire-isolated stairway or non-fire-isolated ramp is in opposite or approximately opposite directions.
40 m from one of 2 such doorways or passageways if travel to each of them from the non-fire-isolated stairway or non-fire-isolated ramp is in opposite or approximately opposite directions.
An exit must not be blocked at the point of discharge and where necessary, suitable barriers must be provided to prevent vehicles from blocking the exit, or access to it.
(2)
If a requiredexit leads to an open space, the path of travel to the road must have an unobstructed width throughout of not less than—
If an exit discharges to open space that is at a different level than the public road to which it is connected, the path of travel to the road must be by—
The discharge point of alternative exits must be located as far apart as practical.
(5)
In a Class 9b building which is an open spectator stand that accommodates more than 500 persons, a required stairway or required ramp must not discharge to the ground in front of the stand.
In a Class 9b building containing an auditorium which accommodates more than 500 persons, not more than ⅔ of the required width of exits must be located in the main entrance foyer.
(7)
The number of persons accommodated must be calculated according to D2D18.
Horizontal exits must have a clear area on the side of the wall to which occupants are evacuating, to accommodate the total number of persons (calculated under D2D18) served by the horizontal exit of not less than—
The clear area required by (4) must be connected to the horizontal exit by an unobstructed path that has at least the dimensions required for the horizontal exit and may include the area of the unobstructed path.
each of those
storeys
is provided with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system) complying with
Specification 17
throughout; and
at leat one of those
storeys
is situated at a level at which there is direct egress to a road or
open space; or
2
storeys
, provided that in each case, those
storeys
must be consecutive, and one of those
storeys
is situated at a level at which there is direct egress to a road or
open space
; and
except where permitted in (b) or (c), must not connect, directly or indirectly, more than 2 storeys at any level in a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building and those storeys must be consecutive.
D2D18Number of persons accommodated
[2019: D1.13]
For the purposes of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions, the number of persons accommodated in a storey, room or mezzanine must be determined with consideration to the purpose for which it is used and the layout of the floor area by—
calculating the sum of the numbers obtained by dividing the floor area of each part of the storey by the number of square metres per person listed in Table D2D18 according to the use of that part, excluding spaces set aside for—
lifts, stairways, ramps and escalators, corridors, hallways, lobbies and the like; and
Factory — machine shop, fitting shop or like place for cutting, grading, finishing or fitting of metals or glass, except in the fabrication of structural steelwork or manufacture of vehicles or bulky products
5 m2
Factory — areas used for fabrication and processing other than a machine shop, fitting shop or the like.
50 m2
Factory — a space in which the layout and natural use of fixed plant or equipment determines the number of persons who will occupy the space during working hours
Area per person determined by the use of the plant or equipment
Gymnasium
3 m2
Hostel, hotel, motel, guest house
15 m2
Indoor sports stadium—arena
10 m2
Kiosk
1 m2
Kitchen, laboratory, laundry
10 m2
Library — reading space
2 m2
Library — storage space
30 m2
Office, including one for typewriting or document copying
Bar standing is an area used by the standing patrons and extends not less than 1.5 m wide from the outside edge of the bar top for the length of the serving area of the bar.
In the case of a room that is not a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building, the distance includes the straight-line measurement from any point on the floor of the room to the nearest part of a doorway leading from it, together with the distance from that part of the doorway to the single requiredexit or point from which travel in different directions to 2 requiredexits is available.
Subject to (d), the distance from the doorway of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 4 part of a building is measured in a straight line to the nearest part of the required single exit or point from which travel in different directions to 2 requiredexits is available.
Subject to (d), the distance between exits is measured in a straight line between the nearest parts of those exits.
Only the shortest distance is taken along a corridor, hallway, external balcony or other path of travel that curves or changes direction.
If more than one corridor, hallway, or other internal path of travel connects requiredexits, for the purposes of D2D6(c) the measurement is along the path of travel through the point at which travel in different directions to those exits is available, as determined in accordance with D2D5.
If a wall (including a demountable internal wall) that does not bound a room, corridor, hallway or the like causes a change of direction in proceeding to a requiredexit, the distance is measured along the path of travel past that wall.
If permanent fixed seating is provided, the distance is measured along the path of travel between the rows of seats.
In the case of a non-fire-isolated stairway or non-fire-isolated ramp, the distance is measured along a line connecting the nosings of the treads, or along the slope of the ramp, together with the distance connecting those lines across any intermediate landings.
D2D21Plant rooms, lift machine rooms and electricity network substations: Concession
[2019: D1.16]
(1)
A ladder may be used in lieu of a stairway to provide egress from—
a plant room with a floor area of not more than 100 m2; or
for a lift machine room, where access is provided from within a machine room to a secondary floor, a fixed rung type ladder complying with AS 1657 may be used, provided that—
the height between the floors is not more than 2800 mm; and
the ladder is inclined at an angle to the horizontal not less than 65 degrees nor more than 75 degrees; and
the distance between the front face of the ladder and any adjacent obstruction is not less than—
960 mm, where the ladder is inclined 65 degrees to the horizontal; or
760 mm, where the ladder is inclined 75 degrees to the horizontal; or
a distance that is determined by interpolating the values in (A) and (B), where the ladder is inclined at any angle between 65 degrees and 75 degrees to the horizontal; and
a clear space not less than 600 mm exists between the foot of the ladder and any equipment.
where the pit depth is not more than 3 m, be through the lowest landing doors; or
where the pit depth is more than 3 m, be provided through an access doorway complying with the following:
In lieu of D2D7 to D2D11, the doorway must be level with the pit floor and not be less than 600 mm wide by 1980 mm high clear opening, which may be reduced to 1500 mm where it is necessary to comply with (ii).
No part of the lift car or platform must encroach on the pit doorway entrance when the car is on a fully compressed buffer.
Access to the doorway must be by a stairway complying with AS 1657 .
In lieu of D3D26, doors fitted to the doorway must be—
of the horizontal sliding or outwards opening hinged type; and
self-closing and self-locking from the outside; and
marked on the landing side with the letters not less than 35 mm high:
DANGER LIFTWELL – ENTRY OF UNAUTHORIZED PERSONS PROHIBITED – KEEP CLEAR AT ALL TIMES
D2D23Egress from primary schools
[2019: D1.18]
(1)
Every part of a Class 9b primary school must be wholly within a storey that provides direct egress to a road or open space.
(2)
The requirements of (1) do not apply to a building with a rise in storeys of 4 or less, where the primary school is the only use in that building.
Applications:
For D2D23(1), a primary school includes classrooms, offices, staffrooms, halls, canteens and the like within the primary school.
For D2D23(2), a primary school includes classrooms, offices, staffrooms, halls, canteens, carparks, end of trip facilities and the like provided solely for the primary school, or school which incorporates the primary school.
Explanatory information:
D2D23(1) recognises the difficulties associated with evacuation of primary schools. Should a primary school be proposed within a storey that does not meet the requirements of D2D23, a Performance Solution is to be used to demonstrate compliance with the relevant Performance Requirements.
Part D3Construction of exits
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for Part D1. It covers safety aspects of parts of a building including stairways, ramps, handrails, balustrades, fall prevention barriers and operation of doors that are part of an exit. It also covers fall prevention requirements for openable windows.
so that if there is local failure it will not cause structural damage to, or impair the fire-resistance of, the shaft.
D3D4Non-fire-isolated stairways and ramps
[2019: D2.3]
In a building having a rise in storeys of more than 2, required stairs and ramps (including landings and any supporting building elements) which are not required to be within a fire-resistingshaft, must be constructed according to D3D3, or only of—
reinforced or prestressed concrete; or
steel in no part less than 6 mm thick; or
timber that—
has a finished thickness of not less than 44 mm; and
has an average density of not less than 800 kg/m3 at a moisture content of 12%; and
has not been joined by means of glue unless it has been laminated and glued with resorcinol formaldehyde or resorcinol phenol formaldehyde glue.
D3D5Separation of rising and descending stair flights
[2019: D2.4]
If a stairway serving as an exit is required to be fire-isolated—
there must be no direct connection between—
a flight rising from a storey below the lowest level of access to a road or open space; and
a flight descending from a storey above that level; and
any construction that separates or is common to the rising and descending flights must be—
be separated from the occupied areas in the storey by walls which are impervious to smoke, and—
have an FRL of not less than 60/60/– (which may be fire-protective grade plasterboard, gypsum block with set plaster, face brickwork, glass blocks or glazing); and
any construction joints between the top of the walls and the floor slab, roof or ceiling must be smoke sealed with intumescent putty or other suitable material; and
at any opening from the occupied areas, have smoke doors complying with S12C3 and S12C4 except that the smoke sensing device need only be located on the approach side of the opening; and
be pressurised as part of the exit if the exit is required to be pressurised under E2D3.
An opening to any chute or duct intended to convey hot products of combustion from a boiler, incinerator, fireplace or the like, must not be located in any part of a requiredexit or any corridor, hallway, lobby or the like leading to a requiredexit.
(3)
Gas or other fuel services must not be installed in a requiredexit.
(4)
Except for in a fire-isolated exit specified in (1), services or equipment enclosed in accordance with (5) may be installed in a requiredexit, or in any corridor, hallway, lobby or the like leading to a requiredexit, where that service or equipment comprises—
electricity meters, distribution boards or ducts; or
central telecommunications distribution boards or equipment; or
electrical motors or other motors serving equipment in the building.
(5)
An enclosure for the purposes of (4) must be suitably sealed against smoke spreading from the enclosure and be—
Electrical wiring may be installed in a fire-isolated exit if the wiring is associated with—
a lighting, detection, or pressurisation system serving the exit; or
a security, surveillance or management system serving the exit; or
an intercommunication system or an audible or visual alarm system in accordance with D3D27; or
the monitoring of hydrant or sprinkler isolating valves.
D3D9Enclosure of space under stairs and ramps
[2019: D2.8]
(1)
Fire-isolated stairways and ramps — If the space below a requiredfire-isolated stairway or fire-isolated ramp is within the fire-isolated shaft, it must not be enclosed to form a cupboard or similar enclosed space.
(2)
Non fire-isolated stairways and ramps — The space below a required non fire-isolated stairway (including an external stairway) or non fire-isolated ramp must not be enclosed to form a cupboard or other enclosed space unless—
the enclosing walls and ceilings have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60; and
any access doorway to the enclosed space is fitted with a self-closing –/60/30 fire door.
D3D10Width of required stairways and ramps
[2019: D2.9]
A required stairway or ramp that exceeds 2 m in width is counted as having a width of only 2 m unless it is divided by a handrail or barrier continuous between landings and each division has a width of not more than 2 m.
where the ramp is also serving as an accessible ramp under Part D4, be in accordance with AS 1428.1 ; or
in any other case, have a gradient not steeper than 1:8.
(3)
The floor surface of a ramp must have a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table D3D15 when tested in accordance with AS 4586.
D3D12Fire-isolated passageways
[2019: D2.11]
(1)
The enclosing construction of a fire-isolated passageway must have an FRL when tested for a fire outside the passageway in another part of the building of—
not more than 18 and not less than 2 risers in each flight; and
going (G), riser (R) and quantity (2R + G) in accordance with Table D3D14, except as permitted by (2) and (3); and
constant goings and risers throughout each flight, except as permitted by (2) and (3), and the dimensions of goings (G) and risers (R) in accordance with (1)(b) are considered constant if the variation between—
adjacent risers, or between adjacent goings, is no greater than 5 mm; and
the largest and smallest riser within a flight, or the largest and smallest going within a flight, does not exceed 10 mm; and
risers which do not have any openings that would allow a 125 mm sphere to pass through between the treads; and
treads which have—
a surface with a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table D3D15 when tested in accordance with AS 4586; or
a nosing strip with a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table D3D15 when tested in accordance with AS 4586; and
treads of solid construction (not mesh or other perforated material) if the stairway is more than 10 m high or connects more than 3 storeys; and
in a Class 9b building, not more than 36 risers in consecutive flights without a change in direction of at least 30°; and
in the case of a required stairway, no winders in lieu of a landing.
not more than 3 winders in lieu of a quarter landing; and
not more than 6 winders in lieu of a half landing; and
the going of all straight treads must be constant throughout the same flight and the dimensions of goings (G) is considered constant if the variation between—
adjacent goings, is no greater than 5 mm; and
the largest and smallest going within a flight, does not exceed 10 mm; and
the going of all winders in lieu of a quarter or half landing may vary from the going of the straight treads within the same flight provided that the going of all such winders is constant.
(3)
Where a stairway discharges to a sloping public walkway or public road—
the riser (R) may be reduced to account for the slope of the walkway or road; and
the quantity (2R+G) may vary at that location.
Table D3D14:
Riser and going dimensions
Stairway location
Riser (R)
Going (G)Note 3
Quantity (2R + G)
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Public
190
115
355
250
700
550
Private Note 1
190
115
355
240
700
550
Table Notes
Private stairways are—
stairways in a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building; and
in any building, stairways which are not part of a requiredexit and to which the public do not normally have access.
The going in tapered treads (except winders in lieu of a quarter or half landing) in a curved or spiral stairway is measured—
270 mm in from the outer side of the unobstructed width of the stairway if the stairway is less than 1 m wide (applicable to a non-required stairway only); and
270 mm from each side of the unobstructed width of the stairway if the stairway is 1 m wide or more.
Figure D3D14:
Riser and going dimensions
D3D15Landings
[2019: D2.14]
In a stairway—
landings having a maximum gradient of 1:50 may be used in any building to limit the number of risers in each flight and each landing must—
be not less than 750 mm long, and where this involves a change in direction, the length is measured 500 mm from the inside edge of the landing; and
have—
a surface with a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table D3D15 when tested in accordance with AS 4586; or
a strip at the edge of the landing with a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table D3D15 when tested in accordance with AS 4586, where the edge leads to a flight below; and
in a Class 9a building—
the area of any landing must be sufficient to move a stretcher, 2 m long and 600 mm wide, at a gradient not more than the gradient of the stairs, with at least one end of the stretcher on the landing while changing direction between flights; or
the stair must have a change of direction of 180°, and the landing a clear width of not less than 1.6 m and a clear length of not less than 2.7 m.
The threshold of a doorway must not incorporate a step or ramp at any point closer to the doorway than the width of the door leaf unless—
in patient care areas in a Class 9a health-care building, the door sill is not more than 25 mm above the finished floor level to which the doorway opens; or
in resident use areas in a Class 9c building, a ramp is provided with a maximum gradient of 1:8 for a maximum height of 25 mm over the threshold; or
a retaining wall unless the retaining wall forms part of, or is directly associated with a delineated path of access to a building from the road, or a delineated path of access between buildings; or
a barrier provided to an openable window covered by D3D29.
(3)
A barrier required by (1) must be constructed in accordance with D3D18, D3D19, D3D20 and, if a wire barrier is used, D3D21.
The height of a barrier required by D3D17 must be not less than the following:
For stairways or ramps with a gradient of 1:20 or steeper — 865 mm.
For landings to a stair or ramp where the barrier is provided along the inside edge of the landing and does not exceed 500 mm in length — 865 mm.
In front of fixed seating on a mezzanine or balcony within an auditorium in a Class 9b building, where the horizontal projection extends not less than 1 m outwards from the top of the barrier — 700 mm.
For all other locations — 1 m.
(2)
For a barrier provided under (1) —
barrier heights are measured vertically from the surface beneath, except that for stairways the height must be measured above the nosing line of the stair treads; and
a transition zone may be incorporated where the barrier height changes from 865 mm on a stair flight or ramp to 1 m at a landing or floor.
D3D19Openings in barriers
[2019: Table D2.16a]
(1)
Except where allowed by (2), openings in a required barrier must not allow a 125 mm sphere to pass through.
must not allow a 300 mm sphere to pass through; or
where rails are used—
a 150 mm sphere must not be able to pass through the opening between the nosing line of the stair treads and the rail or between the rail and the floor of the landing, balcony or the like; and
the opening between rails must not be more than 460 mm.
(3)
In Class 7 (other than carparks) and Class 8 buildings, openings in a required barrier—
must not allow a 300 mm sphere to pass through; or
where rails are used—
a 150 mm sphere must not be able to pass through the opening between the nosing line of the stair treads and the rail or between the rail and the floor of the landing, balcony or the like; and
the opening between the rails must not be more than 460 mm.
For a barrier provided under (1), the maximum 125 mm barrier opening for a stairway, such as a non fire-isolated stairway, is measured above the nosing line of the stair treads.
(6)
Where a required barrier is fixed to the vertical face forming an edge of a landing, balcony, deck, stairway or the like, the opening formed between the barrier and the face must not exceed 40 mm.
(7)
For the purposes of (6), the opening is measured horizontally from the edge of the trafficable surface to the nearest internal face of the barrier.
D3D20Barrier climbability
[2019: Table D2.16a]
(1)
A barrier required by D3D17, located on a floor more than 4 m above the surface beneath, must not incorporate horizontal or near horizontal elements that could facilitate climbing between 150 mm and 760 mm above the floor.
Class 7 (other than carparks) and Class 8 buildings.
D3D21Wire barriers
[2019: D2.16(d)]
Where a required barrier is constructed of wire, it is deemed to meet the requirements of D3D19(1) if it is constructed in accordance with the following:
For horizontal wire systems—
when measured with a strain indicator, it must be in accordance with the tension values in Table D3D21a; or
must not exceed the maximum deflections in Table D3D21c.
For non-continuous vertical wire systems, when measured with a strain indicator, must be in accordance with the tension values in Table D3D21a (see Note 4).
For continuous vertical or continuous near vertical sloped wire systems—
must have wires of no more than 2.5 mm diameter with a lay of 7×7 or 7×19 construction; and
changes in direction at support rails must pass around a pulley block without causing permanent deformation to the wire; and
must have supporting rails, constructed with a spacing of not more than 900 mm, of a material that does not allow deflection that would decrease the tension of the wire under load; and
when the wire tension is measured with a strain indicator, it must be in accordance with the tension values in Table D3D21b and measured in the furthermost span from the tensioning device.
Table D3D21a:
Wire barrier construction – minimum required tension (N) for stainless steel horizontal wires
Wire dia. (mm)
Lay
Wire spacing (mm)
Clear distance between posts (mm)
600
800
900
1000
1200
1500
1800
2000
2500
2.5
7x7
60
55
190
263
415
478
823
1080
1139
X
80
382
630
730
824
1025
1288
X
X
X
100
869
1218
1368
X
X
X
X
X
X
2.5
1x19
60
35
218
310
402
585
810
1125
1325
X
80
420
630
735
840
1050
1400
1750
X
X
100
1140
1565
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
3.0
7x7
60
15
178
270
314
506
660
965
1168
1491
80
250
413
500
741
818
1083
1370
1565
X
100
865
1278
1390
1639
X
X
X
X
X
3.0
1x19
60
25
183
261
340
520
790
1025
1180
X
80
325
555
670
785
1015
1330
1725
1980
X
100
1090
1500
1705
1910
X
X
X
X
X
4.0
7x7
60
5
73
97
122
235
440
664
813
1178
80
196
422
480
524
760
1100
1358
1530
2130
100
836
1182
1360
1628
1837
2381
2811
3008
X
4.0
1x19
60
5
5
10
15
20
147
593
890
1280
80
30
192
300
415
593
1105
1303
1435
1844
100
853
1308
1487
1610
2048
2608
3094
3418
3849
4.0
7x19
60
155
290
358
425
599
860
1080
1285
1540
80
394
654
785
915
1143
1485
1860
2105
2615
100
1038
1412
1598
1785
2165
2735
X
X
X
Table Notes
Lay = number of strands by the number of individual wires in each strand. For example a lay of 7x19 consists of 7 strands with 19 individual wires in each strand.
Where a change of direction is made in a run of wire, the tensioning device is to be placed at the end of the longest span.
If a 3.2 mm wire is used the tension figures for 3.0 mm wire are applied.
This table may also be used for a set of non-continuous (single) vertical wires forming a barrier using the appropriate clear distance between posts as the vertical clear distance between the rails.
X = Not allowed because the required tension would exceed the safe load of the wire.
Tension measured with a strain indicator.
Table D3D21b:
Continuous wire barrier construction – minimum required tension (N) for vertical or near-vertical stainless steel wires where the maximum clear spacing between the rails is 900mm
Wire dia. (mm)
Lay
Widest spacing between wires (mm)
Required tension (N)
2.5
7x19
80
145
100
310
110
610
2.5
7x7
80
130
100
280
110
500
Table Notes
Lay = number of strands by the number of individual wires in each strand. For example a lay of 7x19 consists of 7 strands with 19 individual wires in each strand.
Vertical wires require two pulley blocks to each 180° change of direction in the wire.
Near vertical wires may only require one pulley block for each change of direction.
Tension measured with a strain indicator.
The table only includes 7x7 and 7x19 wires due to other wires not having sufficient flexibility to make the necessary turns.
Table D3D21c:
Wire barrier construction – maximum permissible deflection of each wire in mm when a 2 kg mass is suspended at mid-span for stainless steel wires
Wire dia. (mm)
Wire spacing (mm)
Clear distance between posts (mm)
600
900
1200
1500
1800
2000
2.5
60
17
11
9
8
8
8
80
7
5
5
5
X
X
3.0
60
19
13
8
7
7
7
80
8
6
6
5
5
5
4.0
60
18
12
8
8
7
7
80
8
6
4
4
4
4
Table Notes
Where a change of direction is made in a run of wire the 2 kg mass must be placed at the middle of the longest span.
If a 3.2 mm wire is used the deflection figures for 3.0 mm wire are applied.
This table may also be used for a set of non-continuous (single) vertical wires forming a barrier using the appropriate clear distance between posts as the vertical clear distance between the rails. The deflection (offset) is measured by hooking a standard spring scale to the mid span of each wire and pulling it horizontally until a force of 19.6 N is applied.
X = Not allowed because the required tension would exceed the safe load of the wire.
This table has been limited to 60 mm and 80 mm spaces for 2.5 mm, 3 mm and 4 mm diameter wires because the required wire tensions at greater spacings would require the tension to be beyond the wire safe load limit, or the allowed deflection would be impractical to measure.
D3D22Handrails
[2019: D2.17]
(1)
Except for handrails referred to in D3D23, and subject to (2), handrails must—
be located along at least one side of the ramp or flight; and
be located along each side if the total width of the stairway or ramp is 2 m or more; and
have one handrail fixed at a height of not less than 865 mm; and
in addition to (i), have a handrail—
fixed at a height between 665 mm and 750 mm in a primary school; and
with a cross-sectional dimension not less than 16 mm and not greater than 45 mm as measured in any direction across its centre, fixed at a height between 450 mm and 700 mm in a Class 9b early childhood centre; and
in any other case, be fixed at a height of not less than 865 mm; and
be continuous between stair flight landings and have no obstruction on or above them that will tend to break a hand-hold; and
in a requiredexit serving an area required to be accessible, be designed and constructed to comply with clause 12 of AS 1428.1 , except that clause 12(d) does not apply to a handrail required by (1)(c)(ii).
(2)
The height required by (1)(c) and (d) is measured above the nosings of stair treads and the floor surface of the ramp, landing or the like.
(3)
Handrails—
in a Class 9a health-care building must be provided along at least one side of every passageway or corridor used by patients, and must be—
fixed not less than 50 mm clear of the wall; and
where practicable, continuous for their full length; and
in a Class 9c aged care building must be provided along both sides of every passageway or corridor used by residents, and must be—
fixed not less than 50 mm clear of the wall; and
where practicable, continuous for their full length.
(4)
Handrails required to assist people with a disability must be provided in accordance with D4D4.
(5)
Handrails to a stairway or ramp within a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building must—
be located along at least one side of the flight or ramp; and
be located along the full length of the flight or ramp, except in the case where a handrail is associated with a barrier, the handrail may terminate where the barrier terminates; and
have the top surface of the handrail not less than 865 mm vertically above the nosings of the stair treads or the floor surface of the ramp; and
have no obstruction on or above them that will tend to break a handhold, except for newel posts, ball type stanchions, or the like.
D3D23Fixed platforms, walkways, stairways and ladders
[2019: D2.18]
A fixed platform, walkway, stairway, ladder and any going and riser, landing, handrail or barrier attached thereto may comply with AS 1657 in lieu of D3D14, D3D15, D3D17, D3D18, D3D19, D3D20, D3D21 and D3D22 if it only serves—
machinery rooms, boiler houses, lift-machine rooms, plant-rooms, and the like; or
non-habitable rooms, such as attics, storerooms and the like that are not used on a frequent or daily basis in the internal parts of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building.
D3D24Doorways and doors
[2019: D2.19]
(1)
A doorway in a resident use area of a Class 9c building must not be fitted with—
the door is able to be opened manually under a force of not more than 110 N; and
if fitted with a door which is power-operated—
it must be able to be opened manually under a force of not more than 110 N if there is a malfunction or failure of the power source; and
if it leads directly to a road or open space it must open automatically if there is a power failure to the door or on the activation of a fire or smoke alarm anywhere in the fire compartment served by the door.
(3)
A power-operated door in a path of travel to a requiredexit, except for a door in a patient care area of a Class 9a health-care building as provided in (2), must be able to be opened manually under a force of not more than 110 N if there is a malfunction or failure of the power source.
at any part of its swing by more than 500 mm on the required width (including any landings) of a required stairway, ramp or passageway if it is likely to impede the path of travel of the people already using the exit; and
when fully open, by more than 100 mm on the required width of the requiredexit; and
must swing in the direction of egress unless—
it serves a building or part with a floor area not more than 200 m2, it is the only requiredexit from the building or part and it is fitted with a device for holding it in the open position; or
it serves a sanitary compartment or airlock (in which case it may swing in either direction); and
must not otherwise impede the path or direction of egress.
(2)
The measurement of encroachment referred to in (1)(a) in each case is to include door handles or other furniture or attachments to the door.
D3D26Operation of latch
[2019: D2.21]
(1)
A door in a requiredexit, forming part of a requiredexit or in the path of travel to a requiredexit must be readily openable without a key from the side that faces a person seeking egress, by—
a single hand downward action on a single device which is located between 900 mm and 1.1 m from the floor and if serving an area required to be accessible by Part D4—
be such that the hand of a person who cannot grip will not slip from the handle during the operation of the latch; and
have a clearance between the handle and the back plate or door face at the centre grip section of the handle of not less than 35 mm and not more than 45 mm; or
a single hand pushing action on a single device which is located between 900 mm and 1.2 m from the floor.
(2)
Where the latch operation device referred to in (1)(b) is not located on the door leaf itself—
manual controls to power-operated doors must be at least 25 mm wide, proud of the surrounding surface and located—
not less than 500 mm from an internal corner; and
for a hinged door, between 1 m and 2 m from the door leaf in any position; and
for a sliding door, within 2 m of the doorway and clear of a surface mounted door in the open position; and
braille and tactile signage complying with S15C3 and S15C6 must identify the latch operation device.
(3)
The requirements of (1) and (2) do not apply to a door that—
a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building; or
a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 3 building (other than an entry door to a sole-occupancy unit of a boarding house, guest house, hostel, lodging house or backpacker accommodation); or
is fitted with a fail-safe device which automatically unlocks the door upon the activation of any sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system) complying with Specification 17 or smoke, or any other detector system deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 installed throughout the building, and is readily openable when unlocked; or
is in a Class 9a or 9c building and—
is one leaf of a two-leaf door complying with D2D9(1)(a) or D2D9(1)(d) provided that it is not held closed by a locking mechanism and is readily openable; and
the door is not required to be a fire door or smoke door.
(4)
A door referred to in (3)(c) must be able to be immediately unlocked—
by operating a fail-safe control switch, not contained within a protective enclosure, to actuate a device to unlock the door; or
by hand by a person or persons, specifically nominated by the owner, properly instructed as to the duties and responsibilities involved and available at all times when the building is lawfully occupied so that persons in the building or part may immediately escape if there is a fire.
The requirements of (1) and (2) do not apply in a Class 9b building (other than a school, an early childhood centre or a building used for religious purposes) to a door in a requiredexit, forming part of a requiredexit or in the path of travel to a requiredexit serving a storey or room accommodating more than 100 persons, determined in accordance with D2D18, in which case it must be readily openable—
without a key from the side that faces a person seeking egress; and
by a single hand pushing action on a single device such as a panic bar located between 900 mm and 1.2 m from the floor; and
where a two-leaf door is fitted, the provisions of (a) and (b) need only apply to one door leaf if the appropriate requirements of D2D9 are satisfied by the opening of that one leaf.
In a fire-isolated exit serving any storey above an effective height of 25 m, throughout the exit.
(2)
The requirements of (1)(a), (c) and (d) do not apply to a door fitted with a fail-safe device that automatically unlocks the door upon the activation of a fire alarm and—
on at least every fourth storey, the doors are not able to be locked and a sign is fixed on such doors stating that re-entry is available; or
an intercommunication system, or an audible or visual alarm system, operated from within the enclosure is provided near the doors and a sign is fixed adjacent to such doors explaining its purpose and method of operation.
(3)
The requirements of (1)(b) do not apply to a door fitted with a fail-safe device that automatically unlocks the door serving the Class 9b early childhood centre upon the activation of a fire alarm.
D3D28Signs on doors
[2019: D2.23]
(1)
A sign, to alert persons that the operation of certain doors must not be impaired, must be installed where it can readily be seen on, or adjacent to, in accordance with (2)—
fire door providing direct access to a fire-isolated exit, except a door providing direct egress from a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building; and
door leading from a fire isolated exit to a road or open space.
(2)
A sign required by (1)(a) must be fixed on the side of the door that faces a person seeking egress and, if the door is fitted with a device for holding it in the open position, either a sign must be fixed on the wall adjacent to the doorway, or signs must be fixed to both sides of the door.
(3)
A sign required by (1)(b) must be fixed on each side of the door.
(4)
A sign referred to in (1) must be in capital letters not less than 20 mm high in a colour contrasting with the background and state the following:
has a finished thickness of not less than 44 mm; and
has an average density of not less than 800 kg/m3 at a moisture content of 12%; and
subject to—
the building being protected throughout by a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system) complying with Specification 17 which extends to within the fire-isolated enclosure; and
fire protection being provided to the underside of stair flights and landings located immediately above a landing level which—
is at or near the level of egress; or
provides direct access to a carpark.
(2)
Fire protection required by (1) must be not less than one layer of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed in accordance with the system requirements for a fire-protective covering.
Performance RequirementD1P7 must be complied with if lifts are to be used to assist occupants to evacuate a building.
D4D2General building access requirements
[2019: D3.1, Table D3.1]
(1)
Buildings and parts of buildings must be accessible as required by this clause, unless exempted by D4D5.
(2)
Access requirements for a Class 1b building are as follows:
Dwellings located on one allotment and used for short-term holiday accommodation — in accordance with Table D4D2a.
A boarding house, bed and breakfast, guest house, hostel or the like, other than those described in (a) — to and within—
1 bedroom and associated sanitary facilities; and
not less than 1 of each type of room or space for use in common by the residents or guests, including a cooking facility, sauna, gymnasium, swimming pool, laundry, games room, eating area, or the like; and
rooms or spaces for use in common by all residents on a floor to which access by way of a ramp complying with AS 1428.1 or a passenger lift is provided.
(3)
For the purposes of (2)(a), a community or strata-type subdivision or development is considered to be on a single allotment.
To and within not less than 1 of each type of room or space for use in common by the residents, including a cooking facility, sauna, gymnasium, swimming pool, common laundry, games room, individual shop, eating area, or the like.
Where a ramp complying with AS 1428.1 or a passenger lift is installed—
to and within rooms or spaces for use in common by the residents.
The requirements of (c) only apply where the space referred to in (c)(i) or (ii) is located on the levels served by the lift or ramp.
(5)
For a Class 3 building, access requirements are as follows:
Common areas:
From a pedestrian entrance required to be accessible to at least 1 floor containing sole-occupancy units and to the entrance doorway of each sole-occupancy unit located on that level.
To and within not less than 1 of each type of room or space for use in common by the residents, including a cooking facility, sauna, gymnasium, swimming pool, common laundry, games room, TV room, individual shop, dining room, public viewing area, ticket purchasing service, lunch room, lounge room, or the like.
Where a ramp complying with AS 1428.1 or a passenger lift is installed—
wheelchair seating spaces provided in accordance with D4D10; and
all other areas normally used by the occupants, except that access need not be provided to tiers or platforms of seating areas that do not contain wheelchair seating spaces.
(9)
For a Class 9c building, access requirements are as follows:
To and within not less than 1 of each type of room or space for use in common by the residents, including a cooking facility, sauna, gymnasium, swimming pool, common laundry, games room, TV room, individual shop, dining room, public viewing area, ticket purchasing service, lunch room, lounge room, or the like.
Where a ramp complying with AS 1428.1 or a passenger lift is installed—
For a Class 10 building, access requirements are as follows:
For a Class 10a non-habitable building located in an accessible area intended for use by the public and containing a sanitary facility, change room facility or shelter, to and within—
For Class 10b swimming pools, to and into swimming pools with a total perimeter greater than 40 m, associated with a Class 1b, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building that is required to be accessible, but not swimming pools for the exclusive use of occupants of a Class 1b building or a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or Class 3 building.
Table D4D2a:
Requirements for access for people with a disability – Sole-occupancy units in a Class 1b building
In a building required to be accessible, an accessway must be provided through the principal pedestrian entrance, and—
through not less than 50% of all pedestrian entrances including the principal pedestrian entrance; and
in a building with a total floor area more than 500 m2, a pedestrian entrance which is not accessible must not be located more than 50 m from an accessible pedestrian entrance,
except for pedestrian entrances serving only areas exempted by D4D5.
(3)
Where a pedestrian entrance required to be accessible has multiple doorways—
if the pedestrian entrance consists of not more than 3 doorways — not less than 1 of those doorways must be accessible; and
if a pedestrian entrance consists of more than 3 doorways — not less than 50% of those doorways must be accessible.
(4)
For the purposes of (3)—
an accessible pedestrian entrance with multiple doorways is considered to be one pedestrian entrance where—
all doorways serve the same part or parts of the building; and
the distance between each doorway is not more than the width of the widest doorway at that pedestrian entrance (see Figure D4D3); and
a doorway is considered to be the clear, unobstructed opening created by the opening of one or more door leaves (see Figure D4D3).
(5)
Where a doorway on an accessway has multiple leaves, (except an automatic opening door) one of those leaves must have a clear opening width of not less than 850 mm in accordance with AS 1428.1 .
Figure D4D3:
Doorways and pedestrian entrances for access purposes
within 2 m of the end of accessways where it is not possible to continue travelling along the accessway; and
at maximum 20 m intervals along the accessway; and
an intersection of accessways satisfies the spatial requirements for a passing and turning space; and
a passing space may serve as a turning space; and
a ramp complying with AS 1428.1 or a passenger lift need not be provided to serve a storey or level other than the entrance storey in a Class 5, 6, 7b or 8 building—
with a floor area for each storey, excluding the entrance storey, of not more than 200 m2; and
clause 7.4.1(a) of AS 1428.1 does not apply and is replaced with ‘the pile height or pile thickness shall not exceed 11 mm and the carpet backing thickness shall not exceed 4 mm’; and
the carpet pile height or pile thickness dimension, carpet backing thickness dimension and their combined dimension shown in Figure 8 of AS 1428.1 do not apply and are replaced with 11 mm, 4 mm and 15 mm respectively.
a carparking area on the same allotment as a building required to be accessible; and
need not be provided in a Class 7a building or a carparking area where a parking service is provided and direct access to any of the carparking spaces is not available to the public; and
subject to (d), must comply with AS/NZS 2890.6 ; and
need not be identified with signage where there is a total of not more than 5 carparking spaces, so as to restrict the use of the carparking space only for people with a disability.
(2)
For each Class of building to which the carpark or carparking area is associated, the number of accessible carparking spaces required is as follows:
Class 1b and 3 buildings:
For a boarding house, guest house, hostel, lodging house, backpackers’ accommodation, or the residential part of a hotel or motel, the number of accessible carparking spaces required is to be calculated by multiplying the total number of carparking spaces by the percentage of —
accessible bedrooms to the total number of bedrooms.
For the purposes of (i), the calculated number is taken to the next whole figure.
For a residential part of a school, accommodation for the aged, disabled or children, residential part of a health-care building which accommodates members of staff or the residential part of a detention centre — 1 accessible space for every 100 carparking spaces or part thereof.
Class 5, 7, 8 or 9c buildings — 1 accessible space for every 100 carparking spaces or part thereof.
Class 6 buildings—
with up to 1000 carparking spaces — 1 accessible space for every 50 carparking spaces or part thereof; and
for each additional 100 carparking spaces or part thereof in excess of 1000 carparking spaces — 1 accessible space.
Class 9a buildings:
For a hospital (non-outpatient area) — 1 accessible space for every 100 carparking spaces or part thereof.
For a hospital (outpatient area)—
with up to 1000 carparking spaces — 1 accessible space for every 50 carparking spaces or part thereof; and
for each additional 100 carparking spaces or part thereof in excess of 1000 carparking spaces — 1 accessible space.
For a nursing home — 1 accessible space for every 100 carparking spaces or part thereof.
For a clinic or day surgery not forming part of a hospital — 1 accessible space for every 50 carparking spaces or part thereof.
Class 9b buildings:
For a school — 1 accessible space for every 100 carparking spaces or part thereof.
braille and tactile signage complying with Specification 15 must—
incorporate the international symbol of access or deafness, as appropriate, in accordance with AS 1428.1 and identify each—
sanitary facility, except a sanitary facility associated with a bedroom in a Class 1b building or a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 3 or Class 9c building; and
space with a hearing augmentation system; and
identify each door required by E4D5 to be provided with an exit sign and state—
“Exit”; and
“Level”; and
the floor level number or floor level descriptor, or a combination of the two.
signage including the international symbol for deafness in accordance with AS 1428.1 must be provided within a room containing a hearing augmentation system identifying—
the type of hearing augmentation; and
the area covered within the room; and
if receivers are being used and where the receivers can be obtained; and
signage in accordance with AS 1428.1 must be provided for accessible unisex sanitary facilities to identify if the facility is suitable for left or right handed use; and
signage to identify an ambulant accessible sanitary facility in accordance with AS 1428.1 must be located on the door of the facility; and
where a pedestrian entrance is not accessible, directional signage incorporating the international symbol of access, in accordance with AS 1428.1 , must be provided to direct a person to the location of the nearest accessible pedestrian entrance; and
where a bank of sanitary facilities is not provided with an accessible unisex sanitary facility, directional signage incorporating the international symbol of access in accordance with AS 1428.1 must be placed at the location of the sanitary facilities that are not accessible, to direct a person to the location of the nearest accessible unisex sanitary facility.
(2)
In a building that is subject F4D12 and is required to be accessible, directional signage complying with Specification 15 to direct a person to the location of the nearest accessible adult change facility within that building must be provided at the location of each—
bank of sanitary facilities; and
accessible unisex sanitary facility, other than one that incorporates an accessible adult change facility.
D4D8Hearing augmentation
[2019: D3.7]
(1)
A hearing augmentation system must be provided where an inbuilt amplification system, other than one used only for emergency warning, is installed—
in a room in a Class 9b building; or
in an auditorium, conference room, meeting room or room for judicatory purposes; or
at any ticket office, teller’s booth, reception area or the like, where the public is screened from the service provider.
(2)
If a hearing augmentation system required by (1) is—
an induction loop, it must be provided to not less than 80% of the floor area of the room or space served by the inbuilt amplification system; or
a system requiring the use of receivers or the like, it must be available to not less than 95% of the floor area of the room or space served by the inbuilt amplification system, and the number of receivers provided must not be less than—
if the room or space accommodates up to 500 persons, 1 receiver for every 25 persons or part thereof, or 2 receivers, whichever is the greater; and
if the room or space accommodates more than 500 persons but not more than 1000 persons, 20 receivers plus 1 receiver for every 33 persons or part thereof in excess of 500 persons; and
if the room or space accommodates more than 1000 persons but not more than 2000 persons, 35 receivers plus 1 receiver for every 50 persons or part thereof in excess of 1000 persons; and
if the room or space accommodates more than 2000 persons, 55 receivers plus 1 receiver for every 100 persons or part thereof in excess of 2000 persons.
(3)
The number of persons accommodated in the room or space served by an inbuilt amplification system must be calculated according to D2D18.
(4)
Any screen or scoreboard associated with a Class 9b building and capable of displaying public announcements must be capable of supplementing any public address system, other than a public address system used for emergency warning purposes only.
D4D9Tactile indicators
[2019: D3.8]
(1)
For a building required to be accessible, tactile ground surface indicators must be provided to warn people who are blind or have a vision impairment that they are approaching—
an overhead obstruction less than 2 m above floor level, other than a doorway; and
an accessway meeting a vehicular way adjacent to any pedestrian entrance to a building, excluding a pedestrian entrance serving an area referred to in D4D5, if there is no kerb or kerb ramp at that point,
Tactile ground surface indicators required by (1) must comply with sections 1 and 2 of AS/NZS 1428.4.1 .
(3)
A hostel for the aged, nursing home for the aged, a residential aged care building, Class 3 accommodation for the aged, Class 9a health-care building or a Class 9c aged care building need not comply with (1)(a) and (d) if handrails incorporating a raised dome button in accordance with AS/NZS 1428.4.1 are provided to warn people who are blind or have a vision impairment that they are approaching a stairway or ramp.
D4D10Wheelchair seating spaces in Class 9b assembly buildings
[2019: D3.9]
Where fixed seating is provided in a Class 9b assembly building, wheelchair seating spaces complying with AS 1428.1 must be provided in accordance with the following:
The number and grouping of wheelchair seating spaces must be in accordance with Table D4D10.
In a cinema—
with not more than 300 seats — wheelchair seating spaces must not be located in the front row of seats; and
with more than 300 seats — not less than 75% of required wheelchair seating spaces must be located in rows other than the front row of seats.
Table D4D10:
Wheelchair seating spaces in Class 9b assembly buildings
Fixed seats in a room or space
Wheelchair spaces Note 1
Grouping and location
Spaces must represent range of seating provided Note 3
Minimum spaces required
1 additional space required per Note 2
Min. single spaces
Min. groups of 2 spaces
Max. spaces in any other group
Up to 150
3
N/A Note 4
1
1
2
No
151 to 800
3
50 seats, in excess of 150 seats
1
1
5
No
801 to 10 000
16
100 seats, in excess of 800 seats
2
2
5
Yes
More than 10 000
108
200 seats, in excess of 10 000 seats
5
5
10
Yes
Table Notes
The total number of required wheelchair spaces is the sum of the minimum spaces required (left column) and the additional spaces required (right column).
The first number referred to includes any part of that number (e.g. 1 additional space required per 50 seats, or part thereof).
This means that the location of required wheelchair spaces must be representative of the range of seating provided.
Where a swimming pool has a perimeter of more than 70 m, at least one accessible water entry/exit must be provided by a means specified in (2)(a), (b) or (c).
(4)
Latching devices on gates and doors forming part of a swimming pool safety barrier need not comply with AS 1428.1 .
a series of connected ramps must not have a combined vertical rise of more than 3.6 m; and
a landing for a step ramp must not overlap a landing for another step ramp or ramp.
D4D13Glazing on an accessway
[2019: D3.12]
On an accessway, where there is no chair rail, handrail or transom, all frameless or fully glazed doors, sidelights and any glazing capable of being mistaken for a doorway or opening, must be clearly marked in accordance with AS 1428.1 .
Specification 14Non-required stairways, ramps and escalators
S14C1Scope
[2019: Spec D1.12: 1]
(1)
This Specification contains the requirements to allow non-required stairways, ramps or escalators to connect any number of storeys in a Class 5 or 6 building.
(2)
The requirements do not apply in an atrium or outside a building.
S14C2Requirements
[2019: Spec D1.12: 2]
An escalator, moving walkway or non-required non-fire-isolated stairway or pedestrian ramp must comply with the following:
The escalator, walkway, stairway or ramp must be bounded by a shaft of—
glazed construction with an FRL of not less than –/60/30 protected by a wall wetting system in accordance with S31C2 to S31C6.
The void of each non-required stairway, ramp or escalator must not connect more than 2 storeys.
Rising and descending escalators, walkways, stairways and ramps within one shaft must be separated by construction with an FRL of not less than –/60/30.
Openings into the shaft must be protected by fire doors with an FRL not less than –/60/30.
When the fire door is in the closed position, the floor or any covering over the floor beneath the fire door must not be combustible.
Fire doors must be fitted with smoke seals and the assembly must be tested in accordance with AS 1530.4 .
Smoke detectors must be installed on both sides of the opening, not more than 1.5 m horizontal distance from the opening.
In the closed position, fire doors must be openable on a single hand downward action or horizontal pushing action on a single device within the shaft and by key only from outside the shaft.
A warning sign must be displayed where it can readily be seen outside the shaft near all fire doors opening to the shaft, and must comply with the details and dimensions of Figure S14C2.
All doors opening into the shaft must be within 20 m of a requiredexit.
Signs showing the direction of the nearest requiredexit must be installed where they can be readily seen.
Materials attached to any wall, ceiling or floor within the shaft must comply with Specification 7.
Emergency lighting must be installed in the shaft in accordance with E4D4.
No step or ramp may be closer to the threshold of the doorway than the width of the door leaf.
Figure S14C2:
Warning sign for non-required stairway, ramp or escalator
Specification 15Braille and tactile signs
S15C1Scope
[2019: Spec D3.6: 1]
This Specification sets out the requirements for the design and installation of braille and tactile signage as required by D3D26, D4D7 and Specification 27.
S15C2Location of braille and tactile signs
[2019: Spec D3.6: 2]
Signs including symbols, numbering and lettering must be designed and installed as follows:
Braille and tactile components of a sign must be located not less than 1200 mm and not higher than 1600 mm above the floor or ground surface.
Signs with single lines of characters must have the line of tactile characters not less than 1250 mm and not higher than 1350 mm above the floor or ground surface.
Signs identifying rooms containing features or facilities listed in D4D7 must be located—
on the wall on the latch side of the door with the leading edge of the sign located between 50 mm and 300 mm from the architrave; and
where (i) is not possible, the sign may be placed on the door itself.
Signs identifying a door required by E4D5 to be provided with an exit sign must be located—
on the side that faces a person seeking egress; and
on the wall on the latch side of the door with the leading edge of the sign located between 50 mm and 300 mm from the architrave; and
where (ii) is not possible, the sign may be placed on the door itself.
S15C3Braille and tactile sign specification
[2019: Spec D3.6: 3]
(1)
Tactile characters must be raised or embossed to a height of not less than 1 mm and not more than 1.5 mm.
(2)
Title case must be used for all tactile characters, and—
upper case tactile characters must have a height of not less than 15 mm and not more than 55 mm, except that the upper case tactile characters on a sign identifying a door required by E4D5 to be provided with an exit sign must have a height of not less than 20 mm and not more than 55 mm; and
lower case tactile characters must have a minimum height of 50% of the related upper case characters.
(3)
Tactile characters, symbols, and the like, must have rounded edges.
(4)
The entire sign, including any frame, must have all edges rounded.
(5)
The background, negative space or fill of signs must be of matt or low sheen finish.
(6)
The characters, symbols, logos and other features on signs must be matt or low sheen finish.
(7)
The minimum letter spacing of tactile characters on signs must be 2 mm.
(8)
The minimum word spacing of tactile characters on signs must be 10 mm.
(9)
The thickness of letter strokes must be not less than 2 mm and not more than 7 mm.
(10)
Tactile text must be left justified, except that single words may be centre justified.
The background, negative space, fill of a sign or border with a minimum width of 5 mm must have a luminance contrast with the surface on which it is mounted of not less than 30%.
Tactile characters, icons and symbols must have a minimum luminance contrast of 30% to the surface on which the characters are mounted.
Luminance contrasts must be met under the lighting conditions in which the sign is to be located.
S15C5Lighting
[2019: Spec D3.6: 5]
Braille and tactile signs must be illuminated to ensure luminance contrast requirements are met at all times during which the sign is required to be read.
S15C6Braille
[2019: Spec D3.6: 6]
The following applies to braille:
Braille must be grade 1 braille (uncontracted) in accordance with the criteria set out by the Australian Braille Authority.
Braille must be raised and domed.
Braille must be located 8 mm below the bottom line of text (not including descenders).
Braille must be left justified.
Where an arrow is used in the tactile sign, a solid arrow must be provided for braille readers.
On signs with multiple lines of text and characters, a semicircular braille locator at the left margin must be horizontally aligned with the first line of braille text.
Specification 16Accessible water entry/exit from swimming pools
S16C1Scope
[2019: Spec D3.10: 1]
This Specification sets out the requirements for types of accessible water entry/exit for swimming pools.
S16C2Fixed or moveable ramp
[2019: Spec D3.10: 2]
A fixed or moveable ramp must—
have a slip-resistant surface; and
have a maximum gradient of 1:14; and
have handrails complying with the requirements for ramps in AS 1428.1 , installed on both sides of the ramp; and
have kerbs in accordance with the requirements for ramps in AS 1428.1 ; and
extend to a depth of not less than 900 mm and not more than 1100 mm below the stationary water level; and
have landings in accordance with the requirements for ramps in AS 1428.1 , with a landing located at the bottom and top of each ramp and a landing must be located at a level between 900 mm and 1100 mm below the stationary water level.
S16C3Zero depth entry
[2019: Spec D3.10: 3]
A zero depth entry must have—
a slip-resistant surface; and
a maximum gradient of 1:14; and
a single handrail complying with the requirements for handrails in AS 1428.1 , from the top of the entry point continuous to the bottom level area; and
a level area—
1500 mm long for the width of the zero depth entry at the entry point; and
located at the bottom of the zero depth entry at a level between 900 mm and 1100 mm below the stationary water level.
capable of being operated from the swimming pool surround, within the swimming pool, and on the platform; and
located where the water depth is not more than 1300 mm; and
designed to withstand a weight capacity of not less than 160 kg and be capable of sustaining a static load of not less than 1.5 times the rated load.
S16C5Sling-style swimming pool lift
[2019: Spec D3.10: 5]
A sling lift must comply with the following:
A sling lift must be located where the water depth is not more than 1300 mm.
When the sling is in the raised position and in the transfer position, the centreline of the sling must be located over the swimming pool surround and not less than 450 mm from the swimming pool edge.
The surface of the swimming pool surround between the centreline of the sling and the swimming pool edge must have a gradient of not more than 1:50 and must be slip-resistant.
be located so that the centreline of the space is directly below the lifting point for the sling.
A sling lift must be capable of being operated from the swimming pool surround, within the swimming pool and from the sling.
A sling must be designed so that it will submerge to a water depth of not less than 500 mm below the stationary water level.
A sling lift must be designed to withstand a weight of not less than 136 kg and be capable of sustaining a static load not less than 1.5 times the rated load.
Figure S16C5a:
Clear swimming pool surround space for sling lift in the transfer position — Plan view
Figure S16C5b:
Clear swimming pool surround space for sling lift in the transfer position — Sectional elevation
S16C6Aquatic wheelchair
[2019: Spec D3.10: 6]
An aquatic wheelchair must comply with the following:
The height of the top surface of the seat must be not less than 430 mm.
The seat width must not be not less than 480 mm.
A footrest must be provided.
Armrests must be located on both sides of the seat and must be capable of being moved away from the side of the chair to allow a person to transfer on and off the seat.
This Part focusses on provision of fire-fighting equipment which can enable occupants to fight the fire in its early stages and/or evacuate the building safely, facilitate fire brigade intervention and minimise the risk of fire spread between buildings.
Objectives
E1O1Objective
[2019: EO1]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from illness or injury while evacuating during a fire; and
provide facilities for occupants and the fire brigade to undertake fire-fighting operations; and
prevent the spread of fire between buildings.
Functional Statements
E1F1Fire-fighting equipment
[2019: EF1.1]
A building is to be provided with fire-fighting equipment to safeguard against fire spread—
to allow occupants time to evacuate safely without being overcome by the effects of fire; and
so that occupants may undertake initial attack on a fire; and
so that the fire brigade have the necessary equipment to undertake search, rescue, and fire-fighting operations; and
to other parts of the building; and
between buildings.
Performance Requirements
E1P1Fire hose reels
[2019: EP1.1]
A fire hose reel system must be installed to the degree necessary to allow occupants to safely undertake initial attack on a fire appropriate to—
E1P5Fire-fighting services in buildings under construction
[2019: EP1.5]
Suitable means of fire-fighting must be installed to the degree necessary in a building under construction to allow initial fire attack by construction workers and for the fire brigade to undertake attack on the fire appropriate to—
the height the building has reached during its construction.
E1P6Fire control centres
[2019: EP1.6]
Suitable facilities must be provided to the degree necessary in a building to co-ordinate fire brigade intervention during an emergency appropriate to—
one hour water storage is provided for fire-fighting.
(4)
Where internal fire hydrants are provided, they must serve only the storey on which they are located except that a sole-occupancy unit—
in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building may be served by a single fire hydrant located at the level of egress from that sole-occupancy unit; or
of not more than 2 storeys in a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building may be served by a single fire hydrant located at the level of egress from that sole-occupancy unit provided the fire hydrant can provide coverage to the whole of the sole-occupancy unit.
classrooms and associated corridors in a primary or secondary school.
(2)
A fire hose reel system must be provided—
to serve the whole building where one or more internal fire hydrants are installed; or
where internal fire hydrants are not installed, to serve any fire compartment with a floor area greater than 500 m2.
(3)
The fire hose reel system must—
have fire hose reels installed in accordance with AS 2441 ; and
provide fire hose reels to serve only the storey at which they are located, except a sole-occupancy unit of not more than 2 storeys in a Class 6, 7, 8 or 9 building may be served by a single fire hose reel located at the level of egress from that sole-occupancy unit provided the fire hose reel can provide coverage to the whole of the sole-occupancy unit.
(4)
Fire hose reels must be located internally, externally or in combination, to achieve the system coverage specified in AS 2441 .
(5)
In achieving system coverage, one or a combination of the following criteria for individual internally located fire hose reels must be met in determining the layout of any fire hose reel system:
Fire hose reels must be located adjacent to an internal fire hydrant (other than one within a fire-isolated exit), except that a fire hose reel need not be located adjacent to every fire hydrant, provided system coverage can be achieved.
Fire hose reels must be located within 4 m of an exit, except that a fire hose reel need not be located adjacent to every exit, provided system coverage can be achieved.
Where system coverage is not achieved by compliance with (a) and (b), additional fire hose reels may be located in paths of travel to an exit to achieve the required coverage.
(6)
Fire hose reels must be located so that the fire hose will not need to pass through doorways fitted with fire or smoke doors, except—
doorways in walls referred to in C3D6(1)(e) in a Class 9a building and C3D6(5)(d) in a Class 9c building, separating ancillary use areas of high potential fire hazard; and
doorways in walls referred to in C3D13 or C3D14 separating equipment or electrical supply systems; and
E1D6Where sprinklers are required: Class 2 and 3 buildings other than residential care buildings
[2019: Table E1.5]
(1)
In a Class 2 or 3 building and any other class of building containing a Class 2 or 3 part, sprinklers are required throughout the building if any part of the building has—
In a building containing a Class 9b early childhood centre, sprinklers are required throughout the whole building, including any part of another class.
For the purposes of (1), occupancies of excessive fire hazard comprise buildings which contain—
hazardous processes or storage including the following:
Aircraft hangars.
Cane furnishing manufacture, processing and storage.
Fire-lighter and fireworks manufacture and warehousing.
Foam plastic and foam plastic goods manufacture, processing and warehousing e.g. furniture factory.
Hydrocarbon based sheet product, manufacture, processing and warehousing e.g. vinyl floor coverings.
Woodwool and other flammable loose fibrous material manufacture.
combustible goods with an aggregate volume exceeding 1000 m3 and stored to a height greater than 4 m including the following:
Aerosol packs with flammable contents.
Carpets and clothing.
Electrical appliances.
Combustible compressed fibreboards (low and high density) and plywoods.
Combustible cartons, irrespective of content.
Esparto and other fibrous combustible material.
Furniture including timber, cane and composite, where foamed rubber or plastics are incorporated.
Paper storage (all forms of new or waste) e.g. bales, sheet, horizontal or vertical rolls, waxed coated or processed.
Textiles raw and finished, e.g. rolled cloth, clothing and manchester.
Timber storage including sheets, planks, boards, joists and cut sizes.
Vinyl, plastic, foamed plastic, rubber and other combustible sheets, offcuts and random pieces and rolled material storage, e.g. carpet, tar paper, linoleum, wood veneer and foam mattresses.
All materials having wrappings or preformed containers of foamed plastics.
E1D14Portable fire extinguishers
[2019: E1.6 and Table E1.6]
(1)
Portable fire extinguishers must be—
provided as listed in (3) and (4); and
for a Class 2, 3 or 5 building or Class 4 part of a building, provided—
to serve the whole Class 2, 3 or 5 building or Class 4 part of a building where one or more internal fire hydrants are installed; or
where internal fire hydrants are not installed, to serve any fire compartment with a floor area greater than 500 m2, and for the purposes of this clause, a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building is considered to be a fire compartment; and
subject to (2), selected, located and distributed in accordance with Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4 of AS 2444 .
(2)
Portable fire extinguishers provided in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building must be—
to serve only the storey at which they are located; and
so that the travel distance from the entrance doorway of any sole-occupancy unit to the nearest fire extinguisher is not more than 10 m.
(3)
In Class 2 to 9 buildings (except within sole-occupancy units of a Class 9c building), portable fire extinguishers must be provided as follows:
To cover Class AE or E fire risks associated with emergency services switchboards.
To cover Class F fire risks involving cooking oils and fats in kitchens.
To cover Class B fire risks in locations where flammable liquids in excess of 50 litres are stored or used (not including that held in fuel tanks of vehicles).
To cover Class A fire risks in normally occupied fire compartments less than 500 m2 not provided with fire hose reels (excluding open-deck carparks).
To cover Class A fire risks in classrooms and associated corridors in primary and secondary schools not provided with fire hose reels.
To cover Class A fire risks associated with a Class 2, 3 or 5 building or Class 4 part of a building.
(4)
In addition to the requirements of (3), portable fire extinguishers must be provided to cover Class A and E fire risks in the following occupancies in buildings, or parts of a building:
Class 3 parts of detention and correctional occupancies.
Class 3 accommodation for children, aged persons and people with disabilities, including a Class 3 building used as a residential care building.
A Class 9c building.
(5)
For the purposes of (3) and (4):
Fire risks are defined in accordance with AS 2444 .
An emergency services switchboard is one which sustains emergency equipment operating in the emergency mode.
A Class E fire extinguisher need only be located at each nurses’ station, supervisors’ station or the like.
Additional extinguishers may be required to cover fire risks in relation to special hazards provided for in E1D17.
The fire risks in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building must include risks within any sole-occupancy units, however portable fire extinguishers are not required to be located within a sole-occupancy unit unless the sole-occupancy unit has a floor area greater than 500 m2.
a Class 6, 7, 8 or 9 building with a total floor area of more than 18 000 m2.
E1D16Fire precautions during construction
[2019: E1.9]
In a building under construction—
not less than one fire extinguisher to suit Class A, B and C fires and electrical fires must be provided at all times on each storey adjacent to each requiredexit or temporary stairway or exit; and
the required fire hydrants and fire hose reels must be operational in at least every storey that is covered by the roof or the floor structure above, except the 2 uppermost storeys; and
any required booster connections must be installed.
E1D17Provision for special hazards
[2019: E1.10]
Suitable additional provision must be made if special problems of fighting fire could arise because of—
the nature or quantity of materials stored, displayed or used in a building or on the allotment; or
the location of the building in relation to a water supply for fire-fighting purposes.
Part B4 of NCC Volume Three sets out the requirements for access for maintenance of fire-fighting water services.
Part E2Smoke hazard management
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to reduce the risk of injury or loss of life for occupants due to the effects of smoke, including inhalation, if a fire occurs in a building. It provides for automatic warning of the presence of smoke or fire, and measures to ensure conditions within evacuation routes remain tenable long enough for occupants evacuate safely and to facilitate fire brigade intervention.
Objectives
E2O1Objective
[2019: EO2]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from illness or injury by warning them of a fire so that they may safely evacuate; and
safeguard occupants from illness or injury while evacuating during a fire.
Functional Statements
E2F1Adequate safeguards
[ 2019: EF2.1]
A building is to be provided with safeguards so that—
occupants are warned of a fire in the building so that they may safely evacuate; and
occupants have time to safely evacuate before the environment in any evacuation route becomes untenable from the effects of fire.
Performance Requirements
E2P1Automatic warning for sleeping occupants
[2019: EP2.1]
In a building providing sleeping accommodation, occupants must be provided with automatic warning on the detection of smoke so they may evacuate in the event of a fire to a safe place.
Applications:
E2P1 only applies to a Class 2, 3, 9a or 9c building or Class 4 part of a building.
E2P2Safe evacuation routes
[2019: EP2.2]
(1)
In the event of a fire in a building the conditions in any evacuation route must be maintained for the period of time occupants take to evacuate the part of the building so that—
the temperature will not endanger human life; and
the level of visibility will enable the evacuation route to be determined; and
the level of toxicity will not endanger human life.
(2)
The period of time occupants take to evacuate referred to in (1) must be appropriate to—
the number, mobility and other characteristics of the occupants; and
the function or use of the building; and
the travel distance and other characteristics of the building; and
The smoke exhaust and smoke-and-heat vent provisions of this Part do not apply to any area not used by occupants for an extended period of time such as a storeroom with a floor area less than 30 m2, sanitary compartment, plant room or the like.
E2D3General requirements
[2019: E2.2]
(1)
An air-handling system which does not form part of a smoke hazard management system in accordance with E2D4 to E2D20 and which recycles air from one fire compartment to another fire compartment or operates in a manner that may unduly contribute to the spread of smoke from one fire compartment to another fire compartment must, subject to (2), be designed and installed—
to operate as a smoke control system in accordance with AS 1668.1; or
such that it—
incorporates smoke dampers where the air-handling ducts penetrate any elements separating the fire compartments served; and
is arranged such that the air-handling system is shut down and the smoke dampers are activated to close automatically by smoke detectors complying with clause 7.5 of AS 1670.1 .
Miscellaneous air-handling systems covered by Sections 5 and 6 of AS 1668.1 serving more than one fire compartment (other than a carpark ventilation system) and not forming part of a smoke hazard management system must comply with these Sections of the Standard.
(4)
A smoke detection system must be installed in accordance with S20C6 to operate AS 1668.1 systems that are provided for zone pressurisation and automatic air pressurisation for fire-isolated exits.
E2D4Fire-isolated exits
[2019: Table E2.2a]
(1)
A part of a building listed in (2) must be provided with—
an automatic air pressurisation system for fire-isolated exits in accordance with AS 1668.1; or
open access ramps or balconies in accordance with D3D6.
E2D6Buildings more than 25 m in effective height: Class 5, 6, 7b, 8 or 9b buildings
[2019: Table E2.2a]
(1)
A Class 5, 6, 7b, 8 or 9b building or part of a building must be provided with a zone pressurisation system between vertically separated fire compartments in accordance with AS 1668.1, if the building is more than 25 m in effective height.
(2)
The requirements of (1) do not apply to a building that has a fire compartment containing a Class 5, 6, 7b, 8 or 9b part (or a combination of these classes in the same fire compartment) where there is only one fire compartment containing these classifications in an otherwise Class 2, 3, 9a or 9c building.
Refer to E2D14 to E2D20 for specific provisions applicable to a Class 6 (in a fire compartment having a floor area of more than 2000 m2) and Class 9b building or part of a building.
E2D7Buildings more than 25 m in effective height: Class 9a buildings
a system complying with (b)(i) or (b)(ii) must be installed; or
a smoke alarm or detector system complying with Specification 20 must be provided except that alarms or detectors need only be installed adjacent to each doorway into each fire-isolated stairway (set back horizontally from the doorway by a distance of not more than 1.5 m) to initiate a building occupant warning system for the Class 4 part.
Refer to E2D14 to E2D20 for specific provisions applicable to a Class 6 (in a fire compartment having a floor area of more than 2000 m2) and Class 9b building or part of a building.
E2D9Buildings not more than 25 m in effective height: Class 5, 6, 7b, 8 and 9b buildings
E2D10Buildings not more than 25 m in effective height: large isolated buildings subject to C3D4
[2019: Table E2.2a]
(1)
In a Class 7 or 8 building of not more than 25 m in effective height, and which does not exceed 18 000 m2 in floor area nor exceed 108 000 m3 in volume, the building must be provided with—
a sprinkler system complying with Specification 17, and provided with perimeter vehicular access complying with C3D5(2); or
an automatic fire detection and alarm system complying with AS 1670.1 and monitored in accordance with S20C8; or
natural smoke venting, with ventilation openings distributed as evenly as practicable and comprising permanent openings at roof level with a free area not less than 1.5% of floor area and low level openings which may be permanent or readily openable with a free area not less than 1.5% of floor area.
(2)
In a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building of not more than 25 m in effective height, and which exceeds 18 000 m2 in floor area or 108 000 m3 in volume, the building must be provided with—
if the ceiling height of the fire compartment is not more than 12 m—
For the purposes of (1) and (2), reference to ‘the building’ being provided with specified measures, means to the nominated classes within the building.
Note:
Refer to E2D14 to E2D20 for specific provisions applicable to a Class 6 (in a fire compartment having a floor area of more than 2000 m2) and Class 9b building or part of a building.
Refer to E2D5 and E2D8 where a Class 5, 6, 7b, 8 and 9b building contains a Class 2, 3 or 4 part.
E2D11Buildings not more than 25 m in effective height: Class 9a and 9c buildings
[2019: Table E2.2a]
(1)
A Class 9a health-care building or a Class 9c building, or a building containing a part thereof, which is not more than 25 m in effective height, must be provided throughout with—
automatic shutdown of any air-handling system which does not form part of a zone pressurisation system (other than individual room units with a capacity not more than 1000 L/s, systems serving critical treatment areas and miscellaneous exhaust air systems installed in accordance with Sections 5 and 6 of AS 1668.1) on the activation of—
smoke detectors installed in accordance with (a); and
any other installed fire detection and alarm system including a sprinkler system complying with Specification 17; and
in a building having a rise in storeys of more than 2 and not more than 25 m effective height (not being a Class 9c building)—
a zone pressurisation system between vertically separated fire compartments in accordance with AS 1668.1; or
Refer to S11C2 for the provisions for smoke dampers.
E2D12Class 7a buildings
[2019: Table E2.2a]
A Class 7a building, including a basement, provided with a mechanical ventilation system in accordance with AS 1668.2, must comply with clause 5.5 of AS 1668.1.
E2D13Basements (other than Class 7a buildings)
[2019: Table E2.2a]
(1)
A basement, other than a Class 7a basement, not counted in the rise in storeys in accordance with C2D3, must—
comply with measures in accordance with this Part applicable to the building generally; and
where the basement has a total floor area of more than 2000 m2, be provided with—
Refer to E2D14 to E2D20 for specific provisions applicable to a Class 6 (in a fire compartment having a floor area of more than 2000 m2) and Class 9b building or part of a building.
Basements with more than 3 below ground storeys or containing Class 6 or 9b occupancies with a large number of occupants may require special consideration in accordance with E2D9.
E2D14Class 6 buildings – in fire compartments more than 2000 m2: Class 6 building (not containing an enclosed common walkway or mall serving more than one Class 6 sole-occupancy unit)
[2019: Table E2.2b]
(1)
This clause applies to a Class 6 building not containing an enclosed common walkway or mall serving more than one Class 6 sole-occupancy unit, except for—
is single storey with a main public entrance opening to a road or open space; and
is separated from other parts of the fire compartment by construction, including openings, penetrations and junctions with other building elements, that prevents the free passage of smoke; and
parts of any other classification that are smoke separated from a Class 6 part by construction complying with (a)(iii).
is single storey with a main entrance opening to a road or open space; and
is separated from other parts of the fire compartment by construction, including openings, penetrations and junctions with other building elements, that prevents the free passage of smoke; and
parts of any other classification that are smoke separated from a Class 6 part by construction complying with (a)(ii)(C).
(2)
Where the floor area of a Class 6 part of a fire compartment referred to in (1) is more than 2000 m2, the fire compartment, including the enclosed common walkway or mall, must be provided with—
E2D16Class 9b – assembly buildings: nightclubs, discotheques and the like
[2019: Table E2.2b]
A Class 9b assembly building which is a nightclub, discotheque and the like, must be provided with—
automatic shutdown of any air-handling system (other than miscellaneous exhaust air systems installed in accordance with Sections 5 and 6 of AS 1668.1) which does not form part of the smoke hazard management system, on the activation of—
smoke detectors installed complying with S20C6; and
any other installed fire detection and alarm system, including a sprinkler system complying with Specification 17; and
A Class 9b assembly building which is an exhibition hall must be provided with—
automatic shutdown of any air-handling system (other than miscellaneous exhaust air systems installed in accordance with Sections 5 and 6 of AS 1668.1) which does not form part of the smoke hazard management system, on the activation of—
E2D19Class 9b – assembly buildings: theatres and public halls (not listed in E2D18) including lecture theatres and cinema/auditorium complexes
[2019: Table E2.2b]
(1)
This clause applies to a Class 9b assembly building where the building or part of the building is used as a theatre or public hall not listed in E2D18 and including a cinema/auditorium complex.
(2)
A building or part of a building referred to in (1)—
must be provided with automatic shutdown of any air-handling system (other than miscellaneous exhaust air systems installed in accordance with Sections 5 and 6 of AS 1668.1) which does not form part of the smoke hazard management system, on the activation of—
sporting complexes (including sports halls, gymnasiums, swimming pools, ice and roller rinks, and the like) other than an indoor sports stadium with total spectator seating for more than 1000; or
churches and other places used solely for religious worship.
(2)
Each fire compartment, other than one in a building referred to in (1), having a floor area of more than 2000 m2 must be provided with—
a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17.
(3)
A building containing a Class 9b early childhood centre must be provided with an automatic smoke detection and alarm system complying with Specification 20 throughout the whole building, including any part of another class.
E2D21Provision for special hazards
[2019: E2.3]
Additional smoke hazard management measures may be necessary due to the—
special characteristics of the building; or
special function or use of the building; or
special type or quantity of materials stored, displayed or used in a building; or
special mix of classifications within a building or fire compartment,
This Part is intended to ensure that lifts are safe to use, including by people with a disability, and emergency services personnel. This Part is also intended to ensure occupants know when lifts should not be used (e.g. during a fire) and, in the event of lift malfunction, conditions in a lift car remain tenable and occupants are able to call for assistance.
Objectives
E3O1Objective
[2019: EO3]
The Objective of this Part is to—
facilitate the safe movement of occupants; and
facilitate access for emergency services personnel to carry out emergency procedures and assist in the evacuation of occupants.
Functional Statements
E3F1Passenger lifts
[2019: EF3.1]
Where a passenger lift is provided, it is to facilitate safe and easy—
movement for occupants with a disability; and
evacuation of occupants, who due to illness or injury need stretcher assistance.
E3F2Emergency lifts
[2019: EF3.2]
A building is to be provided with one or more passenger lifts to facilitate—
the safe access for emergency services personnel; and
safe and easy evacuation of occupants who due to illness, injury or disability cannot use stairways in the event of an emergency.
a Class 9a building in which patient care area are located above a level with direct access to a road or open space.
E3F3Emergency alerts
[2019: EF3.3]
A building having a passenger lift is to be provided with measures to alert occupants about the use of the lift in an emergency.
Performance Requirements
E3P1Stretcher facilities
[2019: EP3.1]
Stretcher facilities must be provided, to the degree necessary—
in at least one emergency lift required by E3P2; or
where an emergency lift is not required and a passenger lift is provided, in at least one lift, to serve each floor in the building served by the passenger lift.
E3P2Emergency lifts
[2019: EP3.2]
One or more passenger lifts fitted as emergency lifts to serve each floor served by the lifts in a building must be installed to facilitate the activities of the fire brigade and other emergency services personnel.
a Class 9a building in which patient care areas are located at a level that does not have direct access to a road or open space.
E3P3Emergency alerts
[2019: EP3.3]
Signs or other means must be provided to alert occupants about the use of a lift during an emergency.
E3P4Lift access for people with a disability
[2019: EP3.4]
When a passenger lift is provided in a building required to be accessible, it must be suitable for use by people with a disability.
Verification Methods
E3V1Fire Safety Verification Method
[2019: EV3.1]
Compliance with E3P2 is verified when a building is designed in accordance with C1V4.
E3V2Emergency alerts on the use of lifts
[2019: EV3.2]
(1)
Compliance with Performance RequirementE3P3 is verified when building occupants are provided with automatic warning that lifts must not be used during a fire emergency.
A stretcher facility in accordance with (2) must be provided—
in at least one emergency lift required by E3D5; or
where an emergency lift is not required, if passenger lifts are installed to serve any storey above an effective height of 12 m, in at least one of those lifts to serve each floor served by the lifts.
(2)
A stretcher facility must accommodate a raised stretcher with a patient lying on it horizontally by providing a clear space not less than 600 mm wide x 2000 mm long x 1400 mm high above the floor level.
E3D4Warning against use of lifts in fire
[2019: E3.3]
(1)
A warning sign must be displayed where it can be readily seen near every call button for a passenger lift or group of lifts throughout a building.
(2)
The requirements of (1) do not apply to a small lift such as a dumb-waiter or the like that is for the transport of goods only.
(3)
Each warning sign required by (1) must comply with the details and dimensions of Figure E3D4 and consist of—
incised, inlaid or embossed letters on a metal, wood, plastic or similar plate securely and permanently attached to the wall; or
letters incised or inlaid directly into the surface of the material forming the wall.
Figure E3D4:
Warning sign for passenger lifts
E3D5Emergency lifts
[2019: E3.4]
(1)
At least one emergency lift complying with (4) must be installed in—
a Class 9a building in which patient care areas are located at a level that does not have direct egress to a road or open space.
(2)
An emergency lift may be combined with a passenger lift and must serve those storeys served by the passenger lift so that all storeys of the building served by passenger lifts are served by at least one emergency lift.
(3)
Where two or more passenger lifts are installed and serve the same storeys, excluding a lift that is within an atrium and not contained wholly within a shaft—
at least two emergency lifts must be provided to serve those storeys; and
if located within different shafts, at least one emergency lift must be provided in each shaft.
Lighting in accordance with AS 1735.12 for all enclosed lift cars.
For all lifts serving more than 2 levels—
automatic audible information within the lift car to identify the level each time the car stops; and
audible and visual indication at each lift landing to indicate the arrival of the lift car; and
audible information and audible indication required by (i) and (ii) is to be provided in a range of between 20 - 80 dB(A) at a maximum frequency of 1500 Hz.
Emergency hands-free communication, including a button that alerts a call centre of a problem and a light to signal that the call has been received, for all lifts except a stairway platform lift.
E3D9Fire service controls
[2019: E3.7]
Where lifts serve any storey above an effective height of 12 m, the following must be provided:
A fire service recall control switch complying with E3D11 for—
a group of lifts; or
a single lift not in a group that serves the storey.
A lift car fire service drive control switch complying with E3D12 for every lift.
E3D10Residential care buildings
[2019: E3.8]
(1)
Where residents in a Class 9c residential care building are on levels which do not have direct access to a road or open space, the building must be provided with either—
at least one lift to accommodate a stretcher in accordance with E3D3(2); or
The lift or ramp required by (1) must discharge at a level providing direct access to a road or open space.
E3D11Fire service recall control switch
[2019: E3.9]
(1)
Each group of lifts must be provided with one fire service recall control switch required by E3D9 that activates the fire service recall operation at (6).
be labelled “FIRE SERVICE” in indelible white lettering on a red background; and
have two positions with an “OFF” and an “ON” position identified; and
be operable only by the use of a key that is removable in either the “OFF” position or the “ON” position.
(3)
Adhesive labels must not be used for compliance with (2)(b) and (c).
(4)
The key in (2)(d) must be able to turn all fire service recall control switches in the building and must have a different key combination to other keys used for lifts in the building.
(5)
The fire service recall operation must be activated by—
switching the fire service recall control switch in (1) to “ON”; or
The activation of the fire service recall operation at (5) must—
cancel all registered car and landing calls; and
inactivate all door reopening devices that may be affected by smoke; and
ensure lift cars travelling toward the nominated floor continue to the nominated floor without stopping; and
ensure lift cars travelling away from the nominated floor stop at or before the next available floor without opening the doors (either automatically or by the door open button), reverse direction and travel without stopping to the nominated floor; and
for lifts stopped at a floor other than the nominated floor, close the doors and travel without stopping to the nominated floor; and
ensure that lifts stay at the nominated floor with doors open; and
permit all lifts to return to normal service if the fire service recall control switch at (1) is switched to the “OFF” position during or after the fire service recall operation.
(7)
The requirements of (6) do not apply to lifts on inspection service or when the lift car fire service control switch required by E3D12 is in the "ON" position.
(8)
Lifts having manual controls must signal an alert to the lift for the lift to return to the nominated floor containing the recall switch that activated the signal.
E3D12Lift car fire service drive control switch
[2019: E3.10]
(1)
The lift car fire service drive control switch required by E3D9 must be activated from within the lift car.
(2)
The switch must—
be located between 600 mm and 1500 mm above the lift car floor; and
be labelled “FIRE SERVICE” by indelible white lettering on a red background; and
have two positions with an “OFF” and an “ON” position identified; and
operate only by the use of a key that is removable in either the “OFF” position or the “ON” position.
(3)
Adhesive labels must not be used for compliance with (2)(b) or (c).
(4)
When the lift car fire service drive control switch at (1) is turned to the "ON" position, the lift must—
not respond to the fire service recall control switch; and
cancel all registered lift car and landing calls; and
override all lift car call access control systems; and
inactivate all door reopening devices that may be affected by smoke; and
allow the registration of lift car call by lift car call buttons, however the lift doors must not close in response to the registration of lift car calls; and
activate door closing by constant pressure being applied on the “door close” button unless the button is released before the doors are fully closed, in which case the doors must reopen and any registered lift car calls must be cancelled; and
when the doors are closed, move the lift in response to registered lift car calls while allowing additional lift car calls to also be registered; and
travel to the first possible floor in response to registered lift car calls and cancel all registered lift car calls after the lift stops; and
ensure doors do not open automatically, rather by constant pressure being applied on the “door open” button unless the button is released before the doors are fully open, in which case the doors must re-close.
(5)
The requirements of (4)(a) to (i) do not apply to a lift operating on inspection service.
(6)
A multi-deck lift installation must have systems in place that—
are able to communicate to the fire officer that the fire service drive control switch will not operate until all decks have been cleared of passengers; and
ensure there is an appropriate method of clearing all deck landings of passengers; and
maintain all doors to deck landings not containing the fire service control switch closed and inoperative while the lift is on fire service drive control.
Part E4Visibility in an emergency, exit signs and warning systems
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to provide a minimum level of visibility in evacuation routes in an emergency, including emergency lighting and signage to assist in locating and identifying exits. This part also includes requirements for emergency warning and intercom systems to alert occupants and assist evacuation.
Objectives
E4O1Objective
[2019: EO4]
The Objective of this Part is, in an emergency, to safeguard occupants from injury by—
having adequate visibility; and
having adequate identification of exits and paths of travel to exits; and
being made aware of the emergency.
Functional Statements
E4F1Visibility in an emergency, exit signs and warning systems
[2019: EF4.1]
A building is to be provided with—
adequate visibility upon failure of normal artificial lighting during an emergency; and
To facilitate safe evacuation in an emergency, a building must be provided with a system that—
ensures a level of visibility sufficient to enable exits, paths of travel to exits and any obstacles along a path of travel to an exit to be identified; and
activates instantaneously upon the failure of an artificial lighting system, to the degree necessary, appropriate to—
operate in the event of a power failure of the main lighting system for sufficient time for occupants to safely evacuate.
Limitations:
E4P2 does not apply to the internal parts of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 or Class 4 part of a building.
E4P3Emergency warning and intercom systems
[2019: EP4.3]
To warn occupants of an emergency and assist evacuation of a building, an emergency warning and intercom system must be provided, to the degree necessary, appropriate to—
Compliance with E4P1 is verified for the level of visibility for safe evacuation in an emergency and instantaneous activation, when an emergency lighting system satisfies the requirements of (2) to (5).
(2)
The calculated horizontal illuminance is not less than—
0.2 lux at floor level in the path of travel to an exit; and
1 lux at each floor level or tread in every required—
in every storey of a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building where the storey has an area more than 300 m2—
in every passageway, corridor, hallway, or the like, that is part of the path of travel to an exit; and
in any room having a floor area more than 100 m2 that does not open to a corridor or space that has emergency lighting or to a road or open space; and
in any room having a floor area more than 300 m2; and
in every passageway, corridor, hallway, or the like, having a length of more than 6 m from the entrance doorway of any sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building to the nearest doorway opening directly to—
the floor area of the unit is more than 300 m2; and
an exit from the unit does not open to a road or open space or to an external stairway, passageway, balcony or ramp, leading directly to a road or open space; and
in every room or space to which there is public access in every storey in a Class 6 or 9b building if—
any point on the floor of that storey is more than 20 m from the nearest doorway leading directly to a stairway, ramp, passageway, road or open space; or
egress from that storey involves a vertical rise within the building of more than 1.5 m, or any vertical rise if the storey concerned does not admit sufficient light; or
the storey provides a path of travel from any other storeyrequired by (i), (ii) or (iii) to have emergency lighting; and
If an exit is not readily apparent to persons occupying or visiting the building then exit signs must be installed in appropriate positions in corridors, hallways, lobbies, and the like, indicating the direction to a requiredexit.
E4D7Class 2 and 3 buildings and Class 4 parts: exemptions
must be arranged to provide a warning for occupants; and
in areas used by the residents, may have its alarm adjusted in volume and content to minimise trauma consistent with the type and condition of residents; and
in a Class 9a building having a floor area of more than 1000 m2 or a rise in storeys of more than 2, and the system—
must be arranged to provide a warning for occupants; and
in a ward area, may have its alarm adjusted in volume and content to minimise trauma consistent with the type and condition of patients; and
for a Class 2 or 3 building with an effective height of not more than 25 m and a rise in storeys of 4 or more: Specification 18 and the relevant provisions of this Specification as applicable; or
for Class 5, 6, 7, 8, 9a (other than a residential care building) or 9b (other than a Class 9b early childhood centre) parts of a building with an effective height not more than 25 m, which also contains Class 2 or 3 parts: a sprinkler system in accordance with Specification 18 as for a Class 2 or 3 building and the relevant provisions of this Specification except—
a FPAA101D sprinkler system cannot be used where the Class 5, 6, 7, 8, 9a (other than a residential care building) or 9b parts—
a FPAA101D or FPAA101H sprinkler system cannot be used where the Class 7a part (other than an open-deck carpark) accommodates more than 40 vehicles; or
for a combined sprinkler and fire hydrant system: AS 2118.6 ; or
for a Class 2, 3 or 9c building: AS 2118.4 as applicable.
S17C3Separation of sprinklered and non-sprinklered areas
[2019: Spec E1.5: 3]
Where a part of a building is not protected with sprinklers, the sprinklered and non-sprinklered parts must be fire-separated with a wall or floor which must—
where there is no specific requirement, comply with the relevant part of AS 2118 , FPAA101D or FPAA101H.
S17C4Protection of openings
[2019: Spec E1.5: 4]
Any openings, including those for service penetrations, in construction separating sprinklered and non-sprinklered parts of a building, including the construction separating the areas nominated for omitted protection in AS 2118.1 , must be protected in accordance with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part C4.
S17C5Quick response sprinklers
[2019: Spec E1.5: 5]
Quick response sprinklers may be installed only if they are suitable for the type of application proposed and it is demonstrated that the sprinkler system is designed to accommodate their use.
S17C6Sprinkler valve enclosures
[2019: Spec E1.5: 6]
(1)
Sprinkler alarm valves must be located in a secure room or enclosure which has direct egress to a road or open space.
(2)
All sprinkler valve rooms and enclosures must be secured with a system suitable for use by the fire brigade.
S17C7Water supply
[2019: Spec E1.5: 7]
(1)
A required sprinkler system must be provided with at least one water supply.
(2)
A required sprinkler system in a building greater than 25 m in effective height must be provided with dual water supply except that a secondary water supply storage capacity of 25,000 litres may be used if—
the storage tank is located at the topmost storey of the building; and
the building occupancy is classified as no more hazardous than Ordinary Hazard 2 (OH2) under AS 2118.1 ; and
an operational fire brigade service is available to attend a building fire.
S17C8Building occupant warning system
[2019: Spec E1.5: 8]
A required sprinkler system, except a FPAA101D sprinkler system, must be connected to and activate a building occupant warning system complying with S20C7.
S17C9Connection to other systems
[2019: Spec E1.5: 9]
Where a smoke hazard management system is installed and is actuated by smoke detectors, the sprinkler system must, wherever practicable, be arranged to also activate the smoke hazard management system.
S17C10Anti-tamper devices
[2019: Spec E1.5: 10]
(1)
Where a sprinkler system is installed—
over any stage area in a theatre, public hall or the like, visual and audible status indication of sprinkler valves must be provided at the location normally used by the stage manager; or
in a space housing lift electrical and control equipment (including machine rooms, secondary floors and sheave rooms), any valves provided to control sprinklers in these spaces must be located adjacent to the space.
(2)
Any valves provided to control sprinklers required by (1) must be fitted with anti-tamper monitoring devices connected to a monitoring panel.
S17C11Sprinkler systems in carparks
[2019: Spec E1.5: 11]
A sprinkler system protecting a carpark complying with S5C19(3) in a multi-classified building must—
be independent of the sprinkler system protecting any part of the building not used as a carpark; or
if forming part of a sprinkler system protecting a part of the building not used as a carpark, be designed such that the section protecting the non-carpark part can be isolated without interrupting the water supply or otherwise affecting the effective operation of the section protecting the carpark.
S17C12Residential care buildings
[2019: Spec E1.5: 12]
(1)
In addition to the provisions of AS 2118.4 , a sprinkler system in—
be provided with a monitored main stop valve in accordance with AS 2118.1 ; and
be permanently connected with a direct data link or other approved monitoring system to a fire station or fire station dispatch centre.
S17C13Sprinkler systems in lift installations
[2019: Spec E1.5: 13]
(1)
Where sprinklers are installed in a space housing lift electrical and control equipment, including machine rooms, secondary floors and sheave rooms, sprinklers in these spaces must—
have heads protected from accidental damage by way of a guard that will not impair the performance of the head; and
be capable of being isolated and drained, either separately or collectively, without isolating any other sprinklers within the building.
(2)
Valves provided to control sprinklers referred to in (1) must be installed in accordance with S17C10(2).
Specification 18Class 2 and 3 buildings not more than 25 m in effective height
S18C1Scope
[2019: Spec E1.5a: 1]
This Specification sets out requirements for the design and installation of fire sprinkler systems, and concessions for Class 2 and 3 buildings not more than 25 m in effective height with a rise in storeys of 4 or more.
A Class 2 or 3 building not more than 25 m in effective height with a rise in storeys of 4 or more provided with an automatic fire sprinkler system under (1)(a) or (1)(b) may be constructed in accordance with S18C4(1), as applicable, provided—
the automatic fire sprinkler system is permanently connected to a fire alarm monitoring system connected to a fire station or fire station dispatch centre in accordance with Specification 23 if—
the system has more than 100 sprinkler heads; or
in the case of a residential care building, the building will accommodate more than 32 residents; and
the automatic fire sprinkler system is fitted with sprinklers complying with clauses 4.4, 4.5 and 5.5.2 of AS 2118.4 in bedrooms; and
an automatic smoke detection and alarm system is installed in accordance with Specification 20 except that it need not be connected to a fire alarm monitoring system connected to a fire station or fire station dispatch centre, and in the case of a residential care building it must be installed in accordance with—
fire orders are provided in a Class 3 building in accordance with G4D8 as for a building in an alpine area.
S18C4Permitted concessions
[2019: Spec E1.5a: 3]
(1)
The following concessions are permitted for Class 2 and 3 buildings provided with a requiredautomatic fire sprinkler system in accordance with S18C3(1)(a) or (1)(b):
The maximum distance of travel from a single exit serving the storey at the level of egress to a road or open space, as required by D2D5(1)(a)(ii), may be increased from 20 m to 30 m.
The maximum distance between alternative exits, as required by D2D6(c)(i), may be increased from 45 m to 60 m.
Internal fire hydrants in accordance with E1D2 are not required where—
the building is served by external fire hydrants that provide compliant coverage installed in accordance with E1D2, except that in a residential care building the nozzle at the end of the length of hose need only reach the entry door of any sole-occupancy unit to be considered as covering the area within the sole-occupancy unit; or
a dry fire hydrant system that otherwise complies with AS 2419.1 is installed in the building and—
each fire hydrant head is located in accordance with E1D2 and fitted with a blank end cap or plug; and
the pipework is installed in accordance with E1D2 (as for a required fire main) except that it need not be connected to a water supply; and
a hydrant booster inlet connection is provided in accordance with E1D2; and
an external street or feed hydrant capable of providing the required system flow is located within 60 m of the hydrant booster connection.
An emergency warning and intercom system need not be provided in a residential care building in accordance with E4D9 if a warning system with an override public address facility is installed in accordance with Specification 23.
(2)
The following concessions are permitted for Class 2 and 3 buildings provided with a requiredautomatic fire sprinkler system in accordance with S18C3(1)(c):
Window openings need not be protected in accordance with C4D12(8) provided the room served by the window is sprinkler protected.
The maximum distance of travel, as required by D2D5(1)(a)(i), may be increased from 6 m to 12 m.
The maximum distance of travel from a single exit serving the storey at the level of egress to a road or open space, as required by D2D5(1)(a)(ii), may be increased from 20 m to 30 m.
The maximum distance between alternative exits, as required by D2D6(c)(i), may be increased from 45 m to 60 m.
Internal fire hydrants in accordance with E1D2 are not required where—
the building is served by external fire hydrants that provide compliant coverage installed in accordance with E1D2; or
a dry fire hydrant system that otherwise complies with AS 2419.1 is installed in the building except—
the system pipework is not connected to the water supply; and
the minimum fire hydrant outlet flow of 6 L/s may be achieved when boosted by a fire brigade pumping appliance; and
the minimum pipe sizes specified in AS 2419.1 do not apply.
Where a dry fire hydrant system is installed for the purposes of (f)—
each fire hydrant head must be located in accordance with E1D2 and fitted with a blank end cap or plug; and
a hydrant booster inlet connection must be provided in accordance with E1D2; and
an external street or feed hydrant capable of providing the required system flow must be located within 60 m of the hydrant booster connection.
(3)
The following concessions are permitted for Class 2 and 3 buildings provided with a requiredautomatic fire sprinkler system in accordance with S18C3(1)(d):
Window openings need not be protected in accordance with C4D12(8) provided the room served by the window is sprinkler protected.
The maximum distance of travel, as required by D2D5(1)(a)(i), may be increased from 6 m to 12 m.
The maximum distance of travel from a single exit serving the storey at the level of egress to a road or open space, as required by D2D5(1)(a)(ii), may be increased from 20 m to 30 m.
The maximum distance between alternative exits, as required by D2D6(c)(i), may be increased from 45 m to 60 m.
Specification 19Fire control centres
S19C1Scope
[2019: Spec E1.8: 1]
(1)
This Specification describes the construction and content of required fire control centres and rooms.
(2)
A fire control room is a fire control centre in a dedicated room with additional specific requirements.
S19C2Application
[2019: Spec E1.8: 1]
(1)
S19C3 to S19C6 apply to fire control centres (including fire control rooms).
(2)
S19C7 to S19C13 apply additional requirements to fire control rooms.
S19C3Purpose and content of fire control centre
[2019: Spec E1.8: 2]
A fire control centre must—
provide an area from which fire-fighting operations or other emergency procedures can be directed or controlled; and
contain controls, panels, telephones, furniture, equipment and the like associated with the required fire services in the building; and
not be used for any purpose other than the control of—
fire-fighting activities; and
other measures concerning the occupant safety or security.
S19C4Location of fire control centre
[2019: Spec E1.8: 3]
A fire control centre must be so located in a building that egress from any part of its floor, to a road or open space, does not involve changes in level which in aggregate exceed 300 mm.
S19C5Equipment not permitted within a fire control centre
[2019: Spec E1.8: 4]
An internal combustion engine, pumps, sprinkler control valves, pipes and pipe fittings must not be located in a fire control centre, but may be located in rooms accessed through the fire control centre.
S19C6Ambient sound level for a fire control centre
[2019: Spec E1.8: 5]
(1)
The ambient sound level within the fire control centre measured when all fire safety equipment is operating in the manner in which it operates in an emergency must not exceed 65 dB(A).
(2)
The measurement must be taken for a sufficient time to characterise the effects of all sound sources.
(3)
Where there is not a great variation in noise level, a measurement time of 60 seconds may be used.
S19C7Construction of a fire control room
[2019: Spec E1.8: 6]
A fire control centre in a building more than 50 m in effective height must be in a separate room where—
the enclosing construction is of concrete, masonry or the like, sufficiently impact resistant to withstand the impact of any likely falling debris, and with an FRL of not less than 120/120/120; and
any material used as a finish, surface, lining or the like within the room complies with the requirements of Specification 7; and
services, pipes, ducts and the like that are not directly required for the proper functioning of the fire control room do not pass through it; and
openings in the walls, floors or ceiling which separate the room from the interior of the building are confined to doorways, ventilation and other openings for services necessary for the proper functioning of the facility.
S19C8Protection of openings in a fire control room
[2019: Spec E1.8: 7]
Openings permitted by S19C7 must be protected as follows:
A door opening in the internal walls enclosing a fire-control room, must be fitted with a self-closing –/120/30 smoke sealed fire door.
Openings associated with natural or mechanical ventilation must—
not be made in any ceiling or floor immediately above or below the fire control room; and
be protected by a –/120/– fire damper if the opening is for a duct through a wall required to have an FRL, other than an external wall.
S19C9Doors to a fire control room
[2019: Spec E1.8: 8]
(1)
Required doors to a fire control room must open into the room, be lockable and located so that persons using escape routes from the building will not obstruct or hinder access to the room.
(2)
The fire control room must be accessible via two paths of travel—
one from the front entrance of the building; and
one direct from a public place or fire-isolated passageway which leads to a public place and has a door with an FRL of not less than –/120/30.
S19C10Size and contents of a fire control room
[2019: Spec E1.8: 9]
(1)
A fire control room must contain—
a Fire Indicator Panel and necessary control switches and visual status indication for all required fire pumps, smoke control fans and other required fire safety equipment installed in the building; and
a telephone directly connected to an external telephone exchange; and
a blackboard or whiteboard not less than 1200 mm wide x 1000 mm high; and
a pin-up board not less than 1200 mm wide x 1000 mm high; and
a raked plan layout table of a size suitable for laying out the plans provided under (f); and
colour-coded, durable, tactical fire plans.
(2)
In addition, a fire control room may contain—
master emergency control panels, lift annunciator panels, remote switching controls for gas or electrical supplies and emergency generator backup; and
building security, surveillance and management systems if they are completely segregated from all other systems.
(3)
A fire control room must—
have a floor area of not less than 10 m2 and the length of any internal side must be not less than 2.5 m; and
if only the minimum prescribed equipment is installed — have a net floor area of not less than 8 m2 with a clear space of not less than 1.5 m2 in front of the Fire Indicator Panel; and
if additional equipment is installed — have an additional area of not less than 2 m2 net floor area for each additional facility and a clear space of not less than 1.5 m2 in front of each additional control or indicator panel; and
be constructed such that the area required for any path of travel through the room to other areas is provided in addition to the requirements (b) and (c).
S19C11Ventilation and power supply for a fire control room
[2019: Spec E1.8: 10]
(1)
A fire control room must be ventilated by—
natural ventilation from a window or doorway in an external wall of the building which opens directly into the fire control room from a road or open space; or
a pressurisation system that only serves the fire control room, and—
is activated automatically by operation of the fire alarm, or sprinkler system complying with Specification 17, installed in the building and manually by an over-riding control in the room; and
provides a flow of fresh air through the room of not less than 30 air changes per hour when the system is operating and any door to the room is open; and
has fans, motors and ductwork that form part of the system but not contained within the fire control room protected by enclosing construction with an FRL of not less than 120/120/120; and
has any electrical supply to the fire control room or equipment necessary for its operation connected to the supply side of the main disconnection switch for the building.
(2)
No openable devices other than necessary doorways, pressure controlled relief louvres and windows that are openable by a key, must be constructed in the fire control room.
S19C12Sign for a fire control room
[2019: Spec E1.8: 11]
The external face of the door to the fire control room must have a sign with the words—
FIRE CONTROL ROOM
in letters not less than 50 mm high and of a colour which contrasts with that of the background.
S19C13Lighting for a fire control room
[2019: Spec E1.8: 12]
Emergency lighting in accordance with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part E4. must be provided in a fire control room, except that an illumination level of not less than 400 lux must be maintained at the surface of the plan table.
Specification 20Smoke detection and alarm systems
S20C1Scope
[2019: Spec E2.2a: 1]
This Specification describes the installation and operation of automatic smoke detection and alarm systems.
S20C2Type of system
[2019: Spec E2.2a: 2]
A requiredautomatic smoke detection and alarm system must be provided in accordance with the following:
Class 2 buildings and Class 4 parts of a building—
a combination of a smoke alarm system and a smoke detection system complying with S20C5.
Class 3 buildings—
with a Class 3 part located more than 2 storeys above ground level — a smoke detection system complying with S20C4; or
which accommodate more than 20 residents and are the residential part of a school, accommodation for the aged, children or people with a disability — a smoke detection system complying with S20C4; or
In all Class 2 - 9 buildings provided with a smoke alarm system, the following applies:
A smoke alarm system must—
consist of smoke alarms complying with AS 3786 ; and
be powered from the consumer mains source.
In kitchens and other areas where the use of the area is likely to result in smoke alarms causing spurious signals, subject to (c)—
any other alarm deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 may be installed provided that smoke alarms are installed elsewhere in the sole-occupancy unit in accordance with (2)(a) and (2)(b); or
an alarm acknowledgement facility may be installed.
Where a kitchen or other area referred to in (b) is in a building protected with a sprinkler system complying with Specification 17 (other than a FPAA101D system), alarms need not be installed in the kitchen or other area likely to result in spurious signals.
(2)
In a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building provided with a smoke alarm system, the following applies:
Alarms must be installed within each sole-occupancy unit, and located on or near the ceiling in any storey—
installed in public corridors and other internal public spaces, located in accordance with the requirements for smoke detectors in AS 1670.1 ; and
connected to activate a building occupant warning system in accordance with S20C7.
In a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building protected with a sprinkler system complying with Specification 17 (other than a FPAA101D system), alarms are not required in public corridors and other internal public spaces.
(3)
In a Class 9a building provided with a smoke alarm system, smoke alarms must be—
installed in every room, public corridor and other internal public space; and
located in accordance with the requirements for smoke detectors in AS 1670.1 ; and
interconnected to provide a common alarm; and
have manual call points installed in evacuation routes so that no point on a floor is more than 30 m from a manual call point.
S20C4Smoke detection system
[2019: Spec E2.2a: 4]
(1)
In all Class 2 - 9 buildings provided with a smoke detection system, the following applies:
A smoke detection system must—
subject to (2) and (3), comply with AS 1670.1 ; and
activate a building occupant warning system in accordance with S20C7.
In kitchens and other areas where the use of the area is likely to result in smoke detectors causing spurious signals, subject to (c)—
any other detector deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 may be installed provided that smoke detectors are installed elsewhere in the sole-occupancy unit in accordance with the requirements for alarms in S20C3(2)(a) and (2)(b); or
an alarm acknowledgement facility may be installed.
Where a kitchen or other area referred to in (b) is in a building protected with a sprinkler system complying with Specification 17 (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system), detectors need not be installed in the kitchen or other areas likely to result in spurious signals.
(2)
In a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building provided with a smoke detection system, the following applies:
subject to (b), in public corridors and other internal public spaces.
In a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building protected with a sprinkler system complying with Specification 17 (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system), smoke detectors are not required in public corridors and other internal public spaces.
(3)
In a Class 9a health-care building provided with a smoke detection system, the following applies:
in areas other than patient care areas and paths of travel to exits from patient care areas, where the use of the area is likely to result in smoke detectors causing spurious signals, any other detector deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 may be installed in lieu of smoke detectors.
The requirements of (a) do not apply where an area is protected with a sprinkler system complying with Specification 17, smoke detectors need not be installed where the use of the area is likely to result in spurious signals.
Manual call points must be installed in evacuation routes so that no point on a floor is more than 30 m from a manual call point.
In a Class 9c building provided with a smoke detection system, the following applies:
remote automatic indication of each zone must be given in each smoke compartment by means of—
mimic panels with an illuminated display; or
annunciator panels with alpha numeric display; and
if the building accommodates more than 20 residents, manual call points must be installed in paths of travel so that no point on a floor is more than 30 m from a manual call point.
S20C5Combined smoke alarm and smoke detection system
[2019: Spec E2.2a: 5]
(1)
A Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building provided with a combination of a smoke alarm system and smoke detection system in accordance with S20C2 must—
subject to (2), be provided with a smoke detection system complying with S20C4 in areas not within sole-occupancy units.
(2)
In a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building protected with a sprinkler system complying with Specification 17 (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system), smoke detectors are not required in public corridors and other internal public spaces.
S20C6Smoke detection for smoke control systems
[2019: Spec E2.2a: 6]
(1)
Smoke detectors required to activate air pressurisation systems for fire-isolated exits and zone pressurisation systems must—
have additional smoke detectors installed adjacent to each bank of lift landing doors set back horizontally from the door openings by a distance of not more than 3 m.
not more than 20 m apart and not more than 10 m from any wall, bulkhead or smoke curtain; and
in enclosed malls and walkways in a Class 6 building not more than 15 m apart and not more than 7.5 m from any wall, bulkhead or curtain; and
have a sensitivity—
in accordance with AS 1670.1 in areas other than a multi-storey walkway and mall in a Class 6 building; and
not exceeding 0.5% smoke obscuration per metre with compensation for external airborne contamination as necessary, in a multi-storey walkway and mall in a Class 6 building.
(4)
Smoke detectors provided to activate a smoke control system must—
either—
form part of a building fire or smoke detection system complying with AS 1670.1 ; or
be a separate dedicated system incorporating control and indicating equipment complying with AS 1670.1 ; and
activate a building occupant warning system complying with S20C7, except that smoke detectors provided solely to initiate automatic shutdown of air-handling systems in accordance with (2)(a) need not activate a building occupant warning system.
S20C7Building occupant warning system
[2019: Spec E2.2a: 7]
Subject to E4D9, a building occupant warning system provided as part of a smoke hazard management system must comply with clause 3.22 of AS 1670.1 to sound through all occupied areas except—
in a Class 2 and 3 building or Class 4 part of a building provided with a smoke alarm system in accordance with S20C3(2)(c)—
the sound pressure level need not be measured within a sole-occupancy unit if a level of not less than 85 dB(A) is provided at the door providing access to the sole-occupancy unit; and
the inbuilt sounders of the smoke alarms may be used to wholly or partially meet the requirements; and
in a Class 2 and 3 building or Class 4 part of a building provided with a smoke detection system in accordance with S20C4(2), the sound pressure level from a building occupant warning system need not be measured within a sole-occupancy unit if a level of not less than 100 dB(A) is provided at the door providing access to the sole-occupancy unit; and
must be arranged to provide a warning for occupants; and
in areas used by residents, may have its alarm adjusted in volume and content to minimise trauma consistent with the type and condition of residents; and
The following installations must be connected to a fire alarm monitoring system connected to a fire station or fire station dispatch centre in accordance with AS 1670.3 :
A smoke detection system in a Class 3 building provided in accordance with S20C2(b)(i) or S20C2(b)(ii).
A smoke detection system in a Class 9a health-care building, if the building accommodates more than 20 patients.
A smoke detection system in a Class 9c building.
Smoke detection in accordance with S20C6 provided to activate—
An automatic fire detection and alarm system required by E2D10 for large isolated buildings subject to C3D4.
Specification 21Smoke exhaust systems
S21C1Scope
[2019: Spec E2.2b: 1]
This Specification describes the requirements for mechanical smoke exhaust systems.
S21C2Smoke exhaust capacity
[2019: Spec E2.2b: 2]
(1)
Smoke exhaust fans must have a sufficient capacity to contain the smoke layer—
within a smoke reservoir formed in accordance with S21C4 and not less than 2 m above the highest floor level; and
above the top of any openings interconnecting different smoke reservoirs.
(2)
Exhaust rates must be determined in accordance with Figure S21C2, with the height measurement taken from the lowest floor level to the underside of the smoke layer and the fire load determined in accordance with Table S21C2.
Class 9b buildings covered by Part I1 (see Note) or exhibition halls
10
5
Table Notes
If the smoke reservoir above the stage is smoke separated from the audience area, the fire load specified applies to the stage area only and the fire load for the audience area is as per Class 9 generally.
Figure S21C2:
Smoke exhaust rate
S21C3Smoke exhaust fans
[2019: Spec E2.2b: 3]
Each smoke exhaust fan, complete with its drive, flexible connections, control gear and wiring must—
be constructed and installed so that it is capable of continuous operation (exhausting the required volumetric flow rate at the installed system resistance) at a temperature of 200°C for a period of not less than 1 hour; and
in a building not fitted with a sprinkler system, be capable of continuous operation at a temperature of 300°C for a period of not less than 30 minutes; and
be rated to handle the required volumetric flow rate at ambient temperature to be capable of exhausting cool smoke during the early stages of a fire and to allow routine testing; and
have any high temperature overload devices installed, automatically overridden during the smoke exhaust operation.
S21C4Smoke reservoirs
[2019: Spec E2.2b: 4]
(1)
A fire compartment must be divided at ceiling level into smoke reservoirs formed by smoke baffles/curtains of non-combustible and non-shatterable construction.
(2)
The horizontal area of a smoke reservoir must not exceed 2000 m2 and in enclosed walkways and malls of a Class 6 building must not exceed 60 m in length.
(3)
Smoke reservoirs must be of sufficient depth to contain the smoke layer and must not be less than 500 mm below an imperforate ceiling or roof.
a non-combustible bulkhead or smoke baffle/curtain must be provided around the underside of each opening into a building void to minimise the spread of smoke to other storeys; and
the depth of the bulkhead or smoke baffle must be not less than the depth of the smoke reservoir provided under (3) plus an additional 400 mm.
S21C5Smoke exhaust fan and vent location
[2019: Spec E2.2b: 5]
Smoke exhaust fans and vents must be located—
such that each smoke reservoir is served by one or more fans with the maximum exhaust rate at any one point limited to avoid extracting air from below the smoke layer; and
to prevent the formation of stagnant regions resulting in excessive cooling and downward mixing of smoke; and
at natural collection points for the hot smoky gases within each smoke reservoir having due regard to the ceiling geometry and its effect on the migratory path of the smoke; and
away from the intersection of walkways or malls; and
to ensure that any voids containing escalators and/or stairs commonly used by the public are not used as a smoke exhaust path; and
to discharge directly to outdoor with a velocity of not less than 5 m/s, at a suitable point not less than 6 m from any air intake point or exit.
S21C6Make-up air
[2019: Spec E2.2b: 6]
(1)
Low level make-up air must be provided either automatically or via permanent ventilation openings to replace the air exhausted so as to minimise—
any disturbance of the smoke layer due to turbulence created by the incoming air; and
the risk of smoke migration to areas remote from the fire due to the effect of make-up air on the air balance of the total system.
(2)
The velocity of make-up air through doorways must not exceed 2.5 m/s.
(3)
Within a multi-storeyfire compartment, make-up air must be provided across each vertical opening from a building void to the fire-affected storey at an average velocity of 1 m/s so as to minimise the spread of smoke from the fire-affected storey to other storeys.
S21C7Smoke exhaust system control
[2019: Spec E2.2b: 7]
(1)
Each smoke exhaust fan must be activated sequentially by smoke detectors complying with Specification 20 and arranged in zones to match the smoke reservoir served by the fan(s).
(2)
Subject to (3) and (4), an air handling system (other than individual room units less than 1000 L/s and miscellaneous exhaust air systems installed in accordance with Sections 5 and 6 of AS 1668.1) which does not form part of the smoke hazard management system must be automatically shut down on the activation of the smoke exhaust system.
(3)
In a single storeyfire compartment, air handling systems in all non fire-affected zones may operate on 100% outdoor air to provide make-up air to the fire-affected zone.
(4)
Within a multi-storeyfire compartment air handling systems in all non fire-affected zones and storeys must operate at 100% outdoor air to provide make-up air to the fire-affected storey via building voids connecting storeys.
(5)
Manual override control and indication together with operating instructions for use by emergency personnel must be provided adjacent to the fire indicator panel in accordance with the requirements of clauses 4.11 and 4.13 of AS 1668.1.
(6)
Manual control for the smoke exhaust system must also be provided at a location normally used by the stage manager in a theatre.
(7)
Power supply wiring to exhaust fans together with detection, control, and indication circuits (and where necessary to automatic make-up air supply arrangements) must comply with AS 1668.1.
S21C8Smoke detection
[2019: Spec E2.2b: 8]
A smoke detection system must be installed in accordance with Specification 20 to activate the smoke exhaust system.
Where a smoke-and-heat vent system is installed to comply with E2D14 to E2D20, then, in addition to thermally released link operation, smoke-and-heat vents must also be initiated by smoke detection complying with S20C6 and S20C8 and arranged in zones to match the smoke reservoirs.
Specification 23Residential fire safety systems
S23C1Scope
[2019: Spec E2.2d: 1]
This Specification describes the requirements for residential fire safety systems referenced in Specification 18.
cover installation requirements for local fire indicator panels (or alarm panels) that provide information to staff when a fire alarm is activated.
(2)
Clauses S23C8 and S23C9 describe requirements for connecting residential sprinkler systems in Class 2 and 3 buildings, or a residential care building, to a fire station or other approved monitoring service.
S23C3General requirements
[2019: Spec E2.2d: 2(a)]
(1)
The installation of a residential local fire alarm system must consist of a system of smoke alarms powered either—
from an extra-low voltage power source originating at a local fire indicator panel with a battery back-up facility.
(2)
A smoke detector complying with AS 1670.1 Clause 2.1.2(a)(ii), (xi) or (xv) may be substituted for a smoke alarm, provided an audible alarm device is associated with each detector.
(3)
The sound pressure level provided by a warning device must be equivalent to that required in Clause 3.22 of AS 1670.1 , except that the sound pressure level need not be measured inside a sole-occupancy unit, provided that a level of not less than 85 dB(A) is attained at the access door to the unit.
an audible alarm is given in the area in which the smoke alarm activates; and
visible and audible indication of an alarm is provided at the local fire indicator panel; and
an audible alarm is given in any area (including sleeping quarters and staff outbuildings) set aside for staff use.
(6)
The maximum number of smoke alarms on any one alarm zone must—
be determined by the maximum current output rating of the system source; and
not exceed 10.
(7)
Each alarm zone must be located around a single central access passageway, corridor or similar thoroughfare, to enable staff to readily identify the source of the alarm.
(8)
Where the smoke alarm is functionally dependent on an external power source—
an audible fault signal must sound at the local fire indicator panel if that power source fails; and
the local fire indicator panel must be permanently connected to a reliable 240 V separate low voltage final sub-circuit; and
source power must be protected by a separate circuit breaker, or fuse, supplied from the live side of the main switch.
(9)
The smoke alarm system is not required to be connected to a fire alarm monitoring system (refer to S18C3(2)(c)).
S23C4Local fire indicator panel
[2019: Spec E2.2d: 2(b)]
(1)
The local fire indicator panel must be located in a central area, such as a reception area, so that it is readily accessible by staff at all times.
(2)
The local fire indicator panel must be fixed wired.
(3)
The local fire indicator panel must incorporate the following:
A suitable mains power supply with battery back-up (capable of operating the system for 12 hours) for the local fire indicator panel and extra-low voltage smoke alarms supplied directly from the local fire indicator panel.
Terminals for input signal conductors from the smoke alarm and residential sprinkler system and, if the signal source is from a low voltage smoke alarm, external isolation must be provided.
Visible indication of the alarm zone in which the actuating device is located.
Automatic audible and visible indication of the following faults:
A break in the wiring of any circuit between smoke alarms or sprinkler alarm switch and the local fire indicator panel.
Low battery condition.
Automatic visible indication of mains power failure.
Initiation of any ancillary control facilities such as smoke door release or air-conditioning shut-down.
Local operation of individual smoke alarms, in the event of alarm zone isolation at the local fire indicator panel.
(4)
If the local fire indicator panel is also used for other non-fire related purposes such as security, then these functions—
must be on separate and distinct circuits; and
when disabled or isolated, must not interfere with the operation of fire alarm circuitry.
(5)
The local fire indicator panel must comply with AS 1670.1 .
(6)
The local fire indicator panel must have the capacity to incorporate heat detectors deemed suitable in accordance with AS 1670.1 on either the same or separate alarm zones as the smoke alarms.
S23C5Smoke alarms
[2019: Spec E2.2d: 2(c) ]
(1)
Extra-low voltage smoke alarms must be compatible with the local fire indicator panel.
(2)
Low voltage smoke alarms must be configured to send an output alarm signal to the local fire indicator panel.
(3)
Unless there is internal isolation of the signal output conductors, they must at all times be treated as low voltage conductors.
S23C6Signal isolation interface units
[2019: Spec E2.2d: 2(d)]
(1)
Signal isolation interface units must isolate any low voltage connected to the smoke alarms from the local fire indicator panel.
(2)
Signal isolation interface units must be certified by an Accredited Testing Laboratory as compatible with the specific types of smoke alarms used in the system.
(3)
Signal isolation interface units must be accepted by the electricity supply authority.
(4)
Units must be marked in a clearly visible location, with letters greater than or equal to 35 mm containing the following information:
All extra-low voltage wiring must be red sheathed 0.6/1 kV stranded, with conductors having a cross sectional area of not less than 0.75 mm2.
(3)
Clear and concise "as-installed" single line drawings to a suitable scale, showing rooms, external and internal walls, fixed partitions, doorways etc., are to be provided for each installation at the local fire indicator panel.
(4)
Drawings must also include the actual location of fire alarms, smoke alarms, sprinkler flow switches (where installed), alarm connection points and local fire indicator panel, to enable easy identification of alarm system elements and their relationship to the building layout.
(5)
Symbols used in the drawings referred to in (4) must be as shown in Figures S23C7a to S23C7f.
Figure S23C7a:
Flow switch symbol
Figure S23C7b:
Heat detector symbol
Figure S23C7c:
Smoke detector symbol
Figure S23C7d:
End-of-line device symbol
Figure S23C7e:
Fire indicator panel symbol
Figure S23C7f:
Smoke alarm symbol
S23C8Connection to monitoring service
[2019: Spec E2.2d: 3(a)]
(1)
Connection of a residential sprinkler system to a fire station or other approved monitoring service must be via a sprinkler alarm switch, connected to alarm signalling equipment.
(2)
The connection from the alarm signalling equipment must be in accordance with AS 1670.3 .
(3)
The alarm signalling equipment must be installed—
in a secure, accessible position; and
in a weatherproof housing, if located externally; and
not more than 500 mm from the system flow switch.
S23C9Indication at the fire indicator panel
[2019: Spec E2.2d: 3(b)]
The fire signal from the alarm signalling equipment must be mimicked by an audible and visible signal at the fire indicator panel.
A lift car exposed to solar radiation directly, or indirectly by re-radiation, must have—
mechanical ventilation at a rate of one air change per minute; or
mechanical cooling.
(2)
A 2 hour alternative power source for ventilation or mechanical cooling at (1) must be provided in the event of normal power loss.
S24C3Lift car emergency lighting
[2019: Spec E3.1: 3]
A lift car must have an emergency lighting system designed—
to come on automatically upon failure of the normal lighting supply; and
to provide at least 20 lux of lighting for 2 hours on the alarm initiation button.
S24C4Cooling of lift shaft
[2019: Spec E3.1: 4]
While a lift in a lift shaft is in service, the cooling of the lift shaft must—
ensure that the dry bulb air temperature in the lift shaft does not exceed 40°C; and
if the cooling is by a ventilation system, be provided with an air change rate determined using a temperature rise of no more than 5 K.
S24C5Lift foyer access
[2019: Spec E3.1: 5]
Where there is a security foyer in a building, access may be via locked security doors provided—
security doors revert to the unlocked state in the event of—
power failure; or
fire alarm; and
locked foyer areas are monitored by closed circuit television and intercom system to a 24 hour staffed location.
S24C6Emergency access doors in a single enclosed lift shaft
[2019: Spec E3.1: 6]
(1)
Where a lift is installed in a single enclosed lift shaft having a distance between normal landing entrances greater than 12.2 m, emergency access doors must be provided and constructed as follows:
The clear opening size of emergency doors must be not less than 600 mm wide x 980 mm high.
Hinged doors must not open towards the interior of the lift shaft.
Doors must be marked on the landing side with the letters not less than 35 mm high:
DANGER LIFTWELL ACCESS
KEEP FURNITURE AND FIXTURES CLEAR
Doors from the landing side must only be openable by a tool.
Each emergency door must be provided with a positive breaking electrical contact, wired into the control circuit to prevent movement of the lift until the emergency door is both closed and locked.
(2)
Emergency egress from the lift car must be provided in single enclosed lift shafts where—
ropes are installed; and
the vertical distance between the lift car sill and the landing door head is less than 600 mm; and
the counterweight is resting on its fully compressed buffer.
(3)
Emergency egress required by (2) must be in the form of an interlocked door with clear opening dimensions not less than 600 mm x 600 mm, accessible from the lift car entrance or the lift car roof (where the door is located in the wall of the lift shaft).
Specification 25Photoluminescent exit signs
S25C1Scope
[2019: Spec E4.8: 1]
This Specification contains requirements for photoluminescent exit signs.
S25C2Application
[2019: Spec E4.8: 2]
A photoluminescent exit sign must comply with Section 5 and Appendix D of AS/NZS 2293.1, except where varied by this Specification.
be maintained in a continuously charged state by a minimum illumination of 100 lux at the face of the sign by a dedicated light source with a colour temperature not less than 4000 K; and
in the event of a power failure, continue to provide a minimum luminance of 30 mcd/m2 for not less than 90 minutes; and
have its performance verified by testing in accordance with ASTM E2073-10, except the activation illumination in clause 8.3 is replaced with 54 lux.
S25C4Pictorial elements
[2019: Spec E4.8: 4]
Pictorial elements on a photoluminescent exit sign must—
where the colour white is used, be replaced with a photoluminescent material; and
be not less than 1.3 times larger than that specified in Table 5.1 of AS/NZS 2293.1; and
have a border of photoluminescent material that extends not less than 15 mm beyond the pictorial elements.
S25C5Viewing distance
[2019: Spec E4.8: 5]
The maximum viewing distance in clause 5.6 of AS/NZS 2293.1 must not be more than 24 m.
S25C6Smoke control systems
[2019: Spec E4.8: 6]
Smoke control systems required by clause 5.3 of AS/NZS 2293.1 do not apply to a photoluminescent exit sign.
Part F1Surface water management, rising damp and external waterproofing
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to minimise the risk of water leaking into or accumulating within a building and causing unhealthy conditions or damaging building elements by corrosion or rot. It is also intended to prevent water redirected away from the building damaging nearby properties.
Objectives
F1O1Objective
[2019: FO1]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from illness or injury and protect the building from damage caused by—
A building including any associated sitework is to be constructed in a way that protects people and other property from the adverse effects of redirected surface water.
F1F2Resistance to rain, surface water and ground water
[2019: FF1.2]
A building is to be constructed to provide resistance to moisture penetrating from the outside including rising from the ground.
Performance Requirements
F1P1Managing rainwater impact on adjoining properties
Exposed joints in the drainage surface on a roof, balcony, podium or similar horizontal surface part of a building must—
be protected in accordance with Section 2.9 of AS 4654.2; and
not be located beneath or run through a planter box, water feature or similar part of the building.
Note:
For the purposes of F1D4, an exposed joint is a construction joint, control joint, expansion joint, contraction joint or movement joint and includes an exposed joint which is directly below a drainage surface.
Explanatory information: Location of exposed joints
To minimise the potential of water ingress, the exposed joint should be located at a ridge or high point of the structural substrate, where possible.
Explanatory information: Exposed joints subject to excessive movement
Where an exposed joint is subject to excessive movement, such as more than 10 mm, additional measures should be considered to ensure protection of the exposed joint. These additional measures may include use of a hob with a minimum height of 50 mm formed within the structural substrate for the full length of both sides of the exposed joint, and the exposed joint protected by a discontinuous membrane in accordance with Section 2.9 of AS 4654.2.
F1D5External waterproofing membranes
[2019: F1.4]
A roof, balcony, podium or similar horizontal surface part of a building must be provided with a waterproofingmembrane—
consisting of materials complying with AS 4654.1; and
designed and installed in accordance with AS 4654.2.
F1D6Damp-proofing
[2019: F1.9]
(1)
Except for a building covered by (3), moisture from the ground must be prevented from reaching—
the lowest floor timbers and the walls above the lowest floor joists; and
If a floor of a room is laid on the ground or on fill, moisture from the ground must be prevented from reaching the upper surface of the floor and adjacent walls by the insertion of a vapour barrier in accordance with AS 2870 .
the floor is the base of a stair, lift or similar shaft which is adequately drained by gravitation or mechanical means.
F1D8Subfloor ventilation
[2019: F1.12]
(1)
Subfloor spaces must—
be provided with openings in external walls and internal subfloor walls in accordance with Table F1D8 for the climatic zones given in Figure F1D8; and
have clearance between the ground surface and the underside of the lowest horizontal member in the subfloor in accordance with Table F1D8.
(2)
In addition to (1), a subfloor space must—
be cleared of all building debris and vegetation; and
have the ground beneath the suspended floor graded to prevent surface water ponding under the building; and
contain no dead air spaces; and
have openings evenly spaced as far as practicable; and
have openings placed not more than 600 mm in from corners.
(3)
In double leaf masonry walls, openings specified in (1) must be provided in both leaves of the masonry, with openings being aligned to allow an unobstructed flow of air.
(4)
Openings in internal subfloor walls specified in (1) must have an unobstructed area equivalent to that required for the adjacent external openings.
(5)
Where the ground or subfloor space is excessively damp or subject to frequent flooding, in addition to the requirements of (1) to (4)—
the subfloor ventilation required in (1) must be increased by 50%; or
the ground within the subfloor space must be sealed with an impervious membrane; or
subfloor framing must be—
where above ground, above-ground durability Class 1 or 2 timbers or H3 preservative treated timbers in accordance with AS 1684.2 , AS 1684.3 or AS 1684.4 ; or
where in ground, in-ground durability Class 1 or 2 timbers or H5 preservative treated timbers in accordance with AS 1684.2 , AS 1684.3 or AS 1684.4 ; or
steel in accordance with NASH Standard ‘Residential and Low-Rise Steel Framing’ Part 2.
Minimum aggregate subfloor ventilation openings without a membrane (mm2/m of wall)
Minimum aggregate subfloor ventilation openings having the ground sealed with an impervious membrane (mm2/m of wall)
Minimum ground clearance height where termite inspection or management system is not required (mm)
Minimum ground clearance height where termite inspection is required (mm) Note 1
A
2000
1000
150
400
B
4000
2000
150
400
C
6000
3000
150
400
Table Notes
400 mm clearance required only where termite management systems are installed that need to be inspected (see B1D4).
On sloping sites, the 400 mm clearance required by (1) may be reduced to 150 mm within 2 m of external walls.
In situations where openings in external walls and internal subfloor walls are not able to be provided, additional measures must be provided to ensure that the overall level of ventilation of the subfloor space is maintained.
Additional measures referred to in (3) may include measures similar to those in F1D8(5), such as providing durability class timbers, or having the ground sealed in the subfloor space with an impervious membrane.
Figure F1D8:
Climatic zones based on relative humidity
Figure Notes
The season with the highest relative humidity is used. Generally this will be July for southern Australia and January for northern Australia.
Part F2Wet areas and overflow protection
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to minimise risk of water from internal wet areas accumulating within a building and causing musty, damp or unhealthy conditions or damaging building elements by corrosion or other degradation. It is also intended to prevent water from internal parts of a building causing damage to other property or parts of a building.
Objectives
F2O1Objective
[New for 2022]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from illness or injury and protect buildings from damage caused by—
A building including internal wet areas is to be constructed in a way that protects people, the building and other property from the adverse effects of internal water from wet areas.
F2F2Overflow from bathrooms and laundries
[2019: FF1.3]
A building is to be constructed to avoid the likelihood of—
the creation of unhealthy or dangerous conditions; and
damage to building elements,
caused by dampness or water overflow from bathrooms, laundries and the like.
Compliance with F2P1 is verified when the flow rate of the in-built overflow for all vessels in the room is greater than the flow rate of the source filling the vessel.
Applications:
F2V1 only applies to bathrooms, laundries and the like in a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 4 part of a building.
In a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building, building elements in a bathroom or shower room, a slop hopper or sink compartment, a laundry or sanitary compartment must—
as if they were in a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 4 part of a building.
F2D3Rooms containing urinals
[2019: F1.7(c), (d) and (e)]
(1)
Where a slab or stall type urinal is installed—
the floor surface of the room containing the urinal must be an impervious material; and
where no step is installed, must—
be graded to the urinal channel for a distance of 1.5 m from the urinal channel; and
have the remainder of the floor graded to a floor waste; and
where a step is installed—
the step must have an impervious surface and be graded to the urinal channel; and
the floor behind the step must be graded to a floor waste; and
the junction between the floor surface and the urinal channel must be impervious.
(2)
Where a wall hung urinal is installed—
the wall must be surfaced with impervious material extending from the floor to the top of the urinal and not less than 225 mm on each side of the urinal; and
the floor must be surfaced with an impervious material and be graded to a floor waste.
(3)
In a room with timber or steel-framed walls and containing a urinal—
the wall must be surfaced with an impervious material extending from the floor to not less than 100 mm above the floor surface; and
the junction of the floor surface and the wall surface must be impervious.
In a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building, a bathroom or laundry located at any level above a sole-occupancy unit or public space must have a floor waste.
the minimum continuous fall of a floor plane to the waste must be 1:80; and
the maximum continuous fall of a floor plane to the waste must be 1:50.
Part F3Roof and wall cladding
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to minimise the risk of water, including surface water and rainwater, entering the building and causing musty, damp and unhealthy conditions or damaging building elements by corrosion or other degradation. It is also intended to prevent water redirected away from the outside of the building damaging nearby properties.
Objectives
F3O1Objective
[New for 2022]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from illness or injury and protect buildings from damage caused by—
ingress of water from outside the building; and
the accumulation of internal moisture in the building.
Functional Statements
F3F1Roof and wall cladding
[New for 2022]
A building is to be constructed to prevent penetration of water from the outside.
Performance Requirements
F3P1Weatherproofing
[2019: FP1.4]
A roof and external wall (including openings around windows and doors) must prevent the penetration of water that could cause—
unhealthy or dangerous conditions, or loss of amenity for occupants; and
undue dampness or deterioration of building elements.
Limitations:
F3P1 does not apply to—
a Class 7 or 8 building where in the particular case there is no necessity for compliance; or
a garage, tool shed, sanitary compartment, or the like, forming part of a building used for other purposes; or
a transparent material for a proportion of the internal wall lining (to provide an unobstructed view of the external wall cladding) with sufficient structural capability and similar air tightness to resist the applied wind pressures; and
a 15 mm diameter hole in the internal wall lining below a window.
Apply 100% positive and negative serviceability wind pressures to the external face of the test specimen for a period of not less than 1 minute each.
Apply static pressure of either 300 Pa or 30% serviceability wind pressure, whichever is higher, in accordance with the water penetration test procedure at clause 8.5.2 of AS/NZS 4284.
the water penetration test procedure at clause 8.6.2 of AS/NZS 4284.
(5)
The test procedure for a cavity wall must be as follows:
Apply 100% positive and negative serviceability wind pressures to the external face of the test specimen for a period of not less than 1 minute each.
Apply static pressure of either 300 Pa or 30% serviceability wind pressure, whichever is higher, in accordance with the water penetration test procedure at clause 8.5.2 of AS/NZS 4284.
A cavity wall is verified for compliance with F3P1 if there is no presence of water on the removed surface of the cavity, except that during the simulation of the failure of the primary weather-defence or sealing, water may—
transfer to the removed surface of the cavity due to the introduced defects (6 mm holes); and
contact, but not pool on, battens and other cavity surfaces.
(7)
The test report must include the following information:
Name and address of the person supervising the test.
Test report number.
Date of the test.
Cladding manufacturer’s name and address.
Construction details of the test specimen, including a description, and drawings and details of the components, showing modifications, if any.
Test sequence with the pressures used in all tests.
For each of the static and cyclic pressure tests, full details of all leakages, including position, extent and timing.
Complex shape with not more than two cladding types
Medium
1
Complex shape with more than two cladding types
High
3
As for high risk but with fully exposed roof-to-wall junctions
Very high
6
Decks, porches and balconies
None
Low
0
Timber slat deck or porch at ground level
Fully covered in plan view by roof
Medium
2
Timber slat deck attached at first or second floor level
Balcony exposed in plan view at first floor level
High
4
Balcony cantilevered at first floor level
Balcony exposed in plan view at second floor level or above
Very high
6
Balcony cantilevered at second floor level or above
Table Notes
Eaves width is measured horizontally from the external face of any wall cladding to the outer edge of any overhang, including fascia and external gutters.
Barriers to prevent falling and parapets are considered as 0 mm eaves.
Subject to (2) and (3), the following glazed assemblies in an external wall, must comply with AS 2047 requirements for resistance to water penetration:
Windows.
Sliding and swinging glazed doors with a frame, including French and bi-fold doors with a frame.
Adjustable louvres.
Shopfronts.
Window walls with one piece framing.
(2)
The following buildings need not comply with (1):
A Class 7 or 8 building where in the particular case there is no necessity for compliance.
A garage, tool shed, sanitary compartment, or the like, forming part of a building used for other purposes, except where the construction of the garage, tool shed, sanitary compartment or the like contributes to the weatherproofing of the other part of the building.
A Class 7 or 8 building where in the particular case there is no necessity for compliance.
A garage, tool shed, sanitary compartment, or the like, forming part of a building used for other purposes, except where the construction of the garage, tool shed, sanitary compartment or the like contributed to the weatherproofing of another part of the building that is required to be weatherproofed.
This Part focusses on reducing risk of illness and loss of amenity due to inadequate toilets, bathrooms and laundries, ensuring occupants in residential buildings have access to a kitchen, and microbial control in air-conditioning and heated water systems.
Objectives
F4O1Objectives
[2019: FO2]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from illness caused by infection; and
safeguard occupants from loss of amenity arising from the absence of adequate personal hygiene facilities; and
enable occupants to carry out laundering; and
provide for facilities to enable food preparation; and
enable unconscious occupants of sanitary compartments to be removed from the compartment.
Functional Statements
F4F1Sanitary facilities
[2019: FF2.1]
A building is to be provided with—
suitable sanitary facilities and space and facilities for personal hygiene; and
adequate means for the prevention of contaminants to hot water, warm water and cooling water systems.
F4F2Laundry facilities
[2019: FF2.2]
A building is to be provided with—
space or facilities for laundering; and
suitable means for the sanitary disposal of waste water.
Applications:
F4F2 only applies to—
a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building; and
A sanitary compartment is to have sufficient space or other means to permit an unconscious occupant to be removed from the compartment.
Performance Requirements
F4P1Personal hygiene facilities
[2019: FP2.1]
Suitable sanitary facilities for personal hygiene must be provided in a convenient location within or associated with a building, to the degree necessary, appropriate to—
the function or use of the building; and
the number and gender of the occupants; and
the disability or other particular needs of the occupants.
Laundering facilities or space for laundering facilities and the means for the sanitary disposal of waste water must be provided in a convenient location within or associated with a building appropriate to the function or use of the building.
Applications:
F4P2 only applies to—
a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building; and
Hot water, warm water and cooling water systems installed in a building must control the accumulation of harmful levels of micro-organisms.
Limitations:
F4P6 does not apply to a system serving only a single sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building.
Verification Methods
F4V1Sanitary facilities
[2019: FV2.1]
(1)
Compliance with F4P1, for the number of sanitary facilities, is verified when queuing modelling predicts that occupant waiting time for sanitary facilities is at least equivalent to the waiting time predicted using the respective Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions.
(2)
For calculations performed under (1), the occupant waiting time is determined as the 90th percentile wait time at maximum population.
(3)
Queuing modelling in (1) must reflect the following:
Function or use of the building.
Number and gender of occupants.
The disability or other particular needs of the occupants.
clothes washing facilities, comprising at least one washtub and a space for a washing machine; and
clothes drying facilities comprising clothes line or a hoist with not less than 7.5 m of line, or space for one heat operated drying cabinet or appliance in the same room as the clothes washing facilities; or
a separate laundry for each 4 sole-occupancy units, or part thereof, that must comprise—
clothes washing facilities, comprising at least one washtub and a space for a washing machine; and
clothes drying facilities comprising clothes line or a hoist with not less than 7.5 m of line per sole-occupancy unit, or space for one heat operated drying cabinet or appliance.
For the purposes of (a) and (b), a kitchen sink or washbasin must not be counted as a laundry washtub.
For residents in each building or group of buildings, for each 10 residents for whom private facilities are not provided, provide—
a bath or shower; and
a closet pan; and
a washbasin.
Notwithstanding (a), if one urinal is provided for each 25 males up to 50 and one additional urinal for each additional 50 males or part thereof, one closet pan for each 12 males may be provided.
Facilities for employees must be provided in accordance with F4D4.
Facilities required by (a), (b) or (c) need not be situated in the same building.
a kitchen sink and facilities for the preparation and cooking of food; and
a bath or shower; and
a closet pan; and
a washbasin; and
clothes washing facilities, comprising a washtub and space in the same room for a washing machine; and
a clothes line or hoist, or space for a heat-operated drying cabinet or similar appliance for the exclusive use of the occupants.
For the purposes of (a), a kitchen sink or washbasin must not be counted as a laundry washtub.
(5)
For facilities in Class 9c buildings, the following applies:
For residents in each building or group of buildings, provide—
a closet pan and wash basin for each 6 residents or part thereof where private facilities are not provided; and
a shower for each 7 residents or part thereof for where private facilities are not provided; and
a suitable bath, fixed or mobile.
In addition to the facilities required by (a), provide—
one kitchen or other adequate facility for the preparation and cooking or reheating of food including a kitchen sink and washbasin; and
laundry facilities for the cleansing and drying of linen and clothing or adequate facilities for holding and dispatch or treatment of soiled linen and clothing and the like and the receipt and storage of clean linen; and
one clinical hand washing basin for each 16 residents or part thereof.
For the purposes of (a), urinals must not be taken into consideration in calculating the number of facilities.
F4D3Calculation of number of occupants and facilities
[2019: F2.2]
(1)
The number of persons accommodated must be calculated according to D2D18 if it cannot be more accurately determined by other means.
(2)
Unless the premises are used predominantly by one sex, sanitary facilities must be provided on the basis of equal numbers of males and females.
(3)
In calculating the number of sanitary facilities to be provided under F4D2 and F4D4, a unisex facility required for people with a disability (other than a facility provided under F4D12) may be counted once for each sex.
(4)
For the purposes of this Part, a unisex facility comprises one closet pan, one washbasin and means for the disposal of sanitary products.
‘Number’ means the number of facilities required; and
‘>’ means greater than; and
a hyphen means no data (refer to the row above for the highest value applicable); and
‘N/A’ means not applicable; and
a reference to—
employees includes owners and managers using the building; and
“add 1 per 100 or 150, 250, 500” etc. includes any part of that number.
(3)
If not more than 10 people are employed, a unisex facility may be provided instead of separate facilities for each sex.
(4)
If the majority of employees are of one sex, not more than 2 employees of the other sex may share toilet facilities if the facilities are separated by means of walls, partitions and doors to afford privacy.
(5)
Employees and the public may share the same facilities in a Class 6 and 9b building (other than a school or early childhood centre) provided the number of facilities provided is not less than the total number of facilities required for employees plus those required for the public.
(6)
Adequate means of disposal of sanitary products must be provided in sanitary facilities for use by females.
(7)
Separate sanitary facilities for males and females need not be provided for patients in a ward area of a Class 9a building.
one kitchen or other adequate facility for the preparation and cooking or reheating of food including a kitchen sink and washbasin; and
laundry facilities for the cleansing and drying of linen and clothing or adequate facilities for holding and dispatch or treatment of soiled linen and clothing, sanitary products and the like and the receipt and storage of clean linen; and
one shower for each 8 patients or part thereof; and
one island-type plunge bath in each storey containing a ward area.
a kitchen or food preparation area with a kitchen sink, separate hand washing facilities, space for a refrigerator and space for cooking facilities, with—
the facilities protected by a door or gate with child proof latches to prevent unsupervised access to the facilities by children younger than 5 years old; and
the ability to facilitate supervision of children from the facilities if the early childhood centre accommodates children younger than 2 years old; and
one bath, shower or shower-bath; and
if the centre accommodates children younger than 3 years old—
a laundry facility comprising a washtub and space in the same room for a washing machine; and
a bench type baby bath, which is within 1 m of the nappy change bench; and
a nappy changing bench which—
is within 1 m of separate adult hand washing facilities and bench type baby bath; and
must be not less than 0.9 m2 in area and at a height of not less than 850 mm, but not more than 900 mm above the finished floor level; and
must have a space not less than 800 mm high, 500 mm wide and 800 mm deep for the storage of steps; and
is positioned to permit a staff member changing a nappy to have visibility of the play area at all times.
(10)
Class 9b theatres and sporting venues must be provided with one shower for each 10 participants or part thereof.
(11)
Not less than one washbasin must be provided where closet pans or urinals are provided.
accessible unisex showers must be provided in accordance with F4D7; and
at each bank of toilets where there is one or more toilets in addition to an accessible unisex sanitary compartment at that bank of toilets, not less than one sanitary compartment suitable for a person with an ambulant disability for use by males and one sanitary compartment suitable for a person with an ambulant disability for use by females, must be provided; and
an accessible unisex sanitary compartment must contain a closet pan, washbasin, shelf or bench top and adequate means of disposal of sanitary products; and
the circulation spaces, fixtures and fittings of all accessible sanitary facilities provided in accordance with F4D6 and F4D7 must comply with the requirements of AS 1428.1 ; and
an accessible unisex sanitary facility must be located so that it can be entered without crossing an area reserved for one sex only; and
where two or more of each type of accessible unisex sanitary facility are provided, the number of left and right handed mirror image facilities must be provided as evenly as possible; and
where male sanitary facilities are provided at a separate location to female sanitary facilities, accessible unisex sanitary facilities are only required at one of those locations; and
be readily removable from the outside of the sanitary compartment, unless there is a clear space of at least 1.2 m, measured in accordance with Figure F4D8, between the closet pan within the sanitary compartment and the doorway.
In an early childhood centre, facilities for use by children must have each sanitary compartment screened by a partition which, except for the doorway, is opaque for a height of at least 900 mm but not more than 1200 mm above the floor level.
Figure F4D8:
Construction of sanitary compartments
F4D9Interpretation: urinals and washbasins
[2019: F2.6]
(1)
A urinal may be—
an individual stall or wall-hung urinal; or
each 600 mm length of a continuous urinal trough; or
a closet pan used in place of a urinal.
(2)
A washbasin may be—
an individual basin; or
a part of a hand washing trough served by a single water tap.
Hot water, warm water and cooling water systems in a building other than a system serving only a single sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building must be installed in accordance with AS/NZS 3666.1 .
F4D11Waste management
[2019: F2.8]
(1)
In a Class 9a health-care building, at least one slop-hopper or other device, other than a water closet pan or urinal, must be provided—
on any storey containing ward areas or bedrooms to facilitate emptying of containers of sewage or dirty water; and
with a flushing apparatus, tap and grating.
(2)
In a Class 9c building, the following facilities must be provided for every 60 beds or part thereof on each storey containing resident use areas:
One slop-hopper or other device other than a water closet pan or urinal for the safe handling and disposal of liquid and solid wastes with a flushing apparatus, tap and grating.
An appliance for the disinfection of pans or an adequate means to dispose of receptacles.
F4D12Accessible adult change facilities
[2019: F2.9]
(1)
One unisex accessible adult change facility must be provided in an accessible part of a—
Class 6 building that is a shopping centre having a design occupancy of not less than 3,500 people, calculated on the basis of the floor area and containing a minimum of 2 sole-occupancy units; and
Class 9b sports venue or the like that—
has a design occupancy of not less than 35,000 spectators; or
museum, art gallery or the like having a design occupancy of not less than 1,500 patrons; and
theatre or the like having a design occupancy of not less than 1,500 patrons; and
passenger use area of an airport terminal building within an airport that accepts domestic and/or international flights that are public transport services as defined in the Disability Standards for Accessible Public Transport 2002.
NCC Volume Three contains a number of plumbing and drainage provisions which are relevant to facilities. These include, but are not limited to, those listed in Table F4.
Table F4:
Cross-volume considerations
Item
NCC Volume Three - Plumbing Code of Australia
Access for maintenance of plumbing and drainage
B1 Cold water services
B2 Heated water services
B3 Non-drinking water services
C1 Sanitary plumbing systems
C2 Sanitary drainage systems
Heated water temperature control for facilities used for personal hygiene
B2 Heated water services
Part F5Room heights
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to prevent the construction of rooms or other spaces with insufficient ceiling heights, which can cause injury or loss of amenity for building occupants.
Objectives
F5O1Objective
[2019: FO3]
The Objective of this Part is to safeguard occupants from injury or loss of amenity caused by inadequate height of a room or space.
Functional Statements
F5F1Room or space heights
[2019: FF3.1]
A building is to be constructed to provide height in a room or space suitable for the intended use.
Compliance with F5P1 is verified where the height of a habitable room or space provides an appropriate activity support level that does not unduly interfere with its intended function.
in a habitable room, or space within a habitable room, with a sloping ceiling or projections below the ceiling line—
in an attic — a height of not less than 2.2 m for not less than two-thirds of the floor area of the room or space; and
in other rooms — a height of not less than 2.4 m for not less than two-thirds of the floor area of the room or space; and
in a habitable room, or space within a habitable room, with a sloping ceiling or projections below the ceiling line — a height of not less than 2.1 m for not less than two-thirds of the floor area of the room or space.
(2)
For the purposes of (1), when calculating the floor area of a room or space, any part that has a ceiling height of less than 1.5 m is not included.
(3)
The height of rooms and other spaces in a Class 5, 6, 7 or 8 building must be not less than—
except as allowed in (b) and (8) — 2.4 m; and
a corridor, passageway, or the like — 2.1 m.
(4)
The height of rooms and other spaces in a Class 9a health-care building must be not less than—
The height of rooms and other spaces in any building must be not be less than—
for a bathroom, shower room, sanitary compartment, other than an accessible adult change facility, airlock, tea preparation room, pantry, store room, garage, car parking area, or the like — 2.1 m; and
for a commercial kitchen — 2.4 m; and
above a stairway, ramp, landing or the like — 2 m measured vertically above the nosing line of stairway treads or the floor surface of the ramp, landing or the like; and
This Part is intended to ensure that building occupants have access to natural and artificial lighting, and fresh air, to prevent illness, injury or loss of amenity. This part also includes provisions for the location of sanitary compartments to reduce health risks and the spread of odours, airlocks and carpark and kitchen local exhaust ventilation.
Objectives
F6O1Objective
[2019: FO4]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from injury, illness or loss of amenity due to—
isolation from natural light; and
lack of adequate artificial lighting; and
safeguard occupants from illness or loss of amenity due to lack of air freshness.
Functional Statements
F6F1Natural light
[2019: FF4.1]
A space within a building used by occupants is to be provided with openings to admit natural light consistent with its function or use.
F6F2Artificial light
[2019: FF4.2]
A space within a building used by occupants is to be provided with artificial lighting consistent with its function or use which, when activated in the absence of suitable natural light, will enable safe movement.
F6F3Ventilation
[2019: FF4.3]
A space used by occupants within a building is to be provided with adequate ventilation consistent with its function or use.
Performance Requirements
F6P1Natural lighting
[2019: FP4.1]
Sufficient openings must be provided and distributed in a building, appropriate to the function or use of that part of the building so that natural light, when available, provides an average daylight factor of not less than 2%.
Applications:
F6P1 only applies to a Class 2, 3 or 9 building, or a Class 4 part of a building.
F6P2Artificial lighting
[2019: FP4.2]
Artificial lighting must be installed to provide an illuminance of not less than 20 lux appropriate to the function or use of the building to enable safe movement by occupants.
F6P3Outdoor air supply
[2019: FP4.3]
A space in a building used by occupants must be provided with means of ventilation with outdoor air which will maintain adequate air quality.
F6P4Mechanical ventilation to control odours and contaminants
[2019: FP4.4]
A mechanical air-handling system installed in a building must control—
the circulation of objectionable odours; and
the accumulation of harmful contamination by micro-organisms, pathogens and toxins.
F6P5Disposal of contaminated air
[2019: FP4.5]
Contaminated air must be disposed of in a manner which does not unduly create a nuisance or hazard to people in the building or other property.
Verification Methods
F6V1Verification of suitable indoor air quality
[2019: FV4.1]
For a Class 2, 3, 5, 6, 9b or 9c building or Class 4 part of a building, compliance with F6P3 and F6P4(a) is verified when it is determined that the building under typical conditions in use is provided with sufficient ventilation with outdoor air such that contaminant levels do not exceed the limits specified in Table F6V1.
Table F6V1:
Maximum contaminant limits for acceptable indoor air quality
Pollutant
Averaging time
Maximum air quality value
Carbon dioxide, CO2
8 hours
850 ppm Note 1
Carbon monoxide, CO
15 minutes
90 ppm
Carbon monoxide, CO
30 minutes
50 ppm
Carbon monoxide, CO
1 hour
25 ppm
Carbon monoxide, CO
8 hours
10 ppm
Formaldehyde, CH2O
30 minutes
0.1 mg/m3
Nitrogen dioxide, NO2
1 year
40 μg/m3 (0.0197 ppm) Note 2
Nitrogen dioxide, NO2
1 hour
200 μg/m3 (0.0987 ppm)
Ozone, O3
8 hour, daily maximum
100 μg/m3 (0.0473 ppm)
Particulate matter, PM2.5
1 year
10 μg/m3
Particulate matter, PM2.5
24 hour (99th percentile)
25 μg/m3
Particulate matter, PM10
1 year
20 μg/m3
Particulate matter, PM10
24 hour (99th percentile)
50 μg/m3
Total volatile organic compounds
1 hour
500 μg/m3
Table Notes
Based on body odour metric (i.e. 450 ppm above ambient CO2 level of 400 ppm and demand control ventilation provisions in AS 1668.2).
Based on pressure of 101.325 kPa and temperature of 25°C (i.e. the conversion is mg/m3 = ppm (molecular weight/24.4)).
F6V2Verification of suitable indoor air quality for carparks
[2019: FV4.2]
For a Class 7a building, compliance with F6P3 and F6P4(a) is verified when it is determined that the building is provided with sufficient ventilation with outdoor air such that carbon monoxide exposure levels do not exceed the limits specified in Table F6V2.
Table F6V2:
Maximum carbon monoxide exposure for carparks
Concentration (ppm)
Total exposure duration per day
100
Not to be exceeded
90
15 minutes
60
1 hour
30
8 hours
Table Notes
Various government work health and safety regulations specify workplace exposure limits for airborne contaminants in the workplace.
F6V3Verification of suitable provision of natural light
[2019: FV4.3]
Compliance with F6P1 is verified for the provision of natural light when the average daylight factor for each window is determined in accordance with the formula: , where—
= the net area of the light transmitting window (m2); and
= the total area of the internal wall, floor and ceiling surfaces (m2); and
= the diffuse light transmittance of the window; and
= visible sky angle in degrees, measured in a vertical plane normal to and from the centre of the window; and
= the area-weighted average reflectance of area .
Applications:
F6V3 only applies to—
habitable rooms of Class 2 buildings and Class 4 parts of buildings; and
bedrooms and dormitories of Class 3 buildings; and
rooms used for sleeping purposes in Class 9a and 9c buildings; and
general purpose classrooms in primary and secondary school and playrooms or the like for the use of children in an early childhood centre in Class 9b buildings.
A Class 2 building and a Class 4 parts of a building — to all habitable rooms.
A Class 3 building — to all bedrooms and dormitories.
Class 9a and 9c buildings — to all rooms used for sleeping purposes.
A Class 9b building — to all general purpose classrooms in primary or secondary schools and all playrooms or the like for the use of children in an early childhood centre.
have an aggregate light transmitting area measured exclusive of framing members, glazing bars or other obstructions of not less than 10% of the floor area of the room; and
are open to the sky or face a court or other space open to the sky or an open verandah, carport or the like; or
have an aggregate light transmitting area measured exclusive of framing members, glazing bars or other obstructions of not less than 3% of the floor area of the room; and
Natural light to a room in a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building or in a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 3 building, may come through one or more glazed panels or openings from an adjoining room (including an enclosed verandah) if—
both rooms are within the same sole-occupancy unit or the enclosed verandah is on common property; and
the glazed panels or openings have an aggregate light transmitting area of not less than 10% of the floor area of the room to which it provides light; and
The areas specified in (1)(b) and (c) may be reduced as appropriate if direct natural light is provided from another source.
F6D5Artificial lighting
[2019: F4.4]
(1)
Artificial lighting must be provided—
in required stairways, passageways, and ramps; and
if natural light of a standard equivalent to that required by F6D3 is not available, and the periods of occupation or use of the room or space will create undue hazard to occupants seeking egress in an emergency, in—
a Class 4 part of a building — to sanitary compartments, bathrooms, shower rooms, airlocks and laundries; and
a Class 2 building — to sanitary compartments, bathrooms, shower rooms, airlocks, laundries, common stairways and other spaces used in common by the occupants of the building; and
Class 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 buildings — to all rooms that are frequently occupied, all spaces required to be accessible, all corridors, lobbies, internal stairways, other circulation spaces and paths of egress.
(2)
The artificial lighting system must comply with AS/NZS 1680.0 .
(3)
The system may provide a lesser level of illumination to the following spaces during times when the level of lighting would be inappropriate for the use:
A theatre, cinema or the like, when performances are in progress, with the exception of aisle lighting required by Part I1.
A museum, gallery or the like, where sensitive displays require low lighting levels.
A discotheque, nightclub or the like, where to create an ambience and character for the space, low lighting levels are used.
A habitable room, office, shop, factory, workroom, sanitary compartment, bathroom, shower room, laundry and any other room occupied by a person for any purpose must have—
Natural ventilation to a room may come through a window, opening, door or other device from an adjoining room (including an enclosed verandah) if both rooms are within the same sole-occupancy unit or the enclosed verandah is common property, and—
in a Class 2 building, a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 3 building or Class 4 part of a building—
the window, opening, door or other device has a ventilating area of not less than 5% of the floor area of the room to be ventilated; and
the adjoining room has a window, opening, door or other device with a ventilating area of not less than 5% of the combined floor areas of both rooms; and
the window, opening, door or other device has a ventilating area of not less than 10% of the floor area of the room to be ventilated, measured not more than 3.6 m above the floor; and
the adjoining room has a window, opening, door or other device with a ventilating area of not less than 10% of the combined floor areas of both rooms; and
the ventilating areas specified in (a) and (b) may be reduced as appropriate if direct natural ventilation is provided from another source.
F6D9Restriction on location of sanitary compartments
access must be by an airlock, hallway or other room with a floor area of not less than 1.1 m2 and fitted with self-closing doors at all access doorways; or
the sanitary compartment must be provided with mechanical exhaust ventilation and the doorway to the room adequately screened from view.
This Part is intended to reduce the likelihood of illness or loss of amenity as result of undue noise transmission between different parts of a building or adjoining buildings. This Part contains minimum requirements for sound insulation for walls, floors and penetrations through walls and floors for services such as pipework.
Objectives
F7O1Objective
[FO5]
The Objective of this Part is to safeguard occupants from illness or loss of amenity as a result of undue sound being transmitted—
is to be constructed to prevent undue sound transmission.
Applications:
F7F1 only applies to a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 9c building.
Performance Requirements
F7P1Sound transmission through floors
[2019: FP5.1]
A floor separating sole-occupancy units or a sole-occupancy unit from a plant room, lift shaft, stairway, public corridor, public lobby, or the like, or parts of a different classification, must minimise the transmission of airborne and impact generated sound such that the separating floor, including the effect of services and their penetrations, has—
a weighted standardised level difference with spectrum adaptation term (DnT,w + Ctr) not less than 45 for airborne sound; and
a weighted standardised impact sound pressure level (LnT,w) not more than 62 for impact generated sound.
Applications:
F7P1 only applies to a Class 2 or 3 building.
F7P2Sound transmission through walls
[2019: FP5.2]
A wall, including services and their penetrations, must minimise the transmission of sound such that—
for airborne sound—
a wall separating sole-occupancy units has a weighted standardised level difference with spectrum adaptation term (DnT,w + Ctr) not less than 45; and
a wall separating a sole-occupancy unit from a plant room, lift shaft, stairway, public corridor, public lobby, or the like, or parts of a different classification, has a weighted standardised level difference (DnT,w) not less than 45; and
any door assembly located in a wall that separates a sole-occupancy unit from a stairway, public corridor, public lobby, or the like, has a weighted standardised level difference (DnT,w) not less than 25; and
for impact generated sound, a wall must have sufficient sound insulation to prevent illness or loss of amenity to the occupants if the wall separates—
F7P3Sound transmission through floors in a residential care building
[2019: FP5.4]
A floor separating sole-occupancy units must minimise the transmission of airborne and impact generated sound such that the separating floor, including the effect of services and their penetrations, has—
a weighted standardised level difference with spectrum adaptation term (DnT,w + Ctr) not less than 40 for airborne sound; and
a weighted standardised impact sound pressure level (LnT,w) not more than 62 for impact generated sound.
Applications:
F7P3 only applies to a Class 9c building.
F7P4Sound transmission through walls in a residential care building
[2019: FP5.5]
(1)
A wall separating sole-occupancy units, or a sole-occupancy unit from a kitchen, bathroom, sanitary compartment (not being an associated ensuite), laundry, plant room or utilities room, including the effect of services and their penetrations, must minimise the transmission of—
airborne sound such that the wall has a weighted standardised level difference (DnT,w) not less than 40; and
impact generated sound, if the wall separates a sole-occupancy unit from a kitchen or laundry.
(2)
Sound insulation required by (1) must be sufficient to prevent illness or loss of amenity to the occupants.
Applications:
F7P4 only applies to a Class 9c building.
Verification Methods
F7V1Sound transmission through floors [F7P1]
[2019: FV5.1]
Compliance with F7P1 to avoid the transmission of airborne and impact generated sound through floors is verified when it is measured in-situ that the separating floor has—
airborne: a weighted standardised level difference with spectrum adaptation term (DnT,w + Ctr) not less than 45 when determined under AS/NZS ISO 717.1; and
impact: a weighted standardised impact sound pressure level (LnT,w) not more than 62 when determined under AS ISO 717.2.
F7V2Sound transmission through walls [F7P2(a)]
[2019: FV5.2]
Compliance with F7P2(a) to avoid the transmission of airborne sound through walls is verified when it is measured in-situ that—
a wall separating sole-occupancy units has a weighted standardised level difference with spectrum adaptation term (DnT,w + Ctr) not less than 45 when determined under AS/NZS ISO 717.1; or
a wall separating a sole-occupancy unit from a plant room, lift shaft, stairway, public corridor, public lobby, or the like, or parts of a different classification, has a weighted standardised level difference (DnT,w) not less than 45 when determined under AS/NZS ISO 717.1; or
any door assembly located in a wall that separates a sole-occupancy unit from a stairway, public corridor, public lobby, or the like, has a weighted standardised level difference (DnT,w) not less than 25 when determined under AS/NZS ISO 717.1.
F7V3Sound transmission through floors [F7P3]
[2019: FV5.3]
Compliance with F7P3 to avoid the transmission of airborne and impact generated sound through floors is verified when it is measured in-situ that the separating floor has—
airborne: a weighted standardised level difference (DnT,w) not less than 40 when determined under AS/NZS ISO 717.1; and
impact: a weighted standardised impact sound pressure level (LnT,w) not more than 62 when determined under AS ISO 717.2.
F7V4Sound transmission through walls [F7P4(1)(a) and (2)]
[2019: FV5.4]
Compliance with F7P4(1)(a) and (2) to avoid the transmission of airborne sound through walls is verified when it is measured in-situ that—
a wall separating sole-occupancy units has a weighted standardised level difference (DnT,w) not less than 40 when determined under AS/NZS ISO 717.1; or
a wall separating a sole-occupancy unit from a kitchen, bathroom, sanitary compartment (not being an associated ensuite), laundry, plant room or utilities room has a weighted standardised level difference (DnT,w) not less than 40 when determined under AS/NZS ISO 717.1.
F7D3Determination of airborne sound insulation ratings
[2019: F5.2]
A form of construction required to have an airborne sound insulation rating must—
have the required value for weighted sound reduction index (Rw) or weighted sound reduction index with spectrum adaptation term (Rw + Ctr) determined in accordance with AS/NZS ISO 717.1 using results from laboratory measurements; or
F7D4Determination of impact sound insulation ratings
[2019: F5.3]
(1)
A floor in a building required to have an impact sound insulation rating must—
have the required value for weighted normalised impact sound pressure level (Ln,w) determined in accordance with AS ISO 717.2 using results from laboratory measurements; or
A wall in a building required to have an impact sound insulation rating must—
for a Class 2 or 3 building be of discontinuous construction and
for a Class 9c building, must—
for other than masonry, be two or more separate leaves without rigid mechanical connection except at the periphery; or
be identical with a prototype that is no less resistant to the transmission of impact sound when tested in accordance with Specification 29 than a wall listed in S28C4 to S28C7.
(3)
For the purposes of this Part, discontinuous construction means a wall having a minimum 20 mm cavity between 2 separate leaves, and—
for masonry, where wall ties are required to connect leaves, the ties are of the resilient type; and
for other than masonry, there is no mechanical linkage between leaves except at the periphery.
F7D5Sound insulation rating of floors
[2019: F5.4]
(1)
A floor in a Class 2 or 3 building must have an Rw + Ctr (airborne) not less than 50 and an Ln,w (impact) not more than 62 if it separates—
A floor in a Class 9c building separating sole-occupancy units must have an Rw not less than 45.
F7D6Sound insulation rating of walls
[2019: F5.5]
(1)
A wall in a Class 2 or 3 building must—
have an Rw + Ctr (airborne) not less than 50, if it separates sole-occupancy units; and
have an Rw (airborne) not less than 50, if it separates a sole-occupancy unit from a plant room, lift shaft, stairway, public corridor, public lobby or the like, or parts of a different classification; and
A door may be incorporated in a wall in a Class 2 or 3 building that separates a sole-occupancy unit from a stairway, public corridor, public lobby or the like, provided the door assembly has an Rw not less than 30.
(3)
A wall in a Class 9c building must have an Rw not less than 45 if it separates—
In addition to (3), a wall separating a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 9c building from a kitchen or laundry must comply with F7D4(2).
(5)
Where a wall required to have sound insulation has a floor above, the wall must continue to—
the underside of the floor above; or
a ceiling that provides the sound insulation required for the wall.
(6)
Where a wall required to have sound insulation has a roof above, the wall must continue to—
the underside of the roof above; or
a ceiling that provides the sound insulation required for the wall.
F7D7Sound insulation rating of internal services
[2019: F5.6]
(1)
If a duct, soil, waste or water supply pipe, including a duct or pipe that is located in a wall or floor cavity, serves or passes through more than one sole-occupancy unit, the duct or pipe must be separated from the rooms of any sole-occupancy unit by construction with an Rw + Ctr (airborne) not less than—
40 if the adjacent room is a habitable room (other than a kitchen); or
25 if the adjacent room is a kitchen or non-habitable room.
(2)
If a stormwater pipe passes through a sole-occupancy unit, it must be separated in accordance with (1)(a) and (b).
F7D8Sound isolation of pumps
[2019: F5.7]
A flexible coupling must be used at the point of connection between the service pipes in a building and any circulating or other pump.
Part F8Condensation management
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to reduce the risk of illness or loss of amenity due to the occurrence of condensation inside a building. It does this by requiring features that enable moisture-laden air to be removed from inside the building and the building structure.
Note:
From1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Part F6 of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Part F8 of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Part F8 of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Objectives
F8O1Objective
[2019: FO6]
The Objective of this Part is to safeguard occupants from illness or loss of amenity as a result of excessive internal moisture.
Applications:
F8O1 only applies to a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building.
Functional Statements
F8F1Condensation
[2019: FF6.1]
A building is to be constructed to avoid the likelihood of excessive internal moisture accumulating within the building structure.
Applications:
F8F1 only applies to a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building.
Risks associated with water vapour and condensation must be managed to minimise their impact on the health of occupants.
Applications:
F8P1 only applies to a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building.
Verification Methods
F8V1Condensation management
[2019: FV6]
(1)
Compliance with Performance RequirementF8P1 is verified for a roof or external wall assembly when it is determined that a mould index of greater than 3, as defined by Section 6 of AIRAH DA07, does not occur on—
The intent of these requirements is to assist in the mitigation of condensation within a building. The implementation of a condensation management strategy may not prevent condensation from occurring.
Class 3 and 4 vapour control membranes (as defined by clause 5.3.4 of AS 4200.1) meet the vapour permeance requirements of F8D3(2)(a), while Class 4 vapour control membranes meet the vapour permeance requirements of F8D3(2)(b).
Open-cell insulation, such as mineral wool or fibreglass, typically has a high vapour permeance, while closed-cell insulation such as polystyrene typically has a low vapour permeance. Many foil-faced insulation products have a low vapour permeance.
F8D4Exhaust systems
[2019: F6.3]
(1)
An exhaust system installed in a kitchen, bathroom, sanitary compartment or laundry must have a minimum flow rate of—
Exhaust from a kitchen, kitchen range hood, bathroom, sanitary compartment or laundry must discharge directly or via a shaft or duct to outdoor air.
(3)
Where space for a clothes drying appliance is provided in accordance with F4D2(1)(b), space must also be provided for ducting from the clothes drying appliance to outdoor air.
(4)
(3) does not apply if a condensing-type clothes drying appliance is installed.
(5)
An exhaust system that is not run continuously and is serving a bathroom or sanitary compartment that is not ventilated in accordance with F6D7 must—
be interlocked with the room’s light switch; and
include a run-on timer so that the exhaust system continues to operate for 10 minutes after the light switch is turned off.
(6)
Except for rooms that are ventilated in accordance with F6D7, a room with space for ducting a clothes drying appliance to outdoor air in accordance with (3) must be provided with make-up air in accordance with AS 1668.2
Explanatory information:
A range hood installed in a kitchen must comply with F8D4(2).
Part F6 includes other ventilation requirements which must be met, including a requirement for make-up air to be provided to mechanically ventilated rooms in accordance with AS 1668.2.
F8D5Ventilation of roof spaces
[2019: F6.4]
(1)
In climate zones 6, 7 and 8, a roof must have a roof space that—
immediately above ceiling insulation which meets the requirements of J3D7(3) and J3D7(4); and
has a height of not less than 20 mm; and
is either—
ventilated to outdoor air through evenly distributed openings in accordance with Table F8D5; or
located immediately underneath roof tiles of an unsarked tiled roof.
(2)
The requirements of (1) do not apply to a—
concrete roof; or
roof that is made of structural insulated panels; or
roof that is subject to Bushfire Attack Level FZ requirements in accordance with AS 3959.
Table F8D5:
Roof space ventilation requirements
Roof pitch
Ventilation openings
<10°
25,000 mm2/m provided at each of two opposing ends
≥10° and <15°
25,000 mm2/m provided at the eaves and 5,000 mm2/m at high level
≥15° and <75°
7,000 mm2/m provided at the eaves and 5,000 mm2/m at high level, plus an additional 18,000 mm2/m at the eaves if the roof has a cathedral ceiling
Table Notes
Ventilation openings are specified as a minimum free open area per metre length of the longest horizontal dimension of the roof.
For the purposes of this table, high level openings are openings provided at the ridge or not more than 900 mm below the ridge or highest point of the roof space, measured vertically.
Specification 26Waterproofing and water-resistance requirements for building elements in wet areas
S26C1Scope
[2019: Table F1.7]
This Specification sets out requirements for building elements in wet areas that are required to be—
Wall junctions and joints must be water resistant within 150 mm above a vessel for the extent of the vessel.
Wall/floor junctions must be waterproof for the extent of the vessel.
(3)
For inserted baths and spas, the following applies:
For floors and horizontal surfaces:
Any shelf area adjoining the bath or spa must be waterproof and include a waterstop under the vessel lip.
There are no requirements for the floor under a bath or spa.
For walls:
Waterproof to not less than 150 mm above the lip of a bath or spa.
There are no requirements for walls beneath the lip of a bath or spa.
For wall junctions and joints:
Waterproof junctions within 150 mm of a bath or spa.
There are no requirements for junctions and joints in walls beneath the lip of a bath or spa.
Tap and spout penetrations must be waterproof where they occur in horizontal surfaces.
S26C6Other areas
[2019: Table F1.7]
(1)
For walls adjoining other types of vessels (e.g. sink, basin or laundry tub), the following applies:
Walls must be water resistant to a height of not less than 150 mm above the vessel, for the extent of the vessel, where the vessel is within 75 mm of a wall.
waterproof within a 1500 mm radius from the wall connection of the handheld bidet spray device to a height of not less than 150 mm above the floor substrate; and
water resistant within a 1500 mm radius from the wall connection of the handheld bidet spray device to a height of not less than 1200 mm above the finished floor level of the WC.
Waterproof wall junctions within the WC area within 1500 mm radius from the wall connection of the handheld bidet spray device.
Waterproof wall/floor junctions within the WC area within 1500 mm radius from the wall connection of the handheld bidet spray device.
Each side of the pan: 900 mm (measured from each edge of the pan).
In front of the pan: 2350 mm (measured from the wall behind the pan, and therefore includes the pan itself).
For a washbasin: the width of the basin (450 mm) increasing to a width of 1350 mm measured at a distance of 750 mm out from the wall against which the washbasin is mounted then continuing at that width for a further 800 mm (to a total of 1550 mm out from the wall).
For changing rails: the width of the rails increasing to a width of 1350 mm at a distance of 750 mm out from the wall to which the rails are fixed then continuing at that width for a further 800 mm (to a total of 1550 mm out from the wall).
All required circulation spaces must extend for a minimum height of 2000 mm above finished floor level.
Figure S27C2a:
Required circulation spaces — Turning space, each side of the pan and in front of the pan
Figure S27C2b:
Required circulation spaces — Turning space and circulation space for a washbasin
Figure S27C2c:
Required circulation spaces — Turning space and circulation space for changing rails
S27C3Hoist
[2019: Spec F2.9: 3]
The hoist must—
provide a constant charge in-line room coverage hoist system (also known as an “XY” system or gantry) including 2 parallel fixed rails and a moving traverse rail; and
provide coverage over the entire room; and
have a maximum safe working load of not less than 180 kg; and
be capable of sustaining a static load of not less than 1.5 times the rated load; and
have a minimum lifting height of 2100 mm.
S27C4Toilet pan, seat, backrest and grabrails
[2019: Spec F2.9: 4]
(1)
The toilet pan must be of the centrally located ("peninsula-type") design.
(2)
The toilet pan must be installed so that—
the front edge of the pan is 800 mm (±10 mm) from the rear wall; and
the top of the seat is between 460 mm and 480 mm above finished floor level; and
there is a minimum clearance of 900 mm, measured horizontally, between each side of the pan and any adjacent wall or privacy screen.
(3)
The toilet seat must—
be of the full-round type (not open-fronted) with minimal contours to the top surface; and
be securely fixed in position when in use; and
have seat fixings that provide lateral stability to the seat when the seat is in use; and
be load-rated to 150 kg; and
have a minimum luminance contrast of 30% against the pan, wall or floor; and
remain in the fully upright position when raised.
(4)
A hand-operated flushing control must—
be located on the centreline of the toilet, at a height above finished floor level of—
not less than 600 mm; and
not more than 1100 mm; and
not be located within the area required for any grabrails or backrest; and
have the button mounted so that it is proud of the wall surface, and activates the flushing operation before the button becomes level with the surrounding surface.
(5)
An automatically activated flushing system need not comply with the requirements of (4).
(6)
The backrest must—
be capable of withstanding a force, in any direction, of not less than 1100 N; and
have a minimum height, between the lower edge of the backrest and the top of the seat, of between 120 mm and 150 mm; and
have a vertical height, between the upper and lower edges of the backrest, of between 150 mm and 200 mm; and
have a width of between 350 mm and 400 mm; and
be positioned such that the face of the backrest achieves an angle of between 95° and 100° back from the seat, when the seat is in use.
(7)
Grabrails must be installed adjacent to each side of the pan and must be—
of the drop-down type; and
located such that—
the top of each rail is between 800 mm and 810 mm above finished floor level; and
the rails are between 750 mm and 770 mm apart, measured centre-to-centre, and equidistant to the centreline of the pan; and
at least 850 mm long; and
with a diameter of between 30 mm and 40 mm; and
securely fixed to withstand a force, in any direction, of not less than 1100 N; and
provided with a toilet paper dispenser on one side; and
capable of being lifted up or swung away when not in use, so as to allow unimpeded access to the toilet pan.
S27C5Washbasin and tap
[2019: Spec F2.9: 5]
(1)
The washbasin must be installed so that the rim of the basin is between 800 mm and 830 mm above finished floor level.
(2)
Exposed heated water supply pipes must be insulated or located so as not to pose a hazard.
(3)
Water supply or sanitary drainage pipes must not encroach on the space under the basin.
(4)
The washbasin must have an integrated shelf not less than 300 mm long.
(5)
Water taps must have a single lever flick-mixer handle or a sensor plate or the like.
(6)
Where lever handles are provided, they must be installed with a clear space of not less than 50 mm between the tap and any adjacent surface.
(7)
Heated water must be provided and temperature controlled in accordance with Part B2 of NCC Volume Three.
S27C6Fixtures and fittings
[2019: Spec F2.9: 6]
(1)
A vertical mirror must be provided at the washbasin, with a reflective surface that—
is not less than 600 mm wide; and
has its bottom edge not more than 900 mm above finished floor level; and
has its top edge not less than 1850 mm above finished floor level.
(2)
If a second vertical mirror is provided in the facility, it must have a reflective surface that—
is not less than 600 mm wide; and
has its bottom edge not less than 600 mm above finished floor level; and
has its top edge not less than 1850 mm above finished floor level.
(3)
Towel dispensers, hand dryers, soap dispensers and the like must be operable using one hand, and must be installed with their output or operative components—
between 900 mm and 1100 mm above finished floor level; and
not less than 500 mm from any internal corner.
(4)
A soap dispenser must be installed above the integrated shelf required by S27C5(4).
(5)
A clothing hook must be installed so that it is located—
at a height of between 1200 mm and 1350 mm above finished floor level; and
adjacent to the washbasin; and
not less than 500 mm from any internal corner.
(6)
A sling hook with a minimum projection of 50 mm from the wall must be installed beside the change table at a height of 1500 mm above finished floor level.
(7)
Disposal bins must be provided as follows:
A sanitary disposal bin in the corner adjacent to the toilet pan.
An incontinence pad disposal bin in the corner adjacent to the change table.
Explanatory information:
The purpose of the sling hook is to store the sling when it is not in use.
S27C7Change table
[2019: Spec F2.9: 7]
(1)
The change table must be—
permanently installed, with one of the long edges up against a wall and with a retractable safety rail on the opposite side; and
motorised for the purposes of height adjustment; and
height adjustable between 450 mm and 900 mm above finished floor level; and
not less than 700 mm wide; and
not less than 1800 mm long.
(2)
The change table must have a maximum safe working load of not less than 180 kg, including when raising or lowering the table.
(3)
The change table must not encroach on any required circulation space.
(4)
A dispenser for sanitary wipes must be provided.
(5)
A shelf not less than 400 mm long and 150 mm wide must be provided.
S27C8Changing rails
[2019: Spec F2.9: 8]
Changing rails must be installed as two horizontal and parallel rails fixed to a wall, not less than 800 mm long, each with a diameter between 30 mm and 40 mm, and—
the lower rail must be installed between 800 mm and 810 mm above finished floor level; and
the upper rail must be installed between 1000 mm and 1010 mm above finished floor level; and
the rails must be able to withstand a force of not less than 1100 N in any direction.
S27C9Door and door controls
[2019: Spec F2.9: 9]
The entrance door and associated door controls must be automated and must comply with the following:
The threshold must incorporate a smooth transition without a step or lip.
The minimum clear opening width must be—
1100 mm in locations where beach wheelchairs are likely to be used; or
The symbol required by (1)(a) must have a blue (B21, ultramarine) background with the hoist and table elements shown in white.
(3)
Signage must be braille and tactile signage complying with Specification 16.
Figure S27C10:
Accessible adult change facility symbol
S27C11Operating instructions
[2019: Spec F2.9: 11]
Signage provided within the facility must include the following information for the hoist and change table:
Operating instructions.
Safe working load limits.
Specification 28Sound insulation for building elements
S28C1Scope
[2019: Spec F5.2: 1(a)]
This Specification lists the weighted sound reduction index RW for some common forms of construction.
S28C2Discontinuous construction
[2019: Spec F5.2: 1(b)]
Wall systems listed in S28C4 to S28C7 having a minimum 20 mm cavity between 2 separate leaves are deemed to be discontinuous construction if—
for masonry, where wall ties are required to connect leaves, the ties are of the resilient type; and
for other than masonry, there is no mechanical linkage between leaves except at the periphery.
S28C3Construction Deemed-to-Satisfy
[2019: Spec F5.2: 2]
(1)
The forms of wall construction described in S28C4 to S28C7 and floor construction described in S28C8 to S28C10, are considered to have the Rw, Rw + Ctr and Ln,w stated in those clauses.
(2)
The forms of construction referred to in (1) must be installed as follows:
Masonry units must be laid with all joints filled solid, including those between the masonry and any adjoining construction.
Joints between concrete slabs or panels and any adjoining construction must be filled solid.
For sheeting materials—
if one layer is required on both sides of a wall, it must be fastened to the studs with joints staggered on opposite sides; and
if two layers are required, the second layer must be fastened over the first layer so that the joints do not coincide with those of the first layer; and
joints between sheets or between sheets and any adjoining construction must be taped and filled solid.
Timber or steel-framed construction — perimeter framing members must be securely fixed to the adjoining structure and—
bedded in resilient compound; or
the joints must be caulked so that there are no voids between the framing members and the adjoining structure.
Services must not be chased into concrete or masonry elements.
A door or panel required to have a certain Rw + Ctr that provides access to a duct, pipe or other service must—
not open into any habitable room (other than a kitchen); and
be firmly fixed so as to overlap the frame or rebate of the frame by not less than 10 mm, be fitted with a sealing gasket along all edges and be constructed of—
wood, particleboard or blockboard not less than 33 mm thick; or
compressed fibre-reinforced cement sheeting not less than 9 mm thick; or
other suitable material with a mass per unit area not less than 24.4 kg/m2.
A water supply pipe must—
only be installed in the cavity of discontinuous construction; and
in the case of a pipe that serves only one sole-occupancy unit, not be fixed to the wall leaf on the side adjoining any other sole-occupancy unit and have a clearance not less than 10 mm to the other wall leaf.
Electrical outlets must be offset from each other—
in masonry walling, not less than 100 mm; and
in timber or steel-framed walling, not less than 300 mm.
S28C4Acceptable forms of construction for walls — masonry
[2019: Spec F5.2: Table 2]
(1)
Acceptable forms of construction for masonry walls are set out in (2) to (9).
(2)
Two leaves of 110 mm clay brick masonry with—
a cavity of not less than 50 mm between leaves; and
50 mm thick glass wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3 or 50 mm thick polyester insulation with a density of 20 kg/m3 in the cavity,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C4a.
(3)
Two leaves of 110 mm clay brick masonry with—
a cavity of not less than 50 mm between leaves; and
13 mm cement render on each outside face,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, when constructed as shown in Figure S28C4b.
(4)
A single leaf of 110 mm clay brick masonry with—
a row of 70 mm x 35 mm timber studs or 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 20 mm from the masonry wall; and
50 mm thick glass or mineral wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3 positioned between studs; and
one layer of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to outside face of studs and outside face of masonry,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C4c.
(5)
A single leaf of 90 mm clay brick masonry with—
a row of 70 mm x 35 mm timber studs or 64 mm steels studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 20 mm from each face of the masonry wall; and
50 mm thick mineral insulation or glass wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3 positioned between studs in each row; and
one layer of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to studs on each outside face,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C4d.
(6)
A single leaf of 150 mm brick masonry with 13 mm cement render on each face has an Rw of not less than 50 if constructed as shown in Figure S28C4e.
(7)
A single leaf of 220 mm brick masonry with 13 mm cement render on each face has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C4f.
(8)
110 mm thick brick masonry with 13 mm cement render on each face has an Rw of not less than 45 if constructed as shown in Figure S28C4g.
(9)
110 mm thick concrete brickwork has an Rw of not less than 45 if constructed as shown in Figure S28C4h.
Figure S28C4a:
Two leaves of 110 mm clay brick masonry (method 1)
Figure S28C4b:
Two leaves of 110 mm clay brick masonry (method 2)
Figure S28C4c:
Single leaf of 110 mm clay brick masonry
Figure S28C4d:
Single leaf of 90 mm clay brick masonry
Figure S28C4e:
Single leaf of 150 mm brick masonry with 13 mm cement render on each face
Figure S28C4f:
Single leaf of 220 mm brick masonry with 13 mm cement render on each face
Figure S28C4g:
110 mm thick brick masonry with 13 mm cement render on each face
Figure S28C4h:
110 mm thick concrete brickwork
S28C5Acceptable forms of construction for walls — concrete
[2019: Spec F5.2: Table 2]
(1)
Acceptable forms of construction for concrete walls are set out in (3) to (12).
(2)
For the purposes of this clause, the term ‘concrete panel’ is a reference to a solid in-situ concrete panel or solid pre-cast concrete panel.
(3)
A 150 mm thick concrete panel has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C5a.
(4)
A 150 mm thick concrete panel with one layer of 10 mm plasterboard fixed to 28 mm metal furring channels on each face, has an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C5b.
(5)
A 200 mm thick concrete panel with one layer of 13 mm plasterboard or 13 mm cement render on each face has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C5c.
(6)
A 100 mm thick concrete panel with—
a row of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 25 mm from the concrete panel; and
80 mm thick polyester insulation or 50 mm thick glass wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3, positioned between studs; and
two layers of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to outside face of studs and one layer of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to outside face of concrete panel,
has an with an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure S28C5d.
(7)
A 125 mm thick concrete panel with—
a row of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 20 mm from the concrete panel; and
70 mm polyester insulation with a density of 9 kg/m3, positioned between studs; and
one layer of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to the outside face of the studs,
has an with an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed in accordance with Figure S28C5e.
(8)
A 125 mm thick concrete panel has an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C5f.
(9)
A 100 mm concrete panel with 13 mm cement render or one layer of 13 mm plasterboard on each face has an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C5g.
(10)
A 190 mm thick concrete blockwork has an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C5h.
(11)
A 140 mm thick concrete blockwork, the face shell thickness of the blocks being not less than 44 mm and with—
50 mm x 50 mm timber battens spaced at not more than 610 mm centres screw-fixed on one face of the blocks into resilient plugs with rubber inserts between battens and the wall; and
the face of the battens clad with 13 mm plasterboard,
has an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C5i.
(12)
A concrete panel, 100 mm thick, has an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C5j.
Figure S28C5a:
150 mm thick concrete panel
Figure S28C5b:
150 mm thick concrete panel with one layer of 10 mm plasterboard fixed to 28 mm metal furring channels on each face
Figure S28C5c:
200 mm thick concrete panel with one layer of 13 mm plasterboard or 13 mm cement render on each face
Figure S28C5d:
100 mm thick concrete panel with studs, insulation and plasterboard
Figure S28C5e:
125 mm thick concrete panel with studs, insulation and plasterboard
Figure S28C5f:
125 mm thick concrete panel
Figure S28C5g:
100 mm concrete panel with 13 mm cement render or one layer of 13 mm plasterboard on each face
Figure S28C5h:
190 mm thick concrete blockwork
Figure S28C5i:
140 mm thick concrete blockwork with timber battens and 13 mm plasterboard
Figure S28C5j:
100 mm thick concrete panel
S28C6Acceptable forms of construction for walls — autoclaved aerated concrete
[2019: Spec F5.2: Table 2]
(1)
Acceptable forms of construction for autoclaved aerated concrete walls are set out in (2) to (5).
(2)
A 75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel with—
a row of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 20 mm from the autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel; and
75 mm thick glass wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3 positioned between studs; and
one layer of 10 mm moisture resistant plasterboard or 13 mm fire protective grade plasterboard fixed to outside face of studs and outside face of autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C6a.
(3)
A 75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel with—
a row of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres, spaced 35 mm from the autoclaved aerated concrete panel wall; and
28 mm metal furring channels fixed to the outside face of the autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel, with 50 mm thick polyester insulation with a density of 9 kg/m3 positioned between furring channels and one layer of 13 mm fire protective grade plasterboard fixed to furring channels; and
105 mm thick glass wool insulation with a density of 7 kg/m3 positioned between studs; and
one layer of 13 mm fire protective grade plasterboard fixed to the outside face of the studs,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C6b.
(4)
Two leaves of 75 mm autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel with—
a cavity not less than 30 mm between panels containing 50 mm glass wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3; and
one layer of 10 mm plasterboard fixed to outside face of each panel,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C6c.
(5)
A 75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel with—
one layer of 10 mm moisture resistant plasterboard on one face; and
28 mm metal furring channels and resilient mounts, 75 mm polyester insulation with a density of 9 kg/m3 and 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to the other face,
has an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C6d.
Figure S28C6a:
75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel (method 1)
Figure S28C6b:
75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel (method 2)
Figure S28C6c:
Two leaves of 75 mm autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel
Figure S28C6d:
75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete wall panel (method 3)
S28C7Acceptable forms of construction for walls — timber and steel framing
[2019: Spec F5.2: Table 2]
(1)
Acceptable forms of construction for timber and steel framing wall are set out in (2) to (11).
(2)
Two rows of 70 x 35 mm timber studs at 450 mm centres with—
an air gap not less than 20 mm between the rows of studs; and
75 mm thick glass or mineral wool insulation with a density of 8 kg/m³ or 60 mm thick polyester insulation with a density of 11 kg/m³ positioned between one row of studs; and
two layers of 13 mm fire protective grade plasterboard or one layer of 6 mm fibre-cement sheet and one layer of 13 mm fire protective grade plasterboard, fixed to outside face of studs,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7a.
(3)
One row of 70 mm x 35 mm staggered timber studs, without noggings between adjacent studs, at not less than 450 mm centres, fixed to 90 mm x 35 mm wall plates with—
75 mm thick glass or mineral wool insulation with a minimum density of 8 kg/m³ positioned between studs; and
two layers of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to outside face of studs,
has an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7b.
(4)
One row of 70 mm x 35 mm timber studs at not less than 600 mm centres with—
75 mm thick glass or mineral wool insulation with a minimum density of 8 kg/m³ positioned between studs; and
two layers of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to outside face of studs,
has an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7c.
(5)
One row of 70 mm x 35 mm timber studs at not less than 450 mm centres with—
28 mm furring channels installed horizontally on one side; and
two layers of 13 mm fire-protective plasterboard fixed on each face,
has an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7d.
(6)
Two rows of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres with—
an air gap not less than 20 mm between the rows of studs; and
50 mm thick glass wool insulation or 60 mm thick polyester insulation with a density of 11 kg/m³ positioned between one row of studs; and
two layers of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard or one layer of 6 mm fibre-cement sheet and one layer of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard, fixed to outside face of studs,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7e.
(7)
Two rows of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres with—
an air gap not less than 80 mm between the rows of studs; and
200 mm thick polyester insulation with a density of 14 kg/m3 positioned between studs; and
one layer of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard and one layer 13 mm plasterboard on one outside face and one layer of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard on the other outside face,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7f.
(8)
One row of 92 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres with—
50 mm thick glass wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3 or 60 mm thick polyester insulation with a density of 8 kg/m3, positioned between studs; and
(b) two layers of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard or one layer of 6 mm fibre-cement sheet and one layer of 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard, fixed to each face,
has an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7g.
(9)
One row of 64 mm steel studs with 2 layers of 16 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to each face has an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7h.
(10)
One row of 64 mm steel studs with—
one layer of 16 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to one face; and
50 mm thick glass or mineral wool insulation with a density of 11 kg/m3 positioned between the studs; and
two layers of fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to the other face, the inner layer being 16 mm thick and the outer layer being 13 mm,
has an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7i.
(11)
One row of 64 mm steel studs with two layers of 13 mm plasterboard on each face has an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C7j.
Figure S28C7a:
Two rows of 70 mm x 35 mm timber studs
Figure S28C7b:
One row of 70 mm x 35 mm staggered timber studs without noggings between adjacent studs
Figure S28C7c:
One row of 70 mm x 35 mm timber studs at not less than 600 mm centres
Figure S28C7d:
One row of 70 mm x 35 mm timber studs at not less than 450 mm centres
Figure S28C7e:
Two rows of 64 mm steel studs at 600 mm centres
Figure S28C7f:
Two rows of 64 mm steel studs
Figure S28C7g:
One row of 92 mm steel studs
Figure S28C7h:
One row of 64 mm steel studs with 2 layers of 16 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard
Figure S28C7i:
One row of 64 mm steel studs
Figure S28C7j:
One row of 64 mm steel studs with two layers of 13 mm plasterboard on each face
S28C8Acceptable forms of construction for floors — concrete
[2019: Spec F5.2: Table 3]
(1)
Acceptable forms of construction for concrete floors are set out in (2) to (4).
(2)
150 mm thick concrete slab with—
28 mm metal furring channels and isolation mounts fixed to underside of slab, at 600 mm centres; and
65 mm thick polyester insulation with a density of 8 kg/m3, positioned between furring channels; and
one layer of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to furring channels,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, an Ln,w of not more than 62 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C8a.
(3)
200 mm thick concrete slab with carpet on underlay has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, an Ln,wof not more than 62 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C8b.
(4)
100 mm thick concrete slab has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 45 and an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C8c.
Figure S28C8a:
150 mm thick concrete slab
Figure S28C8b:
200 mm thick concrete slab with carpet on underlay
Figure S28C8c:
100 mm thick concrete slab
S28C9Acceptable forms of construction for floors — autoclaved aerated concrete
[2019: Spec F5.2: Table 3]
(1)
An acceptable form of construction for autoclaved aerated concrete floors is set out in (2).
(2)
75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete floor panel with—
8 mm ceramic tiles with flexible adhesive and waterproofmembrane, located above the slab; and
timber joists at 600 mm centres; and
R1.5 glass wool insulation positioned between timber joists; and
28 mm metal furring channels and resilient mounts fixed to underside of joists; and
two layers of 13 mm plasterboard fixed to furring channels,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, an Ln,w of not more than 62 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C9.
Figure S28C9:
75 mm thick autoclaved aerated concrete floor panel
S28C10Acceptable forms of construction for floors — timber
[2019: Spec F5.2: Table 3]
(1)
Acceptable forms of construction for timber floors are set out in (2) to (4).
(2)
19 mm thick particleboard floor sheeting with—
190 mm x 45 mm timber joists at 450 mm centres; and
R2.5 glass or mineral wool insulation positioned between timber joists; and
28 mm metal furring channels and isolation mounts fixed to underside of joists, isolation mounts to be of natural rubber with a dynamic factor of not more than 1.1 and static deflection of not less than 3 mm at actual operating load; and
two layers of 16 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard fixed to furring channels,
has an Rw + Ctr of not less than 50, an Ln,wof not more than 62 and an Rw of not less than 50, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C10a.
(3)
Timber flooring with minimum 8.5 kg/m² mass, over 19 mm thick particleboard floor sheeting with—
190 mm x 45 mm timber joists at not less than 450 mm centres; and
R2.5 glass or mineral wool insulation positioned between timber joists; and
28 mm metal furring channels fixed to underside of joists at 600 mm centres by clip or mount; and
one layer of 13 mm acoustic grade plasterboard fixed to furring channels,
has an Rw + C of not less than 45 and an Rw of not less than 45, if constructed as shown in Figure S28C10b.
Figure S28C10a:
19 mm thick particleboard floor sheeting
Figure S28C10b:
Timber flooring with minimum 8.5kg/m² mass, over 19 mm thick particleboard floor sheeting
Specification 29Impact sound – test of equivalence
S29C1Scope
[2019: Spec F5.5: 1]
This Specification describes a method of test to determine the comparative resistance of walls to the transmission of impact sound.
S29C2Construction to be tested
[2019: Spec F5.5: 2]
(1)
The test is conducted on a specimen of prototype wall construction and on a specimen of one or other of the constructions specified in S28C4 to S28C7.
(2)
The testing of a construction specified in S28C4 to S28C7 need not be repeated for subsequent comparisons provided complete records of the results, the test equipment and the technique of testing are kept so that identical equipment can be employed and an identical technique can be adopted in the testing of specimens of prototype wall construction.
S29C3Method
[2019: Spec F5.5: 3]
(1)
The wall constructions to be compared must be tested in accordance with AS 1191 .
(2)
A horizontal steel platform 510 mm x 460 mm x 10 mm thick must be placed with one long edge in continuous and direct contact with the wall to be tested on the side of the wall on which the impact sound is to be generated.
(3)
A tapping machine complying with ISO 140/6 — 1998 (E) must be mounted centrally on the steel platform.
(4)
The sound transmission through the wall must be determined in accordance with AS 1191 except that the tapping machine as mounted on the steel platform must be used as the source of sound.
(5)
The impact sound pressure levels measured in the receiving room must be converted into normalised levels using a reference equivalent absorption area of 10 m2.
This Part is intended to reduce the likelihood of illness or injury due to the design or construction of certain minor structures and components including swimming pool fencing, drainage and recirculation systems, cool rooms and vaults, and outdoor play spaces in early childhood centres.
Objectives
G1O1Objective
[2019: GO1]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard people from illness caused by the discharge of swimming pool waste water; and
safeguard young children from drowning or injury in a swimming pool; and
safeguard people from drowning or injury due to suction by a swimming pool water recirculation system; and
safeguard occupants from illness or injury resulting from being accidentally locked inside spaces which are designed to be entered for short periods of time only and in which occupation for longer periods may be hazardous; and
safeguard young children in outdoor play spaces.
Applications:
G1O1(d) only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm.
means of restricting access by young children to it; and
means to reduce the possibility of a person being entrapped or injured due to suction by a water recirculation system.
Applications:
G1F2(b) only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm.
G1F3Accidental locking in small spaces
[2019: GF1.3]
Any refrigerated or cooling chamber, strong-room and vault or the like that is capable of accommodating a person is to have safety measures to facilitate escape and for alerting people outside such a space in the event of an emergency.
G1F4Early childhood centres
[2019: GF1.4]
An outdoor play space is to be provided with a means of restricting the passage of children to outside of the play space.
G1P2Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
[2019: GP1.2]
(1)
A barrier must be provided to a swimming pool and must—
be continuous for the full extent of the hazard; and
be of a strength and rigidity to withstand the foreseeable impact of people; and
restrict the access of young children to the pool and the immediate pool surrounds; and
have any gates and doors fitted with latching devices not readily operated by young children, and constructed to automatically close and latch.
(2)
A swimming pool water recirculation system must incorporate safety measures to avoid entrapment of, or injury to, a person.
Applications:
G1P2(2) only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm.
G1P3Cool rooms
[2019: GP1.3]
Any refrigerated or cooling chamber, or the like which is of sufficient size for a person to enter must—
have adequate means of communicating with or alerting other occupants in the building in the case of an emergency; and
have a door which is—
of adequate dimensions to allow occupants to readily escape; and
openable from inside without a key at all times.
G1P4Vaults
[2019: GP1.4]
Any strong-room, vault or the like which is of sufficient size for a person to enter must—
have adequate means of communicating with or alerting other occupants in the building in the case of an emergency; and
have internal lighting controllable only from within the room; and
have an external indicator that the room is occupied.
G1P5Outdoor play spaces in early childhood centres
[2019: GP1.5]
Fencing or other barriers must be provided around any outdoor play space, in which the design and height of the fencing or other barriers, including the—
design of gates and fittings; and
proximity of the barriers to any permanent structure on the property,
must ensure that children cannot go through, over or under the fencing or other barriers.
A swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm and which is associated with a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building, must have suitable barriers to restrict access by young children to the immediate pool surrounds in accordance with AS 1926.1 and AS 1926.2.
(2)
A water recirculation system in a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm must comply with AS 1926.3 .
Part C2 of NCC Volume Three sets out the requirements for pumped discharge from swimming pools.
G1D3Refrigerated chambers, strong-rooms and vaults
[2019: G1.2]
(1)
A refrigerated or cooling chamber, strongroom or vault which is of sufficient size for a person to enter must have—
a door which is capable of being opened by hand from inside without a key; and
internal lighting controlled only by a switch which is located adjacent to the entrance doorway inside the chamber, strongroom or vault; and
an indicator lamp positioned outside the chamber, strongroom or vault which is illuminated when the interior lights required by (b) are switched on; and
an alarm that is—
located outside but controllable only from within the chamber, strongroom or vault; and
able to achieve a sound pressure level outside the chamber, strongroom or vault of 90 dB(A) when measured 3 m from the sounding device.
(2)
A door required by (1)(a) in a refrigerated or cooling chamber must have a doorway with a clear width of not less than 600 mm and a clear height not less than 1.5 m.
G1D4Outdoor play spaces
[2019: G1.3]
(1)
Any outdoor play space in a Class 9b early childhood centre must be enclosed on all sides with a barrier which—
where the edge of the trafficable surface of the outdoor play space is at the same level or less than 2 m above the surface beneath — complies with AS 1926.1 ; and
where the edge of the trafficable surface of the outdoor play space is 2 m or more above the surface beneath—
is not less than 1.8 m high, as measured from above the trafficable surface; and
is non-climbable and does not contain horizontal or other elements that could facilitate climbing; and
does not have any openings or apertures through which a 100 mm or greater sphere could pass; and
is not within 1.8 m, as measured directly from the top of the barrier, of any elements within the outdoor play space that facilitate climbing; and
is not within 900 mm of elements in a wall that facilitate climbing; and
has strength and rigidity complying with AS 1926.1 .
(2)
For the purposes of (1)(a), AS 1926.1 is applied as if there is a swimming pool located outside the outdoor play space, so that the barrier restricts children from exiting the premises without the knowledge of staff in the centre.
(3)
The requirements of (1) do not apply to a wall, including doors and windows, which form part of the Class 9b early childhood centre, except where the wall is within a non-climbable zone for a barrier provided under (1)(a).
Part G2Boilers, pressure vessels, heating appliances, fireplaces, chimneys and flues
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to reduce the risk to building occupants from the operation, malfunction or failure of boilers, pressure vessels and combustion appliances including components such as fireplaces, chimneys, flues, chutes, hoppers and the like.
Objectives
G2O1Objective
[2019: GO2]
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from illness or injury caused by—
fire from combustion appliances installed within a building; and
protect a building from damage caused by the malfunction of a boiler or pressure vessel installed within.
Functional Statements
G2F1Combustion appliances
[2019: GF2.1]
Combustion appliances using controlled combustion located in a building are to be installed in a way which reduces the likelihood of fire spreading beyond the appliance.
G2F2Boilers and pressure vessels
[2019: GF2.2]
Boilers and pressure vessels located in a building are to be installed in a manner which will provide adequate safety for occupants.
Performance Requirements
G2P1Combustion heating appliances
[2019: GP2.1]
Where provided in a building, a combustion appliance and its associated components, including an open fire-place, chimney, flue, chute, hopper or the like, must be installed—
to withstand the temperatures likely to be generated by the appliance; and
so that it does not raise the temperature of any building element to a level that would adversely affect the element’s physical or mechanical properties or function; and
so that hot products of combustion will not—
escape through the walls of the associated components; and
discharge in a position that will cause fire to spread to nearby combustible materials or allow smoke to penetrate through nearby windows, ventilation inlets, or the like.
G2P2Boilers and pressure vessels
[2019: GP2.2]
When located in a building, boilers and pressure vessels must be installed to avoid, during reasonably foreseeable conditions, the likelihood of—
leakage from the vessel which could cause damage to the building; and
rupture or other mechanical damage of the vessel which could cause damage to the building or injury to occupants.
components used within an appliance and its installation are constructed from—
heat-resistant materials for maximum operating temperatures not less than 600℃, where the material complies with (c); or
heat-tolerant materials for maximum operating temperatures more than 150℃ and less than 600℃, where the material complies with (c); and
the building elements surrounding the appliance maintain their designed function and material properties inclusive of a full range of thermal movements when exposed to the heat effects of the appliance; and
a sample of the material is tested to the maximum operating temperature, specified in (a)(i) or (a)(ii) for a minimum of 96 hours; and
the tested sample, when allowed to cool, is free from—
visible cracks and fractures; and
visible indication of de-lamination; and
linear distortion in excess of the equivalent of 10 mm per metre, and
deterioration of the appearance of any surface finish, when compared to an unheated sample.
An open fireplace, or solid-fuel burning appliance in which the fuel-burning compartment is not enclosed must have—
a hearth constructed of stone, concrete, masonry or similar non-combustible material so that—
it extends not less than 300 mm beyond the front of the fireplace opening and not less than 150 mm beyond each side of that opening; and
it extends beyond the limits of the fireplace or appliance not less than 300 mm if the fireplace or appliance is free-standing from any wall of the room; and
its upper surface does not slope away from the grate or appliance; and
combustible material situated below or around the external edge of the hearth but not below that part required to extend beyond the fireplace opening or the limits of the fireplace is not less than 150 mm from the upper surface of the hearth; and
walls forming the sides and back of the fireplace up to not less than 300 mm above the underside of the arch or lintel which—
are constructed in 2 separate leaves of solid masonry with a total combined thickness not less than 180 mm, excluding any cavity; and
do not consist of concrete block masonry in the construction of the inner leaf; and
walls of the chimney above the level referred to in (b)—
constructed of masonry units with a net volume, excluding cored and similar holes, not less than 75% of their gross volume, measured on the overall rectangular shape of the units, and with an actual thickness of not less than 100 mm; and
lined internally to a thickness of not less than 12 mm with rendering consisting of 1 part cement, 3 parts lime, and 10 parts sand by volume, or other suitable material; and
each storey is provided with a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 throughout; and
one of those storeys is situated at a level at which there is direct egress to a road or open space.
G3D2Dimensions of atrium well
[2019: G3.2]
An atrium well must have a width throughout the well that is able to contain a cylinder having a horizontal diameter of not less than 6 m.
G3D3Separation of atrium by bounding walls
[2019: G3.3]
An atrium must be separated from the remainder of the building at each storey by bounding walls set back not more than 3.5 m from the perimeter of the atrium well except in the case of the walls at not more than 3 consecutive storeys if—
one of those storeys is at a level at which direct egress to a road or open space is provided; and
the sum of the floor areas of those storeys that are contained within the atrium is not more than the maximum area that is permitted in Table C3D3.
G3D4Construction of bounding walls
[2019: G3.4]
Bounding walls must—
have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60, and—
extend from the floor of the storey to the underside of the floor next above or to the underside of the roof; and
have any door openings protected with self-closing or automatic –/60/30 fire doors; or
be constructed of fixed toughened safety glass, or wired safety glass in non-combustible frames, with—
the walls and doors protected with wall-wetting systems in accordance with Specification 31; and
a fire barrier with an FRL of not less than –/60/30 installed in any ceiling spaces above the wall.
G3D5Construction at balconies
[2019: G3.5]
If a bounding wall separating an atrium from the remainder of the building is set back from the perimeter of the atrium well, a barrier that is imperforate and non-combustible, and not less than 1 m high must be provided.
the roof structure and membrane must be protected by a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17.
G3D7Means of egress
[2019: G3.7]
All areas within an atrium must have access to at least 2 exits.
G3D8Fire and smoke control systems
[2019: G3.8]
Sprinkler systems, smoke control, fire detection and alarm systems, and emergency warning and intercom systems must be installed in compliance with Specification 31.
Part G4Construction in alpine areas
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for buildings which are constructed in an alpine area to address the potential for snow and ice to obstruct or delay evacuation and fire fighting, or cause a hazard by falling on people.
Objectives
G4O1Objective
[2019: GO4]
The Objective of this Part is to safeguard occupants in alpine areas from illness or injury from an emergency while evacuating a building.
Applications:
G4O1 applies to a building constructed in an alpine area.
Functional Statements
G4F1Construction in alpine areas
[2019: GF4.1]
A building in an alpine area is to be provided with additional measures in view of the increased difficulties in fire-fighting and maintaining access and means of egress in snow conditions.
Applications:
G4F1 only applies to a building constructed in an alpine area.
Performance Requirements
G4P1External doorways
[2019: GP4.1]
An external doorway from a building in an alpine area must be installed so that opening the door is not obstructed by snow or ice.
G4P2Structures forming pathways in snow conditions
[2019: GP4.2]
A building in an alpine area containing external trafficable structures forming part of the means of egress must be constructed so that those structures remain, as far as practicable, useable under snow conditions.
A building in an alpine area must be constructed so that snow or ice is not shed from the building onto the allotment, any adjoining allotment, road or public space in a location or manner that will—
obstruct a means of egress from any building to a road or open space; or
External doors which may be subject to the build-up of snow must—
open inwards or slide; and
If inward opening, be marked “OPEN INWARDS” on the inside face of the door in letters not less than 75 mm high in a colour contrasting with that of the background; and
be constructed so that the threshold is not less than 900 mm above the adjoining surface; and
if it serves a corridor or stairway, be positioned in an alcove or recess with—
no horizontal dimensions of the alcove or recess less than twice the width of the door; and
the door positioned to open against a wall such that the distance from any part of its swing to the nearest point of entry of the stairway or corridor is not less than the width of the door.
G4D4Emergency lighting
[2019: G4.4]
In a Class 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building or Class 4 part of a building, a system of emergency lighting must be installed in accordance with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Part E4—
in every stairway (other than those within a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building); and
if any part of an external wall is more than 3.6 m above the natural ground level — the distance of that part from a boundary other than a road alignment is not less than 2.5 m plus an additional 100 mm for each 300 mm or part by which that part of the wall exceeds a height of 3.6 m; and
if an exit doorway discharges into a court between wings of a building and that area may be used for vehicle access to the building, the distance between wings must be not less than 4 m; and
where an exit doorway discharges opposite a feature that could entrap snow or an embankment that is more than 900 mm above the threshold of the doorway, a distance of not less than 4 m must be provided between the doorway and the feature.
G4D7Fire-fighting services and equipment
[2019: G4.8]
(1)
Every Class 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building must have—
a manually operated fire alarm system with call-points complying with AS 1670.1 ; and
fire hydrants installed in accordance with E1D2(2); and
fire hose reels installed in accordance with E1D3(2) to (7), except that in a Class 2 or 3 building—
Every Class 2, 3 or 9 building must display a notice clearly marked “FIRE ORDERS” in suitable locations near the main entrance and on each storey, explaining—
the method of operation of the fire alarm system and the location of all call-points; and
the location and methods of operation of all fire-fighting equipment; and
This Part contains additional requirements for the construction of buildings located in designated bushfire prone areas, to address the additional risks posed by bushfire attack.
is to provide a resistance to bushfires in order to reduce the danger to life and minimise the risk of the loss of the building; and
if occupied by people who may be unable to readily evacuate the building prior to a bushfire, is to be constructed so as to provide its occupants shelter from the direct and indirect actions of a bushfire.
reduce the risk of ignition from a design bushfire with an annual exceedance probability not more than 1:100 years, or 1:200 years for a Class 9 building; and
G5P2Additional bushfire requirements for certain Class 9 buildings
[New for 2022]
A building that is constructed in a designated bushfire prone area and occupied by people who may be unable to readily evacuate the building prior to a bushfire must, to the degree necessary—
reduce the risk of an untenable indoor environment for occupants during a bushfire event, appropriate to the—
location of the building relative to fire hazards, including—
classified vegetation; and
adjacent buildings, structures and movable objects; and
building that operates in the event of a bushfire emergency, such as a public bushfire shelter or a bushfire emergency control centre.
(4)
The ignition probability for a building must be assessed by application of the following:
An event tree analysis of relevant bushfire scenarios.
Design bushfire conditions that include combinations of the following actions appropriate to the distance between the building and the bushfire hazard:
Direct attack from airborne burning embers.
Burning debris and accumulated embers adjacent to a building element.
Radiant heat from a bushfire front.
Direct flame attack from a bushfire front.
(5)
Applied fire actions must allow for reasonable variations in—
fire weather; and
vegetation, including fuel load, burning behaviour of vegetation (including the potential for crown fires); and
the distance of the building from vegetation; and
topography, including slopes and features that may shield; and
ignition of adjacent buildings, building elements, plants, mulch and other materials; and
effective size of fire front; and
duration of exposure; and
flame height; and
flame tilt; and
flame adhesion to sloping land; and
the height of the building and its elements.
(6)
The assessment process must include consideration of—
the probability of non-complying construction of critical aspects of an approved design; and
the probability of critical aspects of an approved design being fully functional during the life of the building; and
inclusion of safety factors; and
sensitivity analysis of critical aspects of a proposed design.
Limitations:
G5V1 does not apply to a Class 9 building.
Note:
For a building that is subject to G5P2, and therefore outside the scope of G5V1, the building would need to comply with either—
the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of G5D1 if the building is located in an area subject to a Bushfire Attack Level (BAL) not exceeding BAL – 12.5.
Table G5V1:
Annual Probability of Exceedance (APE) for design bushfire actions
Importance Level
Complex analysis APE for bushfire exposure
Simple analysis APE for weather conditions (design bushfire)
1
No requirement
No requirement
2
1:500
1:50
3
1:1000
1:100
4
1:2000
1:200
Table Notes
Complex analysis must consider the probability of ignition, fire spread to the urban interface and penetration of the urban interface coincident with fire weather conditions.
a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a—
Class 2 or 3 building; or
a building of a type listed in (b).
Note:
If a building of a type listed in (b) or (c)(ii) is subject to a BAL exceeding BAL—12.5, the building would need to comply with Performance RequirementG5P2 by means of a Performance Solution.
In a designated bushfire prone area, a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building of a type listed in (1) must comply with S43C2 and S43C13.
This Part sets requirements for dwellings to include features that are designed to improve their accessibility and usability for occupants and visitors, including those with a mobility-related disability.
Note:
Part G7 Livable housing design does not take effect until 1 October 2023.
Note: Tasmania Part G7 Livable housing design
For Tasmania, from 1 October 2023, Part G7 does not take effect until 1 October 2024.
Objectives
G7O1Objective
[New for 2022]
The Objective of this Part is to ensure that housing is designed to meet the needs of the community, including older people and those with a mobility-related disability.
a shower that facilitates independent access and use; and
the walls of a sanitary compartment referred to in (c), the shower referred to in (d) and a bath (where installed, other than a freestanding bath) constructed so as to facilitate future installation of grabrails, or the like, in a way that minimises the removal of existing wall linings.
Each Class 2 sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building must comply with the ABCB Standard for Livable Housing Design, except for Part 1.
Explanatory information:
Part 1 of the ABCB Standard for Livable Housing Design requires a step-free access path from a parking space or property boundary, to the dwelling entry door. For Class 2 buildings, this requirement is already addressed by Part D4 and the Disability (Access to Premises—Buildings) Standards 2010. Therefore, it is not necessary to apply Part 1 of the ABCB Standard for Livable Housing Design to a Class 2 building.
Specification 30Installation of boilers and pressure vessels
S30C1Scope
[2019: Spec G2.2: 1]
This Specification sets out the requirements for the installation of boilers and pressure vessels in buildings.
S30C2Explosion relief
[2019: Spec G2.2: 2.1]
The distance between the vent of any explosion relief device for a boiler or pressure vessel and any adjacent wall, roof, ceiling or other solid construction shall be calculated in accordance with Table S30C2.
Table S30C2:
Minimum clearances for explosion relief
Clearance from
Minimum clearance (metres)
Adjacent wall or ceiling/roof
or 0.4 m, whichever is the greater
Two walls at right angles; or one wall and a ceiling/roof
or 0.6 m, whichever is the greater
Table Notes
is the internal volume of the boiler or pressure vessel being vented up to the connection of the flue.
Where a safe tray is provided to trap liquids, it must be manufactured from a material resistant to corrosion from the contents of the boiler or pressure vessel.
S30C4Protection from heat
[2019: Spec G2.2: 2.3]
Building elements surrounding a boiler must be protected from any surface heat by refractory material or effective air spaces so that—
steel elements do not exceed a temperature of more than 300°C; and
concrete elements do not exceed a temperature of more than 200°C; and
timber elements do not exceed a temperature of more than 150°C.
Specification 31Fire and smoke control systems in buildings containing atriums
S31C1Scope
[2019: Spec G3.8: 1]
This Specification sets out the requirements for the design and operation of systems of fire and smoke control in buildings containing an atrium.
Automatic fire sprinkler system
Automatic fire sprinkler system
S31C2General requirement — automatic fire sprinkler system
[2019: Spec G3.8: 2.1]
A sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 must be installed in every building containing an atrium, except where varied or superseded by this Specification.
less than 12 m above the floor of the atrium or the floor of the highest storey where the bounding construction is set back more than 3.5 m from the atrium well if a Class 2, 3, 5 or 9 part of a building is open to the atrium; or
less than 20 m above the floor of the atrium or the floor of the highest storey where the bounding construction is set back more than 3.5 m from the atrium well if a Class 6, 7 or 8 part of a building is open to the atrium, and the temperature rating of sprinkler heads providing roof protection must be within the range 79°C – 100°C.
S31C4Atrium floor protection
[2019: Spec G3.8: 2.3]
The floor of the atrium must be protected by sprinklers with—
the use of sidewall pattern sprinkler heads together with overhead sprinklers where dictated by the dimensions of the atrium; and
sprinkler heads of the quick response type.
S31C5Sprinkler systems to glazed walls
[2019: Spec G3.8: 2.4.1 – 2.4.5]
(1)
Where an atrium is separated from the remainder of the building by walls or doors incorporating glazing, a wall wetting system must be provided to protect the glazing as follows:
On the atrium side of the glazing — to all glazed walls which are set back more than 3.5 m from the atrium well.
On the atrium side of the glazing — to all glazed walls which are not set back, or are set back 3.5 m or less, from the atrium well, for all levels which are less than—
12 m above the floor of an atrium or the floor of the highest storey where the bounding wall is set back more than 3.5 m from the atrium well if a Class 2, 3, 5 or 9 part of the building is open to the atrium; or
20 m above the floor of an atrium or the floor of the highest storey where the bounding wall is set back more than 3.5 m from the atrium well if a Class 6, 7 or 8 part of the building is open to the atrium.
On the side of the glazing away from the atrium well — to all glazing forming part of the bounding wall at each storey.
(2)
Sprinklers must be located in positions allowing full wetting of the glazing surfaces without wetting adjacent sprinkler heads.
(3)
Sprinkler heads must be of the quick response type and have a maximum temperature rating of 74°C.
(4)
The rate of water discharge to protect glazing must be not less than—
0.25 L/s.m2 where glazing is not set back from the atrium well; or
0.167 L/s.m2 where glazing is set back from the atrium well; and
on the side away from the atrium well — 0.167 L/s.m2.
(5)
In addition to that of the basic sprinkler protection for the building, the water supply to required wall wetting systems must be of adequate capacity to accommodate the following on the atrium side of the glazing:
Where the bounding walls are set back less than 3.5 m from the atrium well — wall wetting of a part not less than 6 m long for a height of not less than—
12 m above the floor of an atrium or the floor of the highest storey where the bounding wall is set back more than 3.5 m from the atrium well if a Class 2, 3, 5 or 9 part of the building is open to the atrium; or
20 m above the floor of an atrium or the floor of the highest storey where the bounding wall is set back more than 3.5 m from the atrium well if a Class 6, 7 or 8 part of the building is open to the atrium.
Where the walls are set back 3.5 m or more from the atrium well — wetting of a part not less than 12 m long on one storey.
S31C6Stop valves
[2019: Spec G3.8: 2.5]
(1)
Basic sprinkler and wall wetting systems protecting a building containing an atrium must be provided with easily accessible and identified stop valves.
(2)
Sprinkler and wall wetting systems must be provided with independent stop valves.
(3)
Sprinkler heads protecting the roof of the atrium must be provided with a stop valve.
(4)
Stop valve to wall wetting and roof sprinklers may be of the gate type.
(5)
All sprinkler and wall wetting stop valves must be monitored to detect unauthorised closure.
Smoke control system
Smoke control system
S31C7General requirements — smoke control system
[2019: Spec G3.8: 3.1]
Except where varied or superseded by this Specification, mechanical air-handling systems in a building containing an atrium must comply with AS 1668.1.
S31C8Operation of atrium mechanical air-handling systems
[2019: Spec G3.8: 3.2]
Mechanical air-handling systems serving an atrium must be designed to operate so that during a fire—
a tenable atmosphere is maintained in all paths of travel along balconies to requiredexits during the period of evacuation; and
smoke exhaust fans serving the atrium are only activated when smoke enters the atrium; and
central plant systems do not use the atrium as a return air path; and
central plant systems which use return air paths remote from the atrium—
All controls for the smoke control system must be located—
in the fire control room; or
in the emergency control centre (if any); or
adjacent to the sprinkler control valves; or
incorporated in the Fire Indicator Panel.
S31C10Smoke exhaust system
[2019: Spec G3.8: 3.4]
A smoke exhaust system serving an atrium must be designed on the basis of—
the sprinkler system limiting the size of a fire to—
a heat output of 1.5 MW and perimeter of 7.5 m if a Class 2, 3, 5 or 9 part of the building is open to the atrium; or
a heat output of 5 MW and perimeter of 12 m if a Class 6, 7 or 8 part of the building is open to the atrium; and
a smoke plume reaching a level 3 m above the highest storey having a path of travel to a requiredexit along a balcony bounding the atrium well, and not less than—
12 m above the floor of an atrium or the floor of the highest storey where the bounding wall is set back more than 3.5 m from the atrium well if a Class 2, 3, 5 or 9 part of the building is open to the atrium; or
20 m above the floor of an atrium or the floor of the highest storey where the bounding construction is set back more than 3.5 m from the atrium well if a Class 6, 7 or 8 part of the building is open to the atrium; and
the smoke exhaust system discharging smoke at a rate of not less than that shown in Figure S31C10 for the appropriate height of smoke plume and fire size—
horizontally where calculations of wind velocity induced pressure profiles for the building verify that the exhaust system will operate effectively for all wind directions.
Figure S31C10:
Smoke exhaust rate
S31C11Upward air velocity
[2019: Spec G3.8: 3.5]
Notwithstanding S31C10(c), the average upward air velocity in the atrium, due to the required smoke exhaust quantity must—
be not less than 0.2 m/s at any level over an 18 m height above the floor of the atrium; and
not exceed the following maximum velocities in atriums of constant cross sectional plan area:
For occupancy classification qualifying for 1.5 MW fire size — 3.5 m/s.
For occupancy classifications qualifying for 5 MW fire size — 5 m/s.
S31C12Exhaust fans
[2019: Spec G3.8: 3.6]
(1)
Smoke exhaust must be provided by fans capable of continuous and required operation for a period of not less than 1 hour when handling exhaust gases at 200°C.
(2)
Where a Class 2, 3 or 9 part of a building adjoins an atrium, the atrium must be provided with a minimum of 3 fans each capable of 50% of the total required smoke exhaust capacity.
(3)
Atriums other than those referred to in (2) must be provided with a minimum of 2 fans each capable of 50% of the total required smoke exhaust capacity.
S31C13Smoke and heat vents
[2019: Spec G3.8: 3.7]
Notwithstanding S31C12, automatic vents complying with AS 2665 may be used, except where a Class 6 part of a building adjoins the atrium, in lieu of exhaust fans provided that—
the height from the atrium floor to the bottom of the highest vent is not more than 12 m; and
the vents are fitted with a remote manual operation switch located adjacent to the sprinkler control valves or incorporated in the Fire Indicator Panel.
S31C14Make-up air supply
[2019: Spec G3.8: 3.8]
(1)
Uniformly distributed make-up air must be provided to the atrium exhaust system from—
outside the atrium at or near the lowest storey level; and
A discharge volume sufficient to maintain a velocity of not less than 0.1 m/s towards the atrium well must be provided on all storeys where the bounding wall is set back from the atrium well.
(3)
The requirements of (1)(a) are satisfied if make-up air is provided to the atrium exhaust system in such a manner as to prevent, as far as possible, disturbance of the smoke layer due to turbulence created by the incoming air, through—
openings directly from the outside air to the atrium and located as close as practicable to the lowest level of the atrium; or
ducts from the outside air to the atrium which deliver air as close as practicable to the lowest level of the atrium and, where passing through any other fire compartment having an FRL of at least 60/60/60; or
a combination of (a) or (b).
Fire detection and alarm system
Fire detection and alarm system
S31C15General requirements—fire detection and alarm system
[2019: Spec G3.8: 4.1]
Except where superseded by this Specification, automatic fire detection and alarm systems in a building containing an atrium must comply with AS 1670.1 .
must be provided within all outside air intakes and at individual floor return air intakes of all air-handling systems to initiate automatic fire mode operation, and where applicable, comply with the restart facilities in AS 1668.1; and
must operate at an obscuration level not greater than 0.5% per metre with compensation for external airborne contamination as necessary; and
must sample air within the atrium and in storeys where the bounding wall is set back more than 3.5 m from the atrium well; and
must be calibrated to compensate for smoke dilution where sampling occurs within return air path common to more than one room; and
may incorporate beam type detectors to sense smoke in an atrium in a Class 5, 6, 7 or 8 building with an effective height of not more than 25 m if the beam detectors are—
located at intervals of not more than 3 storeys; and
arranged to scan at 90 degrees orientation to adjacent beam units.
S31C17Smoke detection in spaces separated from the atrium by bounding walls
[2019: Spec G3.8: 4.3]
Smoke detection systems must be located at all return and relief air openings associated with the building air-handling systems and be—
A staged alarm must be provided where an air sampling type smoke detection system is provided for the atrium, and must operate as follows:
Alert building management when abnormal smoke levels of 0.03% obscuration per metre are detected.
Initiate a second alarm to management and start all smoke control systems including pressurisation of escape routes when smoke levels of 0.07% obscuration per metre are detected.
Automatically call the fire brigade, activate the emergency warning and intercom system, and de-activate all plant not necessary for fire safety within the building when smoke levels of 0.09% obscuration per metre are detected.
(3)
Beam and point type smoke detectors required must simultaneously operate all functions referred to above and activate at the level set out in AS 1670.1 .
Additional requirements
Additional requirements
S31C19Emergency warning and intercom systems
[2019: Spec G3.8: 5]
A building containing an atrium must be provided with an emergency warning and intercom system which—
If a required path of travel to an exit is within an atrium, a suitable alternative power supply must be provided to operate required safety systems, including sprinkler systems and fire hydrant pumps, air handling systems, alarms, warning and communication systems and emergency lighting circuits.
(2)
The alternative power supply must—
be connected automatically if the normal power supply fails; and
if located within the building, be separated from the remainder of the building by an enclosure with an FRL of at least 120/120/120; and
be connected to the safety systems by means of cabling complying with C3D14(3).
(3)
The requirements of (1) are satisfied by—
a single medium voltage supply taken from an electricity substation situated within, or adjacent to, the building concerned where the power supply to the substation consists of two or more high voltage cables each taking electricity from separate transformers; or
two or more medium voltage supplies each taking electricity from separate electricity substations situated—
outside the building concerned; and
at a suitable distance from each other; or
a single medium voltage supply taken from an electricity substation together with an electricity generating plant capable of—
generating a medium voltage supply; and
starting and taking the required electrical load within a period of not more than 30 seconds from the time of normal supply failure.
S31C21System for excluding smoke from fire-isolated exits
[2019: Spec G3.8: 7]
Required fire-isolated exits in a building containing an atrium must be protected from the entry of smoke in accordance with E2D3.
Specification 43Bushfire protection for certain Class 9 buildings
S43C1Scope
[New for 2022]
(1)
This Specification sets out bushfire protection measures for buildings described in G5D4.
(2)
Compliance with this Specification does not guarantee the safety of building occupants or the maintenance of tenable conditions within a building during a bushfire event.
Explanatory information:
The measures set out in this Specification are intended to operate in conjunction with other bushfire safety measures that lie outside the scope of the NCC. Information about these measures can be found in the Guide to NCC Volume One for Part G5.
The building must be separated from classified vegetation—
by not less than the minimum distances specified in Table S43C2; or
such that radiant heat flux on exposed building elements will not exceed 10kW/m².
(2)
For the purposes of (1), the term ‘classified vegetation’ has the meaning that it has in AS 3959.
Table S43C2:
Minimum distance of building to classified vegetation
Vegetation classification
Slope
Minimum distance (m) of the building to classified vegetation
High risk
Upslope and flat land
60
High risk
Downslope max 20 degrees
110
Medium risk
Upslope and flat land
40
Medium risk
Downslope max 20 degrees
80
Low risk
Upslope and flat land
30
Low risk
Downslope max 20 degrees
50
Table Notes
Table values are based on a Fire Danger Index of 100 in accordance with AS 3959.
High risk equates to vegetation classification of forest and woodland in accordance with AS 3959.
Medium risk equates to vegetation classification of scrub and rainforest in accordance with AS 3959.
Low risk equates to vegetation classification of shrubland, mallee/mulga, and grassland in accordance with AS 3959.
S43C3Separation between buildings
[New for 2022]
(1)
The building must be located not less than 12 m from any other building.
(2)
The separation distance required by (1) need not be complied with if the building is constructed—
with external walls that have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60 when tested from the outside, including any openings protected in accordance with AS 3959 for BAL—19 or greater; or
for external walls and roof, using a material or system that satisfies the test criteria of AS 1530.8.1 for a radiant heat flux of 10 kW/m² or greater.
S43C4Separation from allotment boundaries and carparking areas
[New for 2022]
(1)
The building must be located not less than 10 m from any allotment boundary or open carparking area/spots.
(2)
The separation distance required by (1) need not be complied with if the building is constructed—
with external walls that have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60 when tested from the outside, including any openings protected in accordance with AS 3959 for BAL—19 or greater; or
for external walls and roof, using a material or system that satisfies the test criteria of AS 1530.8.1 for a radiant heat flux of 10 kW/m² or greater.
S43C5Separation from hazards
[New for 2022]
The external walls and roof of the building must be protected from potential hazards on the site such as liquefied petroleum gas bottles, fuel storage, storage of combustible materials, waste bins, vehicles, machinery, and the like, by—
a separation distance of not less than 10 m; or
where within the 10 m separation distance described in (a), constructed with external walls that have an FRL of not less than 60/60/60 when tested from the outside, including any openings protected in accordance with AS 3959 for BAL—19 or greater; or
for external walls and roof, using a material or system that satisfies the test criteria of AS 1530.8.1 for a radiant heat flux of 10 kW/m² or greater.
S43C6Non-combustible path around building
[New for 2022]
A non-combustible pathway directly adjacent to the building and not less than 1.5 m wide must be provided around the perimeter of the building.
S43C7Access pathways
[New for 2022]
(1)
Access pathways that lead to a road or open space must—
be readily identifiable; and
have an even surface; and
have a minimum clear width of not less than 1 m.
(2)
If the access pathway is an accessway that is required to comply with Part D4, the requirements of Part D4 override (1) to the extent of any inconsistency.
S43C8Exposed external areas
[New for 2022]
An external area designed to hold people unable to be safely accommodated within the building, that may be exposed to radiant heat flux from a fire front during a bushfire event, must not be exposed to an incident radiant heat flux from the fire front exceeding 1 kW/m2 above background solar radiant heat flux.
S43C9Internal tenability
[New for 2022]
To maintain internal tenability throughout the duration of occupancy during a bushfire event, the building must comply with the following:
An air handling system must be provided that is capable of—
being adjusted for full recycling of internal air for a period of not less than 4 hours to avoid the introduction of smoke into the building; and
maintaining an internal air temperature of not more than 25°C.
The building envelope must be designed such that if an air handling system required by (a) fails, then—
internal air temperatures can be maintained below 39°C; and
internal surface temperatures can be maintained below 60°C.
If the building is divided into separate compartments then, for the purposes of (a), each compartment must have a separate air handling system.
Each air handling system required by (a) must be designed to account for the activation of smoke detectors from low concentrations of smoke from external sources, so as to ensure that air-conditioning and other essential systems remain operational.
S43C10Building envelope
[New for 2022]
The building envelope must be constructed in accordance with AS 3959 – BAL 19 or greater, except that where the use of combustible materials is permitted by AS 3959, they are not to be used unless permitted by C2D10(4), (5) or (6).
a static water supply consisting of tanks, swimming pools, dams or the like, or a combination of these, together with suitable pumps, hoses and fittings, capable of providing the required flow rate for a period of not less than 4 hours, determined in consultation with the relevant fire brigade.
S43C12Emergency power supply
[New for 2022]
(1)
Emergency power must be provided to support, for not less than 4 hours before and 2 hours after the passing of the fire front during a bushfire event, the ongoing operation of—
air handling systems to maintain internal tenability; and
This Part provides additional Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for certain types of Class 9b buildings where large numbers of people assemble and which contain a stage and backstage area.
the gradient of the floor surface must not be steeper than 1 in 8, or the floor must be stepped so that—
a line joining the nosings of consecutive steps does not exceed an angle of 30° to the horizontal; and
the height of each step in the stepped floor is not more than 600 mm; and
the height of any opening in such a step is not more than 125 mm; and
if an aisle divides the stepped floor and the difference in level between any 2 consecutive steps—
exceeds 230 mm but not 400 mm — an intermediate step must be provided in the aisle; and
exceeds 400 mm — 2 equally spaced intermediate steps must be provided in the aisle; and
the going of intermediate steps must be not less than 270 mm and such as to provide as nearly as practicable equal treads throughout the length of the aisle; and
the clearance between rows of fixed seats used for viewing performing arts, sport or recreational activities must be not less than—
300 mm if the distance to an aisle is not more than 3.5 m; or
500 mm if the distance to an aisle is more than 3.5 m.
I1D5Exits from stages
[2019: H1.5]
(1)
The path of travel to an exit from a stage or performing area must not pass through the proscenium wall if the stage area is separated from the audience area with a proscenium wall.
(2)
Requiredexits from backstage and under-stage areas must be independent of those provided for the audience area.
I1D6Access to platforms and lofts
[2019: H1.6]
A stairway that provides access to a service platform, rigging loft, or the like, must comply with AS 1657 .
I1D7Aisle lights
[2019: H1.7]
In every enclosed Class 9b building, where in any part of the auditorium, the general lighting is dimmed or extinguished during public occupation and the floor is stepped or is inclined at a slope steeper than 1 in 12, aisle lights must be provided to illuminate the full length of the aisle and tread of each step.
Part I2Public transport buildings
Introduction to this Part
This Part provides additional Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for Class 9b and Class 10 buildings that are used as public transport buildings. The provisions of this Part are based on the Disability Standards for Accessible Public Transport 2002 (Transport Standards).
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
I2D1Application of Part
[2019: H2.1]
(1)
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part apply to the passenger use areas of a Class 9b or Class 10 building used for public transport.
For an airport that does not accept regular public transport services, as defined in the Disability Standards for Accessible Public Transport 2002, only I2D8, I2D9, I2D10, I2D11, I2D12 and I2D13 of this Part apply.
(4)
Exemption (1) to A6G1(1) does not apply to this Part.
Explanatory information:
Part I2 contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for Class 9b and Class 10 public transport buildings additional to those contained in Parts D4, E3 and F4 that apply to public transport buildings.
clauses 13.2, 13.3 and Figures 8 and 9 of AS 1428.2 .
I2D8Unisex accessible toilet
[2019: H2.8]
If toilets are provided, there must be at least one unisex accessible toilet without an airlock that complies with AS 1428.1 clause 10, sanitary facilities.
I2D9Location of accessible toilets
[2019: H2.9]
Accessible toilets must be in the same location as other toilets.
I2D10Symbols and signs
[2019: H2.10]
(1)
The international symbols for accessibility and deafness in accordance with clauses 14.2 and 14.3 of AS 1428.1 must be used to identify an accessway and which facilities and boarding points are accessible.
(2)
Signs must be placed in accordance with clause 17.4 of AS 1428.2 .
(3)
The size of accessibility symbols must comply with Table 1 of AS 1428.2 .
(4)
The symbol for accessibility must incorporate directional arrows and words or, if possible, pictograms, to show passengers the way to accessible facilities such as toilets.
(5)
Signs must comply with clause 17.1 and Figure 30 of AS 1428.2 .
(6)
If a sign incorporates raised lettering or symbols, they must be at least 0.8 mm above the surface of the sign.
(7)
If an operator or provider supplements a notice with braille characters, they must be placed to the left of the raised characters.
I2D11Tactile ground surface indicators
[2019: H2.11]
Tactile ground surface indicators must be installed in accordance with AS 1428.4 on an accessway and must indicate changes of direction in accordance with clause 18.1 of AS 1428.2 .
I2D12Lighting
[2019: H2.12]
Any lighting provided must comply with minimum levels of maintenance illumination for various situations shown in the notes to clause 19.1 of AS 1428.2 .
I2D13Hearing augmentation
[2019: H2.13]
If a public address system is installed, it must comply with clause 21.1 of AS 1428.2 .
I2D14Emergency warning systems
[2019: H2.14]
(1)
If an emergency warning system is installed, it must comply with clauses 18.2.1, 18.2.2 and 18.2.3 of AS 1428.2 .
(2)
In the event of an emergency, provision must be made for people with vision impairment to locate the exit path.
I2D15Controls
[2019: H2.15]
Controls must comply with clause 11 of AS 1428.1 .
A farm shed need not comply with the provisions of Parts C2, C3 and C4, except for C2D12, if it is separated from any other building or allotment boundary by a distance of not less than 6 m.
The threshold of a doorway that serves an area not required to be accessible by D4D2 in a farm building need not comply with D3D16 where the door sill is not more than 700 mm above the finished surface of the ground, floor or the like, to which the doorway opens.
provided with a fire hydrant system installed in accordance with AS 2419.1 , except reference to ‘4 hours’ water supply in clause 4.2 is replaced with ‘2 hours’; or
located on the same allotment as an access point to a water supply which—
has a minimum total capacity of 144,000 litres; and
is situated so as to enable emergency services vehicles access to within 4 m; and
is located within 60 m of the building and not more than 90 m from any part of the building.
(3)
For the purposes of (2)(b), water supply for a farm building must consist of one or any number of the following:
A water storage tank.
A dam.
A reservoir.
A river.
A lake.
A bore.
A sea.
(4)
If the whole or part of the water supply referred to in (2)(b) is contained in a water storage tank, it must be—
located not less than 10 m from the building; and
fitted with at least one small bore suction connection and one large bore suction connection where—
each suction connection is located in a position so as to enable emergency service vehicles access to within 4 m; and
the suction connections are located not less than 10 m from the building; and
‘small bore suction connection’ and ‘large bore suction connection’ have the meanings contained in AS 2419.1 .
I3D10Fire hose reels
[2019: H3.10]
A fire hose reel system need not be provided to serve a farm building where portable fire extinguishers are installed in accordance with I3D11.
I3D11Portable fire extinguishers
[2019: H3.11]
(1)
A farm building not provided with a fire hose reel system in accordance with E1D3 must be provided with—
one portable fire extinguisher rated at not less than 5ABE in each room containing flammable materials or electrical equipment; and
one portable fire extinguisher rated at not less than 4A60BE adjacent to every requiredexit door; and
location signs complying with clauses 3.3 to 3.9 of AS 2444 above each required portable fire extinguisher.
(2)
A farm shed must be provided with not less than one portable fire extinguisher for every 500 m2 of floor area or part thereof, distributed as evenly as practicable throughout the building.
(3)
A portable fire extinguisher required by (2) must be—
of ABE type; and
not less than 4.5 kg in size; and
installed in accordance with Section 3 of AS 2444 .
I3D12Emergency lighting requirements
[2019: H3.12]
(1)
An emergency lighting system need not be installed in a farm building—
with no artificial lighting as permitted by I3D18; or
with artificial lighting where, if that lighting fails due to an emergency, automatic power supply to the building is provided by a fuel-driven generator.
(2)
An emergency lighting system need not be installed in a farm shed.
I3D13Exit signs
[2019: H3.13]
An exit serving a farm shed need not be provided with an exit sign where the exit is a permanent opening not less than 2 m wide.
I3D14Direction signs
[2019: H3.14]
In a farm building or a farm shed, if an exit is not readily apparent to persons occupying or visiting the building, exit signs complying with I3D15 must be installed in appropriate positions in corridors, hallways, lobbies and the like, indicating the direction to a requiredexit.
the use of illuminated exit signs may adversely impact the behaviour or welfare of animals being kept in the building; and
non-illuminated exit signs are installed in accordance with the requirements of Appendix D of AS/NZS 2293.1 as for an externally illuminated exit sign, and clauses 5.6 and 5.8 ofAS/NZS 2293.1.
non-illuminated exit signs are installed in accordance with the requirements of Appendix D of AS/NZS 2293.1 as for an externally illuminated exit sign, and clauses 5.6 and 5.8 of AS/NZS 2293.1; and
the maximum viewing distance in clause 5.6 of AS/NZS 2293.1 is not more than 24 m.
F5D2 does not apply to a farm shed which has ceiling heights not less than—
in a room, corridor, passageway or the like — 2.1 m; and
in a room or space with a sloping ceiling or projections — a height of not less than 2.1 m for at least two-thirds of the floor area of the room or space, and when calculating the floor area of the room or space, any part that has a ceiling height of less than 1.5 m is not included; and
in a stairway, ramp, landing or the like — 2.0 m measured vertically above the nosing line of stairway treads or the floor surface of the ramp, landing or the like.
I3D18Artificial lighting
[2019: H3.18]
(1)
An artificial lighting system need not be provided in a farm building where—
occupants are provided with visibility sufficient for safe movement through suitable alternative means; and
the use of artificial lighting could adversely affect the function of the building including, but not limited to—
the behaviour or welfare of animals being kept in the building; or
the cultivating or propagating of plants or fungi.
(2)
An artificial lighting system need not be provided in a farm shed.
Specification 32Construction of proscenium walls
S32C1Scope
[2019: Spec H1.3: 1]
This Specification contains the requirements for the construction of proscenium walls for theatres, public halls, or the like.
S32C2Separation of stage areas, etc
[2019: Spec H1.3: 2]
(1)
Dressing rooms, scene docks, property rooms, workshops, associated store rooms and other ancillary areas must be—
located on the stage side of the proscenium wall; and
separated from corridors and the like by construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60, and if of lightweight construction, complying with Specification 6.
(2)
The stage and backstage must be separated from other parts of the building other than the audience seating area by construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60, and if of lightweight construction, complying with Specification 6.
(3)
Any doorway in the construction referred to in (1) and (2) must be protected by a self-closing –/60/30 fire door.
S32C3Proscenium wall construction
[2019: Spec H1.3: 3]
A proscenium wall must—
extend to the underside of the roof covering or the underside of the structural floor next above; and
This Part sets the thermal performance properties of building fabric, the energy efficiency of key energy using equipment and the features a building must have to facilitate the future installation of distributed energy resources.
Note:
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note: Tasmania Section J Energy Efficiency
In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019 Amendment 1.
Objectives
J1O1Objective
[2019: JO1]
The Objective of this Section is to—
reduce energy consumption and energy peak demand; and
reduce the energy consumption and energy peak demand of key energy using equipment; and
reduce the greenhouse gas emissions that occur as a result of a building’s energy consumption and energy source; and
for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, improve occupant health and amenity by mitigating the impact of extreme hot and cold weather events and energy blackouts; and
for other than in a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, protect occupant health and amenity by ensuring the building envelope assists in the maintenance of acceptable internal conditions while the building is occupied; and
be able to accommodate the future installation of distributed energy resources.
Performance Requirements
J1P1Energy use
[2019: JP1]
A building, other than a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, including its services, must have features that facilitate the efficient use of energy appropriate to—
the function and use of the building; and
the level of human comfort required for the building use; and
a 3-star ducted heat pump, rated under the 2019 GEMS determination, heating all spaces that are provided with heating; and
a 3-star ducted heat pump, rated under the 2019 GEMS determination, cooling all spaces that are provided with cooling; and
a 5-star instantaneous gas water heater, rated under the 2017 GEMS determination, providing all domestic hot water; and
a lighting power density of 4 W/m2 serving all internal spaces that are provided with artificial lighting.
(2)
Domestic services, including any associated distribution system and components must, to the degree necessary, have features that facilitate the efficient use of energy appropriate to—
J1P4Renewable energy and electric vehicle charging
[New for 2022]
A building must have features that facilitate the future installation of on-site renewable energy generation and storage and electric vehicle charging equipment.
Verification Methods
J1V1NABERS Energy
[2019: JV1]
(1)
For a Class 5 building, compliance with J1P1 is verified when—
a minimum 5.5-star NABERS Energy base building Commitment Agreement is obtained; and
the energy model required for (a) demonstrates—
the base building’s greenhouse gas emissions are not more than 67% of the 5.5-star level when excluding—
tenant supplementary heating and cooling systems; and
the space temperature in any indoor swimming pool chamber is maintained at 2°C above the pool temperature during occupied hours of not less than 12 hours per day; and
the building complies with the additional requirements in Specification 33.
(3)
For a Class 3 building, compliance with J1P1 is verified when—
a minimum 4-star NABERS Energy for Hotels Commitment Agreement is obtained; and
the operating hours of the services are not less than 12 hours per day in bedrooms, dining rooms and conference facilities, 24 hours per day in corridors and foyers and 18 hours per day in back-of-house areas; and
the energy model required for (a) demonstrates that—
the greenhouse gas emissions of the services are less than 70% of the 5-star level; and
the space temperature in any indoor swimming pool chamber is maintained at 2°C above the pool temperature during occupied hours of not less than 12 hours per day; and
the building complies with the additional requirements in Specification 33.
(4)
For a Class 6 shopping centre, compliance with J1P1 is verified when—
a minimum 4.5-stars NABERS Energy for Shopping Centres Commitment Agreement is obtained; and
the building has:
an air-conditioned common area of not less than 20% of the gross lettable area; and
the greenhouse gas emissions of the services covered within the scope of NABERS Energy for Shopping Centres ratings are less than 80% of the 4.5-star level; and
Compliance with J1P1(e) and J1P2 is verified for building envelope sealing when the envelope is sealed at an air permeability rate, tested in accordance with Method 1 of AS/NZS ISO 9972, of not more than—
for a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, 10 m³/hr.m² at 50 Pa reference pressure; or
for a Class 5, 6, 8 or 9a or 9b building, other than a ward area, in climate zones 1, 7 and 8, 5 m³/hr.m² at 50 Pa reference pressure; or
for a Class 3 or 9c building, or a Class 9a ward area in climate zones 1, 3, 4, 6, 7 and 8, 5 m³/hr.m² at 50 Pa reference pressure.
(2)
In a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where an air permeability rate of not more than 5 m3/hr.m2 at 50 Pa reference pressure is achieved—
a mechanical ventilation system must be provided that—
can be manually overridden; and
provides outdoor air, either—
continuously; or
intermittently, where the system has controls that enable operation for not less than 25 per cent of each 4 hour segment; and
provides a flow rate not less than that achieved with the following formula:, where—
= the required air flow rate (L/s); and
= the total area of the sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 or Class 4 part of a building (m2); and
= the number of bedrooms in the sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 or Class 4 part of a building; and
= the fraction of time within each 4 hour segment that the system is operational; and
any space with a solid-fuel burning combustion appliance must be ventilated with permanent openings directly to outside with a free area of not less than half of the cross-sectional area of the appliance’s flue; and
any space with a gas-fueled combustion appliance must be ventilated in accordance with—
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note: New South Wales Section J Energy Efficiency
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 3 building or Class 5 to 9 building:
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One.
From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note: Tasmania Section J Energy Efficiency
In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019 Amendment 1.
For a Class 2 to 9 building, other than a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, Performance RequirementJ1P1 is satisfied by complying with—
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note: New South Wales Section J Energy Efficiency
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
J3D3Reducing heating and cooling loads of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building using house energy rating software
[2019: J0.2]
(1)
The sole-occupancy units of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building must—
for reducing the heating or cooling loads—
collectively achieve an average energy rating of not less than 7 stars, including the separate heating and cooling load limits; and
individually achieve an energy rating of not less than 6 stars, including the separate heating and cooling load limits; and
for thermal breaks, comply with J3D5 and J3D6; and
for compensating for a loss of ceiling insulation, other than where the house energy rating software has compensated for a loss of ceiling insulation, comply with Table J3D7w; and
for general thermal construction, comply with J4D3; and
Minimum ceiling fan requirements in climate zones 1, 2, 3 and 5
Size of room (m2)
Minimum number and diameter (mm) of ceiling fans required for a bedroom in climate zones 1, 2 and 3
Minimum number and diameter (mm) of ceiling fans required in a habitable room other than a bedroom in climate zones 1, 2, 3 and 5 (NSW and Qld)
< 15
1 x 900
1 x 900
≥ 15 to < 20
1 x 1200
1 x 1200
≥ 20 to < 25
1 x 1200
1 x 1400
≥ 25 to < 30
1 x 1400
2 x 1200
≥ 30 to < 45
1 x 1400
2 x 1400
≥ 45 to < 50
2 x 1400
3 x 1200
≥ 50
2 x 1400
3 x 1400
J3D5Roof thermal breaks of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
[2019: J0.4]
(1)
A roof that—
has metal sheet roofing directly fixed to metal purlins, metal rafters or metal battens; and
does not have a ceiling lining or has a ceiling lining fixed directly to those metal purlins, metal rafters or metal battens,
must have a thermal break, consisting of a material with an R-Value of greater than or equal to R0.2, installed between the metal sheet roofing and its supporting metal purlins, metal rafters or metal battens.
(2)
The requirements of (1) do not apply to roofs constructed using insulated sandwich panels.
J3D6Wall thermal breaks of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
[2019: J0.5]
(1)
A metal-framed wall that forms part of the building envelope must have a thermal break, consisting of a material with an R-Value of not less than R0.2, installed at all points of contact between the external cladding and the metal frame if the wall—
does not have a wall lining or has a wall lining that is fixed directly to the same metal frame; and
is clad with weatherboards, fibre-cement or the like, or metal sheeting fixed to a metal frame.
(2)
The requirements of (1) do not apply to walls constructed using insulated sandwich panels.
The thermal bridging in a metal-framed roof must be addressed as follows—
for a pitched roof with a horizontal ceiling—
achieving the Total R-Value in Table J3D7s, calculated using a method that accounts for the effects of thermal bridging; or
increasing the R-Value of the insulation between the ceiling frames by R0.5 more than the R-Value derived from (1); or
adding a continuous ceiling insulation layer with a minimum R-Value of R0.13 above or below the ceiling joists or the bottom chords of the trusses; or
achieving the required ceiling R-Value derived from (1) by stacking two layers of insulation immediately on top of each other, such that the top layer is orientated to cover the ceiling joists or bottom chord of the trusses and has an R-Value of at least R0.5; or
for a flat, skillion or cathedral roof—
achieving the Total R-Value in Table J3D7t, calculated using a method that accounts for the effects of thermal bridging; or
Where, for operational or safety reasons, the area of ceiling insulation required is reduced, the loss of insulation must be compensated for in accordance with Table J3D7w.
(6)
Where the ceiling insulation required by (1) to (5) has an R-Value—
greater than R3.0 and less than or equal to R4.5, it may be reduced to R3.0 within 450 mm of an external wall; or
greater than R4.5, it may be reduced to R3.0 within 450 mm of an external wall, provided all other required ceiling insulation is increased by R0.5.
(7)
The requirements of (1) to (6) do not apply to roofs constructed using insulated sandwich panels.
(8)
Roofs constructed using insulated sandwich panels must achieve the minimum Total R-Value in Table J3D7x.
(9)
In climate zones 1 to 5, the solar absorptance of the upper surface of a roof must not be more than 0.64.
Table J3D7a:
Flat concrete roof — minimum R-Value for ceiling insulation: climate zone 1
Minimum Total R-Value to account for thermal bridging
1.5
1.38
2.0
1.74
2.5
2.09
3.0
2.43
3.5
2.63
4.0
2.95
4.5
3.27
5.0
3.59
5.5
3.91
6.0
4.23
Table Notes
The Total R-Value calculation only includes the ceiling frame, insulation and ceiling lining. It is not to include the internal air films, roof space or roof lining.
Minimum ceiling Total R-Values are in-situ values. They account for compression of insulation.
Table J3D7t:
Metal-framed flat, skillion or cathedral roof — minimum Total R-Value to account for thermal bridging
where the ratio of the area of opaque external walls to the floor area of the sole-occupancy unit is greater than or equal to 20% but less than 35%, must be at least R2.04; and
Where a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building has a concrete floor above an unenclosed carpark, undercroft, or the like, underfloor insulation must be installed with an R-Value at least—
Where a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building has a concrete floor above an enclosed carpark, undercroft or the like, underfloor insulation must be installed with an R-Value at least—
A concrete slab-on-ground with an in-slab or in-screed heating or cooling system must have insulation with an R-Value at least 1.0 installed around the vertical edge of tis perimeter.
J3D11External winter glazing of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
(1)
In climate zones 2 to 8, the ratio of the conductance (CU) and solar heat gain (CSHGC) of the glazing of each storey, including any mezzanine, of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building must—
not exceed the allowance obtained from Table J3D11a; and
be calculated in accordance with the following formula:
not exceed the allowance resulting from multiplying the floor area of the storey, including any mezzanine, measured within the enclosing walls, by the constant CSHGC obtained from Table J3D12a; and
be calculated in accordance with the following formula:
J3D14Net equivalent energy usage of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
(1)
The net equivalent energy usage of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building, calculated in accordance with (a), must not exceed the allowance calculated in accordance with (b)—
, where—
= the floor area factor obtained from multiplying the total floor area by the adjustment factor in Table J3D14a; and
The swimming pool pump energy usage (EP) must be determined in accordance with the following formula: , where—
= the swimming pool pump energy usage; and
= the volume of the swimming pool to the nearest 1000 litres; and
= the swimming pool pump factor in Table 13.6.2c of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
(3)
The spa pump energy usage (ES) must be determined in accordance with the following formula: ,where—
= the spa pump energy usage; and
= the volume of the spa to the nearest 100 litres; and
= the spa pump factor in Table 13.6.2d of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Table J3D14a:
Floor area adjustment factor for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
Total floor area m2
Floor area factor
Total floor area m2
Floor area factor
Total floor area m2
Floor area factor
Total floor area m2
Floor area factor
< 50
0.0123
160–169
0.0097
280–289
0.0087
400–409
0.0080
50–59
0.0119
170–179
0.0096
290–299
0.0086
410–419
0.0079
60–69
0.0116
180–189
0.0095
300–309
0.0085
420–429
0.0079
70–79
0.0113
190–199
0.0094
310–319
0.0085
430–439
0.0078
80–89
0.0111
200–209
0.0093
320–329
0.0084
440–449
0.0078
90–99
0.0108
210–219
0.0092
330–339
0.0083
450–459
0.0077
100–109
0.0106
220–229
0.0091
340–349
0.0083
460–469
0.0077
110–119
0.0105
230–239
0.0090
350–359
0.0082
470–479
0.0077
120–129
0.0103
240–249
0.0090
360–369
0.0082
480–489
0.0076
130–139
0.0101
250–259
0.0089
370–379
0.0081
490–499
0.0076
140–149
0.0100
260–269
0.0088
380–389
0.0081
500
0.0075
150–159
0.0099
270–279
0.0087
390–399
0.0080
—
—
Table Notes
The total floor area is measured within the inside face of the external walls of the sole-occupancy unit and includes any conditioned attached Class 10a building.
Where values fall between ranges given, the floor area must be rounded up to the nearest whole square metres of floor area.
Table J3D14b:
Energy factor for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for compliance with Part J1. It sets out provisions for the building envelope including roofs, ceilings, roof lights, walls, glazing and floors.
Note:
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note: New South Wales Section J Energy Efficiency
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 3 building or Class 5 to 9 building:
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One.
From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note: Tasmania Section J Energy Efficiency
In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019 Amendment 1.
Where required, insulation must comply with AS/NZS 4859.1 and be installed so that it—
abuts or overlaps adjoining insulation other than at supporting members such as studs, noggings, joists, furring channels and the like where the insulation must be against the member; and
forms a continuous barrier with ceilings, walls, bulkheads, floors or the like that inherently contribute to the thermal barrier; and
does not affect the safe or effective operation of a service or fitting.
Where required, bulk insulation must be installed so that—
it maintains its position and thickness, other than where it is compressed between cladding and supporting members, water pipes, electrical cabling or the like; and
in a ceiling, where there is no bulk insulation or reflective insulation in the wall beneath, it overlaps the wall by not less than 50 mm.
(4)
Roof, ceiling, wall and floor materials, and associated surfaces are deemed to have the thermal properties listed in Specification 36.
Total area of roof lights more than 3.5% and up to 5% of the floor area of the room or space
<1.0
≤ 0.45
≤ 0.29
≥ 1.0 to < 2.5
≤ 0.51
≤ 0.33
≥ 2.5
≤ 0.76
≤ 0.49
Table Notes
The roof light shaft index is determined by measuring the distance from the centre of the shaft at the roof to the centre of the shaft at the ceiling level and dividing it by the average internal dimension of the shaft opening at the ceiling level (or the diameter for a circular shaft) in the same units of measurement.
The area of a roof light is the area of the roof opening that allows light to enter the building.
The total area of roof lights is the combined area for all roof lights serving the room or space.
For the purposes of (1), a slab-on-ground that does not have an in-slab heating or cooling system is considered to achieve a Total R-Value of R2.0, except—
A floor without an in-slab heating or cooling system
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.5
A floor with an in-slab heating or cooling system
3.25
3.25
3.25
4.75
Table Notes
For the purpose of calculating the Total R-Value of a floor, the sub-floor and soil R-Value must be calculated in accordance with Specification 39 or Section 3.5 of CIBSE Guide A.
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for compliance with Part J1. It sets out provisions for the sealing of a building’s glazing, doors, exhaust fans and the like in order to increase thermal comfort for occupants and reduce the energy consumption of any installed air-conditioning systems.
Note:
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note: New South Wales Section J Energy Efficiency
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 3 building or Class 5 to 9 building:
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One.
From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note: Tasmania Section J Energy Efficiency
In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019 Amendment 1.
a roller shutter door, roller shutter grille or other security door or device installed only for out-of-hours security.
(3)
A seal to restrict air infiltration—
for the bottom edge of a door, must be a draft protection device; and
for the other edges of a door or the edges of an openable window or other such opening, may be a foam or rubber compression strip, fibrous seal or the like.
Ceilings, walls, floors and any opening such as a window frame, door frame, roof light frame or the like must be constructed to minimise air leakage in accordance with (2)—
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for compliance with Part J1. It sets out the provisions for the efficiency and control of air-conditioning, space heating and ventilation equipment, the efficiency, sealing and insulation requirements for ductwork systems containing fans, and for the efficiency and insulation of pipework and pump systems.
Note:
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note: New South Wales Section J Energy Efficiency
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 3 building or Class 5 to 9 building:
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One.
From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note: Tasmania Section J Energy Efficiency
In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019 Amendment 1.
must be capable of being deactivated when the building or part of a building served by that system is not occupied; and
when serving more than one air-conditioning zone or area with different heating or cooling needs, must—
thermostatically control the temperature of each zone or area; and
not control the temperature by mixing actively heated air and actively cooled air; and
limit reheating to not more than—
for a fixed supply air rate, a 7.5 K rise in temperature; and
for a variable supply air rate, a 7.5 K rise in temperature at the nominal supply air rate but increased or decreased at the same rate that the supply air rate is respectively decreased or increased; and
which provides the required mechanical ventilation, other than in climate zone 1 or where dehumidification control is needed, must have an outdoor air economy cycle if the total air flow rate of any airside component of an air-conditioning system is greater than or equal to the flow rates in Table J6D3; and
which contains more than one water heater, chiller or coil, must be capable of stopping the flow of water to those not operating; and
with an airflow of more than 1000 L/s, must have a variable speed fan when its supply air quantity is capable of being varied; and
when serving a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 3 building, must not operate when any external door of the sole-occupancy unit that opens to a balcony or the like, is open for more than one minute; and
must have the ability to use direct signals from the control components responsible for the delivery of comfort conditions in the building to regulate the operation of central plant; and
must have a control dead band of not less than 2°C, except where a smaller range is required for specialised applications; and
must be provided with balancing dampers and balancing valves, as required to meet the needs of the system at its maximum operating condition, that ensure the maximum design air or fluid flow is achieved but not exceeded by more than 15% above design at each—
component; or
group of components operating under a common control in a system containing multiple components; and
must ensure that each independently operating space of more than 1 000 m2 and every separate floor of the building has provision to terminate airflow independently of the remainder of the system sufficient to allow for different operating times; and
must have automatic variable temperature operation of heated water and chilled water circuits; and
when deactivated, must close any motorised outdoor air or return air damper that is not otherwise being actively controlled.
(2)
When two or more air-conditioning systems serve the same space they must use control sequences that prevent the systems from operating in opposing heating and cooling modes.
Total air flow rate requiring an economy cycle (L/s)
2
9000
3
7500
4
3500
5
3000
6
2000
7
2500
8
4000
J6D4Mechanical ventilation system control
[2019: J5.3]
(1)
General — A mechanical ventilation system, including one that is part of an air-conditioning system, except where the mechanical system serves only one sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building or serves only a Class 4 part of a building, must—
be capable of being deactivated when the building or part of the building served by that system is not occupied; and
when serving a conditioned space, except in periods when evaporative cooling is being used—
additional unconditioned outdoor air is supplied for free cooling; or
additional mechanical ventilation is needed to balance the required exhaust or process exhaust; or
an energy reclaiming system preconditions all the outdoor air; and
for an airflow of more than 1000 L/s, have a variable speed fan unless the downstream airflow is required by Part F6 to be constant.
(2)
Exhaust systems — An exhaust system with an air flow rate of more than 1000 L/s must be capable of stopping the motor when the system is not needed, except for an exhaust system in a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2, 3 or 9c building.
(3)
Carpark exhaust systems — Carpark exhaust systems must have a control system in accordance with—
Fans, ductwork and duct components that form part of an air-conditioning system or mechanical ventilation system must—
separately comply with (2), (3), (4) and (5); or
achieve a fan motor input power per unit of flowrate lower than the fan motor input power per unit of flowrate achieved when applying (2), (3), (4) and (5) together.
(2)
Fans:
Fans in systems that have a static pressure of not more than 200 Pa must have an efficiency at the full load operating point not less than the efficiency calculated with the following formula:
In the formula at (a)—
= the minimum required system static efficiency for installation type A or C or the minimum required system total efficiency installation type B or D; and
= the static pressure of the system (Pa); and
= natural logarithm.
Fans in systems that have a static pressure above 200 Pa must have an efficiency at the full load operating point not less than the efficiency calculated with the following formula:
In the formula at (c)—
= the minimum required system static efficiency for installation type A or C or the minimum required system total efficiency installation type B or D; and
= the motor input power of the fan; and
= the minimum performance grade obtained from Table J6D5a; and
= regression coefficient a, obtained from Table J6D5b; and
= regression coefficient b, obtained from Table J6D5c; and
= natural logarithm.
The requirements of (a), (b), (c) and (d) do not apply to fans that need to be explosion proof.
(3)
Ductwork:
The pressure drop in the index run across all straight sections of rigid ductwork and all sections of flexible ductwork must not exceed 1 Pa/m when averaged over the entire length of straight rigid duct and flexible duct. The pressure drop of flexible ductwork sections may be calculated as if the flexible ductwork is laid straight.
Flexible ductwork must not account for more than 6 m in length in any duct run.
The upstream connection to ductwork bends, elbows and tees in the index run must have an equivalent diameter to the connected duct.
Turning vanes must be included in all rigid ductwork elbows of 90° or more acute than 90° in the index run except where—
the inclusion of turning vanes presents a fouling risk; or
a long radius bend in accordance with AS 4254.2 is used.
(4)
Ductwork components in the index run:
The pressure drop across a coil must not exceed the value specified in Table J6D5d.
A high efficiency particulate arrestance (HEPA) air filter must not exceed the higher of—
a pressure drop of 200 Pa when clean; or
the filter design pressure drop when clean at an air velocity of 1.5 m/s.
Any other air filter must not exceed—
the pressure drop specified in Table J6D5e when clean; or
the filter design pressure drop when clean at an air velocity of 2.5 m/s.
The pressure drop across intake louvres must not exceed the higher of—
for single stage louvres, 30 Pa; and
for two stage louvres, 60 Pa; and
for acoustic louvres, 50 Pa; and
for other non-weatherproof louvres, 30 Pa.
The pressure drop across a variable air volume box, with the damper in the fully open position, must not exceed—
for units with electric reheat, 100 Pa; and
for other units, 25 Pa not including coil pressure losses.
Rooftop cowls must not exceed a pressure drop of 30 Pa.
Attenuators must not exceed a pressure drop of 40 Pa.
Fire dampers must not exceed a pressure drop of 15 Pa when open.
Balancing and control dampers in the index run must not exceed a pressure drop of 25 Pa when in the fully open position.
Supply air diffusers and grilles must not exceed a pressure drop of 40 Pa.
Exhaust grilles must not exceed a pressure drop of 30 Pa.
Transfer ducts must not exceed a pressure drop of 12 Pa.
Door grilles must not exceed a pressure drop of 12 Pa.
Active chilled beams must not exceed a pressure drop of 150 Pa.
(5)
The requirements of (1), (2), (3) and (4) do not apply to—
fans in unducted air-conditioning systems with a supply air capacity of less than 1000 L/s; and
smoke spill fans, except where also used for air-conditioning or ventilation; and
the power for process-related components; and
kitchen exhaust systems.
Table J6D5a:
Minimum fan performance grade
Fan type
Installation type A or C
Installation type B or D
Axial — as a component of an air handling unit or fan coil unit
46.0
51.5
Axial — other
42.0
61.0
Mixed flow — as a component of an air handling unit or fan coil unit
46.0
51.5
Mixed flow — other
52.5
65.0
Centrifugal forward — curved
46.0
51.5
Centrifugal radial bladed
46.0
51.5
Centrifugal backward-curved
64.0
64.0
Table Notes
Installation type A means an arrangement where the fan is installed with free inlet and outlet conditions.
Installation type B means an arrangement where the fan is installed with a free inlet and a duct at its outlet.
Installation type C means an arrangement where the fan is installed with a duct fitted to its inlet and with free outlet conditions.
Installation type D means an arrangement where the fan is installed with a duct fitted to its inlet and outlet.
Table J6D5b:
Fan regression coefficient a
Fan type
Fan motor input power < 10 kW
Fan motor input ≥ 10 kW
Axial
2.74
0.78
Mixed flow
4.56
1.1
Centrifugal forward-curved
2.74
0.78
Centrifugal radial bladed
2.74
0.78
Centrifugal backward-curved
4.56
1.1
Table J6D5c:
Fan regression coefficient b
Fan type
Fan motor input power < 10 kW
Fan motor input ≥ 10 kW
Axial
6.33
1.88
Mixed flow
10.5
2.6
Centrifugal forward-curved
6.33
1.88
Centrifugal radial bladed
6.33
1.88
Centrifugal backward-curved
10.5
2.6
Table J6D5d:
Maximum coil pressure drop
Number of rows
Maximum pressure drop (Pa)
1
30
2
50
4
90
6
130
8
175
10
220
Table J6D5e:
Maximum clean filter pressure drop
Filter minimum efficiency reporting value
Maximum pressure drop (Pa)
9
55
11
65
13
95
14
110
J6D6Ductwork insulation
[2019: J5.5]
(1)
Ductwork and fittings in an air-conditioning system must be provided with insulation—
Ductwork in an air-conditioning system with a capacity of 3000 L/s or greater, not located within the only or last room served by the system, must be sealed against air loss in accordance with the duct sealing requirements of AS 4254.1 and AS 4254.2 for the static pressure in the system.
J6D8Pump systems
[2019: J5.7]
(1)
General — Pumps and pipework that form part of an air-conditioning system must either—
separately comply with (2), (3) and (4); or
achieve a pump motor power per unit of flowrate lower than the pump motor power per unit of flowrate achieved when applying (2), (3) and (4) together.
(2)
Circulator pumps — A glandless impeller pump, with a rated hydraulic power output of less than 2.5 kW and that is used in closed loop systems must have an energy efficiency index (EEI) not more than 0.27 calculated in accordance with European Union Commission Regulation No. 622/2012.
(3)
Other pumps — Pumps that are in accordance with Articles 1 and 2 of European Union Commission Regulation No. 547/2012 must have a minimum efficiency index (MEI) of 0.4 or more when calculated in accordance with European Union Commission Regulation No. 547/2012.
(4)
Pipework — Straight segments of pipework along the index run, forming part of an air-conditioning system—
in pipework systems that do not have branches and have the same flow rate throughout the entire pipe network, must achieve an average pressure drop of not more than—
for constant speed systems, the values nominated in Table J6D8a; or
for variable speed systems, the values nominated in Table J6D8b; or
in any other pipework system, must achieve an average pressure drop of not more than—
for constant speed systems, the values nominated in Table J6D8c; or
for variable speed systems, the values nominated in Table J6D8d.
(5)
The requirements of (4) do not apply—
to valves and fittings; or
where the smallest pipe size compliant with (4) results in a velocity of 0.7 m/s or less at design flow.
Table J6D8a:
Maximum pipework pressure drop – Non-distributive constant speed systems
Nominal pipe diameter (mm)
Maximum pressure drop in systems operating 5000 hours/annum or less (Pa/m)
Maximum pressure drop in systems operating more than 5000 hours/annum (Pa/m)
Not more than 20
400
400
25
400
400
32
400
400
40
400
400
50
400
350
65
400
350
80
400
350
100
400
200
125
400
200
150 or more
400
200
Table J6D8b:
Maximum pipework pressure drop – Non-distributive variable speed systems
Nominal pipe diameter (mm)
Maximum pressure drop in systems operating 5000 hours/annum or less (Pa/m)
Maximum pressure drop in systems operating more than 5000 hours/annum (Pa/m)
Not more than 20
400
400
25
400
400
32
400
400
40
400
400
50
400
400
65
400
400
80
400
400
100
400
300
125
400
300
150 or more
400
300
Table J6D8c:
Maximum pipework pressure drop – Distributive constant speed systems
Nominal pipe diameter (mm)
Maximum pressure drop in systems operating 2000 hours/annum or less (Pa/m)
Maximum pressure drop in systems operating between 2000 hours/annum and 5000 hrs/yr (Pa/m)
Maximum pressure drop in systems operating more than 5000 hours/annum (Pa/m)
Not more than 20
400
300
150
25
400
220
100
32
400
220
100
40
400
220
100
50
400
220
100
65
400
400
170
80
400
400
170
100
400
400
170
125
400
400
170
150 or more
400
400
170
Table J6D8d:
Maximum pipework pressure drop – Distributive variable speed systems
Nominal pipe diameter (mm)
Maximum pressure drop in systems operating 5000 hours/annum or less (Pa/m)
Maximum pressure drop in systems operating more than 5000 hours/annum (Pa/m)
Not more than 20
400
250
25
400
180
32
400
180
40
400
180
50
400
180
65
400
300
80
400
300
100
400
300
125
400
300
150 or more
400
300
J6D9Pipework insulation
[2019: J5.8]
(1)
Piping, vessels, heat exchangers and tanks containing heating or cooling fluid, where the fluid is held at a heated or cooled temperature, that are part of an air-conditioning system, other than in appliances covered by MEPS, must be provided with insulation—
for piping of heating and cooling fluids, having an insulation R-Value in accordance with Table J6D9a; and
for vessels, heat exchangers or tanks, having an insulation R-Value in accordance with Table J6D9b; and
for refill or pressure relief piping, having an insulation R-Value equal to the required insulation R-Value of the connected pipe, vessel or tank within 500 mm of the connection.
(2)
Insulation must—
be protected against the effects of weather and sunlight; and
be able to withstand the temperatures within the piping, vessel, heat exchanger or tank.
(3)
Insulation provided to piping, vessels, heat exchangers or tanks containing cooling fluid must be protected by a vapour barrier on the outside of the insulation.
(4)
The requirements of (1) and (2) do not apply to piping, vessels or heat exchangers—
located within the only or last room served by the system and downstream of the control device for the regulation of heating or cooling service to that room; or
encased within a concrete slab or panel which is part of a heating or cooling system; or
supplied as an integral part of a chiller, boiler or unitary air-conditioner complying with the requirements of J6D10, J6D11 and J6D12; or
inside an air-handling unit, fan-coil unit, or the like.
(5)
For the purposes of (1), (2), (3) and (4)—
heating fluids include refrigerant, heated water, steam and condensate; and
cooling fluids include refrigerant, chilled water, brines and glycol mixtures, but do not include condenser cooling water.
Table J6D9a:
Piping — Minimum insulation R-Value
Fluid temperature
Minimum insulation R-Value nominal pipe diameter ≤ 40 mm
Minimum insulation R-Value — nominal pipe diameter > 40 mm and ≤ 80 mm
Minimum insulation R-Value — nominal pipe diameter between > 80 mm and ≤ 150 mm
Minimum insulation R-Value — nominal pipe diameter > 150 mm
Low temperature chilled — ≤ 2°C
1.3
1.7
2.0
2.7
Chilled — > 2°C but ≤ 20°C
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.0
Heated — > 30°C but ≤ 85°C
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
High Temperature heated — > 85°C
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
Table Notes
The minimum requiredR-Value may be halved for piping penetrating a structural member.
Table J6D9b:
Vessels, heat exchangers and tanks — Minimum insulation R-Value
An electric heater may be used for heating a bathroom in a Class 2, 3, 9a or 9c building if the heating capacity is not more than 1.2 kW and the heater has a timer.
(3)
A fixed heating or cooling appliance that moderates the temperature of an outdoor space must be configured to automatically shut down when—
there are no occupants in the space served; or
a period of one hour has elapsed since the last activation of the heater; or
the space served has reached the design temperature.
(4)
A gas water heater, that is used as part of an air-conditioning system, must—
if rated to consume 500 MJ/hour of gas or less, achieve a minimum gross thermal efficiency of 86%; or
if rated to consume more than 500 MJ/hour of gas, achieve a minimum gross thermal efficiency of 90%.
An air-conditioning system refrigerant chiller must comply with MEPS and the full load operation energy efficiency ratio and integrated part load energy efficiency ratio in Table J6D11a or Table J6D11b when determined in accordance with AHRI 551/591.
Table J6D11a:
Minimum energy efficiency ratio for refrigerant chillers – Option 1
Chiller type
Full load operation (Wr/Winput power)
Integrated part load (Wr/Winput power)
Air-cooled chiller with a capacity ≤ 528 kWr
2.985
4.048
Air-cooled chiller with a capacity > 528 kWr
2.985
4.137
Water-cooled positive displacement chiller with a capacity ≤ 264 kWr
4.694
5.867
Water-cooled positive displacement chiller with a capacity > 264 kWr but ≤ 528 kWr
4.889
6.286
Water-cooled positive displacement chiller with a capacity > 528 kWr but ≤ 1055 kWr
5.334
6.519
Water-cooled positive displacement chiller with a capacity > 1055 kWr but ≤ 2110 kWr
5.800
6.770
Water-cooled positive displacement chiller with a capacity > 2110 kWr
6.286
7.041
Water-cooled centrifugal chiller with a capacity ≤ 528 kWr
5.771
6.401
Water-cooled centrifugal chiller with a capacity > 528 kWr but ≤ 1055 kWr
5.771
6.519
Water-cooled centrifugal chiller with a capacity > 1055 kWr but ≤ 1407 kWr
6.286
6.770
Water-cooled centrifugal chiller with a capacity > 1407 kWr
6.286
7.041
Table J6D11b:
Minimum energy efficiency ratio for refrigerant chillers – Option 2
Chiller type
Full load operation (Wr/Winput power)
Integrated part load (Wr/Winput power)
Air-cooled chiller with a capacity ≤ 528 kWr
2.866
4.669
Air-cooled chiller with a capacity > 528 kWr
2.866
4.758
Water-cooled positive displacement chiller with a capacity ≤ 264 kWr
4.513
7.041
Water-cooled positive displacement chiller with a capacity > 264 kWr but ≤ 528 kWr
4.694
7.184
Water-cooled positive displacement chiller with a capacity > 528 kWr but ≤ 1055 kWr
5.177
8.001
Water-cooled positive displacement chiller with a capacity > 1055 kWr but ≤ 2110 kWr
5.633
8.586
Water-cooled positive displacement chiller with a capacity > 2110 kWr
6.018
9.264
Water-cooled centrifugal chiller with a capacity ≤ 528 kWr
5.065
8.001
Water-cooled centrifugal chiller with a capacity > 528 kWr but ≤ 1055 kWr
5.544
8.001
Water-cooled centrifugal chiller with a capacity > 1055 kWr but ≤ 1407 kWr
5.917
9.027
Water-cooled centrifugal chiller with a capacity > 1407 kWr
6.018
9.264
J6D12Unitary air-conditioning equipment
[2019: J5.11]
Unitary air-conditioning equipment including packaged air-conditioners, split systems, and variable refrigerant flow systems must comply with MEPS and for a capacity greater than or equal to 65 kWr—
where water cooled, have a minimum energy efficiency ratio of 4.0 Wr/Winputpower for cooling when tested in accordance with AS/NZS 3823.1.2 at test condition T1, where input power includes both compressor and fan input power; or
where air cooled, have a minimum energy efficiency ratio of 2.9 Wr/Winput power for cooling when tested in accordance with AS/NZS 3823.1.2 at test condition T1, where input power includes both compressor and fan input power.
J6D13Heat rejection equipment
[2019: J5.12]
(1)
The motor rated power of a fan in a cooling tower, closed circuit cooler or evaporative condenser must not exceed the allowances in Table J6D13.
(2)
The fan in an air-cooled condenser must have a motor rated power of not more than 42 W for each kW of heat rejected from the refrigerant, when determined in accordance with AHRI 460 except for—
a refrigerant chiller in an air-conditioning system that complies with the energy efficiency ratios in J6D11; or
packaged air-conditioners, split systems, and variable refrigerant flow air-conditioning equipment that complies with the energy efficiency ratios in J6D12.
Table J6D13:
Maximum fan motor power – Cooling towers, closed circuit coolers and evaporative condensers
Type
Cooling tower maximum fan motor input power (W/kWrej)
Closed circuit cooler maximum fan motor input power (W/kWrej)
Evaporative condenser maximum fan motor input power (W/kWrej)
Induced draft
10.4
16.9
11.0
Forced draft
19.5
Note
11.0
Table Notes
A closed circuit, forced draft cooling tower must not be used.
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for compliance with Part J1. It sets out provisions for the design and configuration of artificial lighting and power, boiling and chilled water units, lifts and escalators and moving walkways.
Note:
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note: New South Wales Section J Energy Efficiency
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 3 building or Class 5 to 9 building:
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One.
From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note: Tasmania Section J Energy Efficiency
In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019 Amendment 1.
when designing the lamp power density or illumination power density, the power of the proposed installation must be used rather than nominal allowances for exposed batten holders or luminaires; and
halogen lamps must be separately switched from fluorescent lamps.
In a building other than a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building—
for artificial lighting, the aggregate design illumination power load must not exceed the sum of the allowances obtained by multiplying the area of each space by the maximum illumination power density in Table J7D3a; and
the aggregate design illumination power load in (a) is the sum of the design illumination power loads in each of the spaces served; and
where there are multiple lighting systems serving the same space, the design illumination power load for (b) is—
the total illumination power load of all systems; or
where a control system permits only one system to operate at a time based on the highest illumination power load; or determined by the formula—
In the formula at (c)(ii)—
= the highest illumination power load; and
= the time for which the maximum illumination power load will occur, expressed as a percentage; and
= the predominant illumination power load.
(3)
The requirements of (1) and (2) do not apply to the following:
Emergency lighting provided in accordance with Part E4.
Signage, display lighting within cabinets and display cases that are fixed in place.
Lighting for accommodation within the residential part of a detention centre.
A heater where the heater also emits light, such as in bathrooms.
Lighting of a specialist process nature such as in a surgical operating theatre, fume cupboard or clean workstation.
Lighting of performances such as theatrical or sporting.
Lighting for the permanent display and preservation of works of art or objects in a museum or gallery other than for retail sale, purchase or auction.
Lighting installed solely to provide photosynthetically active radiation for indoor plant growth on green walls and the like.
for an illuminance not more than 80 lx, 2 W/m2; and
for an illuminance more than 80 lx and not more than 160 lx, 2.5 W/m2; and
for an illuminance more than 160 lx and not more than 240 lx, 3 W/m2; and
for an illuminance more than 240 lx and not more than 320 lx, 4.5 W/m2; and
for an illuminance more than 320 lx and not more than 400 lx, 6 W/m2; and
for an illuminance more than 400 lx and not more than 600 lx, 10 W/m2; and
for an illuminance more than 600 lx and not more than 800 lx, 11.5 W/m2.
For enclosed spaces with a Room Aspect Ratio of less than 1.5, the maximum illumination power density may be increased by dividing it by an adjustment factor for room aspect which is 0.5 + (Room Aspect Ratio/3).
The Room Aspect Ratio of the enclosed space is determined by the formula: A/(H x C), where—
A is the area of the enclosed space; and
H is the height of the space measured from the floor to the highest part of the ceiling; and
C is the perimeter of the enclosed space at floor level.
Daylight sensor and dynamic lighting control device - dimmed or stepped switching of lights adjacent windowsNotes 3 and 5
In a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9b building or a Class 9a building, other than a ward area, where the lights are adjacent windows, other than roof lights, for a distance from the window equal to the depth of the floor to window head height
0.5 Note 3
Daylight sensor and dynamic lighting control device - dimmed or stepped switching of lights adjacent windowsNotes 3 and 5
Serving a Class 3 or 9c building, or a Class 9a ward area, where the lights are adjacent windows, other than roof lights, for a distance from the window equal to the depth of the floor to window head height
0.75 Note 3
Daylight sensor and dynamic lighting control device - dimmed or stepped switching of lights adjacent windowsNotes 3 and 5
In a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9b building or a Class 9a building, other than a ward area, where the lights are adjacent roof lights
0.6 Note 3
Daylight sensor and dynamic lighting control device - dimmed or stepped switching of lights adjacent windowsNotes 3 and 5
In a Class 3 or 9c building, or a Class 9a ward area, where the lights are adjacent roof lights
0.8 Note 3
Table Notes
A maximum of two illumination power density adjustment factors for a control device can be applied to an area.
Where more than one illumination power density adjustment factor (other than for room aspect) applies to an area, they are to be combined using the following formula: A x (B + [(1 - B)/2]), where—
Includes luminaires that can adjust their CCT to 3500 K or below.
J7D4Interior artificial lighting and power control
[2019: J6.3]
(1)
All artificial lighting of a room or space must be individually operated by–
a switch; or
other control device; or
a combination of (a) and (b).
(2)
An occupant activated device, such as a room security device, a motion detector in accordance with Specification 40, or the like, must be provided in the sole-occupancy unit of a Class 3 building, other than where providing accommodation for people with a disability or the aged, to cut power to the artificial lighting, air-conditioner, local exhaust fans and bathroom heater when the sole-occupancy unit is unoccupied.
(3)
An artificial lighting switch or other control device in (1) must—
if an artificial lighting switch, be located in a visible and easily accessed position—
in the room or space being switched; or
in an adjacent room or space from where 90% of the lighting being switched is visible; and
for other than a single functional space such as an auditorium, theatre, swimming pool, sporting stadium or warehouse—
if in a Class 5 building or a Class 8 laboratory, not operate lighting for an area of more than 250 m2; or
if in a Class 3, 6, 7, 8 (other than a laboratory) or 9 building, not operate lighting for an area of more than—
95% of the light fittings in a building or storey of a building, other than a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 4 part of a building, of more than 250 m2 must be controlled by—
In a Class 5, 6 or 8 building of more than 250 m2, artificial lighting in a natural lighting zone adjacent to windows must be separately controlled from artificial lighting not in a natural lighting zone in the same storey except where—
the room containing the natural lighting zone is less than 20 m2; or
the room’s natural lighting zone contains less than 4 luminaires; or
70% or more of the luminaires in the room are in the natural lighting zone.
must be controlled by a daylight sensor and dynamic lighting control device in accordance with Specification 40.
(8)
Artificial lighting for daytime travel in the first 19 m of travel in a carpark entry zone must be controlled by a daylight sensor in accordance with Specification 40.
(9)
The requirements of (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8) do not apply to the following:
Where artificial lighting is needed for 24 hour occupancy such as for a manufacturing process, parts of a hospital, an airport control tower or within a detention centre.
(10)
The requirements of (4) do not apply to the following:
Artificial lighting in a space where the sudden loss of artificial lighting would cause an unsafe situation such as—
in a patient care area in a Class 9a building or in a Class 9c building; or
a plant room or lift motor room; or
a workshop where power tools are used.
A heater where the heater also emits light, such as in bathrooms.
J7D5Interior decorative and display lighting
[2019: J6.4]
(1)
Interior decorative and display lighting, such as for a foyer mural or art display, must be controlled—
separately from other artificial lighting; and
by a manual switch for each area other than when the operating times of the displays are the same in a number of areas such as in a museum, art gallery or the like, in which case they may be combined; and
by a time switch in accordance with Specification 40 where the display lighting exceeds 1 kW.
(2)
Window display lighting must be controlled separately from other display lighting.
J7D6Exterior artificial lighting
[2019: J6.5]
(1)
Exterior artificial lighting attached to or directed at the facade of a building, must—
be controlled by—
a daylight sensor; or
a time switch that is capable of switching on and off electric power to the system at variable pre-programmed times and on variable pre-programmed days; and
when the total lighting load exceeds 100 W—
use LED luminaires for 90% of the total lighting load; or
be controlled by a motion detector in accordance with Specification 40; or
when used for decorative purposes, such as façade lighting or signage lighting, have a separate time switch in accordance with Specification 40.
(2)
The requirements of (1)(b) do not apply to the following:
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for compliance with Part J1. It sets out provisions for ensuring water heaters, swimming pool and spa heaters and pump systems use energy efficiently.
Note:
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note: New South Wales Section J Energy Efficiency
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 3 building or Class 5 to 9 building:
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One.
From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note: Tasmania Section J Energy Efficiency
In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019 Amendment 1.
A heated water supply system for food preparation and sanitary purposes must be designed and installed in accordance with Part B2 of NCC Volume Three — Plumbing Code of Australia.
a time switch to control the operation of the heater.
(3)
A time switch must be provided to control the operation of a circulation pump for a swimming pool.
(4)
Where required, a time switch must be capable of switching electric power on and off at variable pre-programmed times and on variable pre-programmed days.
(5)
Pipework carrying heated or chilled water for a swimming pool must comply with the insulation requirements of J6D9.
(6)
For the purpose of J8D3, a swimming pool does not include a spa pool.
a push button and a time switch to control the operation of the heater.
(3)
A time switch must be provided to control the operation of a circulation pump for a spa pool having a capacity of 680 L or more.
(4)
Where required, a time switch must be capable of switching electric power on and off at variable pre-programmed times and on variable pre-programmed days.
(5)
Pipework carrying heated or chilled water for a spa pool must comply with the insulation requirements of J6D9.
Part J9Energy monitoring and on-site distributed energy resources
This Part contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions for compliance with Part J1. It sets out provisions that enable the monitoring of energy use (other than for billing purposes) and facilitate easy retrofit of renewable energy and electric vehicle charging equipment.
Note:
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One. From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note: New South Wales Section J Energy Efficiency
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 3 building or Class 5 to 9 building:
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Volume One Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One.
From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note: Tasmania Section J Energy Efficiency
In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019 Amendment 1.
A building or sole-occupancy unit with a floor area of more than 500 m2 must have energy meters configured to record the time-of-use consumption of gas and electricity.
(2)
A building with a floor area of more than 2 500 m2 must have energy meters configured to enable individual time-of-use energy data recording, in accordance with (3), of—
air-conditioning plant including, where appropriate, heating plant, cooling plant and air handling fans; and
artificial lighting; and
appliance power; and
central hot water supply; and
internal transport devices including lifts, escalators and moving walkways where there is more than one serving the building; and
Energy meters required by (2) must be interlinked by a communication system that collates the time-of-use energy data to a single interface monitoring system where it can be stored, analysed and reviewed.
(4)
The provisions of (2) do not apply to energy meters serving—
a Class 2 building where the total floor area of the common areas is less than 500 m2; or
J9D4Facilities for electric vehicle charging equipment
[New for 2022]
(1)
Subject to (2), a carpark associated with a Class 2, 3, 5, 6, 7b, 8 or 9 building must be provided with electrical distribution boards dedicated to electric vehicle charging—
labelled to indicate use for electric vehicle charging equipment.
(2)
Electrical distribution boards dedicated to serving electric vehicle charging in a carpark must—
be fitted with a charging control system with the ability to manage and schedule charging of electric vehicles in response to total building demand; and
when associated with a Class 2 building, have capacity for each circuit to support an electric vehicle charger able to deliver a minimum of 12 kWh from 11:00 pm to 7:00 am daily; and
when associated with a Class 5 to 9 building, have capacity for each circuit to support an electric vehicle charger able to deliver a minimum of 12 kWh from 9:00 am to 5:00 pm daily; and
when associated with a Class 3 building, have capacity for each circuit to support an electric vehicle charger able to deliver a minimum of 48 kWh from 11:00 pm to 7:00 am daily; and
be sized to support the future installation of a 7 kW (32 A) type 2 electric vehicle charger in—
100% of the car parking spaces associated with a Class 2 building; or
10% of car parking spaces associated with a Class 5 or 6 building; or
20% of car parking spaces associated with a Class 3, 7b, 8 or 9 building; and
contain space of at least 36 mm width of DIN rail per outgoing circuit for individual sub-circuit electricity metering to record electricity use of electric vehicle charging equipment; and
be labelled to indicate the use of the space required by (f) is for the future installation of metering equipment.
Limitations:
J9D4 does not apply to a stand-alone Class 7a building.
Table J9D4:
Electric vehicle distribution board requirement for each storey of a carpark
Electrical distribution boards for electric vehicle charging per storey
0 - 9
0
10 - 24
1
25 - 48
2
49 - 72
3
73 - 96
4
97 - 120
5
121 - 144
6
145 - 168
7
Table Notes
Where there are more than 168 carpark spaces per storey, one additional distribution board must be provided for each additional 24 spaces or part thereof.
J9D5Facilities for solar photovoltaic and battery systems
[New for 2022]
(1)
The main electrical switchboard of a building must—
contain at least two empty three-phase circuit breaker slots and four DIN rail spaces labelled to indicate the use of each space for—
be sized to accommodate the installation of solar photovoltaic panels producing their maximum electrical output on at least 20% of the building roof area.
(2)
At least 20% of the roof area of a building must be left clear for the installation of solar photovoltaic panels, except for buildings—
with installed solar photovoltaic panels on—
at least 20% of the roof area; or
an equivalent generation capacity elsewhere on-site; or
where 100% of the roof area is shaded for more than 70% of daylight hours; or
with a roof area of not more than 55 m2; or
where more than 50% of the roof area is used as a terrace, carpark, roof garden, roof light or the like.
Limitations:
The requirements of J9D5(1)(a)(i) and (b) do not apply to a building with solar photovoltaic panels installed on at least 20% of the roof area.
The requirements of J9D5(1)(a)(ii) and (b) do not apply to a building with battery systems installed.
Specification 33Additional requirements
S33C1Scope
[2019: Spec JVa: 1]
This Specification contains requirements that must be complied with in addition to the modelling requirements of J1V1, J1V2, J1V3 and J1V5.
S33C2Additional requirements — general
[2019: Spec JVa: 2]
In addition to the modelling requirements for J1V1, J1V2, J1V3 and J1V5, a building must comply with—
if the proposed building has no mechanically provided cooling or has mixed mode cooling, have the same method of control and control set points for non-mechanical cooling as the proposed building.
The infiltration rate in each zone must be—
0.7 air changes per hour throughout all zones when there is no mechanically supplied outdoor air; and
0.35 air changes per hour throughout all zones at all other times.
the current full fuel cycle emissions factors published by the Australian Government, except, where the greenhouse gas intensity of electricity is less than half the greenhouse gas intensity of natural gas—
electricity is to be weighted as 1; and
natural gas is to be weighted as 2.
(3)
For the purposes of (1)(c), location must be either—
location where the building is to be constructed if appropriate climatic data is available; or
the nearest location with similar climatic conditions, for which climatic data is available.
(4)
For the purposes of (1)(f), building form must include—
assumptions and means of calculating the temperature difference across air-conditioning zone boundaries; and
floor coverings and furniture and fittings density; and
internal artificial lighting illumination levels; and
internal heat gains including people, lighting, appliances, meals and other electric power loads; and
air-conditioning, including chiller, fan and boiler equipment, system configuration and zones; and
profiles for occupancy, air-conditioning, lighting and internal heat gains from people, hot meals, appliances, equipment and heated water supply systems based on—
the reference building must have variable temperature control for chilled and heated water that modulates the chilled water and heated water temperatures as required to maximise the efficiency of the chiller or boiler operation during periods of low load; and
if the controls for the proposed building are not adequately specified or cannot be simulated, the sample control specifications in Appendix B of AIRAH-DA28 must be used; and
environmental conditions such as ground reflectivity, sky and ground form factors, temperature of external bounding surfaces, air velocities across external surfaces and the like; and
number, sizes, floors and traffic served by lifts and escalators.
(7)
For the purposes of (6)(i), the intended building leakage at 50 Pa may be converted into a whole building infiltration value for the proposed building infiltration using Tables 4.16 to 4.24 of CIBSE Guide A if all of the following have been specified:
An intended building leakage of less than 10 m3/hr.m2 at 50 Pa.
Pressure testing to verify achievement of the intended building leakage.
Table S34C3:
Greenhouse gas emissions factors (kgCO2-e/GJ)
Energy Source
ACT
NSW
NT
QLD
SA
TAS
VIC
WA
Electricity
-
236
162
254
101
44
279
191
Gas
-
51.53
51.53
51.53
51.53
51.53
51.53
51.53
Table Notes
National emissions factors are not applicable to calculations for buildings in the ACT as they do not take into account investments in renewable electricity generation in the national electricity market made by the ACT.
Values for the ACT can be found in the ACT Appendix.
system demand and response for all items of plant must be calculated on a not less frequent than hourly basis; and
energy usage of all items of plant must be calculated with allowances for—
part load performance; and
staging to meet system demand; and
energy usage of cooling plant must be calculated with allowances for—
the impact of chilled water temperature on chiller efficiency; and
the impact of condenser water temperature on water-cooled plant efficiency; and
the impact of ambient temperature on air-cooled plant efficiency; and
the energy use of primary pumps serving individual chillers; and
the energy use of auxiliary equipment, including controls and oil heating for chillers; and
thermal losses in the chilled water system; and
the impact of chilled water temperature on thermal losses in the chilled water system; and
energy usage of water heating systems for space heating must be calculated with allowances for—
the impact of water temperature on water heater efficiency; and
the energy use of primary or feedwater pumps serving individual water heaters; and
thermal losses in water heating systems; and
the thermal mass of water heating systems, accounting for thermal losses during periods when the system is not operating; and
energy usage of fan and pump systems must be calculated with allowances for—
the method of capacity regulation; and
the use of either fixed or variable pressure control; and
energy usage of pump systems must be calculated with allowances for the system fixed static pressure head; and
energy usage of auxiliary equipment associated with co-generation and tri-generation systems, including pumps, cooling towers and jacket heaters, must be calculated; and
where the energy usage of the heated water supply for food preparation and sanitary purposes or the energy usage of lifts and escalators is the same in the proposed building and the reference building, they may be omitted from the calculation of both the proposed building and the reference building; and
Weekday occupancy and operation profiles of a Class 5 building, a Class 7 warehouse, a Class 8 Laboratory or a Class 9a clinic, day surgery or procedure unit
Weekend occupancy and operation profiles of a Class 5 building, a Class 7 warehouse, a Class 8 Laboratory or a Class 9a clinic, day surgery or procedure unit
Time period (local standard time)
Occupancy (Saturday, Sunday and holidays)
Artificial lighting (Saturday, Sunday and holidays)
Appliances and equipment (Saturday, Sunday and holidays)
Sunday profile is 5% continuous artificial lighting and 5% continuous appliances and equipment where there is no occupancy and the air-conditioning is “off”.
Table S35C2g:
Occupancy and operation profiles of a Class 9a ward area
Saturday and Sunday profiles are 5% continuous artificial lighting and 5% continuous appliances and equipment, where there is no occupancy and the air-conditioning is “off”.
Table S35C2k:
Occupancy and operation profiles of a Class 9c aged care facility
Dormitory, boarding house, guest house, hostel, lodging house and backpackers accommodation
50 L/person
Residential part of a school, accommodation for the aged, children or people with a disability and a detention centre or a health-care building which accommodates members of staff
For materials which incorporate cores or hollows in regular patterns (such as cored brickwork, hollow blockwork and cored floor or wall panels), the tabulated material densities and thermal conductivities are based on the gross density (mass divided by external dimensions).
The R-Value of a material is determined by dividing the thickness of the material in metres by the thermal conductivity in Wm-1K-1.
For an envelope that contains a ventilated airspace, the Total R-Value of the building fabric must be reduced based on the area of ventilation openings in accordance with clause 6.3 of AS/NZS 4859.2.
(5)
The requirements of (4) do not apply to a roof with an airspace greater than 300 mm or a pitched roof greater than 5° with a horizontal ceiling.
Table S36C2a:
Thermal conductivity of typical framing materials
Description
Density (kg/m3)
Thermal conductivity (Wm-1K-1)
Steel
7850
47.5
Timber – kiln dried hardwood (across the grain)
677
0.16
Timber – Radiata pine (across the grain)
506
0.12
Table S36C2b:
Thermal conductivity of typical roof cladding materials
Description
Density (kg/m3)
Thermal conductivity (Wm-1K-1)
Aluminium sheeting
2680
210
Concrete or terra cotta tiles
1922
0.81
Steel sheeting
7850
47.5
Table S36C2c:
Thermal conductivity of typical wall cladding materials
Description
Density (kg/m3)
Thermal conductivity (Wm-1K-1)
Aluminium sheeting
2680
210
Autoclaved aerated concrete
350
0.10
510
0.15
900
0.27
Cement render (1 part cement to 4 parts sand)
1570
0.53
Clay brick: 2.75 kg
1430
0.55
Clay brick: 3.25 kg
1690
0.65
Clay brick: 3.75 kg
1950
0.78
Concrete block: 190 mm dense or 90 mm dense solid
1100/2200
1.1
Concrete block: 140 mm dense or 190 mm lightweight
1250/910
0.85
Concrete block: 90 mm dense hollow or 90 mm lightweight solid
1650 / 1800
0.75
Concrete block: 140 mm lightweight
1050
0.67
Concrete block: 90 mm lightweight
1360
0.55
Fibre-cement
1360
0.25
Gypsum plasterboard
880
0.17
Pine weatherboards
506
0.10
Plywood
530
0.14
Solid concrete
2400
1.44
Steel sheeting
7850
47.5
Prestressed hollow core concrete panel
1680
0.80
Table S36C2d:
Thermal conductivity of typical flooring materials
Description
Density (kg/m3)
Thermal conductivity (Wm-1K-1)
Carpet underlay
-
0.04
Carpet
-
0.05
Prestressed hollow core concrete planks
1680
0.80
Particleboard
640
0.12
Plywood
530
0.14
Timber – kiln dried hardwood (across the grain)
677
0.16
Timber – Radiata pine (across the grain)
506
0.10
Solid concrete
2400
1.44
Vinyl floor tiles
2050
0.79
Table S36C2e:
Thermal conductivity of other materials not listed in Tables S36C2a to S36C2d
Description
Density (kg/m3)
Thermal conductivity (Wm-1K-1)
Clay soil (10% moisture content)
1300
0.6
PMMA (polymethylmethacrylate)
1180
1.0
Polycarbonates
1200
0.2
Sand (6% moisture content)
1800
1.64
Soda lime glass
2500
1.0
Table S36C2f:
Typical R-Values for air films: surfaces other than outdoor surfaces
summer temperatures of 24°C internally and 36°C externally for heat transfer down; and
winter temperatures of 18°C internally and 12°C externally for heat transfer up; and
average of summer and winter results for horizontal heat transfer (e.g. in walls).
A non-ventilated airspace in a wall is one where there is no express provision for airflow through it and openings to the external environment do not exceed more than 500 mm2 per metre of length in the horizontal direction.
A non-ventilated airspace in a wall for the purposes of Note (4) includes a wall with drainage openings or weepholes that are open vertical joints in the outer leaf of a cavity masonry wall, which are not regarded as ventilation openings.
Table S36C2i:
Typical R-Values for airspaces: reflective non-ventilated
In a wall with an inner reflective surface of 0.05 emittance and a 20 mm to 100 mm airspace to the wall lining
Horizontal
0.61
In a wall with a central reflective membrane with an inner surface emittance of 0.05 and a 20 mm to 100 mm airspace from the membrane to the wall lining, and an outer anti-glare emittance of 0.08 and a 20 mm to 100 mm airspace to the wall cladding
Horizontal
1.1
In a wall with an outer anti-glare reflective surface of 0.08 emittance and a 20 mm to 100 mm airspace to the wall cladding
Horizontal
0.53
Table Notes
A non-ventilated airspace in a wall is one where there is no express provision for airflow through it and openings to the external environment do not exceed 500 mm2 per metre of length in the horizontal direction.
A non-ventilated airspace in a wall for the purposes of Note (1) includes a wall with drainage openings or weepholes that are open vertical joints in the outer leaf of a cavity masonry wall, which are not regarded as ventilation openings.
A non-ventilated airspace in a roof is one with continuous cover, such as metal or sarked tiles, and no specific provision for ventilation.
A reflective surface is a surface with normal emittance of 0.05 or less, in accordance with AS 4200.1.
Table S36C2l:
Typical R-Values for non-ventilated roof spaces with a reflective surface: Flat, skillion or pitched roof (≤5°) with horizontal ceiling, roof space not more than 300 mm thick
For the purpose of calculating solar admittance, the shading multiplier is—
for shading provided by an external permanent projection that extends horizontally on both sides of the glazing for the same projection distance P, as shown in Figure S37C7—
the value in Table S37C7a for shading on the northern, eastern or western aspects; or
the value in Table S37C7b for shading on the southern aspect; or
0.35 for shading that is provided by an external shading device such as a shutter, blind, vertical or horizontal building screen with blades, battens or slats, which—
is capable of restricting at least 80% of summer solar radiation; and
if adjustable, will operate automatically in response to the level of solar radiation.
Table S37C7a:
Shading multipliers — Northern, eastern and western aspects
G/H
P/H = 0
P/H = 0.1
P/H = 0.2
P/H = 0.3
P/H = 0.4
P/H = 0.5
P/H = 0.6
P/H = 0.7
P/H = 0.8
P/H = 0.9
P/H = 1
0
1.00
0.90
0.80
0.72
0.64
0.57
0.51
0.46
0.41
0.38
0.35
0.1
1.00
0.95
0.89
0.81
0.74
0.66
0.59
0.52
0.47
0.42
0.40
0.2
1.00
0.98
0.94
0.89
0.82
0.75
0.68
0.62
0.56
0.51
0.47
0.3
1.00
1.00
0.97
0.94
0.89
0.84
0.78
0.72
0.66
0.61
0.57
0.4
1.00
1.00
0.99
0.97
0.94
0.90
0.86
0.82
0.77
0.73
0.68
0.5
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.99
0.97
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.86
0.83
0.79
Table S37C7b:
Shading multipliers — Southern aspect
G/H
P/H = 0
P/H = 0.1
P/H = 0.2
P/H = 0.3
P/H = 0.4
P/H = 0.5
P/H = 0.6
P/H = 0.7
P/H = 0.8
P/H = 0.9
P/H = 1
0
1.00
0.93
0.87
0.82
0.77
0.73
0.69
0.65
0.62
0.60
0.58
0.1
1.00
0.97
0.93
0.88
0.84
0.79
0.75
0.71
0.67
0.64
0.62
0.2
1.00
0.98
0.96
0.93
0.89
0.85
0.81
0.77
0.73
0.70
0.68
0.3
1.00
0.99
0.98
0.96
0.93
0.90
0.87
0.83
0.80
0.77
0.74
0.4
1.00
1.00
0.99
0.98
0.96
0.94
0.91
0.89
0.86
0.84
0.81
0.5
1.00
1.00
0.99
0.99
0.98
0.96
0.95
0.93
0.91
0.90
0.88
Figure S37C7:
Permanent external shading – measurement of P, G and H
Specification 39Sub-floor and soil thermal performance
S39C1Scope
[2019: Spec J1.6: 1]
This Specification describes the thermal performance of sub-floor spaces and soil in direct contact with a floor for the purposes of calculating the Total R-Value of a floor.
S39C2Sub-floor space and soil thermal performance
[2019: Spec J1.6: 2]
(1)
Table S39C2a details the R-Values considered to be achieved by enclosed sub-floor spaces that are—
mechanically ventilated by not more than 1.5 air changes per hour; or
provided with not more than 150% of the aggregate sub-floor ventilation area required by Part F1 and are not mechanically ventilated.
(2)
Table S39C2b details the R-Values considered to be achieved by the soil for floors that are in direct contact with the ground.
Where a wall thickness or ratio of floor area to floor perimeter is between the values stated, interpolation may be used to determine the soil R-Value.
Wall thickness means the thickness of the envelope wall that sits on or around the slab.
Specification 40Lighting and power control devices
S40C1Scope
[2019: Spec J6: 1]
This Specification contains the requirements for lighting and power control devices including timers, time switches, motion detectors and daylight control devices.
S40C2Lighting timers
[2019: Spec J6: 2]
A lighting timer must—
be located within 2 m of every entry door to the space; and
have an indicator light that is illuminated when the artificial lighting is off; and
not control more than—
an area of 100 m2 with a single push button timer; and
95% of the lights in spaces of area more than 25 m2; and
be capable of maintaining the artificial lighting—
for not less than 5 minutes; and
for not more than 12 hours if the timer is reset.
S40C3Time switch
[2019: Spec J6: 3]
(1)
A time switch must be—
capable of switching on and off electric power at variable pre-programmed times and on variable pre-programmed days; and
configured so that the lights are switched off at any time the space is designated to be unoccupied.
(2)
A time switch for internal lighting must be capable of being overridden by—
a means of turning the lights on, either by—
a manual switch, remote control or an occupant sensing device that on sensing a person’s presence, overrides the time switch for a period of up to 2 hours, after which if there is no further presence detected, the time switch must resume control; or
an occupant sensing device that overrides the time switch upon a person’s entry and returns control to the time switch upon the person’s exiting, such as a security card reader or remote control; and
a manual “off” switch.
(3)
A time switch for external lighting must be—
configured to limit the period the system is switched on to between 30 minutes before sunset and 30 minutes after sunrise is determined or detected including any pre-programmed period between these times; and
capable of being overridden by a manual switch, remote control or a security access system for a period of up to 8 hours, after which the time switch must resume control.
(4)
A time switch for boiling water or chilled water storage units must be capable of being overridden by a manual switch or a security access system that senses a person’s presence, overrides for a period of up to 2 hours, after which if there is no further presence detected, the time switch must resume control.
be capable of sensing movement such as by infra-red, ultrasonic or microwave detection or by a combination of these means; and
be capable of detecting—
movement of 500 mm within the useable part of the space; and
a person before they have entered 1 m into the space; and
be configured so that the lights dim to a 30% peak power or less when the space is unoccupied for more than 15 minutes.
S40C5Daylight sensor and dynamic lighting control device
[2019: Spec J6: 5]
(1)
A daylight sensor and dynamic control device for artificial lighting must—
for switching on and off—
be capable of having the switching level set point adjusted between 50 and 1000 lux; and
have—
a delay of more than 2 minutes; and
a differential of more than 100 lux for a sensor controlling high pressure discharge lighting, and 50 lux for a sensor controlling other than high pressure discharge lighting; and
for dimmed or stepped switching, be capable of reducing the power consumed by the controlled lighting in proportion to the incident daylight on the working plane either—
continuously down to a power consumption that is less than 50% of full power; or
in no less than 4 steps down to a power consumption that is less than 50% of full power.
(2)
Where a daylight sensor and dynamic control device has a manual override switch, the manual override switch must not be able to switch the lights permanently on or bypass the lighting controls.
Specification 44Calculation of heating load limit, cooling load limit and thermal energy load limit
daytime air-conditioned zones include at least one living space and one dining space; and
kitchen zones are a separate zone using virtual wall partitions at all times, and are only air-conditioned if adjacent to an external façade; and
each bedroom is a night-time air-conditioned zone; and
all other zones, including pantries, corridors, en-suites, walk-in robes, bathrooms, toilets, laundries and adjacent roof space or basement are unconditioned; and
the same assumptions and means of calculating the temperature difference across air-conditioning zone boundaries; and
the same floor coverings, furniture and fittings density; and
the same internal artificial lighting illumination levels.
infiltration values, unless building sealing is verified using J1V4, in which case infiltration values equal to the intended building air change rate at 50 Pa divided by 20 may be used for the proposed building only; and
operation settings as follows:
openings must shut when the external dry bulb temperature is less than or equal to a temperature 1°C higher than the air-conditioningservice cooling set point; and
openings must shut when the external dry bulb temperature is greater than or equal to a temperature 1°C lower than the air-conditioningservice heating set point; and
openings must remain open for all hours of the year that do not meet the above closing conditions.
Table S45C3a:
Annual heating degree hours, cooling degree hours and dehumidification gram hours for various locations
Australian Institute of Refrigeration, Air conditioning and Heating
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
AS
Australian Standard
ASET
Available Safe Egress Time
ASHRAE
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers
ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials
BCA
Building Code of Australia
BE
Fire blocks evacuation route
CAN
National Standard of Canada
CCT
Correlated Colour Temperature
CF
Challenging fire
CHF
Critical Heat Flux
CIBSE
Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers
CRF
Critical Radiant Flux
CRI
Colour Rendering Index
CS
Fire starts in a concealed space
CSHGC
Constant for solar heat gain
CSIRO
Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation
CU
Constant for conductance
DC
Direct Current
FED
Fractional Effective Dose
FI
Fire brigade intervention
FRL
Fire Resistance Level
FZ
Flame Zone
GEMS
Greenhouse and Energy Minimum Standards
GRP
Glass fibre reinforced polyester
HDG
Hot dip galvanising
HRR
Heat Release Rate
HS
Horizontal fire spread
IS
Rapid fire spread involving internal surface linings
ISO
International Organisation for Standardisation
IZS
Inorganic zinc silicate
LED
Light-Emitting Diode
MEPS
Minimum Energy Performance Standards
NABERS
National Australian Built Environment Rating System
NASH
National Association of Steel-Framed Housing
NATA
National Association of Testing Authorities Australia
NatHERS
Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme
NCC
National Construction Code
NSF
National Sanitation Foundation
PBDB
Performance-based design brief
PCA
Plumbing Code of Australia
PMV
Predicted Mean Vote
ppm
parts per million
PUR
Polyurethane
PVC
Polyvinyl chloride
RC
Robustness check
RSET
Required Safe Egress Time
RW
Weighted sound reduction index
SF
Smouldering fire
SHGC
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient
SL
Square mesh
SS
Structural stability and other property
STC
Sound Transmission Class
TM
Trench mesh
UF
Unexpected catastrophic failure
UPVC
Unplasticized polyvinyl chloride
UT
Fire in normally unoccupied room threatening occupants of other rooms
U-Value
Thermal transmittance
VS
Vertical fire spread involving external cladding or external openings
Symbols
Symbols
Definitions
°
degree(s)
°C
degree(s) Celsius
°CDB
degree(s) Celsius Dry Bulb
°CWB
degree(s) Celsius Wet Bulb
-e/MJ
equivalent per Megajoule(s)
μm
micrometre
µg/N.s
Micrograms per newton-second
dB(A)
decibels “A” scale weighting network
f’c
Characteristic compressive strength of concrete at 28 days
f’y
Yield stress used in design
G
Permanent load
J
Joule(s)
J/kg.K
Joules per kilogram degree Kelvin
J/s.m
Joules per second square metre
K
Kelvin(s)
kg
kilogram(s)
kg/m
kilogram(s) per metre
kg/m
kilogram(s) per square metre
kg/m
kilogram(s) per cubic metre
kJ/m
kilojoules per square metre hour
km
kilometre(s)
kPa
kilopascal(s)
kW/m
kilowatt(s) per square metre
kWheating
kilowatt(s) of heating
kWr
kilowatt(s) of refrigeration
L
litre(s)
L/min
litre(s) per minute
L/s
litre(s) per second
L/s.m
litre(s) per second square metre
Lumens/W
Lumens per Watt
lx
lux
m
metre(s)
m/s
metre(s) per second
m
square metre(s)
m
square metre Kelvin(s) per Watt
m
cubic metre(s)
m
cubic metre(s) per hour
m
cubic metre(s) per second
mcd/m
millicandelas per square metre
min
minute(s)
MJ/hour
Megajoules per hour
MJ/m
Megajoules per square metre annum
mm
millimetre(s)
mm
square millimetre(s)
MW
megawatt(s)
N
newton(s)
N/m
Newton(s) per metre
Pa
pascal(s)
Pa/m
pascal(s) per metre
Q
Imposed load
s
second(s)
ULS
Ultimate limit state
V
Volt(s)
W
Watt(s)
Winput power
Watts of input power
Wr/Winput power
Watts of thermal refrigeration per watt of input power
W/kWrej
Watts per kilowatt of heat rejected
Wm
Watts per metre degree Kelvin
W/m
Watts per square metre
°south
degree south
%
percent
>
greater than
<
less than
≤
less than or equal to
≥
equal to or more than
Glossary
Above ground rainwater tank
A rainwater tank that is not in any way set into the ground.
Accessible
Having features to enable use by people with a disability.
Accessway
A continuous accessible path of travel (as defined in AS 1428.1 ) to, into or within a building.
Accredited Testing Laboratory
One of the following:
An organisation accredited by the National Association of Testing Authorities Australia (NATA) to undertake the relevant tests.
An organisation outside Australia accredited to undertake the relevant tests by an authority recognised by NATA through a mutual recognition agreement.
An organisation recognised as being an Accredited Testing Laboratory under legislation at the time the test was undertaken.
This term is used to articulate whether the height of a room or space is sufficient and by what degree. This is achieved by having regard to the room or space’s intended use by occupants, through consideration of the defined terms ‘activity traits’ and ‘occupant traits’.
Activity traits
For the purposes of—
Volume One, the features of the activities that will be undertaken in a habitable room or space; or
Volume Two, the features of the activities that will be undertaken in a room or space.
Explanatory information:
This term is used to describe the characteristics of the activities that will be undertaken in a room or space.
For example, the activities likely to be undertaken in a bedroom, and the associated features are—
sleeping — a person laying horizontally; and
resting — a person laying horizontally or sitting upright on the bed; and
leisure activities, such as reading a book — a person sitting upright on the bed, with enough space to stretch their arms vertically; and
dressing/changing clothes — a person standing with enough space to stretch their arms vertically.
A Class 9c building for residential accommodation of aged persons who, due to varying degrees of incapacity associated with the ageing process, are provided with personal care services and 24 hour staff assistance to evacuate the building during an emergency.
For the purposes of Section J of Volume One, a service that actively cools or heats the air within a space, but does not include a service that directly—
cools or heats cold or hot rooms; or
maintains specialised conditions for equipment or processes, where this is the main purpose of the service.
Alarm zone
For the purposes of Specification 23, an area of a building protected by one or more smoke alarms connected to one alarm circuit.
Alpine area
An area given in Figure 1 and in Table 1 for specific locations, and is—
likely to be subject to significant snowfalls; and
in New South Wales, the ACT or Victoria more than 1200 m above the Australian Height Datum; and
in Tasmania more than 900 m above the Australian Height Datum.
Table 1:
Alpine areas where snow loads are significant
Location
Map identifier
Kiandra (NSW)
1
Mount Kosciuszko (NSW)
2
Perisher Valley (NSW)
3
Thredbo (NSW)
4
Cabramurra (NSW)
5
Charlotte Pass Village (NSW)
6
Diggers Creek (NSW)
7
Guthega Village (NSW)
8
Mount Blue Cow (NSW)
9
Mount Selwyn (NSW)
10
Perisher Range (NSW)
11
Rules Point (NSW)
12
Sawpit Creek (NSW)
13
Smiggin Holes (NSW)
14
Smiggin Range (NSW)
15
Three Mile Dam (NSW)
16
Wilsons Valley (NSW)
17
Falls Creek (Vic.), including Summit Area, Sun Valley and Village Bowl
18
Mount Baw Baw (Vic.)
19
Mount Buffalo (Vic.), including Chalet, Dingo Dell and Tatra
20
Mount Buller (Vic.), including Baldy and Village
21
Mount Hotham (Vic.), including Davenport and Village Centre
22
Dinner Plain (Vic.)
23
Lake Mountain (Vic.)
24
Mount Stirling (Vic.)
25
Ben Lomond Ski Field (Tas.)
26
Cradle Valley (Tas.)
27
Great Lake Area (Tas.)
28
Mount Field Ski Field (Tas.)
29
Figure 1:
Alpine areas
Figure Notes
This map is approximate only and altitude above Australian Height Datum must be used to determine whether the building falls into an alpine area region.
Explanatory information:
Alpine areas are located in New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania.
Alpine areas are areas 1200 m or more above Australian Height Datum (AHD) for New South Wales, Australian Capital Territory and Victoria, and 900 m or more above AHD for Tasmania, as shown in Figure 1.
Alpine areas are considered to receive significant snowfalls (snowfalls that result in an average snow accumulation on the ground of 175 mm or greater). Regions in New South Wales, the Australian Capital Territory and Victoria between 600 – 1200 m AHD are considered to be sub-alpine areas and may receive significant snowfalls, however unlike alpine areas the snow is unlikely to accumulate.
It is recommended that the appropriate authority be consulted to determine whether the building is located in an alpine area. AS/NZS 1170.3: also contains further detail in the identification of alpine areas and the altitude of the alpine regions of Australia.
In the Australian Capital Territory, Canberra is not designated as an alpine areas as snow loads are not considered significant.
Alteration
In relation to a building, includes an addition or extension to a building.
Aluminium Composite Panel (ACP)
ACP
Flat or profiled aluminium sheet material in composite with any type of materials.
Amenity
An attribute which contributes to the health, physical independence, comfort and well-being of people.
Ancillary element
An element that is secondary to and not an integral part of another element to which it is attached.
Annual exceedance probability
The probability that a given rainfall total accumulated over a given duration will be exceeded in any one year.
Annual greenhouse gas emissions
The theoretical amount of greenhouse gas emissions attributable to the energy used annually by a building's services, excluding kitchen exhaust and the like.
Appropriate authority
For the purposes of the Fire Safety Verification Method, means the relevant authority with the statutory responsibility to determine the particular matter satisfies the relevant Performance Requirement.
Explanatory information:
The Appropriate Authority is typically the building surveyor or building certifier charged with the statutory responsibility to determine building compliance and issue the building permit / approval and occupancy certificate / approval.
The cooling thermostat set point used to calculate cooling degree hours, and equal to , where is the mean January outdoor air temperature measured in degrees Celsius.
Atrium
A space within a building that connects 2 or more storeys and—
is enclosed at the top by a floor or roof (including a glazed roof structure); and
includes any adjacent part of the building not separated by an appropriate barrier to fire; but
does not include a stairwell, rampwell or the space within a shaft; and
for the purposes of (a) a space is considered enclosed if the area of the enclosing floor or roof is greater than 50% of the area of the space, measured in plan, of any of the storeys connected by the space.
Atrium well
A space in an atrium bounded by the perimeter of the openings in the floors or by the perimeter of the floors and the external walls.
Designed to operate when activated by a heat, smoke or fire sensing device.
Available safe egress time (ASET)
ASET
The time between ignition of a fire and the onset of untenable conditions in a specific part of a building.
The time referred to in (1) is the calculated interval between the time of ignition of a fire and the time at which conditions become such that the occupant is unable to take effective action to escape to a place of safety.
Average daylight factor
The ratio of the illumination level within a room provided by daylight to the level of daylight outside the building during overcast conditions.
Average specific extinction area
The average specific extinction area for smoke as determined by AS 5637.1.
Backflow prevention device
An air gap, break tank or mechanical device that is designed to prevent the unplanned reversal of flow of water or contaminants into the water service or a Network Utility Operator’s water supply.
Backpressure
A reversal of water flow caused by the downstream pressure becoming greater than the supply pressure.
Backsiphonage
A reversal of flow of water caused by negative pressure in the distributing pipes of a water service or supply.
Backstage
A space associated with, and adjacent to, a stage in a Class 9b building for scenery, props, equipment, dressing rooms, or the like.
Battery system
One or more chemical cells connected in series, parallel or a combination of the two for the purpose of electrical energy storage.
Blockage
An obstruction within a water service or sanitary plumbing or drainage system.
Boiler
A vessel or an arrangement of vessels and interconnecting parts, wherein steam or other vapour is generated, or water or other liquid is heated at a pressure above that of the atmosphere, by the application of fire, the products of combustion, electrical power, or similar high temperature means, and—
includes superheaters, reheaters, economisers, boiler piping, supports, mountings, valves, gauges, fittings, controls, the boiler settings and directly associated equipment; but
excludes a fully flooded or pressurised system where water or other liquid is heated to a temperature lower than the normal atmospheric boiling temperature of the liquid.
Bond breaker
A material used as part of a waterproofing system that prevents the membrane bonding to the substrate, bedding or lining.
Breaking surf
Any area of salt water in which waves break on an average of at least 4 days per week but does not include white caps or choppy water.
Explanatory information:
Breaking surf normally occurs in areas exposed to the open sea. Breaking surf does not normally occur in sheltered areas, such as that which occurs around Port Phillip Bay, Sydney Harbour, Swan River, Derwent River and similar locations.
Building complexity criteria
Are used to determine the building complexity level of all or part of a building in accordance with Table 2, where building complexity criteria are as follows:
Attributes — the building is designed or constructed with any of the following sub-criteria:
Is located in an area prone to natural disaster or adverse environmental conditions.
Class 2 — all or part of the building is Class 2 of three or more storeys.
Occupant numbers — the building is to be occupied by more than 100 people determined in accordance with D2D18.
Occupant characteristics — the building is to be occupied by more than 10 people who will require assistance to evacuate the building in an emergency.
Importance Level — the building is determined to be Importance Level 4 or 5.
Note:
The NCC currently does not include corresponding technical requirements relating to the defined term ‘building complexity criteria’ and the various building complexity levels. It is intended that these terms will be integrated into future editions of the NCC.
Table 2:
Building complexity level
Building complexity level
Criteria
Low
The building meets only one of the following building complexity criteria: (a) (Attributes), (b) (Class 2), (c) (Occupant numbers) or (d) (Occupant characteristics)
Medium
The building meets two of the following building complexity criteria: (a) (Attributes), (b) (Class 2), (c) (Occupant numbers) or (d) (Occupant characteristics)
High
The building meets three of the following building complexity criteria: (a) (Attributes), (b) (Class 2), (c) (Occupant numbers) or (d) (Occupant characteristics)
Very high
The building meets all of the following building complexity criteria: (a) (Attributes), (b) (Class 2), (c) (Occupant numbers) and (d) (Occupant characteristics); or (e) (Building Importance Level 4 or 5)
Buried rainwater tank
A rainwater tank that is set into and completely covered by earth.
Burnout
Exposure to fire for a time that includes fire growth, full development, and decay in the absence of intervention or automatic suppression, beyond which the fire is no longer a threat to building elements intended to perform loadbearing or fire separation functions, or both.
A building that is used for the parking of motor vehicles but is neither a private garage nor used for the servicing of vehicles, other than washing, cleaning or polishing.
Cavity
A void between 2 leaves of masonry, or in masonry veneer construction, a void between a leaf of masonry and the supporting frame.
Cavity wall
For the purposes of F3V1 and H2V1, a wall that incorporates a drained cavity.
A certificate issued by a State or Territory accreditation authority stating that the properties and performance of a building material or method of construction or design fulfil specific requirements of the NCC.
Certificate of Conformity
A certificate issued under the ABCB scheme for products and systems certification stating that the properties and performance of a building material or method of construction or design fulfil specific requirements of the NCC.
Certification body
A person or organisation operating in the field of material, product, form of construction or design certification that has been accredited by the Joint Accreditation System of Australia and New Zealand (JAS-ANZ), and is accredited for a purpose other than as part of the CodeMark Australia Certification Scheme or WaterMark Certification Scheme.
Characteristic
The occupant data to be used in the modelling of access solutions which define how an occupant interacts with a building, i.e. occupant movement speeds, turning ability, reach capability, perception of luminance contrast and hearing threshold.
Timber or metal frame construction with exterior timber or sheet wall cladding that is not sensitive to minor movement and includes substructure masonry walls up to 1.5 m high.
Climate zone
An area defined in Figure 2 and in Table 3 for specific locations, having energy efficiency provisions based on a range of similar climatic characteristics.
This map can be viewed in enlargeable form on the ABCB website at abcb.gov.au.
A Zone 4 area in South Australia, other than a council area, at an altitude greater than 300 m above the Australian Height Datum is to be considered as Zone 5.
The areas referred to in (2) have been defined in an enlarged format on the following maps produced by the Department of Planning, Transport and Infrastructure (these maps can be viewed on the Government of South Australia website at www.sa.gov.au):
a material — means combustible as determined by AS 1530.1 ; and
construction or part of a building — means constructed wholly or in part of combustible materials.
Common wall
For the purposes of—
Volume One, a wall that is common to adjoining buildings.
Volume Two and the ABCB Housing Provisions, a wall that is common to adjoining buildings other than Class 1 buildings.
Condensation
The formation of moisture on the surface of a building element or material as a result of moist air coming into contact with a surface which is at a lower temperature.
Conditioned space
For the purposes of—
Volume One, a space within a building, including a ceiling or under-floor supply air plenum or return air plenum, where the environment is likely, by the intended use of the space, to have its temperature controlled by air-conditioning; or
Volume Two, a space within a building that is heated or cooled by the building’s domestic services, excluding a non-habitable room in which a heater with a capacity of not more than 1.2 kW or 4.3 MJ/hour is installed.
Construction activity actions
Actions due to stacking of building materials or the use of equipment, including cranes and trucks, during construction or actions which may be induced by floor to floor propping.
Any substance (including gases, liquids, solids or micro-organisms), energy (excluding noise) or heat, that either by itself or in combination with the same, similar or other substances, energy or heat, changes or is likely to change the physical, chemical or biological condition of water.
Material that has been placed and compacted in layers with compaction equipment (such as a vibrating plate) within a defined moisture range to a defined density requirement.
The calculated amount of energy removed from the cooled spaces of the building annually by artificial means to maintain the desired temperatures in those spaces.
Critical radiant flux (CRF)
CRF
The critical heat flux at extinguishment (CHF in kW/m2) as determined by AS ISO 9239.1.
Cross-connection
Any actual or potential connection between a water supply and any contaminant.
The difference between the maximum and minimum temperatures that occur in a day.
Damp-proof course (DPC)
DPC
A continuous layer of impervious material placed in a masonry wall or pier, or between a wall or pier and a floor, to prevent the upward or downward migration of water.
Figure 3:
Identification of defined flood level, flood hazard level and freeboard
Dehumidification gram hours
For any one hour when the mean humidity is more than 15.7g/kg, the grams per kilogram of absolute humidity difference between the mean outdoor absolute humidity and 15.7g/kg.
Land which has been designated under a power of legislation as being subject, or likely to be subject, to bushfires.
Design bushfire
The characteristics of a bushfire, its initiation, spread and development, which arises from weather conditions, topography and fuel (vegetation) in a given setting, used to determine fire actions.
Design fire
The quantitative description of a representation of a fire within the design scenario.
Design scenario
The specific scenario of which the sequence of events is quantified and a fire safety engineering analysis is conducted against.
The design gust wind speed for the area where the building is located, calculated in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2 or AS 4055 (see Table 4 for wind classes).
Table 4:
Wind classes
Non-cyclonic Region A and B
Cyclonic Region C and D
N1, N2, N3
C1
N4, N5, N6 (these wind classes are covered in the ABCB Housing Provisions Part 2.2).
C2, C3, C4 (these wind classes are covered in the ABCB Housing Provisions Part 2.2).
Table Notes
Wind classification map identifying wind regions is contained in ABCB Housing Provisions Part 2.2 (see Figure 2.2.3).
Information on wind classes for particular areas may be available from the appropriate authority.
“N” = non-cyclonic winds and “C” = cyclonic winds.
Detention centre
A building in which persons are securely detained by means of the built structure including a prison, remand centre, juvenile detention centre, holding cells or psychiatric detention centre.
For the purposes of F3V1 and H2V1, means a wall with cladding attached directly to the wall framing without the use of a drained cavity.
Discontinuous construction
Means—
a wall having a minimum 20 mm cavity between 2 separate leaves, and—
for masonry, where wall ties are used to connect leaves, the ties are of the resilient type; and
for other than masonry, there is no mechanical linkage between the leaves, except at the periphery; and
a staggered stud wall is not deemed to be discontinuous construction.
Display glazing
Glazing used to display retail goods in a shop or showroom directly adjacent to a walkway or footpath, but not including that used in a café or restaurant.
Domestic services
The basic engineering systems that use energy or control the use of energy; and—
includes—
heating, air-conditioning, mechanical ventilation and artificial lighting; and
excludes cooking facilities and portable appliances.
Drainage
Any part of—
a sanitary drainage system, including any liquid trade waste drainage; or
a stormwater drainage system.
Drainage flange
A flange connected to a waste pipe, at the point at which it passes through the floor substrate, to prevent leakage and which enables tile bed drainage into the waste pipe.
Drainage riser
A waste pipe between the floor waste and the drainage system.
Drinking water
Water intended primarily for human consumption but which has other domestic uses.
Explanatory information:
See also the Australian Drinking Water Guidelines produced by the National Health and Medical Research Council.
Any premises or part thereof providing or intending to provide a centre-based education and care service within the meaning of the Education and Care Services National Law Act 2010 (Vic), the Education and Care Services National Regulations and centre-based services that are licensed or approved under State and Territory children's services law, but excludes education and care primarily provided to school aged children in outside school hours settings.
Effective height
The vertical distance between the floor of the lowest storey included in the calculation of rise in storeys and the floor of the topmost storey (excluding the topmost storey if it contains only heating, ventilating, lift or other equipment, water tanks or similar service units).
Efficacy
The degree to which a system achieves a design objective given that it performs to a level consistent with the system specification during the relevant fire scenario.
Electricity network substation
A building in which high voltage supply is converted or transformed and which is controlled by a licensed network service provider designated under a power of legislation.
Electric passenger lift
A power-operated lift for raising or lowering people in a car in which the motion of the car is obtained from an electric motor mechanically coupled to the hoisting mechanism.
Electrohydraulic passenger lift
A power-operated lift for raising or lowering people in a car in which the motion of the car is obtained from the action of liquid under pressure acting on a piston or ram, the pressure being generated by a pump driven by an individual electric motor.
Energy value
The net cost to society including, but not limited to, costs to the building user, the environment and energy networks.
Engaged pier
A pier bonded to a masonry wall by course bonding of masonry units or by masonry ties.
Part H6 in NCC Volume Two and Section 13 of the ABCB Housing Provisions, the parts of a building’s fabric that separate artificially heated or cooled spaces from—
the exterior of the building; or
other spaces that are not artificially heated or cooled.
The continuous path of travel (including exits, public corridors and the like) from any part of a building, including within a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part, to a safe place.
Evacuation time
The time calculated from when the emergency starts for the occupants of the building to evacuate to a safe place.
Exit
Means—
Any, or any combination of the following if they provide egress to a road or open space:
Contemporary and relevant qualifications and/or experience are necessary to determine whether a Performance Solution complies with the Performance Requirements. The level of qualification and/or experience may differ depending on the complexity of the proposal and the requirements of the regulatory authority. Practitioners should seek advice from the authority having jurisdiction or appropriate authority for clarification as to what will be accepted.
External wall
For the purposes of—
Volume One, an outer wall of a building which is not a common wall; or
Volume Two, an outer wall of a building which is not a separating wall.
Extra-low voltage
A voltage not exceeding 50 V AC or 120 V ripple-free DC.
Fabric
The basic building structural elements and components of a building including the roof, ceilings, walls, glazing and floors.
used primarily to store one or more farm vehicles; or
a combination of (i) and (ii); and
in which the total number of persons accommodated at any time does not exceed one person per 200 m² of floor area or part thereof, up to a maximum of 8 persons; and
cultivating, propagating and harvesting plants or fungi or their products or parts, including seeds, spores, bulbs or the like, but does not include forestry; or
maintaining animals in any physical environment for the purposes of—
breeding them; or
selling them; or
acquiring and selling their bodily produce such as milk, wool, eggs or the like; or
a combination of (a) and (b),
but does not include forestry or maintaining animals for sport or recreational purposes.
Farm shed
A single storey Class 7 or 8 building located on land primarily used for farming—
The ground level adjacent to footing systems at the completion of construction and landscaping.
Fire actions
Each of the following:
airborne embers; and
burning debris and/or accumulated embers adjacent to building elements; and
heat transfer from combustible materials within the site; and
radiant heat from a bushfire front; and
flame contact from a bushfire front; and
the period of time post fire front subject to collapsing vegetation due to persistent combustion.
Fire brigade
A statutory authority constituted under an Act of Parliament having as one of its functions, the protection of life and property from fire and other emergencies.
Fire brigade station
For the purposes of E1D2(1)(b) and I3D9, means a state or territory government operated premises which is a station for a fire brigade.
Fire compartment
Either—
the total space of a building; or
when referred to in—
the Performance Requirements — any part of a building separated from the remainder by barriers to fire such as walls and/or floors having an appropriate resistance to the spread of fire with any openings adequately protected; or
the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions — any part of a building separated from the remainder by walls and/or floors each having an FRL not less than that required for a fire wall for that type of construction and where all openings in the separating construction are protected in accordance with the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of the relevant Part.
Fire growth
The stage of fire development during which the heat release rate and the temperature of the fire are generally increasing.
Fire hazard
The danger in terms of potential harm and degree of exposure arising from the start and spread of fire and the smoke and gases that are thereby generated.
Fire hazard properties
The following properties of a material or assembly that indicate how they behave under specific fire test conditions:
A stairway within a fire-resistingshaft and includes the floor and roof or top enclosing structure.
Fire load
The sum of the net calorific values of the combustible contents which can reasonably be expected to burn within a fire compartment, including furnishings, built-in and removable materials, and building elements.
Note:
The calorific values must be determined at the ambient moisture content or humidity (the unit of measurement is MJ).
12 mm fibrous plaster reinforced with 13 mm x 13 mm x 0.7 mm galvanised steel wire mesh located not more than 6 mm from the exposed face.
Other material not less fire-protective than 13 mm fire-protective grade plasterboard, fixed in accordance with the normal trade practice for a fire-protective covering.
Fire-resistance level (FRL)
FRL
The grading periods in minutes determined in accordance with Specifications 1 and 2, for the following criteria—
A dash means there is no requirement for that criterion. For example, 90/–/– means there is no requirement for an FRL for integrity and insulation, and –/–/– means there is no requirement for an FRL.
Fire-resisting construction
For the purposes of Volume One, means one of the Types of construction referred to in Part C2 of Volume One.
Fire-resisting
For the purposes of—
Volume One, applied to a building element, having an FRL appropriate for that element; or
Application of engineering principles, rules and expert judgement based on a scientific appreciation of the fire phenomenon, often using specific design scenario, of the effects of fire and of the reaction and behaviour of people in order to—
save life, protect property and preserve the environment and heritage from destructive fire; and
quantify the hazards and risk of fire and its effects; and
mitigate fire damage by proper design, construction, arrangement and use of buildings, materials, structures, industrial processes and transportation systems; and
evaluate analytically the optimum protective and preventive measures, including design, installation and maintenance of active and passive fire and life safety systems, necessary to limit, within prescribed levels, the consequences of fire.
Fire safety system
One or any combination of the methods used in a building to—
warn people of an emergency; or
provide for safe evacuation; or
restrict the spread of fire; or
extinguish a fire,
and includes both active and passive systems.
Fire-source feature
Any one or more of the following:
The far boundary of a road, river, lake or the like adjoining the allotment.
A side or rear boundary of the allotment.
An external wall of another building on the allotment which is not a Class 10 building.
Fire wall
A wall with an appropriate resistance to the spread of fire that divides a storey or building into fire compartments.
Fixed wired
For the purposes of Specification 23, a system of electrical wiring (either AC or DC), in which cables are fixed or supported in position.
A strip or sleeve of impervious material dressed, fitted or built-in to provide a barrier to water movement, or to divert the travel of water, or to cover a joint where water would otherwise penetrate to the interior of a building, and includes the following:
Perimeter flashing: a flashing used at the floor-wall junction.
Vertical flashing: a flashing used at wall junctions within shower areas.
That part of a stair that has a continuous series of risers, including risers of winders, not interrupted by a landing or floor.
Explanatory information:
A flight is the part of a stair that has a continuous slope created by the nosing line of treads. The length of a flight is limited to restrict the distance a person could fall down a stair.
Quarter landings, as shown in Explanatory Figure 1, are considered sufficient to halt a person’s fall and therefore are considered for the purposes of NCC Volume Two and the ABCB Housing Provisions not to be part of the flight.
Figure 1 (explanatory):
Identification of stair flights — Plan view
the area occupied by any internal wall or partitions, any cupboard, or other built-in furniture, fixture or fitting; and
if there is no enclosing wall, an area which has a use that contributes to the fire load or impacts on the safety, health or amenity of the occupants in relation to the provisions of the BCA; and
in relation to a room — the area of the room measured within the internal finished surfaces of the walls, and includes the area occupied by any cupboard or other built-in furniture, fixture or fitting; and
in relation to a fire compartment — the total area of all floors within the fire compartment measured within the finished internal surfaces of the bounding construction, and if there is no bounding construction, includes an area which has a use which contributes to the fire load; and
in relation to an atrium — the total area of all floors within the atrium measured within the finished surfaces of the bounding construction and if no bounding construction, within the external walls.
Volume Two and the ABCB Housing Provisions, in relation to a room, the area of the room measured within the finished surfaces of the walls, and includes the area occupied by any cupboard or other built-in furniture, fixture or fitting (see Figure 4).
Figure 4:
Identification of floor area of a room
Floor waste
A grated inlet within a graded floor intended to drain the floor surface.
The ground which supports the building (see Figure 5).
Figure 5:
Identification of foundation
Fractional effective dose (FED)
FED
The fraction of the dose (of thermal effects) that would render a person of average susceptibility incapable of escape.
Explanatory information:
The definition for FED has been modified from the ISO definition to be made specific for the Fire Safety Verification Method. The use of CO or CO2 as part of FED is not part of that Verification Method. This is because the ability to measure CO in a repeatable test varies by two orders of magnitude for common cellosic fuel.
The height above the defined flood level as determined by the appropriate authority, used to compensate for effects such as wave action and localised hydraulic behaviour.
Fully developed fire
The state of total involvement of the majority of available combustible materials in a fire.
The horizontal dimension from the front to the back of a tread less any overhang from the next tread or landing above (see Figure 11.2.2f in the ABCB Housing Provisions).
Green Star
The building sustainability rating scheme managed by the Green Building Council of Australia.
The number of one of 4 groups of materials used in the regulation of fire hazard properties and applied to materials used as a finish, surface, lining, or attachment to a wall or ceiling.
Habitable room
A room used for normal domestic activities, and—
includes a bedroom, living room, lounge room, music room, television room, kitchen, dining room, sewing room, study, playroom, family room, home theatre and sunroom; but
excludes a bathroom, laundry, water closet, pantry, walk-in wardrobe, corridor, hallway, lobby, photographic darkroom, clothes-drying room, and other spaces of a specialised nature occupied neither frequently nor for extended periods.
Hazard Rating
A level of potential toxicity that may cause contamination in a drinking water system, having a rating of Low Hazard, Medium Hazard or High Hazard, determined in accordance with NCC Volume Three.
Health-care building
A building whose occupants or patients undergoing medical treatment generally need physical assistance to evacuate the building during an emergency and includes—
a public or private hospital; or
a nursing home or similar facility for sick or disabled persons needing full-time care; or
a clinic, day surgery or procedure unit where the effects of the predominant treatment administered involve patients becoming non-ambulatory and requiring supervised medical care on the premises for some time after the treatment.
Heated water
Water that has been intentionally heated; normally referred to as hot water or warm water.
Heating degree hours
For any one hour when the mean outdoor air temperature is less than 15°C, the degrees Celsius temperature difference between the mean outdoor air temperature and 15°C.
Heating load
The calculated amount of energy delivered to the heated spaces of the building annually by artificial means to maintain the desired temperatures in those spaces.
Heat release
The thermal energy produced by combustion (measured in kJ).
Heat release rate (HRR)
HRR
The rate of thermal energy production generated by combustion, measured in kW (preferred) or MW.
High Hazard
Any condition, device or practice which, in connection with a water supply, has the potential to cause death.
The number of hours when the occupancy of the building is greater than 20% of the peak occupancy.
House energy rating software
For the purposes of—
Volume One, software accredited under the Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS); or
Volume Two—
applied to H6V2—software accredited or previously accredited under the Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) and the additional functionality provided in non-regulatory mode; and
applied to Specification 42—software accredited under the Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS).
Explanatory information:
The Nationwide House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS) refers to the Australian Governments' scheme that facilitates consistent energy ratings from software tools which are used to assess the potential thermal efficiency of dwelling envelopes.
Illuminance
The luminous flux falling onto a unit area of surface.
Illumination power density
The total of the power that will be consumed by the lights in a space, including any lamps, ballasts, current regulators and control devices other than those that are plugged into socket outlets for intermittent use such as floor standing lamps, desk lamps or work station lamps, divided by the area of the space, and expressed in W/m2.
Explanatory information:
Illumination power density relates to the power consumed by the lighting system and includes the light source or luminaire and any control device. The power for the lighting system is the illumination power load. This approach is more complicated than the lamp power density approach but provides more flexibility for a dwelling with sophisticated control systems.
The area of the space refers to the area the lights serve. This could be considered a single room, open plan space, verandah, balcony or the like, or the total area of all these spaces.
Inclined lift
A power-operated device for raising or lowering people within a carriage that has one or more rigid guides on an inclined plane.
Individual protection
The installation of a backflow prevention device at the point where a water service connects to a single fixture or appliance.
The condensation of moisture on surfaces between material layers inside the building component.
Irrigation system
An irrigation system of the following types:
Type A— all permanently open outlets and piping more than 150 mm above finished surface level, not subject to ponding or backpressure and not involving injection systems.
Type B— irrigation systems in domestic or residential buildings with piping or outlets installed less than 150 mm above finished surface level and not involving injection systems.
Type C— irrigation systems in other than domestic or residential buildings with piping outlets less than 150 mm above finished surface level and not involving injection systems.
Type D— irrigation systems where fertilizers, herbicides, nematicides or the like are injected or siphoned into the system.
JAS-ANZ
The Joint Accreditation System of Australia and New Zealand.
Lamp power density
The total of the maximum power rating of the lamps in a space, other than those that are plugged into socket outlets for intermittent use such as floor standing lamps, desk lamps or work station lamps, divided by the area of the space, and expressed in W/m2.
Explanatory information:
Lamp power density is a simple means of setting energy consumption at an efficient level for Class 1 and associated Class 10a buildings.
Lamp refers to the globe or globes that are to be installed in a permanently wired light fitting. The maximum power of a lamp is usually marked on the fitting as the maximum allowable wattage.
The area of the space refers to the area the lights serve. This could be considered a single room, open plan space, verandah, balcony or the like, or the total area of all these spaces.
Landing
An area at the top or bottom of a flight or between two flights.
Latent heat gain
The heat gained by the vapourising of liquid without change of temperature.
Lateral support
A support (including a footing, buttress, cross wall, beam, floor or braced roof structure) that effectively restrains a wall or pier at right angles to the face of the wall or pier.
Lead free
Where a plumbing product or material in contact with drinking water has a weighted average lead content of not more than 0.25%.
sheet or board material, plaster, render, sprayed application, or other material similarly susceptible to damage by impact, pressure or abrasion; or
concrete and concrete products containing pumice, perlite, vermiculite, or other soft material similarly susceptible to damage by impact, pressure or abrasion; or
masonry having a width of less than 70 mm.
Loadbearing
Intended to resist vertical forces additional to those due to its own weight.
Loadbearing wall
For the purposes of H1D4 and H2D3 of NCC Volume Two and Section 4 of the ABCB Housing Provisions, means any wall imposing on the footing a load greater than 10 kN/m.
Loss
Physical damage, financial loss or loss of amenity.
Low Hazard
Any condition, device or practice which, in connection with a water supply, would constitute a nuisance by colour, odour or taste but does not have the potential to injure or endanger health.
Rainfall intensity figures can be obtained from Table 7.4.3d in the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Low-rise, low-speed constant pressure lift
A power-operated low-rise, low-speed device for raising or lowering people with limited mobility on a carriage that is controlled by the application of constant pressure to a control.
Low-rise platform lift
A power-operated device for raising or lowering people with limited mobility on a platform, that is controlled automatically or by the application of constant pressure to a control.
The light reflected from one surface or component, compared to the light reflected from another surface or component.
Main water heater
The domestic hot water unit in a dwelling that is connected to at least one shower and the largest number of hot water outlets.
Main space conditioning
Either—
the heating or cooling equipment that serves at least 70% of the conditioned space of a dwelling, or
if no one heating or cooling equipment serves at least 70% of the conditioned space of the dwelling, the equipment that results in the highest net equivalent energy usage when calculated in accordance with J3D14(1)(a) of NCC Volume One or 13.6.2(1)(a) of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Note:
If a multi-split air-conditioning unit is installed, it is considered to be a single heating or cooling service.
A series of separate heaters or coolers of the one type can be considered a single heater or cooler type with a performance level of that of the unit with the lowest efficiency.
Explanatory information:
The purpose of defining for main space conditioning is to provide criteria upon which the heating or cooling equipment should be selected when showing compliance with J3D14(1)(a) of NCC Volume One and 13.6.2(1)(a) of the ABCB Housing Provisions when more than one type and efficiency of equipment is present. In J3D14(1)(a) the formula that determines ER allows the selection of only one heating or cooling system. This definition requires that if any one system serves at least 70% of the floor area that is heated or cooled it should be used as the basis of determining ER. If, however, no one system serves at least 70% of the floor area, then the appliance that results in the highest net equivalent energy usage, when calculated in accordance with J3D14(1)(a)/13.6.2(1)(a), should be selected.
Massive timber
An element not less than 75 mm thick as measured in each direction formed from solid and laminated timber.
Maximum retained water level
The point where surface water will start to overflow out of the shower area.
Medium Hazard
Any condition, device or practice which, in connection with a water supply, has the potential to injure or endanger health.
Membrane
A barrier impervious to moisture.
Explanatory information:
A barrier may be a single or multi-part system.
Mezzanine
An intermediate floor within a room.
Minimum Energy Performance Standards (MEPS)
MEPS
The Minimum Energy Performance Standards for equipment and appliances established through the Greenhouse and Energy Minimum Standards Act 2012.
is the operator of a sewerage system or a stormwater drainage system.
Explanatory information:
A Network Utility Operator in most States and Territories is the water and sewerage authority licensed to supply water and receive sewage and/or stormwater. The authority operates or proposes to operate a network that undertakes the distribution of water for supply and undertakes to receive sewage and/or stormwater drainage. This authority may be a licensed utility, local government body or council.
Non-combustible
Applied to—
a material — means not deemed combustible as determined by AS 1530.1 — Combustibility Tests for Materials; or
construction or part of a building — means constructed wholly of materials that are not deemed combustible.
Non-drinking water
Water which is not intended primarily for human consumption.
Occupant traits
For the purposes of—
Volume One, the features, needs and profile of the occupants in a habitable room or space; or
Volume Two, the features, needs and profile of the occupants in a room or space.
Explanatory information:
For the purpose of Volume Two, this term is used to describe the characteristics of the occupants and their associated requirements in relation to a room or space.
For example, in relation to a bedroom, the following occupant characteristics and associated requirements should be considered:
Characteristics: height, mobility and how often the space will be used.
Requirements: a sleeping space and a space to undertake leisure activities.
Occupiable outdoor area
A space on a roof, balcony or similar part of a building—
that is open to the sky; and
to which access is provided, other than access only for maintenance; and
A system that receives and/or treats wastewater generated and discharges the resulting effluent to an approved disposal system or re-use system.
Open-deck carpark
A carpark in which all parts of the parking storeys are cross-ventilated by permanent unobstructed openings in not fewer than 2 opposite or approximately opposite sides, and—
each side that provides ventilation is not less than 1/6 of the area of any other side; and
the openings are not less than ½ of the wall area of the side concerned.
Open space
A space on the allotment, or a roof or similar part of a building adequately protected from fire, open to the sky and connected directly with a public road.
Open spectator stand
A tiered stand substantially open at the front.
Other property
All or any of the following—
any building on the same or an adjoining allotment; and
any adjoining allotment; and
a road.
Outdoor air
Air outside the building.
Outdoor air economy cycle
A mode of operation of an air-conditioning system that, when the outdoor air thermodynamic properties are favourable, increases the quantity of outdoor air used to condition the space.
Outfall
That part of the disposal system receiving surface water from the drainage system and may include a natural water course, kerb and channel, or soakage system.
The report that defines the scope of work for the performance-based analysis, the technical basis for analysis, and the criteria for acceptance of any relevant Performance Solution as agreed by stakeholders.
The provision of direct physical assistance to a person with mobility problems.
The management of medication.
The provision of substantial rehabilitative or development assistance.
Piping
For the purposes of Section J in Volume One or Part H6 in Volume Two, and Section 13 of the Housing Provisions, means an assembly of pipes, with or without valves or other fittings, connected together for the conveyance of liquids and gases.
The Predicted Mean Vote of the thermal perception of building occupants determined in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 55.
Preformed shower base
A preformed, prefinished vessel installed as the finished floor of a shower compartment, and which is provided with a connection point to a sanitary drainage system.
Explanatory information:
Preformed shower bases are commonly made of plastics, composite materials, vitreous enamelled pressed steel, or stainless steel.
Pressure vessel
A vessel subject to internal or external pressure, including interconnected parts and components, valves, gauges and other fittings up to the first point of connection to connecting piping, and—
includes fire heaters and gas cylinders; but
excludes—
any vessel that falls within the definition of a boiler; and
storage tanks and equipment tanks intended for storing liquids where the pressure at the top of the tank is not exceeding 1.4 kPa above or 0.06 kPa below atmospheric pressure; and
domestic-type hot water supply heaters and tanks; and
pressure vessels installed for the purposes of fire suppression or which serve a fire suppression system.
Volume One, a member of a building designed specifically to take part of the loads specified in B1D3 and includes roof, ceiling, floor, stairway or ramp and wall framing members including bracing members designed for the specific purpose of acting as a brace to those members; or
Part 3.4 of the ABCB Housing Provisions, a member of a building designed specifically to take part of the building loads and includes roof, ceiling, floor, stairway or ramp and wall framing members including bracing members designed for the specific purpose of acting as a brace to those members.
Explanatory information:
The loads to which a building may be subjected are dead, live, wind, snow and earthquake loads. Further information on building loads can be found in the AS 1170 series of Standards.
Primary insulation layer
The most interior insulation layer of a wall or roof construction.
Private bushfire shelter
A structure associated with, but not attached to, or part of a Class 1a dwelling that may, as a last resort, provide shelter for occupants from immediate life threatening effects of a bushfire.
Private garage
For the purposes of—
Volume One—
any garage associated with a Class 1 building; or
any single storey of a building of another Class containing not more than 3 vehicle spaces, if there is only one such storey in the building; or
any separate single storey garage associated with another building where such garage contains not more than 3 vehicle spaces; or
Volume Two—
any garage associated with a Class 1 building; or
any separate single storey garage associated with another building where such garage contains not more than 3 vehicle spaces.
Product
Plumbing and drainage items within the scope of Volume Three including but not limited to—
materials, fixtures and components used in a plumbing or drainage installation; and
appliances and equipment connected to a plumbing or drainage system.
Product Technical Statement
A form of documentary evidence stating that the properties and performance of a building material, product or form of construction fulfil specific requirements of the NCC, and describes—
the application and intended use of the building material, product or form of construction; and
how the use of the building material, product or form of construction complies with the requirements of the NCC Volume One and Volume Two; and
any limitations and conditions of the use of the building material, product or form of construction relevant to (b).
Professional engineer
A person who is—
if legislation is applicable — a registered professional engineer in the relevant discipline who has appropriate experience and competence in the relevant field; or
if legislation is not applicable—
registered in the relevant discipline on the National Engineering Register (NER) of the Institution of Engineers Australia (which trades as ‘Engineers Australia’); or
eligible to become registered on the Institution of Engineers Australia’s NER and has appropriate experience and competence in the relevant field.
A water service which distributes water from the isolation valve of the rainwater storage to the rainwater points of discharge for purposes such as for clothes washing, urinal and water closet flushing and external hose cocks.
Rainwater storage
Any storage of rainwater collected from a roof catchment area which is used to supply water for the primary purposes of drinking, personal hygiene or other uses.
A door that opens and closes at a speed of not less than 0.5 m/s.
Recognised expert
A person with qualifications and experience in the area of plumbing or drainage in question recognised by the authority having jurisdiction.
Explanatory information:
A recognised expert is a person recognised by the authority having jurisdiction as qualified to provide evidence under A5G4(5). Generally, this means a hydraulic consultant or engineer, however the specific requirements are determined by the authority having jurisdiction.
Volume Two, a hypothetical building that is used to determine the maximum allowable heating load and cooling load for the proposed building.
Reflective insulation
A building membrane with a reflective surface such as a reflective foil laminate, reflective barrier, foil batt or the like capable of reducing radiant heat flow.
Explanatory information:
For Volume Two:
Typical R-Values achieved by adding reflective insulation are given in the explanatory information accompanying Section 13 of the ABCB Housing Provisions. Information on specific products may be obtained from reflective insulation manufacturers.
The surface of reflective insulation may be described in terms of its emittance (or infra-red emittance) or in terms of its reflectance (or solar reflectance). Generally, for the surface of a particular reflective insulation: emittance + reflectance = 1.
Some types of reflective insulation may also serve the purposes of waterproofing or vapour proofing.
Masonry reinforced with steel reinforcement that is placed in a bed joint or grouted into a core to strengthen the masonry.
Reliability
The probability that a system performs to a level consistent with the system specification.
Renewable energy
Energy that is derived from sources that are regenerated, replenished, or for all practical purposes cannot be depleted and the energy sources include, but are not limited to, solar, wind, hydroelectric, wave action and geothermal.
The time required for safe evacuation of occupants to a place of safety prior to the onset of untenable conditions.
Residential aged care building
A Class 3 or 9a building whose residents, due to their incapacity associated with the ageing process, are provided with physical assistance in conducting their daily activities and to evacuate the building during an emergency.
Residential care building
A Class 3, 9a or 9c building which is a place of residence where 10% or more of persons who reside there need physical assistance in conducting their daily activities and to evacuate the building during an emergency (including any aged care building or residential aged care building) but does not include a hospital.
Part of a Class 9c building normally used by residents, and—
includes sole-occupancy units, lounges, dining areas, activity rooms and the like; but
excludes offices, storage areas, commercial kitchens, commercial laundries and other spaces not for the use of residents.
Resistance to the incipient spread of fire
In relation to a ceiling membrane, means the ability of the membrane to insulate the space between the ceiling and roof, or ceiling and floor above, so as to limit the temperature rise of materials in this space to a level which will not permit the rapid and general spread of fire throughout the space.
Explanatory information:
Resistance to the incipient spread of fire refers to the ability of a ceiling to prevent the spread of fire and thermally insulate the space between the ceiling and the roof or floor above. "Resistance to the incipient spread of fire" is superior to "fire-resistance" because it requires a higher standard of heat insulation.
The definition is used in Volume Two for separating floors/ceilings for a Class 1a dwelling located above a non-appurtenant private garage.
Rise in storeys
The greatest number of storeys calculated in accordance with C2D3 of Volume One.
Riser
The height between consecutive treads and between each landing and continuous tread.
For the purposes of Section J and Part F4 in NCC Volume One, Part H6 in NCC Volume Two, and Part 10.5 and Section 13 of the ABCB Housing Provisions, a skylight, window or the like installed in a roof—
to permit natural light to enter the room below; and
at an angle between 0 and 70 degrees measured from the horizontal plane.
A room or space containing a closet pan or urinal (see Figures 6a and 6b).
Figure 6a:
Identification of a sanitary compartment (diagram a)
Figure 6b:
Identification of a sanitary compartment (diagram b)
Sarking-type material
A material such as a reflective insulation or other flexible membrane of a type normally used for a purpose such as waterproofing, vapour management or thermal reflectance.
School
Includes a primary or secondary school, college, university or similar educational establishment.
A layer of material (usually cement based) which sets in situ between a structural base and the finished floor material.
Self-closing
For the purposes of—
Volume One, applied to a door, means equipped with a device which returns the door to the fully closed position immediately after each opening; or
Volume Two, applied to a door or window, means equipped with a device which returns the door or window to the fully closed and latched position immediately after each manual opening.
Sensible heat gain
The heat gained which causes a change in temperature.
A wall that is common to adjoining Class 1 buildings (see Figure 7).
Figure 7:
Separating wall
Figure Notes
In Volume Two a separating wall may also be known as a party wall and typically is required to be fire-resisting construction (see ABCB Housing Provisions Parts 9.2 and 9.3).
Service
For the purposes of Section J in Volume One, means a mechanical or electrical system that uses energy to provide air-conditioning, mechanical ventilation, heated water supply, artificial lighting, vertical transport and the like within a building, but which does not include—
systems used solely for emergency purposes; and
cooking facilities; and
portable appliances.
Service station
A garage which is not a private garage and is for the servicing of vehicles, other than only washing, cleaning or polishing.
A certificate issued under the Commonwealth Government's Small-scale Renewable Energy Scheme.
Small-sized, low-speed automatic lift
A restricted use power-operated device for the infrequent raising or lowering of people with limited mobility on a platform that is controlled automatically but has the capability of being electrically isolated by a key-lockable control.
Smoke-and-heat vent
A vent, located in or near the roof for smoke and hot gases to escape if there is a fire in the building.
Smoke-Developed Index
The index number for smoke as determined by AS/NZS 1530.3 .
Smoke development rate
The development rate for smoke as determined by testing flooring materials in accordance with AS ISO 9239.1.
Smoke growth rate index (SMOGRA)
SMOGRARC
The index number for smoke used in the regulation of fire hazard properties and applied to materials used as a finish, surface, lining or attachment to a wall or ceiling.
Solar admittance
The fraction of incident irradiance on a wall-glazing construction that adds heat to a building's space.
Sole-occupancy unit
A room or other part of a building for occupation by one or joint owner, lessee, tenant, or other occupier to the exclusion of any other owner, lessee, tenant, or other occupier and includes—
a dwelling; or
a room or suite of rooms in a Class 3 building which includes sleeping facilities; or
a room or suite of associated rooms in a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building; or
a room or suite of associated rooms in a Class 9c building, which includes sleeping facilities and any area for the exclusive use of a resident.
For the purposes of Section J, means the opaque part of a façade in curtain wall construction which is commonly adjacent to, and integrated with, glazing.
A stairway with a circular plan, winding around a central post with steps that radiate from a common centre or several radii (see Figures 11.2.2d and 11.2.2e in the ABCB Housing Provisions).
Spread-of-Flame Index
The index number for spread of flame as determined by AS/NZS 1530.3 .
Sprinkler alarm switch
For the purposes of Specification 23, a device capable of sending an electrical signal to activate an alarm when a residential sprinkler head is activated (e.g. a flow switch).
Stack bonded pier
A pier where the overlap of a masonry unit is not more than 25% of the length of the masonry unit below.
Stage
A floor or platform in a Class 9b building on which performances are presented before an audience.
Stairway platform lift
A power-operated device for raising or lowering people with limited mobility on a platform (with or without a chair) in the direction of a stairway.
Standard Fire Test
The Fire-resistance Tests of Elements of Building Construction as described in AS 1530.4 .
A space within a building which is situated between one floor level and the floor level next above, or if there is no floor above, the ceiling or roof above, but not—
In relation to an FRL, means the ability to maintain stability and adequate loadbearing capacity as determined by AS 1530.4 .
Structural member
A component or part of an assembly which provides vertical or lateral support to a building or structure.
Surface water
All naturally occurring water, other than sub-surface water, which results from rainfall on or around the site or water flowing onto the site.
Swimming pool
Any excavation or structure containing water and principally used, or that is designed, manufactured or adapted to be principally used for swimming, wading, paddling, or the like, including a bathing or wading pool, or spa.
Tapered tread
A stair tread with a walking area that grows smaller towards one end.
The sum of the R-Values of the individual component layers in a composite element including any building material, insulating material, airspace, thermal bridging and associated surface resistances, expressed in m2.K/W.
Volume Two, the fraction of incident irradiance on glazing or a roof light that adds heat to a building’s space.
Total System U-Value
The thermal transmittance of the composite element allowing for the effect of any airspaces, thermal bridging and associated surface resistances, expressed in Wm-2K-1.
Treatment area
An area within a patient care area such as an operating theatre and rooms used for recovery, minor procedures, resuscitation, intensive care and coronary care from which a patient may not be readily moved.
Uncontrolled discharge
Any unintentional release of fluid from a plumbing and drainage system and includes leakage and seepage.
For the purposes of Section 8 of the ABCB Housing Provisions, a glazed area that a person could mistake for an open doorway or clearway and walk into the glazed panel.
Unprotected water service
Unprotected water service means that the water service may be contaminated from a surrounding hazard.
Unreinforced masonry
Masonry that is not reinforced.
Vapour permeance
The degree that water vapour is able to diffuse through a material, measured in µg/N.s and tested in accordance with the ASTM-E96 Procedure B – Water Method at 23°C 50% relative humidity.
Vapour pressure
The pressure at which water vapour is in thermodynamic equilibrium with its condensed state.
Ventilation opening
An opening in the external wall, floor or roof of a building designed to allow air movement into or out of the building by natural means including a permanent opening, an openable part of a window, a door or other device which can be held open.
For the purposes of Volume One and Part 10.2 of the ABCB Housing Provisions, an open, pre-formed, pre-finished concave receptacle capable of holding water, usually for the purpose of washing, including a basin, sink, bath, laundry tub and the like.
Visibility
The maximum distance at which an object of defined size, brightness and contrast can be seen and recognised.
a building — the volume of the total space of the building measured above the lowest floor (including, for a suspended floor, any subfloor space), over the enclosing walls, and to the underside of the roof covering; or
if there is no fire-resisting wall, measured over the enclosing wall and if there is no enclosing wall, includes any space within the fire compartment that has a use which contributes to the fire load; or
an atrium — the volume of the total space of the atrium measured within the finished surfaces of the bounding construction and if there is no bounding construction, within the external walls.
Waffle raft
A stiffened raft with closely spaced ribs constructed on the ground and with slab panels supported between ribs.
Wall-glazing construction
For the purposes of Section J in Volume One, the combination of wall and glazing components comprising the envelope of a building, excluding—
A conformity assessment body registered with and accredited by the JAS-ANZ to conduct evaluations leading to product certification and contracted with the administering body to issue the WaterMark Licence.
The property of a material that does not allow water to penetrate through it.
Waterproofing system
A combination of elements that are required to achieve a waterproof barrier as required by H4D2 and H4D3 including substrate, membrane, bond breakers, sealants, finishes and the like.
Water resistant
The property of a system or material that restricts water movement and will not degrade under conditions of water.
Water sensitive materials
Materials that have an inherent capacity to absorb water vapour and include timber, plasterboard, plywood, oriented strand board and the like.
Waterstop
A vertical extension of the waterproofing system forming a barrier to prevent the passage of water in a floor or other horizontal surfaces.
Watertight
Will not allow water to pass from the inside to the outside of the component or joint and vice versa.
Weighted average
Is calculated across the wetted surface area of a pipe, pipe fitting or plumbing fixture.
An area within a building supplied with water from a water supply system, which includes bathrooms, showers, laundries and sanitary compartments and excludes kitchens, bar areas, kitchenettes or domestic food and beverage preparation areas.
Wetted surface area
Is calculated by the total sum of diameter (D) in contact with drinking water.
Winders
Treads within a straight flight that are used to change direction of the stair (see Explanatory Figure 1).
Window
includes a roof light, glass panel, glass block or brick, glass louvre, glazed sash, glazed door, or other device which transmits natural light directly from outside a building to the room concerned when in the closed position.
Yield
The mass of a combustion product generated during combustion divided by the mass loss of the test specimen as specified in the design fire.
Methods of testing soils for engineering purposes — Method 6.3.3: Soil strength and consolidation tests — Determination of the penetration resistance of a soil — Perth sand penetrometer test (incorporating amendment 1)
N/A
N/A
4.2.4
N/A
AS 1397
2021
Continuous hot-dip metallic coated steel sheet and strip — Coatings of zinc and zinc alloyed with aluminium and magnesium (See Note 10)
N/A
N/A
7.2.2
N/A
AS 1428 Part 1
2009
Design for access and mobility — General requirements for access — New building work (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)
Design for access and mobility — Means to assist the orientation of people with vision impairment — Tactile ground surface indicators (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)
Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures — Combustibility test for materials
Schedule 1
Schedule 1
Schedule 1
Schedule 1
AS 1530 Part 2
1993
Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures — Test for flammability of materials (incorporating amendment 1)
Schedule 1
Schedule 1
Schedule 1
Schedule 1
AS/NZS 1530 Part 3
1999
Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures — Simultaneous determination of ignitability, flame propagation, heat release and smoke release
Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures — Tests on elements of construction for buildings exposed to simulated bushfire attack — Radiant heat and small flaming sources
Fire detection, warning, control and intercom systems — System design, installation and commissioning — Fire alarm monitoring (incorporating amendment 1) (See Note 3)
Fire detection, warning, control and intercom systems — System design, installation and commissioning — Emergency warning and intercom systems (incorporating amendment 1) (See Note 3)
Performance of electrical appliances — Air conditioners and heat pumps — Ducted air conditioners and air-to-air heat pumps — Testing and rating for performance
Reports based on AS/NZS ISO 717.1 relating to tests carried out after the NCC reference date for AS/NZS ISO 717.1—2004 must relate to the amended Standard.
For AS 1562.1, tests carried out based on AS 1562.1—1992 and issued prior to AS 1562.1—2018 being referenced in the NCC remain valid. Reports relating to tests carried out after the NCC reference date for AS 1562.1 must relate to the revised Standard.
Tests carried out under AS 3786—2014 Amendment 1 remain valid.
Reports based on AS 3786 relating to tests carried out after the NCC reference date for AS 3786—2014 Amendment 2 must relate to the amended Standard.
Test reports based on the 2005 edition of AS/NZS 4020 will continue to be accepted until 1 May 2024. Test reports prepared after the NCC reference date for the 2018 edition of AS/NZS 4020 must be based on the 2018 edition.
Test reports based on the 2004 edition of AS/NZS 4586 and issued prior to the 2013 edition of AS 4586 being referenced in the NCC remain valid.
Test reports prepared after the NCC reference date of the 2013 edition of AS 4586 must be based on that version.
For the purposes of assessing compliance, the slip-resistance classifications of V, W and X in reports based on the 2004 edition of AS/NZS 4586 may be considered to be equivalent to slip-resistance classifications of P5, P4 and P3 respectively in the 2013 edition of AS 4586.
Test reports based on Appendix D of AS 4586—2013 and issued prior to the NCC reference date for AS 4586—2013 (incorporating Amendment 1) remain valid.
Test reports based on Appendix D of AS 4586—2013 and prepared after the NCC reference date for AS 4586—2013 (incorporating Amendment 1) must be based on that version.
Tests carried out based on AS/NZS 2918—2001 and issued prior to AS/NZS 2918—2018 being referenced in the NCC remain valid. Reports relating to tests carried out after the NCC reference date for AS/NZS 2918 must relate to the revised Standard.
For AS 2699 Parts 1 and 3:
For AS 2699.1, the 2000 edition has been retained for a transitional period ending on 30 April 2025.
For AS 2699.3, the 2002 edition has been retained for a transitional period ending on 30 April 2025.
For AS 1397, the 2011 edition has been retained for a transitional period ending on 31 August 2023.
For AS/NZS 3500.3 , the 2018 edition has been retained for a transitional period ending on 31 August 2023.
Footnote: Other legislation and policies affecting buildings
In addition to any applicable provisions of this Code, there are a number of other legislative technical requirements and policies affecting the design, construction and/or performance of buildings that practitioners may need to be aware of, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following list. Additional legislative instruments such as regulations, codes and standards may exist under the legislation listed.
1. Aged Care Buildings
Administering Agency
Department of Health
Relevant Legislation
Aged Care Act 1997
2. Australian Capital Territory
Administering Agency
Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development, Communications and the Arts, except to the extent administered by the Minister for Finance.
Relevant Legislation
Australian Capital Territory (Planning and Land Management) Act 1988
National Capital Plan (established under the Australian Capital Territory (Planning and land Management) Act 1988)
Administering Agency
Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development and Communications
Relevant Legislation
Parliament Act 1974
National Land Ordinance 1989
3. Indian Ocean Territories
Administering Agency
Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development, Communications and the Arts
Relevant Legislation
Christmas Island Act 1958
Cocos (Keeling) Islands Act 1955
4. Communications and Information Technology
Administering Agency
Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development, Communications and the Arts
Relevant Legislation
Australian Postal Corporation Act 1989
National Transmission Network Sale Act 1998
Telecommunications Act 1997
Telstra Corporation Act 1991
Telecommunications (Consumer Protection and Service Standards) Act 1999
Relevant Policy
Telecommunications Infrastructure in New Development (TIND) Policy
5. Defence Buildings
Administering Agency
Department of Defence
Relevant Legislation
Defence Act 1903
Relevant Regulations
Defence Regulation 2016, Part 11A
Relevant Codes, Standards and Publications
Manual of Fire Protection Engineering
Requirements for the Provision of Disabled Access and other Facilities for People with a Disability in Defence
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Policy
Microbial Control in Air Handling and Water Systems of Defence Buildings
Building Energy Performance Manual
Building Works Manual
Manual of Infrastructure Engineering - Electrical
Manual of Infrastructure Engineering - Bulk Fuel Installation Design
Defence Communications Cabling Standard
Defence Training Area Management Manual
Defence Safety Manual
Defence Security Manual
Defence Explosive Ordinance Publications
The Defence Estate Quality Management System
(http://www.defence.gov.au/estatemanagement/governance/policy/principlesdevelopment/default.asp) contains further requirements including the principles of development, zone planning, site selection, engineering requirements and environmental impact assessment and approval requirements.
6. Disability Discrimination
Administering Agency
Attorney-General’s Department
Relevant Legislation
Disability (Access to Premises - Buildings) Standards 2010
Disability Discrimination Act 1992
Disability Standards for Accessible Public Transport 2002
Disability Standards for Education 2005, noting this:
does not affect the application of premises standards to building work (including construction of a new building) undertaken as an adjustment or part of an adjustment; and
does not require the building work to meet specifications more onerous than those required by the premises standards.
7. Environment
Administering Agency
Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water
Department of Industry, Science, Energy and Resources
Relevant Legislation
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Regulations 2000
Administering Agency
Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water
Relevant Policy
Energy Efficiency in Government Operations (2007)
8. Federal Airports
Administering Agency
Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Regional Development, Communications and the Arts
Relevant Legislation
Airports Act 1996
Airports Regulations 1997
Airports (Building Control) Regulations 1996
Airports (Control of On-Airport Activities) Regulations 1997
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Heard Island and McDonald Islands Marine Reserve management plan in operation under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Regulations 2000
14. National Parks
Administering Agency
Director of National Parks, Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water Portfolio
Relevant Legislation
Commonwealth Reserve management plans in operation under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Regulations 2000
15. Commonwealth funding for building work
Administering Agency
Department of Employment and Workplace Relations
Australian Building and Construction Commission (ABCC)
Office of the Federal Safety Commissioner (OFSC)
Relevant Legislation
Building and Construction Industry (Improving Productivity) Act 2016 (BCIIP Act) (See Note 1 and 2)
Code for the Tendering and Performance of Building Work 2016 (Building Code 2016)
Building and Construction (Improving Productivity) (Accreditation Scheme) Rules 2019
Building and Construction Industry (Improving Productivity) (Federal Safety Officers) General Directions 2017
16. Commonwealth buildings
Administering Agency
Department of Employment and Workplace Relations
Office of the Federal Safety Commissioner
Relevant Legislation
Building and Construction Industry (Improving Productivity) Act 2016 (BCIIP Act) (See Note 1 and 2)
Building and Construction (Improving Productivity) (Accreditation Scheme) Rules 2019
Building and Construction Industry (Improving Productivity) (Federal Safety Officers) General Directions 2017
Notes
The BCIIP Act is concerned with the regulation of Workplace Relations in the building industry, it also establishes the Australian Building and Construction Commission (ABCC) (as the workplace relations regulator for the industry) and the Office of the Federal Safety Commissioner (OFSC).
The BCIIP Act legislates additional requirements for those building contractors undertaking Commonwealth funded building work through the Building Code 2016, regulated by the ABCC, and the Work Health and Safety Accreditation Scheme, administered by the OFSC. Of direct relevance to the NCC: Provisions in BCIIP Act include a requirement that the Federal Safety Commissioner audits building contractors’ compliance with the NCC in relation to building materials.
The Australian Capital Territory Appendix to the Building Code of Australia (BCA) Volume One forms part of the ACT Building Code published in accordance with the Building Act 2004. This Appendix contains variations and additions to the BCA that apply to building work undertaken in the ACT and information about the application of the BCA in the ACT. The ACT Appendix is notified on the ACT Legislation Register and can be found at https://www.legislation.act.gov.au/a/2004-11/ under the Regulations and Instruments tab. While the BCA text includes indicators of potential ACT-specific clauses, including variations and additions, not all current ACT-specific clauses may be indicated. Users of the BCA must check that they are using the version of the ACT Appendix currently in force and are applying all relevant variations and additions. Historical version of the ACT Appendix are also available on the register
Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
In addition to any applicable provisions of the Building Act 2004 and this Code, there are other legislative technical requirements affecting the design, construction and/or performance of buildings that practitioners may need to be aware of. A list of relevant legislation and links to where it can be found on the ACT Legislation Register can be found in the ACT Appendix at https://www.legislation.act.gov.au/a/2004-11/.
The NSW Building Code technical package consists of—
the Building Code of Australia (BCA) Volume One and Volume Two; and
the New South Wales BCA Appendix which contains variations to the requirements of the BCA and additional provisions applicable in New South Wales.
The technical package is accompanied by administrative provisions contained within the Environmental Planning and Assessment (EP&A) Act 1979, the Environmental Planning and Assessment (EP&A) Regulation 2021 and the Environmental Planning and Assessment (EP&A) (Development Certification and Fire Safety) Regulation 2021.
Section AGoverning requirements
Part A6Building classification
NSW A6G7Class 6 buildings
[2019: NSW A6.6]
Delete
A6G7
and insert
NSW A6G7
as follows:
A Class 6 building is a shop or other building for sale of goods by retail or the supply of services direct to the public, including—
an eating room, cafe, restaurant, milk or soft drink bar; or
a dining room, bar, shop or kiosk part of a hotel or motel; or
a hairdresser’s or barber’s shop, public laundry, or undertaker’s establishment; or
The fire hazard properties of the following internal linings, materials and assemblies within a Class 2 to 9 building must comply with Specification 7:
Floor linings and floor coverings.
Wall linings and ceiling linings.
Air-handling ductwork.
Lift cars.
In Class 9b buildings used as—
an entertainment venue, a material used to cover closed back upholstered seats; and
Paint or fire-retardant coatings must not be used in order to make a material comply with a requiredfire hazard property, except in respect of a material referred to in NSW Specification 7, NSW Table S7C7 and to which Notes 4 and 5 are applicable.
(3)
The requirements of (1) do not apply to a material or assembly if it is—
plaster, cement render, concrete, terrazzo, ceramic tile or the like; or
timber treads, risers, landings and associated supporting framework installed in accordance with D3D30 where the Spread-of-Flame Index and the Smoke-Developed Index of the timber does not exceed 9 and 8 respectively; or
any other material that does not significantly increase the hazards of fire.
Part C3Compartmentation and separation
C3D6Class 9 buildings
[2019: C2.5]
Delete
C3D6 (3)
and insert
NSW C3D6 (3)
as follows:
(3)
A Class 9c building must comply with the following:
A building must be divided into areas not more than 500 m2 by smoke proof walls complying with Specification 11.
be lined on each side with standard grade plasterboard not less than 13 mm thick or a material with at least an equivalent level of fire protection; and
if provided with cavity insulation, contain only non-combustible insulation; and
extend to the underside of—
the floor next above; or
a ceiling lined with standard grade plasterboard not less than 13 mm thick or an equivalent non-combustible material; or
not incorporate any penetrations above door head height unless the penetrations are adequately stopped to prevent the free passage of smoke; and
be smoke sealed with intumescent putty or other suitable material at any construction joint, space or the like between the top of the wall and the floor, ceiling or roof.
Ancillary use areas containing equipment or materials that are a high potential fire hazard, must be separated from the sole-occupancy units by smoke proof walls complying with Specification 11.
The ancillary use areas referred to in (e) include, but are not limited to, the following:
A kitchen and related food preparation areas having a combined floor area of more than 30 m2.
A laundry, where items of equipment are of the type that are potential fire sources (e.g. gas fire dryers).
Storage rooms greater than 10 m2 used predominantly for the storage of administrative records.
Openings in fire walls must be protected as follows:
Windows — automatic or permanently fixed closed –/60/– fire windows or –/60/– automatic fire shutters.
Other openings — construction having an FRL not less than –/60/–.
Part C4Protection of openings
C4D12Bounding construction: Class 2 and 3 buildings and Class 4 parts
[2019: C3.11]
Delete
C4D12 (4)
and insert
NSW C4D12 (4)
as follows:
(4)
Except as provided for in NSW C4D12(5), protection for a doorway required under (1), (2) or (3) must be at least—
in a building of Type A construction — a self-closing –/60/30 fire door; and
in a building of Type B or C construction — a self-closing, tight fitting, solid core door not less than 35 mm thick.
Delete
C4D12 (5)
and insert
NSW C4D12 (5)
as follows:
(5)
In a Class 3 building used as a residential care building protected with a sprinkler system complying with Specification 17, protection for a doorway must be at least a tight fitting solid core door not less than 35 mm thick that is—
fitted with a free-arm closing device which closes the door or causes the door to remain closed (without preventing manual re-opening), upon the detection of smoke caused by a smoke detector located within the room.
Insert
subclause NSW C4D12
(10)
in clause C4D12 as follows:
(10)
In a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue, openings in construction required to separate one space from another must be protected in accordance with C4D5.
S7C7Other materials
[2019: Spec C1.10: 7]
Delete
Table S7C7
and insert
NSW Table S7C7
as follows:
Fire control rooms subject to Specification 19 and fire-isolated exits, other than a sarking-type material used in a ceiling or used as an attachment or part of an attachment to a building element. Note 1
N/A
0
2
Class 9b buildings used as an entertainment venue, a material used to cover closed back upholstered seats in any part available to the public—where smoking is permitted; or flame is exposed in connection with the preparation of meals Note 4
N/A
6
5
Class 9b buildings used as an entertainment venue, a material used as a curtain, blind or similar decor in any part available to the public. Notes 4 and 5
6
N/A
N/A
Class 9b buildings used as an entertainment venue, a material used to form a cinematograph screen. Notes 4, 5 and 6
12
0
7
Class 9b buildings used as a public hall or the like: A proscenium curtain required by Specification 32.
In a fire control room or fire-isolated stairway, a material used as an attachment or part of an attachment to a building element must, if combustible, be attached directly to a non-combustible substrate and not exceed 1 mm finished thickness.
A material, other than one located within a fire-isolated exit or fire control room, may be covered on all faces by concrete or masonry not less than 50 mm thick, as an alternative to meeting the specified indices.
In the case of a composite member or assembly, the member or assembly must be constructed so that when assembled as proposed in a building—
any material which does not comply with this Table is protected on all sides and edges from exposure to the air; and
the member or assembly retains the protection in position so that it prevents ignition of the material and continues to screen it from access to free air for a period of not less than 10 minutes.
as approved for use with the fabric to achieve the required indices; and
to retain its retardancy effect after a minimum of 5 commercial dry cleaning or laundering operations carried out in accordance with AS 2001.5.4 , Procedure 7A, using non-phosphate ECE reference detergent A (without optical brightener); and
the applicator as having been carried out in accordance with the manufacturer’s specification.
Materials subject to (b) or (c) must have a label affixed to a representative sample of each different material indicating, in legible characters—
name of manufacturer; and
trade name and description of material’s composition; and
retardant treatment (if any), name of applicator and date of application; and
where or more paths of travel merge, the width of the combined path of travel must be not less than the sum of the required widths of those paths of travel; and
the required widths of those paths of travel connecting the exits from the building to a public road or open space must comply with (c); or
NSW D2D9Width of doorways in exits or paths of travel to exits
[2019: NSW D1.6(f)(vi) and (j)]
Delete
D2D9
and insert
NSW D2D9
as follows:
In a requiredexit or path of travel to an exit, the unobstructed width of a doorway must be not less than—
in patient care areas through which patients would normally be transported in beds—
if the doorway provides access to, or from, a corridor of width—
less than 2.2 m — 1200 mm; or
2.2 m or greater — 1070 mm; and
where the doorway referred to in (i) is fitted with two leaves and one leaf is secured in the closed position in accordance with D3D26(3)(e), the other leaf must permit an unobstructed opening not less than 800 mm wide; or
where the doorway is fitted with two leaves and one leaf is secured in the closed position in accordance with D3D26(3)(e), the other leaf must permit an unobstructed opening not less than 870 mm wide in resident use areas and 800 mm wide in non-resident use areas; or
in parts of the building used by the public, the width of the requiredexit or path of travel, and the unobstructed width of each doorway must not be less than 1 m and not more than 3 m; and
in other parts of the building, doorways must comply with NSW D2D9; or
in any other case except where it opens to a sanitary compartment or bathroom — 750 mm wide.
D2D15Discharge from exits
[2019: D1.10]
Delete
D2D15 (6)
and insert
NSW D2D15 (6)
as follows:
(6)
In a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue, at least half of the required number of exits from each storey or mezzanine, and at least half of the aggregate width of such exits must discharge otherwise than through the main entrance, or the area immediately adjacent to the main entrance to the building.
D2D18Number of persons accommodated
[2019: D1.13]
Delete
Table D2D18
and insert
NSW Table D2D18
as follows:
Factory — machine shop, fitting shop or like place for cutting, grading, finishing or fitting of metals or glass, except in the fabrication of structural steelwork or manufacture of vehicles or bulky products
5 m2
Factory — areas used for fabrication and processing other than a machine shop, fitting shop or the like
50 m2
Factory — a space in which the layout and natural use of fixed plant or equipment determines the number of persons who will occupy the space during working hours
Area per person determined by the use of the plant or equipment
Gymnasium
3 m2
Hostel, hotel, motel, guest house
15 m2
Indoor sports stadium—arena
10 m2
Kiosk
1 m2
Kitchen, laboratory, laundry
10 m2
Library — reading space
2 m2
Library — storage space
30 m2
Office, including one for typewriting or document copying
Bar standing is an area used by the standing patrons and extends not less than 1.5 m wide from the outside edge of the bar top for the length of the serving area of the bar.
the general requirements of Part D3 apply to all other parts of the building.
D3D14Goings and risers
[2019: D2.13]
Delete
D3D14 (1)
and insert
NSW D3D14 (1)
as follows:
(1)
A stairway must have—
not more than 18 and not less than 2 risers in each flight; and
going (G), riser (R) and quantity (2R + G) in accordance with Table D3D14, except as permitted by (2) and (3); and
constant goings and risers throughout each flight, except as permitted by (2) and (3), and the dimensions of goings (G) and risers (R) in accordance with (1)(b) are considered constant if the variation between—
adjacent risers, or between adjacent goings, is no greater than 5 mm; and
(the largest and smallest riser within a flight, or the largest and smallest going within a flight, does not exceed 10 mm; and
risers which do not have any openings that would allow a 125 mm sphere to pass through between the treads; and
treads which have—
a surface with a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table D3D15 when tested in accordance with AS 4586; or
a nosing strip with a slip-resistance classification not less than that listed in Table D3D15 when tested in accordance with AS 4586; and
treads of solid construction (not mesh or other perforated material) if the stairway is more than 10 m high or connects more than 3 storeys; and
in a Class 9b building, not more than 36 risers in consecutive flights without a change in direction of at least 30°; and
in the case of a required stairway, no winders in lieu of a landing; and
conspicuous edges to the treads of steps in a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue; and
in a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue, not more than one helical stairway serving as a requiredexit and that stairway must—
have a width of not less than 1500 mm; and
be of constant radius; and
be constructed so that each tread, when measured 500 mm in from its narrow end, has a width of at least 280 mm; and
in a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue, in a curved stairway serving as a requiredexit — an internal radius of not less than twice the width of the stair.
NSW D3D16Thresholds
[2019: NSW D2.15(d), (e)]
Delete
D3D16
and insert
NSW D3D16
as follows:
The threshold of a doorway must not incorporate a step or ramp at any point closer to the doorway than the width of the door leaf unless—
in patient care areas in a Class 9a health-care building, the door sill is not more than 25 mm above the finished floor level to which the doorway opens; or
in resident use areas in a Class 9c building, a ramp is provided with a maximum gradient of 1:8 for a maximum height of 25 mm over the threshold; or
is provided with a threshold ramp or step ramp in accordance with AS 1428.1 ; or
in a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue, the door sill of a doorway opening to a road, open space, external stair landing or external balcony is not more than 50 mm above the finished floor level to which the doorway opens; or
in other cases—
the doorway opens to a road or open space, external stair landing or external balcony; and
the door sill is not more than 190 mm above the finished surface of the ground, balcony, or the like, to which the doorway opens.
D3D18Height of barriers
[2019: Table D2.16a]
Delete
D3D18 (1)
and insert
NSW D3D18 (1)
as follows:
(1)
The height of a barrier required by D3D17 must be not less than the following:
For stairways or ramps with a gradient of 1:20 or steeper — 865 mm.
For landings to a stair or ramp where the barrier is provided along the inside edge of the landing and does not exceed 500 mm in length — 865 mm.
In front of fixed seating on a mezzanine or balcony within an auditorium in a Class 9b building—
1 m; or
700 mm where the horizontal projection extends not less than 1 m outwards from the top of the barrier; or
the door is able to be opened manually under a force of not more than 110 N; and
if fitted with a door which is power-operated—
it must be able to be opened manually under a force of not more than 110 N if there is a malfunction or failure of the power source; and
if it leads directly to a road or open space it must open automatically if there is a power failure to the door or on the activation of a fire or smoke alarm anywhere in the fire compartment served by the door; and
must not be fitted with a collapsible gate, accordion door, turnstile or rigid barrier; and
if fitted with a door, must be—
a swing door which opens in the direction of egress; and
doors hung in two folds where the unobstructed width of the doorway is more than 1 m; and
a doorway or opening within sight of the audience but not intended for egress must have a notice displayed clearly indicating its purpose and such a notice must not be internally illuminated; and
notwithstanding (2)(c), a sliding door may be fitted where—
it leads directly to a road or open space and forms a main entrance; and
it is capable of swinging in the direction of egress when pressure is applied to the inside face of the door; and
the door is provided with signage that clearly indicates to persons seeking egress, the potential for swinging the door open in an emergency.
D3D26Operation of latch
[2019: D2.21]
Delete
D3D26 (5)
and insert
NSW D3D26 (5)
as follows:
(5)
The requirements of (1) and (2) do not apply in a Class 9b building (other than a school, an early childhood centre or a building used for religious purposes) to a door in a requiredexit, forming part of a requiredexit or in the path of travel to a requiredexit serving a storey or room accommodating more than 100 persons, determined in accordance with D2D18, in which case it must be readily openable—
without a key from the side that faces a person seeking egress; and
by a single hand pushing action on a single device such as a panic bar located between 900 mm and 1.2 m from the floor; and
where a two-leaf door is fitted, the provisions of (a) and (b) need only apply to one door leaf if the appropriate requirements of D2D7 to D2D11 are satisfied by the opening of that one leaf; and
where the door is a door in a path of travel providing re-entry to the building from a balcony, terrace or the like, it may be fitted with key-operated fastenings only, the tongues of which must be locked in the retracted position whenever the building is occupied by the public, so the door can yield to pressure.
Insert
subclause NSW D3D26
(6)
in clause D3D26 as follows:
(6)
The requirements of (1), (2) and (5) do not apply to a door serving a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue where the following provisions apply to a door or gate used by the public—
on a door, the single device operating the latch or bolts must be a panic bar if those doors are to be secured; or
an exit door or gate used by the public as the main entrance may be fitted with key-operated fastenings only, the tongues of which must be locked in the retracted position whenever the building is occupied by the public so the door or gate can yield to pressure from within; or
a door from a balcony, terrace or the like, being a door in a path of travel providing re-entry to the building, may comply with the locking provision of (b) above.
NSW D3D31Doors in paths of travel to an entertainment venue
[2019: NSW D2.101]
Insert
NSW D3D31 as follows:
In a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue, a doorway in a path of travel must comply with NSW D3D24(2)(e).
Section EServices and equipment
Part E2Smoke hazard management
NSW E2D10Buildings not more than 25 m in effective height: large isolated buildings subject to C3D4
[2019: NSW Table E2.2a]
Delete
E2D10
and insert
NSW E2D10
as follows:
(1)
In a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building of not more than 25 m in effective height, and which exceeds 18 000 m2 in floor area or 108 000 m3 in volume, the building must be provided with—
if the ceiling height of the fire compartment is not more than 12 m—
For the purposes of (1), reference to ‘the building’ being provided with specified measures, means to the nominated classes within the building.
Note:
Refer to E2D14 and E2D15 for specific provisions applicable to a Class 6 building or part of a building (in a fire compartment having a floor area of more than 2000 m2).
Refer to NSW E2D16 to NSW E2D19 for specific provisions applicable to a Class 9b building or part of a building.
Refer to E2D5 and E2D8 where a Class 5, 6, 7b, 8 and 9b building contains a Class 2, 3 or 4 part.
NSW E2D16Class 9b – assembly buildings: nightclubs, discotheques and the like
A building or part of a building used as an assembly building must be provided with automatic shutdown of any air-handling system (other than non-ducted individual room units with a capacity not more than 1000 L/s and miscellaneous exhaust air systems installed in accordance with Sections 5 and 6 of AS 1668.1) which does not form part of the smoke hazard management system, on the activation of—
smoke detectors installed complying with S20C6; and
any other installed fire detection and alarm system, including a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17.
an automatic zone pressurisation system in accordance with AS 1668.1 if the basement has more than one fire compartment; or if the basement forms part of a multi fire compartmented building served by the zone pressurisation system; or
a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17.
For the purposes of this clause, where a stage is separated from the auditorium by a proscenium wall incorporating a proscenium opening, a backstage room or area that is not separated from the stage by construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60, is taken to form part of the stage.
A building or part of a building used as an assembly building which has a stage with a floor area of more than 50 m2 and not more than 150 m2 must, over the stage, be provided with—
A building or part of a building used as an assembly building which has a stage with a floor area of more than 150 m2 must, over the stage, be provided with an automatic smoke exhaust system complying with Specification 21 (including Figure S21C2).
Smoke hazard management provisions for an assembly building used for multiple purposes must comply with all the relevant provisions of NSW E2D16, NSW E2D17, NSW E2D18 and NSW E2D19 according to usage.
where a building or part of a building has a floor area of more than 2000 m2, smoke hazard management measures as provided for under NSW E2D19.
Note:
Paragraph (a) applies only to an auditorium designed principally to accommodate an audience to an entertainment.
Smoke hazard management provisions for an assembly building used for multiple purposes must comply with all the relevant provisions of NSW E2D16, NSW E2D17, NSW E2D18 and NSW E2D19 according to usage.
NSW E2D18Class 9b – assembly buildings: theatres and public halls
[2019: NSW Table E2.2b]
Delete
E2D18
and insert
NSW E2D18
as follows:
A building or part of a building used as an exhibition hall, museum, art gallery or the like, must be provided with—
where the floor area is more than 2000 m2 and not more than 3500 m2—
Smoke hazard management provisions for an assembly building used for multiple purposes must comply with all the relevant provisions of NSW E2D16, NSW E2D17, NSW E2D18 and NSW E2D19 according to usage.
NSW E2D19Class 9b – assembly buildings: theatres and public halls (not listed in E2D18) including lecture theatres and cinema/auditorium complexes
[2019: NSW Table E2.2b]
Delete
E2D19
and insert
NSW E2D19
as follows:
(1)
Unless otherwise described in (2), in a building or part of a building used as an assembly building (not being a night club, discotheque or the like; or an exhibition hall, museum or art gallery) where the floor area of a fire compartment is more than 2000 m2, the fire compartment must be provided with—
a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17.
(2)
The following buildings are exempt from the provisions of (1):
Sporting complexes, (including sports halls, gymnasiums, swimming pools, ice and roller rinks, and the like) other than indoor sports stadiums with total spectator seating for more than 1000 persons.
Churches and other places used solely for religious worship.
A building containing a Class 9b early childhood centre must be provided with an automatic smoke detection and alarm system complying with Specification 20 throughout the whole building, including any part of another Class.
Note:
Smoke hazard management provisions for an assembly building used for multiple purposes must comply with all the relevant provisions of NSW E2D16, NSW E2D17, NSW E2D18 and NSW E2D19 according to usage.
NSW E2D20Class 9b assembly buildings: other assembly buildings (not listed in E2D16 to E2D19)
[2019: Table E2.2b]
Delete
E2D20
and insert
NSW E2D20
as follows:
E2D20 does not apply in NSW. This clause is deleted from the BCA in NSW, as requirements for Class 9b – Assembly buildings in NSW are covered under NSW E2D16 to NSW E2D19.
Part E4Visibility in an emergency, exit signs and warning systems
NSW E4D6Direction signs
[2019: NSW E4.6]
Delete
E4D6
and insert
NSW E4D6
as follows:
If an exit is not readily apparent to persons occupying or visiting the building, then exit signs must be installed—
in appropriate positions in corridors, hallways, lobbies, foyers, auditoria, and the like, indicating the direction to a requiredexit; and
in a Class 9b building used as an entertainment venue — in any external egress path to a road where the exit does not open directly onto a road.
Specification 20Smoke detection and alarm systems
S20C8System monitoring
[2019: NSW Spec E2.2a: 8]
Delete
S20C8
and insert
NSW S20C8
as follows:
The following installations must be connected to a fire alarm monitoring system connected to a fire station or fire station dispatch centre in accordance with AS 1670.3 :
A smoke detection system in a Class 3 building provided in accordance with S20C2(b)(i) or S20C2(b)(ii).
A smoke detection system in a Class 9a health-care building, if the building accommodates more than 20 patients.
A smoke detection system in a Class 9c building.
Smoke detection in accordance with S20C6 provided to activate—
F4P6 does not apply in NSW as the installation of hot water, warm water and cooling water systems (and their operation and maintenance) is regulated in the Public Health Regulation 2012, under the Public Health Act 2010.
F4D4dFacilities in Class 3 to 9 buildings
[2019: F2.3]
Delete
Table F4D4d
and insert
NSW Table F4D4d
as follows:
NSW Table F4D4d:
Sanitary facilities in Class 6 buildings – restaurants, cafes, bars
User group
Closet pans
Urinals
Washbasins
Design occupancy
Number
Design occupancy
Number
Design occupancy
Number
Male patrons
1 - 100
1
1 - 50
1
1 - 50
1
101 - 300
2
51 - 100
2
51 - 200
2
>300
Add 1 per 200
101 - 150
3
>200
Add 1 per 200
-
-
151 - 200
4
-
-
-
-
201 - 250
5
-
-
-
-
>250
Add 1 per 100
-
-
Female patrons
1 - 25
1
N/A
N/A
1 - 50
1
26 - 50
2
N/A
N/A
51 - 150
2
51 - 100
3
N/A
N/A
>150
Add 1 per 200
101 - 150
4
N/A
N/A
-
-
151 - 200
5
N/A
N/A
-
-
201 - 250
6
N/A
N/A
-
-
>250
Add 1 per 100
N/A
N/A
-
-
Table Notes
Sanitary facilities need not be provided for patrons if the total number of persons accommodated in the building is not more than 20.
F4D10 does not apply in NSW as the installation of hot water, warm water and cooling water systems (and their operation and maintenance) is regulated in the Public Health Regulation 2012, under the Public Health Act 2010.
Part F6Light and ventilation
NSW F6D6Ventilation of rooms
[2019: NSW F4.5(b)]
Delete
F6D6
and insert
NSW F6D6
as follows:
A habitable room, office, shop, factory, workroom, sanitary compartment, bathroom, shower room, laundry and any other room occupied by a person for any purpose must have—
a mechanical ventilation or air-conditioning system complying with AS 1668.2.
Note:
The reference to AS/NZS 3666.1 is deleted from the BCA in NSW, as the need to comply with this standard is regulated in the Public Health Regulation 2012, under the Public Health Act 2010.
Section GAncillary provisions
Part G1Minor structures and components
NSW G1P2Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
[2019: NSW GP1.2]
Delete
G1P2
and insert
NSW G1P2
as follows:
(1)
A barrier must be provided to a swimming pool and must—
be continuous for the full extent of the hazard; and
be of a strength and rigidity to withstand the foreseeable impact of people; and
restrict the access of young children to the pool and the immediate pool surrounds; and
have any gates and doors fitted with latching devices not readily operated by young children, and constructed to automatically close and latch.
(2)
A swimming pool water recirculation system must incorporate safety measures to avoid entrapment of, or injury to, a person.
Applications:
NSW G1P2(1) only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm, in conjunction with the Swimming Pools Act 1992 and the Swimming Pools Regulation 2018.
NSW G1P2(2) only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm.
NSW G1D2Swimming pools
[2019: NSW G1.1]
Delete
G1D2
and insert
NSW G1D2
as follows:
(1)
NSW G1D2(2) applies to the technical construction requirements for barriers to restrict access to swimming pools, subject to—
out-of-ground pool walls and the walls of above ground pools, including inflatable pools, not being considered to be effective barriers; and
the reference in clause 2.3.1 of AS 1926.1 to a barrier within a property including a boundary barrier.
(2)
A swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm and which is associated with a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building, must have suitable barriers to restrict access by young children to the immediate pool surrounds in accordance with—
A water recirculation system in a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm must comply with AS 1926.3 .
Note:
The Swimming Pools Act 1992 and the Swimming Pools Regulation 2018, applicable to swimming pool with a depth of water of more than 300 mm, regulate the circumstances in which a barrier is required and prevail in the case of any inconsistency.
NSW G1D5Provision for cleaning windows
[2019: NSW G1.101]
Insert
NSW G1D5 as follows:
(1)
A building must provide for a safe manner of cleaning any windows located 3 or more storeys above ground level.
(2)
A building satisfies (1) where—
the windows can be cleaned wholly from within the building; or
provision is made for the cleaning of the windows by a method complying with the Work Health and Safety Act 2011 and regulations made under that Act.
reduce the risk of ignition from a design bushfire with an annual exceedance probability not more than 1:100 years, or 1:200 years for a Class 9 building; and
a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building or part of a type listed in (a), (b) or (c).
NSW G5P2Additional bushfire requirements for certain Class 9 buildings
[New for 2022]
Delete
G5P2
and insert
NSW G5P2
as follows:
A building that is constructed in a designated bushfire prone area and occupied by people who may be unable to readily evacuate the building prior to a bushfire must, to the degree necessary—
reduce the risk of an untenable indoor environment for occupants during a bushfire event, appropriate to the—
location of the building relative to fire hazards, including—
classified vegetation; and
adjacent buildings, structures and movable objects; and
a Class 10a building or deck associated with a building or part referred to in (a), (b) or (c).
Note:
If a building of a type listed in (c) or (d) where associated with a building listed in (c) is subject to a BAL exceeding BAL—12.5, the building would need to comply with Performance RequirementNSW G5P2 by means of a Performance Solution.
In a designated bushfire prone area, a Class 2 building, a Class 3 building, a Class 4 part of a building or a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to such a building or part, must comply with the following—
for Section 9 Construction for Bushfire Attack Level FZ (BAL-FZ), buildings subject to BAL-FZ must comply with specific conditions of development consent for construction at this level; or
the requirements of (a) above as modified by the development consent following consultation with the NSW Rural Fire Service under section 4.14 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 if required; or
the requirements of (a) above as modified by development consent with a bushfire safety authority issued under section 100B of the Rural Fires Act 1997 for the purposes of integrated development.
the requirements of (a) or (b) above as modified by the development consent with a bushfire safety authority issued under section 100B of the Rural Fires Act 1997 for the purposes of integrated development.
NSW Part G7Livable housing design
This Part has deliberately been left blank. Part G7 does not apply in NSW as livable housing design requirements do not apply to sole-occupancy units in a Class 2 building in NSW.
Specification 43Bushfire protection for certain Class 9 buildings
A static water supply consisting of tanks, swimming pools, dams or the like, or a combination of these, together with suitable pumps, hoses and fittings, determined in consultation with the relevant fire brigade that—
is capable of providing the required flow rate for a period of not less than 4 hours; or
has a volume of 10 000 litres for each occupied building.
Section ISpecial use buildings
Part I1Class 9b buildings
NSW I1D1Application of Part
[2019: NSW H1.1]
Delete
I1D1
and insert
NSW I1D1
as follows:
(1)
For a Class 9b building or part of a building that is not an entertainment venue—
NSW Part I4Entertainment venues other than temporary structures and drive-in theatres
Introduction to this Part
NSW Part I4 contains Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions additional to those contained in Sections C, D, E, F and G for buildings containing or used as an entertainment venue other than temporary structures and drive-in theatres.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
NSW I4D1Application of Part
[2019: NSW H101.1]
This Part applies to every entertainment venue as described in the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2021.
foyer space (excluding stairways and concession areas) must be provided on the basis of at least 0.25 m2 for each person that the auditorium accommodates.
If the foyer serves not more than 2 auditoriums, that foyer must be separated from any adjoining foyer by construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60.
If the foyer serves more than 2 auditoriums, a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17 must be installed—
throughout each storey in the building below that storey.
NSW I4D5Conventional stages: application
[2019: NSW H101.5]
NSW I4D6 to NSW I4D9 apply to a conventional stage, that is, a stage which is separated from the auditorium by a proscenium wall incorporating a proscenium opening.
NSW I4D6Conventional stages: extent of stage area
[2019: NSW H101.5.1]
If a room or area is not separated from the remainder of a conventional stage by construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60, the room or area is, for the purposes of this Part, to be taken to form part of the stage.
NSW I4D7Conventional stages: small stages
[2019: NSW H101.5.2]
A stage which is more than 50 m2 but not more than 150 m2 in area must have 2 or more means of egress from the stage and backstage area provided otherwise than through the proscenium wall.
must have installed directly above the stage a suitable sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D or FPAA101H system) complying with Specification 17; and
must have the proscenium opening protected by a safety curtain that complies with NSW I4D15 and NSW I4D16; and
must have a line of open drenchers or open sprinklers provided above the proscenium opening on the stage side and in such a position as to be able to discharge over the inside face of the safety curtain; and
must have 2 or more means of egress from the stage and backstage area provided otherwise than through the proscenium wall.
NSW I4D9Conventional stages: fire separation of stages
[2019: NSW H101.5.4]
A stage which is more than 50 m2 in area, and all areas below such a stage, must (with the exception of the proscenium opening) be separate from the backstage and the remainder of the building by construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60.
a fly gallery must be provided with at least 2 means of egress, one on each side of the stage; and
a grid or rigging loft must be provided with at least 2 means of egress; and
if exposed steel is used in the construction of a roof, fly or tie gallery, the roof, fly or tie gallery must be so designed that, in the event of its structural failure due to fire, the wall structure of the building will not be affected; and
structural steel supporting the stage tower must be enclosed by masonry or concrete and have an FRL of not less than 120/120/120.
(2)
In addition to (1), in the case of a conventional stage, the following additional requirements apply:
The proscenium wall must—
have an FRL of not less than 120/120/120; and
have the proscenium opening protected by a rigid safety curtain in accordance with NSW I4D16.
The walls forming the stage area, and the area beneath the stage, must be constructed of masonry or concrete and have an FRL of not less than 120/120/120.
NSW I4D14Load notice
[2019: NSW H101.8]
(1)
A notice indicating the actual distributed and concentrated load for which the stage floor has been designed must be conspicuously and permanently displayed in a position adjacent to the stage floor.
(2)
The notice must be in legible letters and figures—
be so fitted that, when it is closed, it forms an efficient smoke seal between the stage and the auditorium; and
be capable of withstanding a pressure differential of 0.5 kPa over its entire surface area; and
be run on steel guides located on each side of the proscenium opening; and
remain engaged in its guides if the guides, together with their fittings and attachments and that part of the curtain engaged in the guides, are subjected to a pressure differential of 1 kPa; and
be of sufficiently robust construction to withstand damage by scenery, stage properties and falling debris; and
be capable of closing the proscenium opening within 30 seconds, either by gravity slide or by motor assisted mechanisms; and
have manual controls, located on each side of the stage, for the closing of the curtains; and
have a notice displayed adjacent to the operating controls, in clear and legible letters and symbols of adequate size, indicating its use and operation; and
when operated, actuate a distinctive warning alarm audible to persons on the stage and must not be reliant for its operation solely on the primary electricity supply; and
have the words “Safety Curtain” exhibited on the curtain in clear and legible letters of adequate size to enable them to be read from all parts of the auditorium.
A rigid safety curtain required by NSW I4D13 must comply with the requirements of NSW I4D15 and it must—
be vertically hung from steel cables; and
be framed with structural steel that complies with AS 4100; and
be sheeted and finished on both sides with sheet steel or other non-combustible material of such gauge, and so fastened to its frame, as to ensure that its frame is capable of withstanding distortion arising from heat; and
when closed, overlap the proscenium opening by not less than 300 mm at each side and by not less than 600 mm at the top.
the front of each chair and the back of the chair in front; or
if a guardrail is provided in front of the chairs, between the front of each chair and the guardrail; and
have a distance of at least 950 mm between the back of the chair and the back of the chair in front.
NSW I4D20Seating in rows: chairs in auditoriums — level floors
[2019: NSW H101.11.3]
Chairs in an auditorium that has a level floor must be—
securely fastened to the floor; or
secured together in groups of not less than 4 and not more than 16.
NSW I4D21Seating in rows: chairs in auditoriums — sloping floors
[2019: NSW H101.11.4]
Chairs in an auditorium having a sloping floor, or having stepped or inclined platforms, must be securely fastened to the floor or platform.
NSW I4D22Seating in rows: radiating aisles in seating areas
[2019: NSW H101.11.5]
Where seating is securely fastened to the floor and arranged in rows of concentric circles, semi-circles or segments of circles, with radiating aisles—
the number of seats in each row between 2 aisles must not exceed 24; and
each seat must—
have a minimum lateral clearance of at least 325 mm between the front of the seat and the back of the seat in front; and
have a distance of at least 975 mm between the back of the seat and the back of the seat in front; and
the platforms and steps must extend for the full width of the aisle; and
if there are no intervening steps between levels of platforms, the height of the platform riser must not be more than 200 mm; and
if there are one or more intervening steps between the levels of platforms—
each riser must be at least 100 mm but not more than 200 mm high; and
each going must be at least 250 mm deep; and
risers and goings must be uniform; and
goings which are more than 450 mm deep at platform level must have a grade of not more than 1 in 50; and
at the entrance from the aisle to each row there must be a clear level floor space, extending the full width of the aisle, of at least 300 mm, measured from the back of the row in front; and
any going projecting in front of a seat adjacent to an aisle must be protected by a guardrail.
NSW I4D25Seating in rows: stepped platforms
[2019: H101.11.8]
Where stepped platforms without chairs or stepped platforms with bench seats, are used for seating—
each platform must be at least 700 mm deep; and
each seating space must be at least 450 mm wide, measured along the front of the platform or bench seat; and
each seating space must be numbered consecutively; and
at the entrance from the aisle to each row there must be a clear level floor space, extending the full width of the aisle, of at least 300 mm, measured from the back of the row in front; and
any going projecting in front of a seat adjacent to an aisle must be protected by a guardrail; and
in the case of stepped platforms with bench seats, there must be at least 300 mm between the back of each seat and the front of the platform behind, or the front of the bench seat behind, whichever is the closer.
The depth of each row of seating (that is, the distance between the back of the row in front or, if there is a guardrail in front, between the back of the row and the guardrail) must, in respect of a row containing a number of seats specified in Column 1 of NSW Table I4D29, be not less than the distance specified of that Table in respect of that number of seats.
NSW I4D30Continental seating: clearance between rows
[2019: NSW H101.12.4]
The minimum lateral clearance between each row of seating must, in respect of a row containing a number of seats specified in Column 1 of NSW Table I4D29 be not less than the clearance specified in Column 3 of that Table in respect of that number of seats.
NSW I4D31Continental seating: chairs used for seating
[2019: NSW H101.12.5]
Chairs used for seating must comply with NSW I4D19(a) and (b).
NSW I4D32Continental seating: egress doorways
[2019: NSW H101.12.6]
Egress doorways through the walls of the auditorium—
must have an aggregate width of at least twice the sum of the clearances specified in Column 3 of NSW Table I4D29 for each row of the auditorium to be served by those doorways; and
must be provided at each end of every fifth row, excluding the first 2 rows and the last 2 rows in the auditorium if those rows each contain no more than 16 seats; and
At the entrance from a row to a clear area, there must be a clear level floor space having a width of at least the clearance specified for the row in Column 3 of NSW Table I4D29.
NSW I4D37Provision of guardrails: fixed back seats
[2019: NSW H101.13.2]
If seats with fixed backs are provided, guardrails that extend for the full width of the seating, must be provided at least 500 mm above the platform unless—
fixed back seats of the next lower level project at least 500 mm above the level of the stepped platform; and
there is only one riser between the platform and next lower cross-over.
NSW I4D38Provision of guardrails: steps between platforms
[2019: NSW H101.13.3]
If—
there is more than one intervening step in an aisle between levels of platforms, a guardrail must be provided (at a vertical height of at least 660 mm measured above the nosing of each tread and of the upper platform) to the sides of the aisle adjacent to those steps; and
there is more than one intervening step in an aisle between levels of platforms, and that aisle is along a wall, a continuous guardrail must be affixed to that wall at a height of 865 mm above the nosing of each tread; and
the end of the platform or the back of the highest platform does not abut a wall that extends at least 660 mm above the floor level of the platform, a guardrail not less than 660 mm high must be provided—
at the ends of the platform, extending from the front of the first riser to the back of the highest platform; and
at the back of the highest platform, extending the full width of the platform; and
there is an inclined floor, the raised section of which is not bounded by walls at least 660 mm high, a guardrail must be provided that extends around the perimeter of the raised section at a height of at least 660 mm above the inclined floor level; and
seating at tables is provided on a stepped platform, a guardrail at least 500 mm high must be provided along the front edge of the platform.
NSW I4D39Guardrails for seating areas: application
NSW I4D40Guardrails for seating areas: continental seating
[2019: NSW H101.14.1]
Where a guardrail is provided in front of a row of chairs—
the distance between the back of each chair in that row, and the guardrail must be not less than the distance specified in Column 2 of NSW Table I4D29 for the number of chairs in that row; and
the minimum lateral clearance between the front of each chair in that row and the guardrail must be not less than the clearance specified in Column 3 of NSW Table I4D29 for the number of chairs in that row.
NSW I4D41Guardrails for seating areas: balconies and boxes
[2019: NSW H101.14.2]
A guardrail provided along the fascia of a balcony or box—
if it is located at the foot of a stepped aisle, must have its top surface at least 900 mm above the floor of the balcony or box; and
if it is not located at the foot of a stepped aisle, must have its top surface at least 750 mm above the floor; and
if it has a ledge more than 70 mm wide, must have the top surface of the ledge sloping downwards towards the floor of the balcony or box at an angle of at least 30 degrees from the horizontal; and
must have an unperforated kerb or toe guard extending for at least 300 mm above the floor.
NSW I4D42Guardrails for seating areas: cross-overs
[2019: NSW H101.14.3]
A guardrail provided along the front edge of a cross-over on a stepped floor—
must be at least 750 mm high; and
must extend the full distance between aisles, or between a wall and an aisle, or for such other distance as considered necessary.
NSW I4D43Dressing rooms
[2019: NSW H101.15]
A dressing room or two or more adjoining dressing rooms, having a total floor area of more than 50 m2, must—
be separated from other parts of the building by construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60; and
have at least 2 means of egress as remote from each other as possible, one of which must discharge—
A projection suite in accordance with the staffing requirements of Schedule 72 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2021 must contain either—
a projection room and sanitary accommodation comprising at least 1 closet pan and 1 washbasin, where the projection suite is continually staffed; or
a projection room fitted with the following equipment—
an automatic fire suppression system in accordance with SSL Appraisal Specification FAS 102 or a sprinkler system complying with AS 2118 ; and
be connected to a fire station or other approved monitoring service where arrangements are in place to initiate fire brigade response; and
close down all shutters fitted to projection or observation ports; and
activate sufficient general lighting to provide a minimum of 40 lux measured at floor level in any auditorium affected; and
operate a public address system to automatically announce a suitable message from the management of the premises; and
activate an audible alarm to immediately indicate to management the presence of smoke in the projection room.
NSW I4D47Projection suites: fire separation
[2019: NSW H101.17.2]
A projection suite must be separated from all other internal parts of the building in which it is located by construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60.
NSW I4D48Projection suites: concession for protection of some openings
[2019: NSW H101.17.3]
If a projection or observation port is not more than 0.1 m2 in area—
a metal shutter not less than 1.5 mm thick may be fitted thereto instead of the protection required under NSW C4D12; and
any metal shutter or protection system must be equipped with a device to permit the closing of the shutter or the protection system from easily accessible operating positions adjacent to each egress doorway from the projection room.
Protection of the final sub-circuit originating at a switchboard or distribution board must be by means of circuit breakers.
NSW I4D53Electric mains installation: separate sub-mains
[2019: NSW H101.19.3]
Where an entertainment venue has its mains supply in common with that of another building or where it is a part of a building—
the entertainment venue must be served by a separate and independent sub-main from the main switchboard; and
each sub-main, the consumer’s main and the supply authority’s conductors within the building must be protected against fire by means of—
mineral-insulated metal-sheathed cables or other cables that provide at least 2 hours’ fire protection; or
heavy-duty PVC conduit or metallic pipe, concrete encased in walls or slabs with a minimum of 50 mm cover; or
heavy-duty PVC conduit or metallic pipe, buried at least 500 mm below ground level, for underground cabling.
NSW I4D54Lighting: lighting switches
[2019: NSW H101.20.1]
(1)
Any switch controlling the lighting system must not be accessible.
(2)
Where, during normal use, general lighting may be dimmed or switched off, an override switch to switch on all of the general lighting instantaneously must be installed in the auditorium in a position accessible to management.
NSW I4D55Lighting: lighting levels
[2019: NSW H101.20.2]
Where the lamps utilised in the general lighting are of a type that will not relight immediately after the restoration of the primary electricity supply to those lamps—
a time delay or other suitable means must be provided to maintain the emergency lighting for a period not less than that necessary to allow the general lighting lamps to restrike; or
lamps of a type that will provide immediate lighting must be installed and—
arranged in such a manner as to ensure visual conditions not inferior to those required to be provided by the emergency lighting; and
capable of being switched in common with the general lighting and of being controlled also by the override switch required by NSW I4D54(2).
NSW I4D56Lighting: provision of aisle lighting
[2019: NSW H101.20.3]
Where general lighting is to be either dimmed or extinguished when the public is in attendance and where the floor is stepped or at an inclination greater than 1 in 12, aisle lights must be provided to illuminate the length of each aisle and the tread of each step therein.
NSW I4D57Lighting: aisle lighting power supply
[2019: NSW H101.20.4]
Where an aisle light is installed in a seat frame, it must be supplied at a voltage of not more than 32 volts AC or 115 volts DC.
NSW I4D58Lighting: aisle lighting alternative lighting supply
[2019: NSW H101.20.5]
Aisle lighting must be provided with an alternative electricity supply that—
is capable of being automatically energised in the event of failure of the primary lighting electricity supply; and
complies with the provisions applying to emergency lighting.
NSW I4D59Automatic smoke-and-heat vents for stages
be capable of automatic operation by the inclusion of a heat sensing device designed to activate the system at a temperature of not more than 71°C; and
be capable of being released manually from positions at either side of the stage and of being fully activated from either position; and
have a notice, prominently displayed at each position referred to in (b), clearly indicating the method of activation; and
have an openable area of not less than 10 percent of the total area of the stage.
NSW I4D60Solid fuel burning stoves and open fire places
[2019: NSW H101.23]
Solid fuel burning stoves and open fire places must not be installed in premises designed for the purpose of—
In this Part, a reference to an entrance or exit does not include a reference to an entrance or exit provided for persons or animals performing in a temporary structure.
NSW I5D3Location of exits
[2019: NSW H102.3]
Exits must be so provided and arranged as to afford a ready means of egress from all parts of a temporary structure.
the number of exits to be provided for a temporary structure designed to accommodate a number of persons specified in Column 1 of NSW Table I5D4 must be not less than the number of exits specified in Column 2 of that Table in respect of that number of persons; and
the aggregate width of the exits to a temporary structure designed to accommodate a number of persons specified in Column 1 of NSW Table I5D4 must be not less than the width specified in Column 3 of that Table in respect of that number of persons.
5 exits plus one additional exit for each additional 450 persons, or part thereof.
9000 mm, plus 500 mm for each additional 50 persons or part thereof.
Table Notes
Where only one exit is provided that exit must be at least 1000 mm wide.
Where 2 exits are provided each must be at least 500 mm wide.
NSW I5D5Vertical clearance for exits
[2019: NSW H102.5]
Every part of an entrance or exit must provide a minimum unobstructed height of 2000 mm and, where the entrance or exit is beneath a stepped seating platform, infilled risers or other approved overhead protection must be provided above the entrance or exit.
NSW I5D6Curtains across exits
[2019: NSW H102.6]
A flap or curtain used to cover an exit must be so designed that, when it is secured, it will not obstruct or impede egress.
NSW I5D7Curtains and blinds
[2019: NSW H102.7]
Curtains and blinds for use in a temporary structure must comply with NSW Table S7C7.
A rigid guardrail must be provided at each end of a stepped or inclined platform, at least 750 mm high above the floor of the platform, and must extend—
in the case of a stepped platform, from the front of the first riser; and
in the case of an inclined platform, from the front of the first row of seating,
to the back of the highest platform and along the rear of that platform for its full width.
Artificial lighting must be provided, and must comply with NSW I4D54 and NSW I4D55.
NSW I5D16Emergency lighting
[2019: NSW H102.15.1]
Emergency lighting must be provided to the areas provided with artificial lighting under NSW I5D15 and must include a sufficient number of lamps to give a minimum illumination of 0.2 lux at floor level.
NSW I5D17Emergency lighting power supply
[2019: NSW H102.15.2]
Where emergency lighting is provided, the capacity of the battery and charging system must be sufficient to provide the illumination required by NSW I5D16 for—
30 minutes, in respect of a temporary structure designed to accommodate not more than 1000 persons; and
60 minutes, in respect of a temporary structure designed to accommodate more than 1000 persons.
NSW I5D18Exit signs
[2019: NSW H102.16]
Exit signs must be provided above all exits and in such other locations as may be required by NSW E4D6 and must comply with E4D5 and E4D8.
NSW I5D19Fire-fighting services
[2019: NSW H102.17]
(1)
Fire-fighting services and appliances must be so provided as to afford adequate protection and must be so located as the approving authority, on the advice of the Commissioner of Fire and Rescue NSW, may require.
(2)
Where required by the approving authority, the fire-fighting services and appliances must comply with Part E1.
be placed at a minimum of 5.5 m centres in a line along each parking ramp; and
be capable of being illuminated throughout any performance so as to be easily distinguishable at all times.
NSW I6D3Lines of speaker standards
[2019: NSW H103.2.1]
Lines of speaker standards along parking ramps must be placed at a distance of not less than 12.2 m apart.
NSW I6D4Electrical services
[2019: NSW H103.3]
The following electrical services must be installed underground—
the supply authority’s conductors within the site and the consumer’s mains, unless otherwise approved; and
electrical wiring external to any building on the site; and
all wiring to the speaker standards.
NSW I6D5Vehicular entrances
[2019: NSW H103.4]
Each public vehicular entrance to or exit from the drive-in theatre must be capable of being fully illuminated by flood lights that are so placed and so focussed as not to interfere with the vision of the driver of any motor vehicle.
NSW I6D6Lighting
[2019: NSW H103.5]
(1)
Driveways — Entrance and exit driveways, and the perimeter of the holding area, must be capable of being continuously illuminated by lamps capable of producing a minimum illumination of 0.5 lux at ground level.
(2)
Ramp areas — The whole of the ramp area of a drive-in theatre must be capable of being floodlit by means of area flood lights to an illumination of at least 10 lux.
Section JEnergy efficiency
Part J2Energy efficiency
J2D1Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
[2019: J0.0]
Delete
J2D1 (1)
and insert
NSW J2D1 (1)
as follows:
NSW J3D3Reducing heating and cooling loads of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building using house energy rating software
[2019: J0.2]
Delete
J3D3
and insert
NSW J3D3
as follows:
J3D3 does not apply in NSW.
NSW J3D4Ceiling fans in a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
[2019: J0.3]
Delete
J3D4
and insert
NSW J3D4
as follows:
J3D4 does not apply in NSW.
NSW J3D7Roofs and ceilings of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
Delete
J3D7
and insert
NSW J3D7
as follows:
J3D7 does not apply in NSW.
NSW J3D8External walls of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
Delete
J3D8
and insert
NSW J3D8
as follows:
J3D8 does not apply in NSW.
NSW J3D9Wall-glazing construction of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
Delete
J3D9
and insert
NSW J3D9
as follows:
J3D9 does not apply in NSW.
J3D10Floors of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
Delete
J3D10 (1)
and insert
NSW J3D10 (1)
as follows:
(1)
This subclause does not apply in NSW.
Delete
J3D10 (2)
and insert
NSW J3D10 (2)
as follows:
(2)
This subclause does not apply in NSW.
Delete
J3D10 (4)
and insert
NSW J3D10 (4)
as follows:
(4)
This subclause does not apply in NSW.
NSW J3D11External winter glazing of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
Delete
J3D11
and insert
NSW J3D11
as follows:
J3D11 does not apply in NSW.
NSW J3D12External summer glazing of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
Delete
J3D12
and insert
NSW J3D12
as follows:
J3D12 does not apply in NSW.
NSW J3D13Shading of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
Delete
J3D13
and insert
NSW J3D13
as follows:
J3D13 does not apply in NSW.
NSW J3D14Net equivalent energy usage of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
Delete
J3D14
and insert
NSW J3D14
as follows:
J3D14 does not apply in NSW.
NSW J3D15Net equivalent energy usage for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of building – home energy rating software
[New for 2022]
Delete
J3D15
and insert
NSW J3D15
as follows:
does not apply in NSW.
Part J4Building fabric
J4D1Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
[2019: J1.0]
Delete
J4D1 (1)
and insert
NSW J4D1 (1)
as follows:
NSW J4D3, applies to building elements forming the envelope of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building and a Class 4 part of a building.
(3)
(2) only applies to thermal insulation in a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building and a Class 4 part of a building where a development consent specifies that the insulation is to be provided as part of the development.
NSW J4D3Thermal construction — general
[2019: J1.2]
Delete
J4D3
and insert
NSW J4D3
as follows:
(1)
Where required, insulation must comply with AS/NZS 4859.1 and be installed so that it—
abuts or overlaps adjoining insulation other than at supporting members such as studs, noggings, joists, furring channels and the like where the insulation must be against the member; and
forms a continuous barrier with ceilings, walls, bulkheads, floors or the like that inherently contribute to the thermal barrier; and
does not affect the safe or effective operation of a service or fitting.
Where required, bulk insulation must be installed so that—
it maintains its position and thickness, other than where it is compressed between cladding and supporting members, water pipes, electrical cabling or the like; and
in a ceiling, where there is no bulk insulation or reflective insulation in the wall beneath, it overlaps the wall by not less than 50 mm.
(4)
Roof, ceiling, wall and floor materials, and associated surfaces are deemed to have the thermal properties listed in Specification 36.
a building in climate zones 1, 2, 3 and 5 where the only means of air-conditioning is by using an evaporative cooler; or
a permanent building opening, in a space where a gas appliance is located, that is necessary for the safe operation of a gas appliance; or
in a Class 3 or Class 5 to 9 building, a building or space where the mechanical ventilation required by Part F6 provides sufficient pressurisation to prevent infiltration; or
parts of buildings that cannot be fully enclosed.
NSW J5D5Windows and doors
[2019: J3.4]
Delete
J5D5
and insert
NSW J5D5
as follows:
(1)
A door, openable window or the like must be sealed—
a roller shutter door, roller shutter grille or other security door or device installed only for out-of-hours security.
(3)
A seal to restrict air infiltration—
for the bottom edge of a door, must be a draft protection device; and
for the other edges of a door or the edges of an openable window or other such opening, may be a foam or rubber compression strip, fibrous seal or the like.
J6D10 does not apply to a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building.
J6D10Space heating
[2019: J5.9]
Delete
J6D10 (2)
and insert
NSW J6D10 (2)
as follows:
(2)
An electric heater may be used for heating a bathroom in a Class 3, 9a or 9c building if the heating capacity is not more than 1.2 kW and the heater has a timer.
Part J7Artificial lighting and power
J7D1Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
[2019: J6.0]
Delete
J7D1 (1)
and insert
NSW J7D1 (1)
as follows:
Delete
J7D3 (1)
and insert
NSW J7D3 (1)
as follows:
(1)
This subclause does not apply in NSW.
Delete
J7D3 (2)
and insert
NSW J7D3 (2)
as follows:
(2)
In a Class 3 or Class 5 to 9 building—
for artificial lighting, the aggregate design illumination power load must not exceed the sum of the allowances obtained by multiplying the area of each space by the maximum illumination power density in Table J7D3a; and
the aggregate design illumination power load in (a) is the sum of the design illumination power loads in each of the spaces served; and
where there are multiple lighting systems serving the same space, the design illumination power load for (b) is—
the total illumination power load of all systems; or
where a control system permits only one system to operate at a time based on the highest illumination power load; or determined by the formula—
In the formula at (c)(ii)—
= the highest illumination power load; and
= the time for which the maximum illumination power load will occur, expressed as a percentage; and
= the predominant illumination power load.
J7D4Interior artificial lighting and power control
[2019: J6.3]
Delete
J7D4 (4)
and insert
NSW J7D4 (4)
as follows:
(4)
95% of the light fittings in a building or storey of a building, other than a Class 3 building of more than 250 m2 must be controlled by—
a time switch to control the operation of the heater.
(3)
A time switch must be provided to control the operation of a circulation pump for a swimming pool.
(4)
Where required, a time switch must be capable of switching electric power on and off at variable pre-programmed times and on variable pre-programmed days.
(5)
Pipework carrying heated or chilled water for a swimming pool must comply with the insulation requirements of J6D9.
(6)
For the purpose of J8D3, a swimming pool does not include a spa pool.
Applications:
NSW J8D3 does not apply to a Class 2 building and a Class 4 part of a building.
NSW J8D4Spa pool heating and pumping
[2019: J7.4]
Delete
J8D4
and insert
NSW J8D4
as follows:
(1)
Heating for a spa pool that shares a water recirculation system with a swimming pool must be by—
a solar heater; or
a heater using reclaimed heat from another process such as reject heat from a refrigeration plant; or
a geothermal heater; or
a gas heater that—
if rated to consume 500 MJ/hour or less, achieves a minimum gross thermal efficiency of 86%; or
if rated to consume more than 500 MJ/hour, achieves a minimum gross thermal efficiency of 90%; or
a heat pump; or
a combination of (a) to (e).
(2)
Where some or all of the heating required by (1) is by a gas heater or a heat pump, the spa pool must have—
a push button and a time switch to control the operation of the heater.
(3)
A time switch must be provided to control the operation of a circulation pump for a spa pool having a capacity of 680 L or more.
(4)
Where required, a time switch must be capable of switching electric power on and off at variable pre-programmed times and on variable pre-programmed days.
(5)
Pipework carrying heated or chilled water for a spa pool must comply with the insulation requirements of J6D9.
Applications:
J8D4 does not apply to a Class 2 building and a Class 4 part of a building.
Part J9Energy monitoring and on-site distributed energy resources
J9D1Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
[2019: J8.0]
Delete
J9D1 (1)
and insert
NSW J9D1 (1)
as follows:
This Part sets the thermal performance properties of building fabric, the energy efficiency of key energy using equipment and the features a building must have to facilitate the future installation of distributed energy resources.
Note:
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 3.0 or earlier, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Single Dwelling or Multi Dwelling Certificate issued under Version 4.0 or later, Section J of NCC 2022 applies.
For a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where a relevant development consent or an application for a complying development certificate requires compliance with a BASIX Alterations and Additions Certificate, NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 applies.
For a Class 3 building or Class 5 to 9 building:
From 1 May 2023 to 30 September 2023 NSW Section J of NCC 2019 Amendment 1 may apply instead of Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One.
From 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2022 Volume One applies.
Note:
In NSW, Class 2 buildings and Class 4 parts of buildings are subject to BASIX (the Building Sustainability Index), however Class 3 buildings are not.
BASIX is the web-based planning tool designed to assess the potential performance of certain residential buildings against a range of sustainability indices including thermal comfort and energy. Commitments made under BASIX become a condition of the relevant development consent or complying development certificate.
BASIX applies in NSW to all new Class 2 buildings and Class 4 parts of buildings; and to alterations and additions to buildings of those classes where the work is subject to BASIX and also where an applicant elects to comply with BASIX.
The provisions of Section J are therefore designed to complement requirements that arise under BASIX and which are implemented via the development consent.
Where BASIX is not applied to alterations and additions to these buildings, the provisions will also complement council development controls that require energy efficiency measures to be incorporated as part of the alterations and additions.
Objectives
NSW J1O1Objective
[2019: JO1]
The Objective of this Section is to—
reduce energy consumption and energy peak demand; and
reduce the energy consumption and energy peak demand of key energy using equipment; and
reduce the greenhouse gas emissions that occur as a result of a building’s energy consumption and energy source; and
for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, improve occupant health and amenity by mitigating the impact of extreme hot and cold weather events and energy blackouts; and
for other than in a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, protect occupant health and amenity by ensuring the building envelope assists in the maintenance of acceptable internal conditions while the building is occupied; and
be able to accommodate the future installation of distributed energy resources.
Performance Requirements
NSW J1P1Energy use
[2019: JP1]
A building including its services, must have features that facilitate the efficient use of energy appropriate to—
the function and use of the building; and
the level of human comfort required for the building use; and
for a Class 5, 7b, 8 or 9a building other than a ward area, or a Class 9b school, 43 kJ/m².hr; and
for all other building classifications, 15 kJ/m².hr.
Applications:
NSW J1P1 does not apply to a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building.
NSW J1P2Thermal performance of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
J1P2 does not apply in NSW as thermal performance of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building is regulated by BASIX.
NSW J1P3Energy usage of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
[New for 2022]
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
J1P3 does not apply in NSW as the thermal performance of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building is regulated by BASIX.
NSW J1P4Renewable energy and electric vehicle charging
[New for 2022]
A building must have features that facilitate the future installation of on-site renewable energy generation and storage and electric vehicle charging equipment.
NSW J1P5Building fabric—Class 2 building and Class 4 parts of a building
[2019: NSW J(A)P1]
(1)
Thermal insulation in a building must be installed in a manner and have characteristics, which facilitate the efficient use of energy for artificial heating and cooling.
(2)
A building must have, to the degree necessary, thermal breaks installed between the framing and external cladding, to facilitate efficient thermal performance of the building envelope.
Explanatory information:
NSW J1P5 only applies to a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building.
NSW J1P5(1) only applies to thermal insulation in a building where a development consent specifies that the insulation is to be provided as part of the development.
NSW J1P5(2) only applies to a metal framed roof and metal framed wall.
NSW J1P6Building sealing—Class 2 building and Class 4 parts of a building
[2019: NSW J(A) P2]
A building must have, to the degree necessary, a level of building sealing against air leakage to facilitate the efficient use of energy for artificial heating and cooling appropriate to—
the function and use of the building; and
the internal environment; and
the geographic location of the building.
Applications:
NSW J1P6 only applies to a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building, except—
the building complies with the additional requirements in Specification 33.
(2)
For a Class 3 building, compliance with NSW J1P1 is verified when—
a minimum 4-star NABERS Energy for Hotels Commitment Agreement is obtained; and
the operating hours of the services are not less than 12 hours per day in bedrooms, dining rooms and conference facilities, 24 hours per day in corridors and foyers and 18 hours per day in back-of-house areas; and
the energy model required for (a) demonstrates that—
the greenhouse gas emissions of the services are less than 70% of the 5-star level; and
the space temperature in any indoor swimming pool chamber is maintained at 2°C above the pool temperature during occupied hours of not less than 12 hours per day; and
the building complies with the additional requirements in Specification 33.
(3)
For a Class 6 shopping centre, compliance with NSW J1P1 is verified when—
a minimum 4.5-stars NABERS Energy for Shopping Centres Commitment Agreement is obtained; and
the building has:
an air-conditioned common area of not less than 20% of the gross lettable area; and
the greenhouse gas emissions of the services covered within the scope of NABERS Energy for Shopping Centres ratings are less than 80% of the 4.5-star level; and
Compliance with NSW J1P1(e) and NSW J1P6 is verified for building envelope sealing when the envelope is sealed at an air permeability rate, tested in accordance with Method 1 of AS/NZS ISO 9972, of not more than—
for a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, 10 m³/hr.m² at 50 Pa reference pressure; or
for a Class 5, 6, 8 or 9a or 9b building, other than a ward area, in climate zones 1, 7 and 8, 5 m³/hr.m² at 50 Pa reference pressure; or
for a Class 3 or 9c building, or a Class 9a ward area in climate zones 1, 3, 4, 6, 7 and 8, 5 m³/hr.m² at 50 Pa reference pressure.
(2)
In a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, where an air permeability rate of not more than 5 m3/hr.m2 at 50 Pa reference pressure is achieved—
a mechanical ventilation system must be provided that—
can be manually overridden; and
provides outdoor air, either—
continuously; or
intermittently, where the system has controls that enable operation for not less than 25 per cent of each 4 hour segment; and
provides a flow rate not less than that achieved with the following formula:, where—
= the required air flow rate (L/s); and
= the total area of the sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 or Class 4 part of a building (m2); and
= the number of bedrooms in the sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 or Class 4 part of a building; and
= the fraction of time within each 4 hour segment that the system is operational; and
any space with a solid-fuel burning combustion appliance must be ventilated with permanent openings directly to outside with a free area of not less than half of the cross-sectional area of the appliance’s flue; and
any space with a gas-fueled combustion appliance must be ventilated in accordance with—
has been identified under an environmental planning instrument, development control plan or in the course of processing and determining a development application,
as land that can support a bushfire or is likely to be subject to bushfire attack.
has been designated under legislation; or
has been identified under an environmental planning instrument, development control plan or in the course of processing and determining a development application,
as land that can support a bushfire or is likely to be subject to bushfire attack.
Development consent
Is as defined in the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979.
Entertainment venue
Is as defined in the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2021.
Film
A cinematograph film of a size of 35 mm or greater.
Flying scenery
Scenery of a kind that is lifted above the stage floor by means of lines run from a grid.
Garage top dwelling
A Class 1a dwelling located above a Class 10a private garage which is not associated with that Class 1a dwelling and includes any internal entry stair serving the garage top dwelling.
Grid
A framework from which lines are run for the purpose of lifting flying scenery above the stage floor.
Information and education facility
Is as defined in the Standard Instrument—Principal Local Environment Plan.
Licensed premises
Is as defined in the Liquor Act 2007.
Minimum lateral clearance
A permanently unobstructed space having a height above floor level of not less than 2000 mm and a width of not less than the specified measurement.
Planning for Bush Fire Protection
Is as prescribed by the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2021.
Projection suite
Such part of an entertainment venue as is designed to accommodate apparatus used for projecting films.
that occupies not more than 2 storeys including the ground floor storey; and
where pyrotechnics or theatrical smoke (smoke machines, hazers or the like) are not used.
Spa pool
Is as defined in the Swimming Pools Act 1992.
Special fire protection purpose
(As per Section 100B(6) of the Rural Fires Act 1997) means any of the following purposes:
a school,
a child care centre,
a hospital (including a hospital for the mentally ill or mentally disordered),
a hotel, motel or other tourist accommodation,
a building wholly or principally used as a home or other establishment for mentally incapacitated persons,
seniors housing within the meaning of State Environmental Planning Policy (Housing for Seniors or People with a Disability) 2004 (now SEPP (Housing) 2021),
a group home within the meaning of State Environmental Planning Policy No 9 - Group Homes (now SEPP (Housing) 2021),
a retirement village,
any other purpose prescribed by the regulations (Rural Fires Regulation 2022).
Note:
For application of this definition in the BCA, the term “school” does not include a college, university or similar tertiary educational establishment.
Temporary structure
Either—
a booth, tent or other temporary enclosure, whether or not a part of the booth, tent or enclosure is permanent; or
Heat alarms complying with AS 1603.3 must be a class type A1 or A2.
Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
In addition to any applicable provisions of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979, the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2021 and this Code, there is a variety of other regulatory provisions, including legislation, regulation and departmental policies that impose requirements affecting the design, construction and/or performance of buildings in NSW.
The following is a non-definitive list of such provisions. It does not include Commonwealth provisions that may apply in NSW, nor planning and environmental standards that may impose building requirements in individual circumstances. It is meant as an indicative guide only and is not to be relied upon in any way as a substitute for further research, investigation and legal advice needed to determine building standards in individual circumstances.
1. Abattoirs, Knackeries and Meat Premises
Administering Agency
NSW Food Authority
Relevant Legislation
Food Regulation 2015
2. Boarding Houses
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service and Department of Communities and Justice
Relevant Legislation
Boarding Houses Regulation 2013
3. Children’s Services
Administering Agency
Department of Education
Relevant Legislation
Children (Education and Care Services National Law Application) Act 2010
Children (Education and Care Services) Supplementary Provisions Regulation 2019
4. Crematoria, Vaults, Mortuary Churches etc.
Administering Agency
NSW Ministry of Health
Relevant Legislation
Public Health Regulation 2012
5. Crown Land — Construction Approval
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Crown Land Management Act 2016
Crown Land Management Regulation 2018
Administering Agency
NSW Rural Fire Service
Relevant Legislation
Rural Fires Act 1997
6. Dairies
Administering Agency
NSW Food Authority
Relevant Legislation
Food Regulation 2015
7. Dangerous Goods (including Gas Installations)
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Gas Supply Act 1996
Gas Supply (Safety and Network Management) Regulation 2013
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Explosives Regulation 2013
Work Health and Safety Regulation 2017
Gas and Electricity (Consumer Safety) Act 2017
Gas and Electricity (Consumer Safety) Regulation 2018
8. Dining Rooms and Bars
Administering Agency
NSW Food Authority
Relevant Legislation
Food Regulation 2015
9. Electrical Installations
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Gas and Electricity (Consumer Safety) Regulation 2018
Gas and Electricity (Consumer Safety) Act 2017
Work Health and Safety Regulation 2017
10. Fire Prevention in Existing Buildings
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment and Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979
Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2021
Environmental Planning and Assessment (Development Certification and Fire Safety) Regulation 2021
11. Food Premises
Administering Agency
NSW Food Authority
Relevant Legislation
Food Regulation 2015
12. Foundries
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Gas Supply Act 1996
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Work Health and Safety Regulation 2017
13. Historic Buildings
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Heritage Regulation 2012
14. Hospitals, Nursing Homes and Health Care Buildings
Administering Agency
NSW Ministry of Health
Relevant Legislation
Private Health Facilities Regulation 2017
Poisons and Therapeutic Goods Regulation 2008
15. Hot or Warm Water Systems and Air Handling Systems
Administering Agency
NSW Ministry of Health
Relevant Legislation
Public Health Regulation 2012
16. Lift Installations
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Work Health and Safety Regulation 2017
17. Moveable Dwellings (in Caravan Parks)
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Local Government Act 1993
Local Government (Manufactured Home Estates, Caravan Parks, Camping Grounds and Moveable Dwellings) Regulation 2021
18. Work Health and Safety
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Work Health and Safety Regulation 2017
19. Pharmacies
Administering Agency
Pharmacy Council of New South Wales
Relevant Legislation
Health Practitioner Regulation National Law Regulation 2018
Health Practitioner Regulation (New South Wales) Regulation 2016
20. Planning Controls
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979
Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2021
21. Premises for Activities Involving Skin Penetration
Administering Agency
NSW Ministry of Health
Relevant Legislation
Public Health Regulation 2012
22. Sanitary Plumbing, Water Supply and Sewerage
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Local Government Act 1993
Local Government (General) Regulation 2021
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Plumbing and Drainage Act 2011
Plumbing and Drainage Regulation 2017
Approval to Connect to Network Utility Operator's System
Refer to the Network Utility Operator for the current Act & Regulation
Hunter Water Act 1991
Sydney Water Act 1994
Water Industry Competition Act (WICA) 2006
23. Septic Tank Installations
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Local Government Act 1993
Local Government (General) Regulation 2021
24. Sleeping Accommodation
Administering Agency
NSW Ministry of Health
Relevant Legislation
Public Health Regulation 2012
25. Smoking Restrictions
Administering Agency
NSW Ministry of Health
Relevant Legislation
Smoke-free Environment Regulation 2016
Smoke-free Environment Act 2000
Public Health (Tobacco) Act 2008
26. Subdivision of Buildings
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Conveyancing Act 1919
Conveyancing (General) Regulation 2013
Strata Scheme Development Act 2015
Strata Scheme Development Regulation 2016
Community Land Development Act 2021
Community Land Development Regulation 2021
27. Swimming Pool Fences
Administering Agency
Department of Customer Service
Relevant Legislation
Swimming Pools Act 1992
Swimming Pools Regulation 2018
28. Temporary Structures
Administering Agency
Department of Planning and Environment
Relevant Legislation
Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979
Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2021
Environmental Planning and Assessment (Development Certification and Fire Safety) Regulation 2021
This Appendix contains variations and additions to the Building Code of Australia (BCA) provisions which are considered necessary for the effective application of the Code in the Northern Territory.
Section BStructure
Part B1Structural provisions
NT B1D4Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of construction
[2019: NT B1.4(i)]
Delete
B1D4
and insert
NT B1D4
as follows:
The structural resistance of materials and forms of construction must be determined in accordance with the following, as appropriate:
Masonry (including masonry-veneer, unreinforced masonry and reinforced masonry): AS 3700 , except—
‘(for piers—isolated or engaged)’ is removed from Clause 8.5.1(d); and
where Clause 8.5.1 requires design as for unreinforced masonry in accordance with Section 7, the member must also be designed as unreinforced masonry in accordance with Tables 10.3 and 4.1(a)(i)(C) of AS 3700 .
Concrete:
Concrete construction (including reinforced and prestressed concrete): AS 3600 .
Skylights, roof lights and windows in other than the vertical plane.
Sliding and swinging doors without a frame.
Windows constructed on site and architectural one-off windows, which are not design tested in accordance with AS 2047 .
Second-hand windows, re-used windows and recycled windows.
Heritage windows.
Glazing used in balustrades and sloping overhead glazing.
Termite Risk Management: Where a primary building element is subject to attack by subterranean termites—
AS 3660.1 with additional protection measures to be used in areas where Mastrotermes Darwiniensis are prevalent; and
for the purposes of this provision, a primary building element consisting entirely of, or a combination of, any of the following materials is considered not to be subject to termite attack:
Steel, aluminium or other metals.
Concrete.
Masonry.
Fibre-reinforced cement.
Timber in areas where Mastrotermes Darwiniensis are not prevalent — naturally termite resistant in accordance with Appendix C of AS 3660.1 .
Timber — preservative treated in accordance with Appendix D of AS 3660.1 ; and
where a termite risk management system in accordance with AS 3660.1 is used, a durable notice must be permanently fixed to the building in a prominent location, such as a meter box or the like, indicating—
the method of termite risk management; and
the date of installation of the system; and
where a chemical is used, its life expectancy as listed on the appropriate authority’s pesticides register label; and
the installer’s or manufacturer’s recommendations for the scope and frequency of future inspections for termite activity.
Cellulose cement corrugated sheets: AS/NZS 2908.1 with safety mesh installed in accordance with AS/NZS 1562.3 clause 2.4.3.2 except for sub-clause (g) for plastic sheeting.
Garage doors and other large access doors in openings not more than 3 m in height in external walls of buildings determined as being located in wind region C or D in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2 : AS/NZS 4505.
Lift shafts which are not required to have an FRL, must—
except as required by (ii), be completely enclosed with non-perforated material between the bottom of the pit and the ceiling of the lift shaft, other than—
at landing doors, emergency doors and pit access doors; and
in atrium and observation areas, be protected with non-perforated material not less than 2.5 m in height—
above any places on which a person can stand, which are within 800 mm horizontal reach of any vertical moving lift component including ropes and counterweights; and
at the lowest level of the atrium area that the lift serves, on all sides except the door opening, for not less than 2.5 m in height, by enclosure with non-perforated material; and
Material and minimum thickness of glazing and polycarbonate sheet
Application
Lift shaft vision panels more than 65,000 mm2, door panels, and lift shafts
Lift shaft vision panels less than or equal to 65,000 mm2
Laminated glass
10 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
6 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
Toughened/laminated glass
10 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
6 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
Annealed glass with security polyester film coating
10 mm
6 mm
Safety wire glass
Not applicable
Subject to fire test
Polycarbonate sheet
13 mm
6 mm
Specification 4Design of buildings in cyclonic areas
S4C3Strengthened area
[2019: Spec B1.2: NT3]
Insert
NT S4C3 as follows:
(1)
Where a residential building of Class 2, 3, 9a or 9c, in Region C as defined by AS/NZS 1170.2 , is designed to be used by the Aged or Infirm it shall incorporate a “strengthened area” for use as shelter during cyclonic conditions and must comply with the following criteria:
The floor area of the “strengthened area” is to be calculated at the rate of 1.2 m2 per person normally accommodated within the building.
The design wind pressure for the overall “strengthened area” is for an Importance Level 3 building.
The minimum standard of debris protection to walls, floors and ceilings (or roof) bounding the "strengthened area" shall be that which resists (without complete penetration) the impact loading specified in AS/NZS 1170.2 , using a regional wind speed associated with an Importance Level 3 building.
All doors, windows, vents and the like in walls bounding the “strengthened area” are to be protected against windborne debris with permanently installed screens in accordance with (c).
Consideration must be given to the selection of materials and fittings to ensure doors, windows and vents can withstand the required design wind pressures.
All doors serving as required entries/exits to a “strengthened area” are to be inward opening with locking devices suitably noted for use in a cyclone emergency.
(2)
The term “strengthened area” is defined as the strengthening of an area to increase its potential to facilitate debris protection.
Section EServices and equipment
Part E1Fire fighting equipment
NT E1D10Where sprinklers are required: Class 9a health-care building used as a residential care building, Class 9c buildings
In a Class 9a building, other than as described in (1), sprinklers are required if the building has more than one storey.
(3)
In a Class 9c building, sprinklers are required throughout the building and in any fire compartment containing a Class 9c part.
NT Part F7Sound transmission and insulation
Introduction to this Part
This Part is intended to reduce the likelihood of illness or loss of amenity as result of undue noise transmission between different parts of a building or adjoining buildings. This part contains minimum requirements for sound insulation for walls, floors and penetrations through walls and floors for services such as pipework.
Performance Requirements
NT F7P1Sound transmission through floors
[2019: NT FP5.1]
Floors separating sole-occupancy units must provide insulation against the transmission of airborne and impact generated sound sufficient to prevent illness or loss of amenity to the occupants.
Applications:
NT F7P1 only applies to a Class 2 or 3 building or a Class 9c building.
must provide sufficient insulation against the transmission or airborne or impact generated sound sufficient to prevent illness or loss of amenity to the occupants.
Applications:
NT F7P2 only applies to a Class 2 or 3 building.
NT F7P4Sound transmission through walls in residential care buildings
must provide insulation against the transmission of airborne sound sufficient to prevent illness or loss of amenity to the occupants.
(2)
Wall separating a sole-occupancy unit from a kitchen or laundry, must provide insulation against the transmission of impact generated sound sufficient to prevent illness or loss of amenity to the occupants.
a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 9c building from a kitchen, bathroom, sanitary compartment (not being an associated ensuite), laundry, plant room or utilities room.
NT F7D6Walls between a bathroom, sanitary compartment, laundry or kitchen and a habitable room in adjoining unit
provide satisfactory insulation against impact sound; and
not incorporate a duct which reduces the RW of the wall to less than 50.
(2)
A wall satisfies (1)(a) and (b) if it is—
in accordance with (3); or
for other than masonry, in 2 or more separate leaves without rigid mechanical connection except at their periphery; or
identical to a prototype that is no less resistant to the transmission of impact sound when tested in accordance with NT Specification 29 than a wall listed in (3).
(3)
For the purposes of (2)(a) and (c), the construction of walls to reduce the transmission of impact sound must be as follows:
Cavity brickwork: two leaves of 90 mm brick masonry with—
all joints filled solid with mortar; and
an air space not less than 40 mm between the leaves; and
the leaves connected only by ties in accordance with AS 3700 .
Single leaf brickwork: 110 mm thick brick masonry with—
each face rendered 13 mm thick; and
50 mm x 12 mm thick timber battens at not more than 610 mm centres fixed to each face but not recessed into the render; and
one layer of 12 mm thick softboard nailed to the battens; and
6 mm thick medium density hardboard adhesive-fixed to the softboard.
Concrete blockwork: 190 mm thick concrete block masonry with—
each face of the blocks fitted with 50 mm x 50 mm timber battens, spaced at not more than 610 mm centres, screw-fixed into resilient plugs with rubber inserts; and
the space between the battens completely filled with mineral or glass wool blanket or batts not less than 50 mm thick; and
the outer face of the battens finished with plasterboard not less than 10 mm thick or other material with a mass per unit area not less than 7.3 kg/m2.
NT F7D7Soil and waste pipes to be separated
[2019: NT F5.6]
If a soil or waste pipe, including a pipe that is embedded in or passes through a floor, serves or passes through more than one sole-occupancy unit—
the pipe must be separated from the rooms of any sole-occupancy unit by construction with an RW not less than—
45 if the adjacent room is a habitable room (other than a kitchen); or
30 if the adjacent room is a kitchen or any other room; and
a door or panel provided access to the pipe must not open into any habitable room (other than a kitchen); and
an access door or panel in any other part must be firmly fixed so as to overlap the frame or rebate of the frame by not less than 10 mm, be fitted with a sealing gasket along all edges and be constructed of—
wood, particleboard or blockboard not less than 38 mm thick; or
compressed fibre reinforced cement sheeting not less than 9 mm thick; or
other suitable material with a mass per unit area not less than 24.4 kg/m2.
NT F7D8Isolation of pumps
[2019: NT F5.7]
A flexible coupling must be used at the point of connection between the service pipes in a building and any circulating or other pump.
NT F7D9Walls between a bedroom and kitchen or laundry in a Class 9c building
[2019: NT F5.8]
In addition to NT F7D5, a wall separating a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 9c building from a kitchen or laundry must—
for other than masonry, be two or more separate leaves without rigid mechanical connection except at their periphery; or
be identical with a prototype that is no less resistant to the transmission of impact sound when tested in accordance with NT Specification 29 than a wall listed in NT S28C3.
Section GAncillary provisions
Part G1Minor structures and components
NT G1P1Swimming pool drainage
[2019: GP1.1]
Delete
G1P1
and insert
NT G1P1
as follows:
This clause has deliberately been left blank.
NT G1P2Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
[2019: NT GP1.2]
Delete
G1P2
and insert
NT G1P2
as follows:
A swimming pool water recirculation system must incorporate safety measures to avoid entrapment of, or injury to, a person.
Applications:
NT G1P2 only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm.
NT G1D2Swimming pools
[2019: G1.1]
Delete
G1D2
and insert
NT G1D2
as follows:
Barriers and fences for swimming pools are regulated by the Northern Territory of Australia Swimming Pool Safety Act 2004.
Section JEnergy efficiency
NT Part J1Energy efficiency performance requirements
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
NT Part J2Energy efficiency
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
NT Part J3Elemental provisions for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
NT Part J4Building fabric
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
NT Part J5Building sealing
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
NT Part J6Air-conditioning and ventilation
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
NT Part J7Artificial lighting and power
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
NT Part J8Heated water supply and swimming pool and spa pool plant
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
NT Part J9Energy monitoring and on-site distributed energy resources
For a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2009. For Class 3 and Class 5-9 buildings, Section J of NCC 2022 does not apply and from 1 October 2023 Section J of NCC 2019 applies.
Tests carried out under earlier editions of AS 2047 remain valid.
Reports based on AS 2047 relating to tests carried out after the NCC reference date for AS 2047—2014 Amendment 2 must relate to the amended Standard.
Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
In addition to any applicable provisions of the Building Act, Building Regulations and this Code, there are a number of other legislative technical requirements affecting the design, construction and/or performance of buildings that practitioners may need to be aware of, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following list. Additional legislative instruments such as regulations, codes and standards may exist under the legislation listed.
This Appendix contains variations and additions to the Building Code of Australia (BCA) provisions which are considered necessary for the effective application of the Code in Queensland and shall be treated as amendments to the Code.
Section BStructure
Part B1Structural provisions
QLD B1P4Buildings in flood areas
[2019: BP1.4]
Delete
B1P4
and insert
QLD B1P4
as follows:
Building work in designated flood areas is regulated by the Building Act 1975 and the Queensland Development Code 3.5 - Construction of buildings in flood hazard areas
QLD B1D4Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of construction
[2019: QLD B1.4(f)(v)]
Delete
B1D4
and insert
QLD B1D4
as follows:
The structural resistance of materials and forms of construction must be determined in accordance with the following, as appropriate:
Masonry (including masonry-veneer, unreinforced masonry and reinforced masonry): AS 3700 , except—
‘(for piers—isolated or engaged)’ is removed from Clause 8.5.1(d); and
where Clause 8.5.1 requires design as for unreinforced masonry in accordance with Section 7, the member must also be designed as unreinforced masonry in accordance with Tables 10.3 and 4.1(a)(i)(C) of AS 3700 .
Concrete:
Concrete construction (including reinforced and prestressed concrete): AS 3600 .
Timber used for structural purposes: a species scheduled for the appropriate use in Schedules A, B or C of Book 2 of the ‘Queensland Government, Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry - Construction timbers in Queensland, Book 1 and Book 2 - Properties and specifications for satisfactory performance of construction timbers in Queensland - Class 1 and 10 buildings (Houses, carports, garages, greenhouses and sheds)’.
for the purposes of this provision, a primary building element consisting entirely of, or a combination of, any of the following materials is considered not subject to termite attack:
Steel, aluminium or other metals.
Concrete.
Masonry.
Fibre-reinforced cement.
Timber — naturally termite resistant in accordance with Appendix C of AS 3660.1 .
Timber — preservative treated in accordance with Appendix D of AS 3660.1 ; and
a durable notice must be permanently fixed to the building in a prominent location, such as a meter box or the like, indicating—
the termite management system used; and
the date of installation of the system; and
where a chemical is used, its life expectancy as listed on the appropriate authority’s pesticides register label; and
the installer’s or manufacturer’s recommendations for the scope and frequency of future inspections for termite activity.
Cellulose cement corrugated sheets: AS/NZS 2908.1 with safety mesh installed in accordance with AS/NZS 1562.3 clause 2.4.3.2 except for sub-clause (g) for plastic sheeting.
Garage doors and other large access doors in openings not more than 3 m in height in external walls of buildings determined as being located in wind region C or D in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2 : AS/NZS 4505.
Lift shafts which are not required to have an FRL, must—
except as required by (ii), be completely enclosed with non-perforated material between the bottom of the pit and the ceiling of the lift shaft, other than—
at landing doors, emergency doors and pit access doors; and
in atrium and observation areas, be protected with non-perforated material not less than 2.5 m in height—
above any places on which a person can stand, which are within 800 mm horizontal reach of any vertical moving lift component including ropes and counterweights; and
at the lowest level of the atrium area that the lift serves, on all sides except the door opening, for not less than 2.5 m in height, by enclosure with non-perforated material; and
Material and minimum thickness of glazing and polycarbonate sheet
Application
Lift shaft vision panels more than 65,000 mm2, door panels, and lift shafts
Lift shaft vision panels less than or equal to 65,000 mm2
Laminated glass
10 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
6 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
Toughened/laminated glass
10 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
6 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
Annealed glass with security polyester film coating
10 mm
6 mm
Safety wire glass
Not applicable
Subject to fire test
Polycarbonate sheet
13 mm
6 mm
QLD B1D6Construction of buildings in flood hazard areas
[2019: B1.6]
Delete
B1D6
and insert
QLD B1D6
as follows:
Building work in designated flood hazard areas is regulated by the Building Act 1975, and the Queensland Development Code 3.5 - Construction of buildings in flood hazard areas.
Section GAncillary provisions
Part G1Minor structures and components
QLD G1P2Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
[2019: QLD GP1.2]
Delete
G1P2
and insert
QLD G1P2
as follows:
A swimming pool water recirculation system must incorporate safety measures to avoid entrapment of, or injury to, a person.
Applications:
QLD G1P2 only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm.
QLD G1D2Swimming pools
[2019: G1.1]
Delete
G1D2
and insert
QLD G1D2
as follows:
Barriers and fences for swimming pools are regulated by the Building Act 1975 and the Building Regulation 2006.
Part G5Construction in bushfire prone areas
QLD G5P1Bushfire resistance
[2019: QLD GP5.1]
Delete
G5P1
and insert
QLD G5P1
as follows:
A building that is constructed in a designated bushfire prone area must be designed and constructed to reduce the risk of ignition from a bushfire while the fire front passes.
Applications:
QLD G5P1 only applies to—
a Class 2 or 3 building; or
a Class 10a building or deck associated with a Class 2 or 3 building,
located in a designated bushfire prone area, but does not apply when the classified vegetation is Group F rainforest (excluding wet sclerophyll forest types), mangrove communities and grasslands under 300 mm high.
a Class 10a building or deck associated with a building of a type listed in (a) to (d).
(2)
The Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of this Part do not apply when the classified vegetation is Group F rainforest (excluding wet sclerophyll forest types), mangrove communities and grasslands under 300 mm high.
schedule 1Definitions
Primary building element
For the purposes of—
Volume One, a member of a building designed specifically to take part of the loads specified in B1D3 and includes roof, ceiling, floor, stairway or ramp and wall framing members including bracing members designed for the specific purpose of acting as a brace to those members; or
Volume Two—
A member of a building specifically designed to take part of the building loads and includes roof, ceiling, floor, stairway or ramp and wall framing members including bracing members designed for the specific purpose of acting as a brace to those members; and
door jambs, window frames and reveals, architraves and skirtings.
Volume One, a member of a building designed specifically to take part of the loads specified in B1D3 and includes roof, ceiling, floor, stairway or ramp and wall framing members including bracing members designed for the specific purpose of acting as a brace to those members; or
Volume Two—
A member of a building specifically designed to take part of the building loads and includes roof, ceiling, floor, stairway or ramp and wall framing members including bracing members designed for the specific purpose of acting as a brace to those members; and
door jambs, window frames and reveals, architraves and skirtings.
Explanatory information:
The loads to which a building may be subjected are dead, live, wind, snow and earthquake loads. Further information on building loads can be found in the AS 1170 series of Standards.
Schedule 2
Reference Documents
Insert QLD Table 1 as follows:
QLD Table 1:
Schedule of referenced documents
No.
Date
Title
Volume One
Volume Two
Housing Provisions
BCA 2009
May 2009
Building Code of Australia
QLD Section J
N/A
N/A
N/A
December 2017
Queensland Government, Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry – Construction timbers in Queensland: Book 1 and Book 2: Properties and specifications for satisfactory performance of construction timbers in Queensland – Class 1 and 10 buildings (Houses, carports, garages, greenhouses and sheds)
Queensland Development Code MP 4.1 – Sustainable buildings
Section J
Part H6
Section 13
Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
All legislative technical requirements affecting the design, construction and/or performance of buildings are consolidated into the Building Act 1975 and other legislative instruments under that Act, such as regulations, codes (including this Code) and standards. Building work for the energy efficiency of Class 2 buildings is also regulated by the Queensland Development Code MP 4.1-Sustainable buildings.
This Appendix contains variations and additions to the BCA provisions which are considered necessary for the effective application of the Code in South Australia.
These variations and additions are to be treated as amendments to the BCA and apply to the construction or alteration of all buildings requiring approval under the Planning, Development and Infrastructure Act 2016 and the Planning, Development and Infrastructure (General) Regulations 2017.
Section AGoverning requirements
Part A6Building classification
SA A6G7Class 6 buildings
[2019: SA A6.6]
Delete
A6G7
and insert
SA A6G7
as follows:
A Class 6 building is a shop or other building for the sale of goods by retail or the supply of services direct to the public, including—
an eating room, cafe, restaurant, milk or soft drink bar; or
a dining room, bar, shop or kiosk part of a hotel or motel; or
a hairdresser’s or barber’s shop, public laundry, or undertaker’s establishment; or
The external walls are 3 m or more from an allotment boundary and more than 6 m from any other building on the same allotment, other than a Class 10 building; and
a fire separation space of not less than 2 m is provided between cell type silos; and
SA C3D16Class 2 external walls exposed to brush fences
[2019: SA C2.15]
Insert
SA C3D16 as follows:
Where the distance between the external wall of a Class 2 building and a brush fence is less than 3 m, the Class 2 building must comply with the following:
have a FRL of at least 60/60/60 when tested from the outside; or
be of masonry veneer construction in which the external masonry veneer is not less than 90 mm thick; or
be of masonry construction not less than 90 mm thick; and
have any exposed openings protected in accordance with C4D5.
Where an external wall is required by (a) to be fire-resisting, only that part of the wall, including openings within the specified distance, need to be constructed in that manner.
The requirements of (a) do not apply to subfloor vents, roof vents, weepholes, control joints, construction joints and penetrations for pipes, conduits and the like.
The following are permitted to encroach within 3 m of a brush fence—
Underground passageways in a bulk grain storage facility must be separated from other parts of the building by smoke-proof walls and smoke-proof doors complying with Specification 11.
Part C4Protection of openings
SA C4D18Protection of openings – bulk grain storage facilities
[2019: SA C3.18]
Insert
SA C4D18 as follows:
Where external stairs, ramps or ladders are used as an exit in a bulk grain storage facility, any window or door opening within 6 m of the stairway or ladder—
the stairway, ramp or ladder must be enclosed for its full height above the lowest level of the window or door opening with non-combustible construction having an FRL of not less than 60/60/60.
Section DAccess and egress
Part D2Provision for escape
D2D3Number of exits required
[2019: D1.2]
Delete
D2D3 (2)
and insert
SA D2D3 (2)
as follows:
(2)
Class 2 to 8 buildings — In addition to any horizontal exit, not less than 2 exits must be provided from the following:
in any other case except in a Class 9b early childhood centre or a Class 9c building, it connects, passes through or passes by not more than 2 consecutive storeys and one extra storey of any classification may be included if—
the building has a sprinkler system (other than a FPAA101D system) complying with Specification 17 installed throughout; or
the requiredexit does not provide access to or egress for, and is separated from, the extra storey by construction having—
no point on the floor must be more than 20 m from an exit, or a point from which travel in different directions to 2 exits is available, in which case the maximum distance to one of those exits must not exceed 60 m; and
in a machinery room, plant-room or the like, the distance to a single exit serving a storey at the level of access to a road or open space may be increased to 30 m.
Insert
subclause SA D2D5
(8)
in clause D2D5 as follows:
Exits that are required as alternative means of egress must be—
distributed as uniformly as practicable within or around the storey served and in positions where unobstructed access to at least 2 exits is readily available from all points on the floor including lift lobby areas; and
The threshold of a doorway must not incorporate a step or ramp at any point closer to the doorway than the width of the door leaf unless—
in patient care areas in a Class 9a health-care building, the door sill is not more than 25 mm above the finished floor level to which the doorway opens; or
in resident use areas a Class 9c building, a ramp is provided with a maximum gradient of 1:8 for a maximum height of 25 mm over the threshold; or
is provided with a threshold ramp or step ramp in accordance with AS 1428.1 ; or
in other cases—
the doorway opens to a road or open space, external stair landing or external balcony; and
the door sill is not more than 190 mm above the finished surface of the ground, balcony, or the like, to which the doorway opens.
(2)
Notwithstanding the requirements of (1), where necessary due to the operational requirements of the building, a doorway serving a farm building may incorporate a step that is no more than 700 mm above the finished floor level.
SA D3D23Fixed platforms, walkways, stairways and ladders
[2019: SA D2.18(c)]
Delete
D3D23
and insert
SA D3D23
as follows:
A fixed platform, walkway, stairway, ladder and any going and riser, landing, handrail or barrier attached thereto may comply with AS 1657 in lieu of D3D14, D3D15, D3D17, D3D18, D3D19, D3D20, D3D21 and D3D22 if it only serves—
machinery rooms, boiler houses, lift-machine rooms, plant-rooms, and the like; or
non-habitable rooms, such as attics, storerooms and the like that are not used on a frequent or daily basis in the internal parts of a sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building; or
at any part of its swing by more than 500 mm on the required width (including any landings) of a required stairway, ramp or passageway if it is likely to impede the path of travel of the people already using the exit; and
when fully open, by more than 100 mm on the required width of the required exit; and
must swing in the direction of egress unless—
it serves a building or part with a floor area not more than 200 m2, it is the only requiredexit from the building or part and it is fitted with a device for holding it in the open position; or
it serves a sanitary compartment or airlock (in which case it may swing in either direction); or
To and within not less than 1 of each type of room or space for use in common by the residents, including a cooking facility, sauna, gymnasium, swimming pool, common laundry, games room, individual shop, eating area, or the like.
Where a ramp complying with AS 1428.1 or a passenger lift is installed—
An area where access would be inappropriate because of the particular purpose for which the area is used.
An area that would pose a health or safety risk for people with a disability.
Any path of travel providing access only to an area exempted by (a) or (b).
In a farm building and a bulk grain storage facility it is not necessary to provide access for people with disabilities to any area if access would be inappropriate because of the particular purpose for which the area is used.
Section EServices and equipment
Part E1Fire fighting equipment
E1D2Fire hydrants
[2019: E1.3]
Insert
subclause SA E1D2
(5)
in clause E1D2 as follows:
(5)
In a farm building, in lieu of providing a fire hydrant system in accordance with (2), the building may be provided with—
a fire hydrant system installed in accordance with AS 2419.1 with the following variations—
in lieu of 4 hour water supply the minimum on-site water supply quantity must be as set out in Table SA E1D2 for the particular building group; and
for Group A and B buildings over 1000 m2 in floor area each tank used must have a capacity of not less than 72,000 litres; and
for single tank systems compliance with clause 4.3.3 is not required; and
for buildings incorporating non-fire-resistant polystyrene sandwich panel construction, the minimum water supply quantities in Table SA E1D2 must be increased by 50%; and
an on-site pumpset is not required if the design performance of section 2.3 of AS 2419.1 is achieved based on use of a fire truck pump with a capacity of 1,900 litres per minute at 1,000 kPa; and
in lieu of the coverage specified in AS 2419.1 , external fire hydrants are located so that every part of the perimeter of a building is within 100 m from a hydrant outlet measured along the shortest distance of travel between or around buildings; or
a water supply system comprising single or multiple on-site water storage tanks with connections for use by the fire brigade and complying with the requirements of AS 2419.1 for water supplies and water storage, except that—
in lieu of 4 hour water supply the minimum on-site water supply quantity must be as set out in Table SA E1D2 for the particular building group;
for Group A and B buildings over 1000 m2 in floor area each tank used must have a capacity of not less than 72,000 litres;
for single tank systems compliance with clause 4.3.3 of AS 2419.1 is not required;
for buildings incorporating non-fire-resistant polystyrene sandwich panel construction, the minimum water supply quantities in Table SA E1D2 must be increased by 50%;
an on-site pumpset need not be provided;
for Group A or B buildings water storage tanks must be distributed so every part of the perimeter of a building is not more than 100 m from a tank suction point, measured along the shortest distance of travel between or around buildings;
for Group C buildings water storage tanks must be distributed so that every part of the perimeter of a building is within a 200 m radius of a tank suction point;
all pipes, valves and fittings for water storage tanks and connections must comply with section 5 and sections 8.2, 8.3, 8.6 and 8.7 of AS 2419.1 as relevant;
a hardstand area and vehicular approach from the site entrance, suitable for use by the fire brigade must be provided adjacent to each water storage tank.
Insert
subclause SA E1D2
(6)
in clause E1D2 as follows:
(6)
A dam may be regarded as a water storage tank if it complies with the requirements of section 5 of AS 2419.1 and the water level is maintained above the top of the highest fire brigade suction point at all times.
Insert
subclause SA E1D2
(7)
in clause E1D2 as follows:
(7)
The requirements of (1), (2), (3), (4) and SA E1D2(5) and (6) do not apply to a farm shed.
Insert
subclause SA E1D2
(8)
in clause E1D2 as follows:
street hydrants are available adjacent to the site which can supply water at not less than 5 litres per second; or
a water supply system comprising single or multiple on-site water storage tanks with connections for use by the fire brigade and complying with the requirements of AS 2419.1 for water supplies and water storage, except that—
in lieu of a 4 hour water supply, an on-site water storage tank containing not less than 25,000 litres is provided within 90 m of a dry booster connection Figure SA E1D2; and
all areas to be protected are within 60 m of a riser outlet, measured around obstacles; and
metal or high pressure plastic pipe can used for the dry riser; and
all pipes, valves and fittings for water storage tanks and connections must comply with section 5 and sections 8.2, 8.3, 8.6 and 8.7 of AS 2419.1 as relevant; and
a hardstand area and vehicular approach from the site entrance, suitable for use by the fire brigade must be provided adjacent each water storage tank.
Insert SA Table E1D2 as follows:
SA Table E1D2:
Minimum quantities for on-site water supplies for farm buildings
Insert
subclause SA E1D14
(6)
in clause E1D14 as follows:
(6)
For Class A fire risks in a farm building the requirements of (1) need not be provided if—
portable fire extinguishers for Class A fire risks are provided in accordance with SA E1D14(7); or
notwithstanding the exemption provided by SA E1D3(1)(e), a fire hose reel system is provided in accordance with E1D3, or wash-down hoses or similar hoses that are—
not more than 36 m long; and
equipped with a spray nozzle suitable for fighting a fire at the incipient stage; and
permanently connected to a water supply which is sufficient to supply two hoses discharging at the rate of 20 litres per minute for 60 minutes; and
arranged to provide coverage to all points on the floor within.
Insert
subclause SA E1D14
(7)
in clause E1D14 as follows:
(7)
Portable fire extinguishers provided to comply with SA E1D14(6)(a) must be—
in every storey of a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building where the storey has a floor area more than 300 m2—
in every passageway, corridor, hallway, or the like, that is part of the path of travel to an exit; and
in any room having a floor area more than 100 m2 that does not open to a corridor or space that has emergency lighting or to a road or open space; and
in any room having a floor area more than 300 m2, except that—
in a farm building any area primarily used for the storage of hay can be excluded when calculating the floor area of the storey or room of the building for the purpose of determining emergency lighting requirements; and
emergency lighting is not required in a farm building where automatic back-up power is provided by a fuel driven back-up generator or where no artificial lighting is provided in the building; and
in a bulk grain storage facility the spacing of emergency lights can be increased to twice the distance required for Class 7 buildings; and
in every passageway, corridor, hallway, or the like, having a length of more than 6 m from the entrance doorway of any sole-occupancy unit in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building to the nearest doorway opening directly to—
the floor area of the unit is more than 300 m2; and
an exit from the unit does not open to a road or open space or to an external stairway, passageway, balcony or ramp, leading directly to a road or open space; and
in every room or space to which there is public access in every storey in a Class 6 or 9b building if—
any point on the floor of that storey is more than 20 m from the nearest doorway leading directly to a stairway, ramp, passageway, road or open space; or
egress from that storey involves a vertical rise within the building of more than 1.5 m, or any vertical rise if the storey concerned does not admit sufficient light; or
the storey provides a path of travel from any other storeyrequired by (i), (ii) or (iii) to have emergency lighting; and
Delete
F1D6 (2)
and insert
SA F1D6 (2)
as follows:
(2)
Damp-proof courses must exhibit long term resistance to degradation by dissolved salts in groundwater and consist of—
embossed black polyethylene film meeting the requirements of clause 7.6 of AS/NZS 2904 ; or
polyethylene coated aluminium meeting the requirements of clause 7.4 of AS/NZS 2904 ; or
bitumen impregnated materials of not less than 2.5 mm thickness, meeting the requirements of clause 7.5 of AS/NZS 2904 , when used in walls not higher than 7.8 m above the level of the damp-proof course.
SA F1D7Damp-proofing of floors on the ground
[2019: SA F1.10]
Delete
F1D7
and insert
SA F1D7
as follows:
(1)
If a floor of a room is laid on the ground or on fill, a damp-proofing membrane complying with Section 5.3.3 of AS 2870 must be installed.
the floor is the base of a stair, lift or similar shaft which is adequately drained by gravitation or mechanical means.
Part F2Wet areas and overflow protection
SA F2P1Wet area overflows
[2019: SA FP1.6]
Delete
F2P1
and insert
SA F2P1
as follows:
Overflow from a bathroom, laundry facility or the like must be prevented from penetrating to adjoining rooms or spaces.
SA F2P3Prevention of surface water accumulation
[2019: SA FP1.8]
Insert
SA F2P3 as follows:
In laundries, bathrooms or rooms containing shower facilities the floors must be installed in a manner that will prevent accumulation of surface water which could create unhealthy or hazardous conditions.
F2D2Wet area construction
[2019: F1.7(a) and (b)]
Delete
F2D2 (1)
and insert
SA F2D2 (1)
as follows:
(1)
In a Class 2 and 3 building and a Class 4 part of a building, building elements in wet areas must—
in any room containing a washing machine, the wall area from finished floor to a minimum of 75 mm above and 75 mm each side of the washing machine tap outlets must be water resistant; and
where a vessel is inset into a bench top in a kitchen, bar area, kitchenette or domestic food and beverage preparation area, the perimeter edges of the vessel must be water resistant for the extent of the vessel; and
penetrations in horizontal surfaces for tap and spout outlets in kitchens, bar areas, kitchenettes or domestic food and beverage preparation areas must be waterproof; and
A wet area provided with a vessel in accordance with F4D2, F4D4 and F4D5 must have the floor graded to a floor waste to permit drainage of water.
(2)
With the exception of a bathroom or laundry located at any level above a sole-occupancy unit or public space in a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building, a floor need not be graded to a floor waste in accordance with (1) if—
all vessels in the wet area are provided with in-built overflow protection or have permanent open trapped connection to the plumbing and drainage system (such as a WC pan); or
the vessel is a clinical hand washing basin in a Class 9c building; or
the floor waste is provided solely for the connection of plumbing fixtures and all vessel in the wet area are provided with in-built overflow protection or have permanent open trapped connection to the plumbing and drainage system (such as a WC pan).
(3)
The fall of the floor surface to a floor waste required by (1) or (2) must be in accordance with F2D4(2).
Part F4Sanitary and other facilities
F4D6Accessible unisex sanitary compartments
[2019: Table F2.4a]
Delete
F4D6 (1)
and insert
SA F4D6 (1)
as follows:
For a Class 10a building appurtenant to another Class of building, at each bank of sanitary compartments containing male and female sanitary compartments, not less than 1.
F4D7Accessible unisex showers
[2019: Table F2.4b]
Delete
F4D7 (1)
and insert
SA F4D7 (1)
as follows:
(1)
Where required by F4D5(b), the minimum number of accessible unisex showers for each Class of building is as follows:
For a Class 1b building—
not less than 1; and
where private accessible unisex showers are provided for every accessible bedroom, common accessible unisex showers need not be provided.
For a Class 2 building—
where showers are provided in common areas, not less than 1; and
1 for every 10 showers or part thereof provided in common areas.
For Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 buildings, where F4D4 requires 1 or more showers, not less than 1 for every 10 showers or part thereof.
For a Class 10a building, where showers are provided, 1 for every 10 showers or part thereof.
Part F6Light and ventilation
SA F6D6Ventilation of rooms
[2019: SA F4.5(b) and (c)]
Delete
F6D6
and insert
SA F6D6
as follows:
A habitable room, office, shop, factory, workroom, sanitary compartment, bathroom, shower room, laundry and any other room occupied by a person for any purpose must have—
a mechanical ventilation or air-conditioning system complying with AS 1668.2 and AS/NZS 3666.1 ; or
in a storage shed or bulk grain storage facility, a ventilation system that provides one air change every six hours using openings that have a total area of the lesser of—
SA G1P2Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
[2019: SA GP1.2]
Delete
G1P2
and insert
SA G1P2
as follows:
(1)
A barrier must be provided to a swimming pool and must—
be continuous for the full extent of the hazard; and
be of a strength and rigidity to withstand the foreseeable impact of people; and
restrict the access of young children to the pool and the immediate pool surrounds; and
have any gates and doors fitted with latching devices not readily operated by young children, and constructed to automatically close and latch.
(2)
A swimming pool water recirculation system must incorporate safety measures to avoid entrapment of, or injury to, a person.
(3)
A swimming pool must have prominent and visible signage that assists persons to provide first aid and to perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation on young children.
Applications:
SA G1P2 only applies to a swimming pool associated with a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building, with a depth of water more than 300 mm.
SA G1D2Swimming pools
[2019: SA G1.1]
Delete
G1D2
and insert
SA G1D2
as follows:
(1)
A swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm and which is associated with a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building, must have suitable barriers to restrict access by young children to the immediate pool surrounds in accordance with AS 1926.1 and AS 1926.2 .
(2)
A water recirculation system in a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm must comply with AS 1926.3 .
(3)
For the purpose of clause 6.1.1 of AS 1926.3 , a skimmer box is an outlet, and must have a means of releasing the vacuum pressure should the suction become blocked.
(4)
A first aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation sign must—
for areas identified as general bushfire risk areas in the Planning and Design Code, the BAL-Low bushfire attack level; and
for areas identified as medium bushfire risk areas in the Planning and Design Code, the BAL-12.5 bushfire attack level; and
for areas identified as high bushfire risk areas in the Planning and Design Code, the bushfire attack level assessed for the site in accordance with the requirements of AS 3959; and
for areas identified as urban interface in the Planning and Design Code that are within 500 m of a high bushfire risk area, the BAL-Low bushfire attack level; and
for areas identified as urban interface in the Planning and Design Code that are within 100 m of a high bushfire risk area, the bushfire attack level assessed for the site in accordance with AS 3959.
SA Part G8Access for maintenance
Introduction to this Part
This Part sets out additional requirements for access for maintenance.
Objectives
SA G8O1Objective
[2019: SA GO7]
The Objectives of this Part are—
to safeguard people from injury while cleaning windows; and
to safeguard people from injury or illness resulting from the creation of hazardous spaces between buildings.
Functional Statements
SA G8F1Window cleaning
[2019: SA GF7.1]
A building is to provide people with safe conditions for carrying out window cleaning operations.
SA G8F2Hazardous conditions
[2019: SA GF7.2]
The space between buildings must not allow hazardous conditions to arise due to accumulation of rubbish that cannot readily be removed.
Performance Requirements
SA G8P1Window cleaning
[2019: SA GP7.1]
Where any part of a window in a building is more than 5.5 m above ground level, provision must be made for safe access to the external surface of the window for minor maintenance and cleaning.
SA G8P2Hazardous conditions
[2019: SA GP7.2]
The space between buildings must be sufficient to allow access for inspection and maintenance, to avoid hazardous conditions arising due to accumulation of rubbish that could—
Where any part of a window in a building is more than 5.5 m above ground level, access to the external surface of the window for minor maintenance and cleaning must be provided.
(2)
Any of the following methods are acceptable—
by means of a movable gantry; or
by means of reversible pivoting sashes, each of which has catches that secure the mesh in either the normal or reversed position and give visual indication that the window is secure, provided that where a window sill is less than 900 mm above floor level, safety anchorages are provided; or
by means of safety harness, having all anchorages—
designed and installed in accordance with AS/NZS 1891.4 ; and
constructed of approved corrosion resistant material; or
by means of opening sashes, in which the maximum reach to the farthest part of the window must not exceed 500 mm upwards or 1 m sideways or downwards and provided that where the window sill is less than 900 mm above floor level, safety anchorages are provided.
SA G8D4Access for inspection and maintenance between buildings
[2019: SA G7.3]
Every part of an external wall of a building must be not less than 600 mm from—
the external wall of any other building on the same allotment, unless the two buildings are abutting; or
any boundary of the allotment, unless that wall is on or abutting the boundary,
unless the space between external columns is not infilled.
SA Part G9Miscellaneous provisions
Introduction to this Part
This Part sets out miscellaneous addition requirements.
Performance Requirements
SA G9P1Attachments to buildings
[2019: SA GP8.1]
An attachment to a building must incorporate features that will—
protect it against corrosion; and
collect and discharge water run-off safely; and
prevent its projection affecting adjacent road safety conditions or pedestrian traffic; and
provide resistance to the spread of fire if it overhangs a street boundary,
to the degree necessary to avoid creating hazardous conditions that may cause injury to people passing below or driving past.
An attachment to a building that is in the nature of a balcony or awning, bridge, gangway, hoarding or trade sign, sky sign, mast, flagpole, tower, aerial or antenna, lantern, cathead, crane, chimney, flue or duct, or an installation for cleaning and maintenance must—
have all metal parts of corrosion resistant metal, or other metal suitably protected; and
not overhang any street boundary at a height less than 2.5 m above the footpath, or 4 m above the roadway; and
be provided with drainage to prevent rainwater or condensate falling onto or running across the footpath, unless either it is a retractable awning in the nature of a sun blind, or unless the total catchment area for run-off is less than 1.5 m2.
(2)
A balcony or awning that overhangs a street boundary—
must not extend closer than 450 mm to the kerb of the roadway; and
must be constructed of non-combustible or fire-retardant materials throughout, except that timber battens may be used to support the soffit lining.
SA Part I3Farm buildings
Introduction to this Part
This Part references SA requirements for farm buildings.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
SA I3D1Application of Part
[2019: SA H3.1]
The provisions of Part I3 do not apply in South Australia.
Note:
Additional requirements for farm buildings are contained in individual SA variation clauses that are applicable to farm buildings.
schedule 1Definitions
Agriculture
Cropping, grazing, animal husbandry, intensive animal keeping, horticulture, aquaculture, wool shearing or dairy, but not viticulture or forestry.
Assembly building
A building where people may assemble for—
civic, theatrical, social, political or religious purposes including a library, theatre, public hall or place of worship; or
entertainment, recreational or sporting purposes including—
a discotheque or nightclub; or
a cinema; or
a sports stadium, sporting or other club; or
transit purposes including a bus station, railway station, airport or ferry terminal.
Brush fence
A fence or gate that is primarily constructed of Broombrush (Melalueca Uncinata).
Bulk grain storage facility
A building or structure used for the commercial bulk handling or storage of granular materials such as grain, ore, or the like, where only a small number of occupants are present at one time and includes cell type silos and storage sheds.
primarily associated with agriculture and located on land used primarily for agriculture; and
the total number of people accommodated in the building does not exceed one person per 200 m2 of total floor area, or six people, whichever is greater; and
the building does not contain occupancies of excessive fire hazard as listed in E1D5 to E1D13; and
if the building is used for the storage of hay, an open space complying with C3D5(1) is provided around the perimeter of each building.
primarily associated with agriculture and located on land used primarily for agriculture; and
the total number of people accommodated in the building does not exceed one person per 200 m2 of total floor area, or six people, whichever is greater; and
the building does not contain occupancies of excessive fire hazard as listed in E1D5 to E1D13; and
if the building is used for the storage of hay, an open space complying with C3D5(1) is provided around the perimeter of each building.
Insert SA Table SA 1 as follows:
SA Table SA 1:
Farm building categories and maximum floor area
Building group
Type of farm building
Maximum floor area
Maximum volume
Group A
Buildings used for keeping, growing and/or harvesting of animals and/or plants, and includes greenhouses with rigid covering material and large implement/vehicle storage sheds.
5,000 m2
30,000 m3
Group B
Buildings used for packing, sorting and/or storage of produce and may include workshops.
2,000 m2
12,000 m3
Group C
Greenhouses with non-rigid, plastic or fabric covering material.
The area of the roof (expressed in square metres), measured on the horizontal (no allowance for slope or vertical surfaces) and includes the plan area of the gutters.
Small arts venue
The whole or the only part of a building that has a rise in storeys of not more than 2—
in which cultural activities including live music, visual arts displays, dancing, poetry and spoken word performances are provided to the public; and
the floor area used as a small arts venue does not exceed 300 m2; and
no pyrotechnics or theatrical smoke (smoke machines, hazers or the like) are used.
South Australian Minister’s Specification – Heating and cooling loads for elevated buildings with a lightweight framed flooring system and transportable buildings
The Planning and Design Code is the version current at the time of project documentation approval, unless noted otherwise.
Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
In addition to any applicable provisions of the Planning, Development and Infrastructure Act 2016 and, the Planning, Development and Infrastructure (General) Regulations 2017, the Planning, Development and Infrastructure (Swimming Pool Safety) Regulations 2019 and this Code, there are a number of other legislative technical requirements affecting the design, construction and/or performance of buildings that practitioners may need to be aware of, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following list. Additional legislative instruments such as regulations, codes and standards may exist under the legislation listed.
1. Abattoirs
Administering agency
Department for Health and Wellbeing
Relevant legislation
Food Act 2001
Food Regulations 2017
2. Accommodation
Administering agency
Department for Human Services
Relevant legislation
Supported Residential Facilities Act 1992
Supported Residential Facilities Regulations 2009
3. Asbestos Removal
Administering agency
SafeWork SA
Relevant legislation
Work, Health and Safety Act 2012
Work, Health and Safety Regulations 2012
4. Children's Services
Administering agency
Department for Education
Relevant legislation
Education and Children’s Services Act 2019
Education and Children’s Services Regulations 2020
This Appendix contains variations and additions to the Building Code of Australia (BCA) provisions which are considered necessary for the effective application of the BCA in Tasmania and shall be treated as amendments to the Code.
Section AGoverning requirements
Part A1Interpreting the NCC
A1G4Interpretation
[2019: A1.0]
Insert
subclause TAS A1G4
(7)
in clause A1G4 as follows:
(7)
The Director of Building Control may issue written advice to deal with arising issues such as interpretation of codes, standards and regulations.
Part A4Referenced documents
A4G1Referenced documents
[2019: A4.0]
Delete
A4G1 (3)
and insert
TAS A4G1 (3)
as follows:
(3)
The following applies:
All Tasmanian legislative documents referenced within the PCA are taken to be the latest published versions thereof unless noted otherwise.
Part A5Documentation of design and construction
A5G4Evidence of suitability ─ Volume Three (PCA)
[2019: A5.3]
Insert
subclause TAS A5G4
(7)
in clause A5G4 as follows:
(7)
A product used in roof plumbing, heating ventilation and air-conditioning or on-site liquid trade waste are deemed fit to be for their intended purpose if it has evidence of suitability in the form of—
a current certificate issued by a certification body stating that the properties and performance of a product meet the requirements of the NCC Volume Three; or
authorisation from the Director of Building Control.
Insert
subclause TAS A5G4
(8)
in clause A5G4 as follows:
an On-site wastewater management system used in a plumbing installation must be issued with a Certificate of Accreditation in accordance with the AS 1546 series of Standards; or
a current certificate issued by a certification body stating that the properties and performance of a product meets the requirement of NCC Volume Three; and
authorisation from the Director of Building Control.
Section DAccess and egress
Part D1Access and egress
TAS D1P10Standards made under the Disability Discrimination Act
[2019: Tas DP10]
Insert
TAS D1P10 as follows:
A building or part of a building must be accessible in accordance with the requirements of a Standard made under the Disability Discrimination Act 1992 (Cth).
Part D4Access for people with a disability
D4D1Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
[2019: D3.0]
Delete
D4D1 (1)
and insert
TAS D4D1 (1)
as follows:
the upper storeys is comprised of two or more Class 2 sole-occupancy units that are not made available for short-term rental.
TAS D4D14Compliance with Premises Standards
[2019: TAS D3.13]
Insert
TAS D4D14 as follows:
(1)
A building solution must comply with the Disability (Access to Premises - Buildings) Standards 2010.
(2)
A building solution complies with TAS D4D1(1)(a) if it complies with the applications, exemptions and concessions in the Disability (Access to Premises - Buildings) Standards 2010.
Section EServices and equipment
Part E1Fire fighting equipment
TAS E1P7Automatic fire detection system
[2019: TAS EP1.7]
Insert
TAS E1P7 as follows:
An automatic fire detection system must be installed to the degree necessary to alert the fire brigade of fire so that fire fighting operations may be undertaken at the earliest possible time to limit property and environmental damage appropriate to—
An automatic fire detection and alarm system must comply with S20C4 and S20C8.
Section FHealth and amenity
Part F4Sanitary and other facilities
TAS F4D13Non-flushed urinals
[2019: TAS F2.101]
Insert
TAS F4D13 as follows:
Non-flushed urinals not connected to a sewerage system must comply with TAS F4D14.
TAS F4D14Installation of closet fixtures
[2019: TAS F2.102]
Insert
TAS F4D14 as follows:
(1)
If a sufficient sewerage system is not available, an authorised alternative means of disposal of sewage may be installed.
(2)
If sanitary facilities are not water-flushed, the following provisions apply:
A pit latrine, an incinerating toilet, a chemical toilet, a removable pan or a non-flushing urinal must not be within 2 m of a building containing habitable rooms.
The floor on which a removable pan is placed must be impervious.
A room containing a composting toilet must be separated from habitable rooms by way of a permanently ventilated air lock (which may be a circulation space).
The minimum ventilation required under (c) shall be the greater of—
8000 mm2; or
1/500th of the floor area of the circulation space.
Access for maintenance or removal of waste from a composting toilet must be by way of an access door which opens directly to the outside of the building.
Part F8Condensation management
TAS F8P1Condensation and water vapour management
[2019: TAS FP6.1]
Delete
F8P1
and insert
TAS F8P1
as follows:
In a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building, risks associated with water vapour and condensation must be managed to minimise their impact on the health of occupants.
Note:
Refer to the guidance in the “Condensation in Buildings Tasmanian Designers’ Guide” – current version available at www.cbos.tas.gov.au. This Guide must be read in conjunction with the NCC.
The strategies listed in the Guide exceed the NCC requirements for condensation management, however are strongly recommended to assist in minimising condensation in cool climates like Tasmania.
Section GAncillary provisions
Part G1Minor structures and components
TAS G1P2Swimming pool access and water recirculation systems
[2019: TAS GP1.2]
Delete
G1P2
and insert
TAS G1P2
as follows:
(1)
A barrier must be provided to a swimming pool and must—
be continuous for the full extent of the hazard; and
be of a strength and rigidity to withstand the foreseeable impact of people; and
restrict the access of young children to the pool and the immediate pool surrounds; and
have any gates and doors fitted with latching devices not readily operated by young children, and constructed to automatically close and latch.
(2)
A swimming pool water recirculation system must incorporate safety measures to avoid entrapment of, or injury to, a person.
Applications:
TAS G1P2(1) only applies to a swimming pool associated with a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building, with a depth of water of more than 300 mm.
TAS G1P2(2) only applies to a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm.
TAS G1P6Swimming pools
[2019: TAS GP1.6]
Insert
TAS G1P6 as follows:
Swimming pools must be suitable and safe to use and be provided with appropriate facilities.
Limitations:
TAS G1P6 does not apply to a swimming pool associated with a Class 2 building.
G1D1Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
[2019: G1.0]
Delete
G1D1 (2)
and insert
TAS G1D1 (2)
as follows:
A swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm and which is associated with a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building, must have suitable barriers to restrict access by young children to the immediate pool surrounds in accordance with AS 1926.1 and AS 1926.2 .
(2)
A water recirculation system in a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm must comply with AS 1926.3 .
(3)
Swimming pools for the use of the public, a club, or an association, or in connection with Class 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 buildings must—
be constructed of durable materials with smooth finishes; and
have sides vertical; and
in that part of the pool where the water depth is not more than 1.5 m, have the bottom or floor slope not steeper than 1 vertical to 15 horizontal; and
have the depth of water marked clearly and conspicuously on each side of the pool (at the shallow end and at the deep end); and
not have diving boards installed where the water depth is less than 3.5 m; and
have scum-gutters with opening not less than 150 mm if they are to provide hand-holds; and
have the floor or bottom of the pool, except for the guide lines, of such colours that the light reflectance is not less than 60%.
(4)
For a public swimming pool or pool in which competitions are held—
all steps into the pool must be recessed; and
fittings must not project into the water area; and
piping must not be bracketed to the sides to provide hand-holds; and
surrounding concourses must be provided not less than 2 m wide, with a suitable non-slip surface, graded away from the pool and drained to waste; and
dressing rooms with sanitary accommodation must be so located that bathers pass through that accommodation enroute to the swimming pool.
an adequate water recirculation, disinfection and filtration system must be installed; and
(the inlet and outlet openings in a swimming pool for the purpose of water recirculation must be so located that water movement is continuous from inlet to outlet; and
recirculation of water in a swimming pool must be so designed that the pool contents are recirculated not less than once in the period shown in TAS Table G1D2a; and
water filtration rates must not exceed 12 250 L/m2 of sand filter bed per hour, or an equivalent rate in other filter media.
(6)
Where no other suitable sanitary accommodation is provided, sanitary facilities must be provided in accordance with TAS Table G1D2b.
(7)
Where no other suitable shower facilities are provided, showers must be provided so that each shower serves up to 40 persons.
reduce the risk of ignition from a design bushfire with an annual exceedance probability not more than 1:100 years, or 1:200 years for a Class 9 building; and
a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building of a type listed in (a) to (d).
Note:
For additional requirements relating to bushfire prone areas, refer to the Director’s Determinations on Bushfire Hazard Areas – current versions available at www.cbos.tas.gov.au
TAS G5P2Additional bushfire requirements for certain Class 9 buildings
[New for 2022]
Delete
G5P2
and insert
TAS G5P2
as follows:
A building that is constructed in a designated bushfire prone area and occupied by people who may be unable to readily evacuate the building prior to a bushfire must, to the degree necessary—
reduce the risk of an untenable indoor environment for occupants during a bushfire event, appropriate to the—
location of the building relative to fire hazards, including—
classified vegetation; and
adjacent buildings, structures and movable objects; and
TAS G5P2 does not guarantee the safety of building occupants or the maintenance of tenable conditions within a building during a bushfire event.
For additional requirements relating to bushfire prone areas, refer to the Director’s Determinations on Bushfire Hazard Areas – current versions available at www.cbos.tas.gov.au
TAS Part I4Food premises
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for food premises.
Objectives
TAS I4O1Objective
[2019: TAS H102 O1]
The objective of this Part is to facilitate the safe manufacture, preparation, storage and packing of food for sale for human consumption.
Functional Statements
TAS I4F1Food premises
[2019: TAS H102 F1]
Each building or part of a building constructed as a food premise must be able to be used in such a manner that minimises opportunities for food contamination.
Performance Requirements
TAS I4P1Application of Part
[2019: TAS H102 (Application)]
(1)
TAS I4P2 to TAS I4P13 applies to any premises where food intended for human consumption is manufactured, processed, prepared, packed, stored or sold and to which the following apply—
premises for boning, curing, canning, pre-packing or other similar processes of preparation of meat for sale; and
retail meat premises; and
eating houses and tea shops; and
fish shops; and
kitchens in eating houses, restaurants, guest houses, motels and hotels; and
rooms for processing, manufacturing, packing, etc. of fruit and vegetables, dairy products, ice blocks, ices, meat-for-sale, or other fish; and
primary produce business premises regulated by or under a Food Safety Scheme made under the Primary Produce Safety Act; and
take-away-food stores; and
breweries and wineries.
(3)
In TAS I4P2 to TAS I4P13, words and meanings as defined in the Food Act 2003, Food Standards Code and Liquor Licensing Act 1990, Dairy Industry Act 1994 and Primary Produce Safety Act 2011 apply.
domestic dwellings classified as Class 1 buildings; or
boarding houses or the like classified as Class 1 buildings; or
tents, buildings or other structures used temporarily for serving meats to the public at any fair, show, race meeting or other public sports, games or amusements; or
meat premises covered by TAS Part I6; or
dairies covered by TAS Part I7; or
live shellfish premises where live shellfish are being packed or handled for transport or transferral to shellfish processing premises; or
premises that only sell pre-packaged food that is not potentially hazardous.
TAS I4P2Design and construction
[2019: TAS H102 P1]
The design and construction of food premises must—
be appropriate for the activities for which the premises are used; and
provide adequate space for the activities to be conducted on the food premises and for the fixtures, fittings and equipment used for those activities; and
permit the food premises to be effectively cleaned and, if necessary, sanitised; and
to the extent that is practicable—
exclude dirt, dust, odours, fumes, smoke and other contaminants; and
not permit the entry of pests; and
not provide harbourage for pests; and
provide that the food premises is able to be used in such a manner that minimises opportunities for food contamination.
TAS I4P3Water supply
[2019: TAS H102 P2]
(1)
Food premises must have an adequate supply of water if water is to be used at the food premises for any of the activities conducted on the food premises.
(2)
A food premises must use potable water for all activities that use water that are conducted on the food premises.
Limitations:
If a food business demonstrates that the use of non-potable water for a purpose will not adversely affect the safety of the food handled by the food business TAS I4P3(2) does not apply.
TAS I4P4Sewage and waste water disposal
[2019: TAS H102 P3]
Food premises must have a sewage and waste water disposal system that—
will effectively dispose of all sewage and waste water; and
is constructed and located so that there is no likelihood of the sewage and waste water polluting the water supply or contaminating food.
TAS I4P5Storage of garbage and recyclables
[2019: TAS H102 P4]
Food premises must have facilities for the storage of garbage and recyclable matter that—
adequately contain the volume and type of garbage and recyclable matter on the food premises; and
enclose the garbage or recyclable matter, if this is necessary to keep pests and animals away from it; and
are designed and constructed so that they may be effectively cleaned.
TAS I4P6Ventilation
[2019: TAS H102 P5]
Food premises must have sufficient natural or mechanical ventilation to remove fumes, smoke and vapours from the food premises.
TAS I4P7Lighting
[2019: TAS H102 P6]
Food premises must have lighting systems that provide sufficient natural or artificial light for the activities conducted on the food premises.
TAS I4P8Floors
[2019: TAS H102 P7]
(1)
Floors must be designed and constructed in a way that is appropriate for the activities conducted on the food premises.
(2)
Floors must—
be able to be effectively cleaned; and
be unable to absorb grease, food particles or water; and
be laid so that there is no ponding of water; and
to the extent that is practicable, be unable to provide harbourage for pests.
Applications:
The requirements for floors apply to the floors of all areas used for food handling, cleaning, sanitising and personal hygiene except the following areas—
dining areas; and
drinking areas; and
other areas to which members of the public usually have access.
Exemptions:
The following floors do not have to comply with TAS I4P8(2)—
floors of temporary food premises, including ground surfaces, that are unlikely to pose any risk of contamination of food handled on the food premises; and
floors of food premises that are unlikely to pose any risk of contamination of food handled on the food premises provided the food business has obtained approval for their use.
TAS I4P9Walls and ceilings
[2019: TAS H102 P8]
Walls and ceilings—
must be designed and constructed in a way that is appropriate for the activities conducted on the food premises; and
must be provided where they are necessary to protect food from contamination; and
provided in accordance with (b) must be—
sealed to prevent the entry of dirt, dust and pests; and
unable to absorb grease, food particles or water; and
able to be easily and effectively cleaned; and
must—
be able to be effectively cleaned; and
to the extent that is practicable, be unable to provide harbourage for pests.
Applications:
The requirements for walls and ceilings apply to the walls and ceilings of all areas used for food handling, cleaning, sanitising and personal hygiene except for the following areas—
dining areas; and
drinking areas; and
other areas to which members of the public usually have access.
TAS I4P10Hand washing facilities
[2019: TAS H102 P9]
(1)
Food premises must have hand washing facilities that are located where they can be easily accessed by food handlers—
within areas where food handlers work if their hands are likely to be a source of contamination of food; and
if there are toilets on the food premises — immediately adjacent to the toilets or toilet cubicles.
(2)
Hand washing facilities must be—
permanent fixtures; and
provided with a supply of warm running potable water; and
of a size that allows easy and effective hand washing; and
clearly designated for the sole purpose of washing hands, arms and face.
TAS I4P11Fixtures, fittings and equipment
[2019: TAS H102 P10]
Fixtures, fittings and equipment must—
be adequate for the production of wholesome food; and
be fit for their intended use; and
be designed, constructed, located and installed, and equipment must be located and, if necessary, installed, so that—
there is no likelihood that they will cause food contamination; and
they are able to be easily and effectively cleaned; and
adjacent floors, walls, ceilings and other surfaces are able to be easily and effectively cleaned; and
to the extent that is practicable, they do not provide harbourage for pests; and
have food contact surfaces—
able to be easily and effectively cleaned and, if necessary, sanitised if there is a likelihood that they will cause food contamination; and
unable to absorb grease, food particles and water if there is a likelihood that they will cause food contamination; and
made of a material that will not contaminate food.
TAS I4P12Storage facilities
[2019: TAS H102 P11]
Food premises must have adequate storage facilities—
for the storage of items that are likely to be the source of contamination of food, including chemicals, clothing and personal belongings; and
located where there is no likelihood of stored items contaminating food or food contact surfaces.
TAS I4P13Refrigerated and cooling chambers
[2019: TAS H102 P12]
All refrigerated and cooling chambers must be constructed so that the stored products will not be contaminated.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I4D1Application of Part
[2019: TAS H102.0]
(1)
This Part applies to any premises where food intended for human consumption is manufactured, processed or sold and to which the following apply—
Food Act 2003; or
Liquor Licensing Act 1990; or
Primary Produce Safety Act 2011; or
Dairy Industry Act 1994.
(2)
This Part includes, but is not limited to—
bakehouses; and
bar service areas; and
premises for boning, curing, canning, mincing, pre-packing or other similar processes of preparation of meat for sale; and
retail meat premises; and
eating houses and tea shops; and
fish shops; and
kitchens in eating houses, restaurants, guest-houses, motels and hotels; and
rooms for processing, manufacturing, packing, etc. of fruit and vegetables, dairy products, ice blocks, ices, meat-for-sale or other fish; and
primary produce business premises regulated by or under a Food Safety Scheme made under the Primary Produce Safety Act 2011; and
take-away-food stores; and
breweries and wineries.
(3)
This Part does not apply to—
boarding houses or the like classified as Class 1 buildings; or
tents, buildings or other structures used temporarily for serving meals to the public at any fair, show, race meeting or other public sports, games or amusements; or
dairies covered by TAS Part I7; or
live shellfish premises where live shellfish are being packed or handled for transport or transferral to shellfish processing premises; or
premises that only sell pre-packaged food that is not potentially hazardous.
(4)
In this Part, words and meanings as defined in the Food Act 2003, Food Standards Code and Liquor Licensing Act 1990, Dairy Industry Act 1994 and Primary Produce Safety Act 2011 apply.
which meets the Australian Drinking Water Guidelines, satisfies TAS I4P3(2).
Note:
‘Regulated entity’ has the same meaning as Water and Sewerage Industry Act 2008.
TAS I4D4Pests and contaminants
[2019: TAS H102.3]
Premises where customers are served outside the premises through an opening, that has an appliance for the elimination of flies and mechanical ventilation adequate to exhaust air through the opening at a rate of not less than 5 litres per second for each square metre of opening, satisfies TAS I4P2(d).
a grease trap, an overflow (relief) gully or an untrapped opening connected directly with a drain or sewer, is not installed in a room used for preparation, processing, packing or storing of food for sale; and
as far as is practicable, service pipes are concealed beneath the surface of walls, floors or ceilings, or are fixed clear of the wall, floor or ceiling, at such distance as to facilitate cleaning.
TAS I4D6Offensive material and trade waste
[2019: TAS H102.5]
Where offensive material or trade waste is stored, a separate area or room which—
is paved and easily cleanable; and
is graded to drain to a suitable drainage system; and
Floors, walls and ceilings constructed in accordance with Section 3 of AS 4674, satisfy TAS I4P8 and TAS I4P9.
(2)
The wall and ceiling provisions of (1) do not apply to areas in which all food for sale is completely enclosed and otherwise protected from contamination by processing plants, other appliances or other means.
TAS I4D10Separation of work place
[2019: TAS H102.9]
(1)
A room where food for sale is processed, manufactured, prepared, deposited, treated, stored or packed, that does not have direct communication with a room containing sanitary facilities, living quarters, laundry, bathroom or garage or a room where animals are housed, satisfies TAS I4P9(b).
(2)
‘Direct communication’ means a doorway, a window or other opening in a wall between a food preparation or storage area opening directly on to a room described in (1).
(3)
Access between the areas referred to in (2) via another room, a hallway, or an airlock, satisfies TAS I4P9(b).
TAS I4D11Washbasins
[2019: TAS H102.10]
(1)
Premises or places for preparation or storage of food for sale provided with not less than one washbasin complying with (2) within five metres of any activities where hands are likely to be a source of contamination of food, satisfies TAS I4P10.
(2)
Each washbasin must—
have hot and cold water through a common outlet; and
have a capacity of at least 11 litres; and
provide not less than 250 mm between the spout and the bottom of the basin; and
be in a position that is not obstructed.
TAS I4D12Sinks
[2019: TAS H102.11]
(1)
Where equipment and utensils are required to be manually cleaned and sanitised, or food preparation requires a sink, premises that are provided with a suitably sized double bowl sink for equipment washing and a separate suitably sized sink for food preparation of stainless steel supplied with—
hot and cold water; and
in integral drainer on at least one side or a third bowl,
A sink installed adjacent to a wall or other vertical surface, that is fitted with an integral flashing to that wall or vertical surface to a height of not less than 150 mm, satisfies TAS I4P11.
(3)
A sink provided with an integral surround not less than 150 mm wide except on sides with an integral flashing as in (2), satisfies TAS I4P11.
(4)
A cleaner’s sink separated from food storage and handling areas provided for the emptying of cleaning water, satisfies TAS I4P11.
TAS I4D13Design, construction and installation of fixtures, fittings and equipment
[2019: TAS H102.12]
(1)
The provision of fixtures, fittings and equipment designed, constructed and installed in accordance with clause 4.2 and clause 4.3 of AS 4674 satisfies TAS I4P11.
(2)
The provision of—
automatic equipment that uses water to sanitise utensils or other equipment and only operate for the purposes of sanitation when the water is at a temperature that will sanitise the utensils or equipment; or
Separate areas for the storage of fuel, cleaning compounds and general maintenance equipment provided so as to prevent contamination of the product in the event of a spillage of any other form of breakdown, satisfies TAS I4P12.
(2)
A separate area for the storage of staff clothing and personal effects, satisfies TAS I4P12.
TAS I4D15Food store
[2019: TAS H102.14]
An eating house provided with a dry-food store, satisfies TAS I4P12.
TAS I4D16Meat premises
[2019: TAS H102.15]
Premises used for the preparation or sale of red meat, other than those licensed under the Primary Produce Safety Act 2011, that comply with—
Premises designed and constructed in compliance with the Export Control (Milk and Dairy) Orders, satisfy the special requirements of this code for premises to be used for the manufacture of dairy produce.
TAS I4D18Refrigerated and cooling chambers
[2019: TAS H102.17]
The construction of a refrigerated chamber or cooling chamber installed in premises for storage of food complying with the requirements for that premises, satisfies TAS I4P13 where they have—
internal and external panels adhered directly to the insulated core material to form an integral wall section with tight fitting edges resistant to penetration by liquids; and
every joint caulked with a water-resistant, flexible sealer and finished in such a manner as to prevent migration of liquids into the core; and
every intersection of walls with floors and walls with walls coved with a radius not less than 25 mm; and
exposed slot-head screws or open-headed pop rivets filled with sealer; and
service pipes and conduits concealed in floors, walls or ceilings, if practicable, or fixed on brackets to provide clearances of not less than 25 mm between the pipe and a wall and 100 mm between the pipe and a floor; and
fittings not fixed over exposed pipes nor in a position to make difficult the cleaning of the pipe and surrounding area; and
rat proof construction, and any inaccessible spaces between the low temperature room and surrounding walls, ceilings and fixtures proof against rats an vermin; and
floor graded, as shown in Table TAS I4D18a, to drains located outside the chamber as near as practicable to the door opening; and
drainage from cooling units within the chamber constructed in accordance with Table TAS I4D18b, draining to a trapped outlet located outside the chamber.
Insert TAS Table I4D18a as follows:
TAS Table I4D18a:
Floor drainage of refrigerated cooling chambers
Chiller type
Floor slope
Active chillers
Not less than 1:50
Other chambers
Not less than 1:100
Insert TAS Table I4D18b as follows:
TAS Table I4D18b:
Drainage from cooling units within refrigerated chambers or cooling chambers
Cooling unit type
Drainage requirements
Wall-mounted
Drain water must be contained and removed by either a wall-mounted channel or a spoon drain located under the coil.
Floor-mounted
Drain water must be confined by kerbs, of a height not less than 150 mm, and directed to a trapped drain outlet.
Ceiling-mounted
Drain water must be confined by suitable insulated drip trays directly connected to the drainage system.
TAS Part I5Dining rooms and bar rooms
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for dining rooms and bar rooms.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I5D1Application of Part
[2019: TAS H103.1]
(1)
This Part applies to all dining rooms and bar rooms (excluding bar service areas) on licensed premises covered by the Liquor Licensing Act 1990.
(2)
Dining rooms and bar rooms must provide for the comfort, convenience and health of customers.
TAS I5D2Sanitary facilities
[2019: TAS H103.2]
(1)
Separate sanitary facilities for male sand females must be provided in close proximity to each dining room and bar room in licensed premises.
(2)
Where the sanitary facilities are not accessed from within the dining room or bar room, reasonable fixed protection from the elements must be provided.
TAS I5D3Separation from other areas
[2019: TAS H103.3]
A dining room must not have a direct opening to living quarters, a laundry, bathroom or garage or a room where animals are housed.
TAS Part I6Meat premises
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for meat premises.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I6D1Application of Part
[2019: TAS H106.1]
(1)
This Part is applicable to—
meat premises processing animals, including game and poultry, and producing meat and meat products for human consumption; and
pet food works licensed under the Primary Produce Safety Act 2011.
(2)
Meat premises must be constructed in such a manner that—
does not jeopardise animal welfare; and
provides for hygienic processing of animals; and
ensures the wholesomeness of meat and meat products.
TAS I6D2Premises processing animals and meat
[2019: TAS H106.2]
Premises used for the processing of animals and meat for human consumption must comply with the relevant Parts and Sections of the Australian Standards listed below:
Hygienic Production and Transportation of Meat and Meat Products for Human Consumption, AS 4696 - Part 7, Sections 19 to 21.
Hygienic Production of Game Meat for Human Consumption, AS 4464 - Section 6.
Construction of Premises and Hygienic Production of Poultry Meat for Human Consumption, AS 4465 - Part A, Sections 3 to 12.
Hygienic Production of Rabbit Meat for Human Consumption, AS 4466 - Section 5.
Hygienic Rendering of Animal Products, AS 5008 - Section 3.
Hygienic Production of Ratite (Emu/Ostrich) Meat for Human Consumption, AS 5010 - Section 5.
Hygienic Production of Natural Casings for Human Consumption, AS 5011 - Section 4.
Hygienic Production of Pet Meat, PISC - Technical Report 88 - Sections, 6.1 to 6.7, 6.9 and 6.11.
TAS Part I7Farm dairy premises
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for farm dairy premises.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I7D1Application of Part
[2019: TAS H107.1]
(1)
This Part is applicable to every farm dairy as covered by the Dairy Industry Act 1994.
(2)
Dairies must be constructed in such a manner that contamination of milk can be avoided.
TAS I7D2Milking sheds and holding yards
[2019: TAS H107.2]
(1)
The walls (including the walls of a pit of a herringbone design milking shed) must be non-absorbent and easy to clean.
(2)
The floor of a holding yard and a milking shed must be non-absorbent, easy to clean and free-draining.
(3)
The lighting of a holding yard and a milking shed must be adequate for proper milking.
(4)
The working space in a milking shed is to be sufficient to minimise the risk of contamination of milk during milking.
(5)
Effluent from a holding yard and a milking shed is to be drained to a suitable point for disposal.
(6)
The requirements of (1), (2) and (3) are satisfied if—
the walls are constructed of well-compacted smooth finish concrete or other material sealed to be impervious to moisture; and
the floors are constructed of well-compacted smooth finish concrete and are graded to a drain; and
joints between wall sections and walls and walls and floors are sealed to prevent entry of water and pests; and
artificial lighting is designed to comply with AS 1680.
TAS I7D3Milk receiving area and milk storage room
[2019: TAS H107.3]
(1)
A Milk Receiving Area and Milk Storage Room must—
have internal surfaces that are smooth, non-absorbent, free-draining and easy to clean; and
be constructed so as to prevent the entry of dust, insects, pests, birds and animals; and
have adequate artificial lighting that—
is located to provide a clear view of the milk for grading and measuring purposes; and
the lights over a bulk vat are to be protected to prevent glass entering the vat if the light is broken; and
have switches appropriately located in milk collection areas; and
have adequate ventilation to aid the drying of floors and walls between milkings.
(2)
The requirements of (1) are satisfied if—
the floors are constructed of well-compacted, smooth finish concrete and graded to a drain; and
the internal surfaces are smooth, sealed and washable; and
joists between wall sections and walls and floors are sealed to prevent entry of water and pests; and
artificial lighting is designed to comply with AS 1680; and
all openings are fitted with doors, windows or screens; and
An adequate and suitable supply of water must be available for plant sanitation, teat washing, milk cooling and vat rinsing.
TAS Part I8Pharmacies
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for pharmacies.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I8D1Application of Part
[2019: TAS H108.1]
(1)
This Part applies to all pharmacy business premises registered under the Pharmacy Control Act.
(2)
Pharmacies must be able to be secured against entry and the interior must be able to be supervised by a pharmacist.
TAS I8D2Definition
[2019: TAS H108.2]
In this Part the term “dispensary” means the room or area within a pharmacy or other premises which a registered pharmaceutical chemist uses for the compounding or dispensing of prescriptions, medicines or drugs.
TAS I8D3Pharmacy premises
[2019: TAS H108.3]
(1)
Each premises used as a pharmacy must have—
a dispensary for the compounding or dispensing of drugs and for the storage of material used in dispensing; and
space for the storage of narcotic substances and poisons as required by the Poisons Regulations; and
a place for unpacking of containers or cases and goods; and
a room for storing merchandise not used in dispensing.
(2)
A pharmacy may have one area set aside for retailing merchandise that is not compounded or dispensed.
TAS I8D4Dispensary
[2019: TAS H108.4]
(1)
A dispensary must be located—
within a pharmacy in a position to enable a person in the dispensary to supervise the dispensary, storage areas for narcotic substances and poisons, the entrances to unpacking areas and areas for storing other substances, and the retail area; and
separate from any place where goods are unpacked or where general merchandise, not used in dispensing, is stored.
(2)
Each dispensary must be provided with—
a sink and drainage board of impervious material moulded or manufactured in one piece; and
a reticulated supply of hot and cold water capable of providing to the sink adequate quantities of water for dispensing purposes; and
space for a dispensing bench with a working area not less than 1.4 m2.
TAS I8D5Security of dispensary
[2019: TAS H108.5]
(1)
Every dispensary and enclosure set aside for the storage of narcotic substances and poisons must be able to be secured against entry.
(2)
If a dispensary is located in a pharmacy that is capable of being secured against entry at all times while the dispensary is not in use, then the dispensary is deemed to be secured against entry.
TAS Part I9Health service establishments
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for health service establishments.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I9D1Application of Part
[2019: TAS H109.1]
(1)
This Part applies to health service establishments as defined in the Health Service Establishment Act 2006 including—
a day procedure centre; or
a private hospital; or
a residential care service building.
(2)
Health service establishments must be able to be easily cleaned and must have adequate space for patients.
TAS I9D2Design and construction of health service establishments
[2019: TAS H109.2]
Every health service establishment must be constructed and maintained in accordance with the Australasian Health Facility Guidelines.
TAS Part I10Mortuaries
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for mortuaries.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I10D1Application of Part
[2019: TAS H112.1]
(1)
This Part applies to any premises used for the storage or preparation for burial, cremation or disposal by other means, of bodies of deceased persons.
(2)
Mortuaries must be constructed in a manner that will ensure the health of staff and the general public.
TAS I10D2Layout of mortuary
[2019: TAS H112.2]
(1)
A mortuary may be integral with the remainder of a building but must be separated physically from all public areas of that building.
(2)
Each mortuary at which bodies are prepared for burial, cremation or other disposal must be provided with a body preparation room—
capable of being isolated from the remainder of the premises; and
A vehicle reception area or garage must be provided adjacent to and with direct access to the storage room or body preparation room to ensure that the transfer of uncoffined bodies is screened from public view.
(4)
Access to toilet and shower facilities from any other part of the mortuary premises must be only by way of an air lock.
TAS I10D3Construction of body preparation room
[2019: TAS H112.3]
(1)
The floor must be—
of impervious material with a smooth, unbroken surface; and
uniformly graded to a floor drain.
(2)
All walls and partitions must be of concrete or masonry with a smooth, unbroken finish for ease of cleaning.
(3)
All joints between the floor, walls, partitions, ceiling, ventilation grilles, fittings, pipework, windows and light fittings must be sealed with impervious material for ease of cleaning.
(4)
All joints between the floor and walls or partitions must be coved for ease of cleaning.
(5)
The body preparation room must be provided with at least one washbasin, fitting with elbow or foot-operated taps, and an adequate supply of hot and cold water.
(6)
The body preparation room must be provided with refrigerated storage facilities—
With sufficient capacity for the storage of at least two adult bodies; and
Capable of maintaining an internal temperature between 1°C and 5°C.
TAS I10D4Water supply and sewerage
[2019: TAS H112.4]
Each mortuary with a body preparation room must be connected to—
a permanent water supply with a physical discontinuity, provided by a registered break tank or reduced pressure zone device, between the water supply and all equipment, appliances, fittings and areas in the mortuary; and
a water carriage sewerage system.
TAS Part I11Foundries
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for foundries.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I11D1Application of Part
[2019: TAS H113.1]
(1)
This Part is applicable to every building or premises on which foundry operations are undertaken.
(2)
Foundries must provide for the comfort and safety of workers on the premises.
TAS I11D2General
[2019: TAS H113.2]
(1)
Every floor in a foundry must be level and, in places other than where molten metal is poured, must be composed or similar material or wooden blocks.
(2)
Every part of a foundry must be not less than 4.2 m high—
where a ceiling is provided, measured from the floor to the ceiling; or
where a ceiling is not provided, measured from the floor to the lowest part of the roof.
TAS I11D3Cupola charging platform
[2019: TAS H113.3]
(1)
The floors of cupola charging platforms must be—
of heavy timber or non-slip steel plate; and
securely fixed in position; and
level.
(2)
All parts of the cupola charging platform must be covered by a roof not less than 3 m above the platform.
(3)
A cupola charging platform must have—
a wall, not less than 1 m high, measured from the floor of the platform, constructed to surround the platform; and
the side between the top of the wall and the roof suitably waterproofed an ventilated.
(4)
A properly constructed access stair or ramp must be provide to give access to every cupola charging platform and must comply with AS 1657 .
TAS I11D4Deep moulds and pits
[2019: TAS H113.4]
Deep moulds or pits, for permanent use—
must be lined with bricks, concrete, or other suitable material in such a manner as to provide adequate reinforcement and to keep the pit or mould in a dry condition; and
must be securely fenced by means of a wall of adequate construction, railings or chains and stanchions raised, in each case, to a height not less than 1 m above the surface of the surrounding floor.
TAS I11D5Pot furnaces
[2019: TAS H113.5]
Where pot furnaces are below ground level, the pit must be covered by a substantial grating at the point at which metal is removed from the furnace, and must at all other times be securely fenced as in TAS I11D4(b)
TAS Part I12Premises for manufacture or processing of glass reinforced plastics
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for premises used for the manufacture or processing of glass reinforced plastics.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I12D1Application of Part
[2019: TAS H114.1]
(1)
This Part is applicable to every building in which glass reinforced plastics are manufactured or processed.
(2)
Premises for manufacture or processing of glass reinforced plastic must—
provide for the safety and comfort or workers; and
be constructed in a manner that will avoid the spread of fire within the building and to other buildings.
TAS I12D2Separation from other buildings
[2019: TAS H114.2]
A building for the manufacture or processing of glass reinforced plastics must be—
separated from other buildings or parts of an occupancy by means of impervious walls with FRL at least 120/120/120; or
separated from all other buildings by a clear space of not less than 6 m.
TAS I12D3Rise in storeys
[2019: TAS H114.3]
The building must be of single storey construction.
Maximum floor area of buildings for manufacture or processing of glass reinforced plastics or isocyanates
Type A building construction
Type B building construction
Type C building construction
Not sprinklered: 1500 m2
Not sprinklered: 1200 m2
Not sprinklered: 1000 m2
Sprinklered: 6000 m2
Sprinklered: 5000 m2
Sprinklered: 3000 m2
TAS I12D5Required exits
[2019: TAS H114.5]
(1)
Each fire-separated section of a building which is a work place must have at least two exits for escape purposes and the number and location of exits must be such that any point on the floor is not further than 20 m from one of the exits.
(2)
Only exits with vertically hinged swinging doors may be considered as exits for the purposes of this clause.
TAS I11D6Hand laminating and spray depositing
[2019: TAS H114.6]
The walls and floors of areas to be used for hand laminating and spray depositing must be constructed of non-combustible materials.
TAS I12D7Ventilation
[2019: TAS H114.7]
(1)
Mechanical or natural ventilation must be via low-level, exhaust ducting in a wall and a fixed, open, floor-level, fresh-air inlet ducting in the opposite wall such as to ensure a cross flow of the ventilation over the complete working area.
(2)
Mechanical ventilation must provide not less than 6 air changes per hour.
(3)
The ventilation fan and exhaust ducting must be arranged in such a manner as to—
produce a negative pressure within any exhaust ducting within the work place so that a leak in the ducting will not vent exhaust air back in to the work place; and
vent the exhaust air to the atmosphere so as to prevent recirculation of that exhaust air.
TAS I12D8Smoke and heat roof vents
[2019: TAS H114.8]
Each fire-separated section must be provided with automatic smoke and heat roof vents.
TAS Part I13Premises for production of processing of isocyanates
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for premises used for the production of processing of isocyanates.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I13D1Application of Part
[2019: TAS H115.1]
(1)
This Part is applicable to every building in which isocyanate production or processing is undertaken.
(2)
Premises for production or processing of isocyanates must—
provide for the safety and comfort of workers; and
be constructed in a manner that will avoid the spread of fire within the building and to other buildings.
TAS I13D2Areas of work places
[2019: TAS H115.2]
Work places in which an isocyanate industry is carried out must be divided into the following divisional areas:
Administration and staff amenities.
Workshop.
Bulk stores.
Curing room.
Processing plant.
Raw materials plant.
Manufacture.
TAS I13D3Separation from other areas and buildings
[2019: TAS H115.3]
(1)
Each of the divisional areas required by TAS I13D2 other than the administration and staff amenities building, must be—
separated from each of the other divisional areas by means of an impervious wall with an FRL of not less than 120/120/120; or
separated from all other buildings by a clear space of not less than 6 m.
(2)
Notwithstanding the distance requirements of (1), bulk stores of polyols and bulk stores of isocyanates must comply with the requirements of the Work Health and Safety Act.
TAS I13D4Rise in storeys
[2019: TAS H115.4]
The building must be of single storey construction.
TAS I13D5Maximum floor areas
[2019: TAS H115.5]
The floor area of any building or fire-separated section must not exceed the area shown in Table TAS I12D4.
TAS I13D6Required exits
[2019: TAS H115.6]
(1)
Every building and divisional area of a work place must have not less than 2 exits for escape purposes.
(2)
The number and location of the exits must be such that any point on the floor is not more than 20 m from one of the exits.
(3)
Only exits with vertically hinged swinging doors may be considered as exits for the purposes of this clause.
TAS I13D7Bulk stores for polyols and isocyanates
[2019: TAS H115.7]
(1)
A bulk store for polyols must be constructed from non-combustible materials and have a smooth impervious concrete floor and it must protect the polyols from direct exposure to the sun’s radiation.
(2)
A bulk store for isocyanates must—
be constructed from non-combustible materials, have a smooth impervious concrete floor, and must protect the isocyanate containers from direct exposure to the sun; and
if it is used for the storage of either TDI or HDI and is not an open sided building, be fitted with mechanical ventilation so that the TLV is not exceeded at any time provided that the ventilation must provide not less than 6 air changes per hour.
(3)
The area around both a polyol bulk store and an isocyanate bulk store must be bunded, the bund or bunds must ensure separation of the polyol and isocyanate areas and each bund must have a capacity of 10% more than the storage capacity of the largest tank it protects.
TAS I13D8Curing room
[2019: TAS H115.8]
The curing room for the storage of newly produced flexible polyurethane foam must be constructed of non-combustible materials with a smooth impervious concrete floor and fitted automatic fire vents in the roof.
TAS Part I14Premises for electro-plating, electro-polishing, anodising or etching
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for premises used for electro-plating, electro-polishing, anodising or etching.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I14D1Application of Part
[2019: TAS H116.1]
(1)
This Part is applicable to every building where any of the processes of electro-plating, electro-polishing, anodising or etching are undertaken.
(2)
Premises for electro-plating, electro-polishing, anodising or etching must—
provide for the safety and comfort of workers; and
be constructed in a manner that will prevent the escape of liquids and atmospheric contaminants to other areas of the building.
TAS I14D2Floors
[2019: TAS H116.2]
The floor of every plating area must be—
so graded as to—
permit easy flushing with water; and
prevent liquids from flowing from the area into other parts or the work place; and
chemically resistant to the solutions used in the process.
TAS I14D3Height of plating area
[2019: TAS H116.3]
Every part of a plating area must be not less than 2.7 m in height—
measured from the floor to the ceiling if a ceiling is provided; or
measured from the floor to the lowest part of the roof if a ceiling is not provided.
TAS I14D4Air space
[2019: TAS H116.4]
In every plating area there must be not less than 14 m3 of air space for each person employed and, in the calculation of such space, the height taken into account must not exceed 4.2 m.
TAS I14D5Ceiling construction
[2019: TAS H116.5]
The ceiling of a plating area must be so constructed as to prevent, so far as is practicable, atmospheric contaminants from escaping into rooms or work places, situated above the level of the ceiling.
TAS Part I15Premises for lead processing
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for premises used for lead processing.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I15D1Application of Part
[2019: TAS H117.1]
(1)
This Part is applicable to every building in which lead processes are used.
(2)
Premises used for lead processing must—
provide for the safety and comfort of workers; and
be constructed in a manner that will minimise the lodgement of dust and must be capable of being flushed with water.
TAS I15D2Floors
[2019: TAS H117.2]
(1)
The floor of every work place where a lead process is used must be—
so constructed of concrete or other suitable material as to be smooth and impervious to fluids; and
graded and properly drained to permit flushing with water.
(2)
The mater of which the floor is constructed must be applied to the walls to a height of not less than 75 mm in such a fashion that the angle between the walls and the floor is coved for easy cleaning.
TAS I15D3Height of lead processing areas
[2019: TAS H117.3]
Every part of a lead processing area must be not less than 2.7 m in height—
where a ceiling is provided, measured from the floor to the ceiling; or
where a ceiling is not provided, measured from the floor to the lowest part of the roof.
TAS I15D4Air space and floor space
[2019: TAS H117.4]
(1)
In every lead processing area there must be not less than 14 m3 of air space for each person employed therein, and in the calculation of such space the maximum height taken must be not greater than 4.2 m.
(2)
The total floor space for the persons employed in such area, exclusive of space used for storage, must be not less than 3.3 m2 for each person so employed.
TAS I15D5Interior of lead processing areas
[2019: TAS H117.5]
(1)
The inner surfaces of the walls of every lead processing area must be of a smooth material impervious to fluids and must not contain any projections on which dust may lodge.
(2)
The interior construction of the ceiling or roof must, so far as is practicable, be such that dust will not settle on it.
TAS I15D6Dust collection
[2019: TAS H117.6]
Any areas in which dust-forming lead particles are manipulated, moved or treated must be served by a mechanical exhaust ventilation system capable of safely and effectively collecting all dust.
TAS I15D7Isolation of certain processes
[2019: TAS H117.7]
Where any process of pasting of electric accumulator plates or drying of paste plates, or melting down of pasted plates or of formation with tacking in the electric accumulator industry or of manipulation of dry oxide or lead, is to be carried out in the same room as any other lead process, the process of pasting, drying, melting, formation or manipulation must be isolated from one another and from any other lead process—
by a partition extending from the floor to the ceiling in the case of a room having a ceiling not more than 3.6 m in height, or to a height of 2.7 m in any other case; or
by some other suitable method.
TAS I15D8Drying room shelves
[2019: TAS H117.8]
The racks or shelves provided in any drying room must be not more than 2.6 m from the floor nor more than 650 mm in width except that, in the case of racks or shelves set or drawn from both sides, the total width must not exceed 1.3 m.
TAS I15D9Washing facilities
[2019: TAS H117.9]
Washing facilities served with running hot and cold water for the use of all employees engaged in a lead process must be provided consisting of—
one washbasin for each 5 employees, or part thereof; and
one shower bath for each 8 employees, or part thereof.
TAS I15D10Change rooms
[2019: TAS H117.10]
In every work place in which lead is processed there must be provided two suitable furnished change rooms for the use of employees as follows—
one of the change rooms must be used for taking off, storing, and putting on of the street clothing of employees; and
the other of the change rooms must be used for taking, storing, and putting on of overalls or other clothing work in any work room; and
each change room must be so constructed and situated as to prevent the entry into the room of dust and fumes generated in a work room; and
each change room must be in close proximity to the washing facilities required in TAS I15D9.
TAS Part I16Early childhood centres and school age care facilities
TAS I16F1Early childhood centres and school age care facilities
[2019: TAS H122 F1]
An early childhood centre and school age care facility must be designed and constructed to provide a safe environment and provide for the health, safety and well-being of the children, parents and staff using the centre.
Performance Requirements
TAS I16P1Design and construction
[2019: TAS H122 P1]
The design and construction of an early childhood centre and school age care facility must to the degree necessary, provide an environment that is spacious enough to prevent overcrowding, and supports a range of daily activities and routines including—
indoor playing; and
outdoor playing; and
sleeping.
Applications:
TAS I16P1 applies to early childhood centres and school age care facilities approved under the Education and Care Services National Law (Application) Act 2011 or licensed under the Child Care Act 2011.
TAS I16P2Health and amenity
[2019: TAS H122 P2]
An early childhood centre and school age care facility, must to the degree necessary, have sufficient space and facilities to ensure a healthy, safe and comfortable environment for children, staff and parents including—
sanitary facilities; and
nappy changing facilities; and
laundry facilities; and
food preparation facilities; and
reception, administration and staff facilities; and
storage facilities; and
suitable—
floor surfaces; and
lighting and ventilation; and
fire safety provisions; and
windows and glazing; and
heating and cooling.
Applications:
TAS I16P2 applies to early childhood centres and school age care facilities approved under the Education and Care Services National Law (Application) Act 2011 or licensed under the Child Care Act 2011.
TAS I16P3Perimeter fencing and barriers
[2019: TAS H122 P3]
An early childhood centre and school age care facility must to the degree necessary, have fencing around the perimeter of any outdoor play space, and any identified hazard isolated by fences, barriers and gates.
Applications:
TAS I16P3 applies to early childhood centres and school age care facilities approved under the Education and Care Services National Law (Application) Act 2011 or licensed under the Child Care Act 2011.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I16D1Application of Part
[2019: TAS H122.0]
This Part applies to early childhood centres and school age care facilities approved under the Education and Care Services National Law (Application) Act 2011 or licensed under the Child Care Act 2011.
TAS I16D2Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
[2019: TAS H122.1]
(1)
Performance RequirementTAS I16P1 is satisfied by complying with the relevant provisions of the Early Childhood Centre and School Age Care Facilities Code.
(2)
Performance RequirementTAS I16P2 is satisfied by complying with the relevant provisions of the Early Childhood Centre and School Age Care Facilities Code.
(3)
Performance RequirementTAS I16P3 is satisfied by complying with the relevant provisions of the Early Childhood Centre and School Age Care Facilities Code.
is used by the public as a place of assembly as described in the Public Health Act 1997; and
is a temporary structure as described in the Building Act 2016.
TAS I18P2Safety and serviceability
[2019: TAS H123 P1]
A temporary structure must, to the degree necessary, be capable of sustaining at an acceptable level of safety and serviceability the most adverse combination of loads and other actions to which it may reasonably be expected to be subjected.
TAS I18P3Resistance to the spread of fire
[2019: TAS H123 P2]
The material used in a temporary structure must, to the degree necessary, be capable of resisting the spread of fire to limit the generation of smoke and heat, and any toxic gases likely to be produced.
TAS I18P4Access
[2019: TAS H123 P3]
(1)
Access must be provided, to the degree necessary, to enable safe, equitable and dignified movement of people to and within a temporary structure.
(2)
So that people can move safely to and within a temporary structure, it must have—
walking surfaces with safe gradients; and
stairways and ramps with slip-resistant walking surfaces; and
suitable handrails where necessary to assist and provide stability to people using a stairway or ramp.
(3)
Access for people with disabilities must be provided to and within a temporary structure, including to any public sanitary facilities and all areas normally used by the public.
(4)
If fixed seating is provided in a temporary structure, an appropriate number of wheelchair spaces must be provided.
TAS I18P5Exits
[2019: TAS H123 P4]
(1)
Exits must be provided to the degree necessary, from a temporary structure to enable the safe evacuation of occupants, with their number, location and dimensions being appropriate to the—
number, mobility and other characteristics of the occupants; and
function or use of the structure.
(2)
So that occupants can safely evacuate a temporary structure, paths of travel to exits must have dimensions appropriate to the—
number, mobility and other characteristics of the occupants; and
function or use of the structure.
TAS I18P6Fall prevention
[2019: TAS H123 P5]
Where a person could fall 1 m or more, due to a sudden change of level within or associated with a temporary structure, a barrier must to the degree necessary, be provided which must be—
continuous and extend for the full extent of the hazard; and
of a height to protect people from accidentally falling from the level; and
constructed to prevent people falling through the barrier; and
capable of restricting the passage of children; and
of a strength and rigidity to withstand the foreseeable impact of people and where appropriate, the static pressure or people pressing against it.
TAS I18P7Lighting
[2019: TAS H123 P6]
A level of illumination for safe evacuation from a temporary structure in an emergency must be provided, to the degree necessary, appropriate to the—
operate in the event of power failure for a sufficient time for occupants to safely evacuate.
TAS I18P9Fire-fighting equipment
[2019: TAS H123 P8]
Fire equipment must be installed in a temporary structure to the degree necessary, to allow the occupants to undertake initial attack on a fire appropriate to the—
function or use of the structure; and
fire hazard.
TAS I18P10Sanitary facilities
[2019: TAS H123 P9]
Sanitary facilities for personal hygiene must be provided in a convenient location associated with a temporary structure, to the degree necessary, appropriate to the—
function or use of the structure; and
number and gender of the occupants; and
disability or other particular needs of the occupants.
TAS I18P11Artificial lighting
[2019: TAS H123 P10]
(1)
A temporary structure must be provided with natural or artificial lighting to enable the safe use and movement of people using the structure.
(2)
Lighting must be installed to the degree necessary, to provide a level of illumination appropriate to the function or use of a temporary structure to enable safe use and movement by the occupants.
TAS I18P12Ventilation
[2019: TAS H123 P11]
(1)
A temporary structure must be provided with a means of ventilation which will maintain adequate air quality.
(2)
Ventilation must be provided to the degree necessary, to a level appropriate to the function or use of a temporary structure.
TAS I18P13Electrical services
[2019: TAS H123 P12]
Electrical services must be installed to the degree necessary, to provide a level of safety appropriate to the environment and function or use of a temporary structure by the occupants.
TAS I18P14Heating appliances
[2019: TAS H123 P13]
Where provided for a temporary structure, a heating appliance and its associated components must be installed to the degree necessary—
to withstand the temperatures likely to be generated by the appliance; and
so that it does not raise the temperature of any structural element to a level that would adversely affect the element’s physical or mechanical properties or function; and
so that hot products of combustion will not—
escape through the walls of the associated components; and
discharge to a position that will cause fire to spread to nearby combustible materials or allow smoke to penetrate the temporary structure; and
to reduce the likelihood of fire and harmful emissions spreading beyond the appliance.
TAS I18P15Tiered seating
[2019: TAS H123 P14]
A temporary structure of tiered seating must be designed and constructed to the degree necessary, to provide for the safety of occupants and orderly means of evacuation in an emergency.
TAS I18P16Safe environment
[2019: TAS H123 P15]
A temporary structure must, to the degree necessary, be a safe and hazard free environment for the people using the structure.
Natural or artificial lighting must be provided to all enclosed areas in a temporary structure.
(2)
Natural lighting must as far as practicable be not less than 10% of the floor area of the enclosed area.
(3)
The artificial lighting system must as far as practicable comply with the relevant provisions of AS 1680 Parts 1, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3.
TAS I18D5Ventilation
[2019: TAS H123.12]
(1)
Natural ventilation or mechanical ventilation must be provided to all enclosed areas in a temporary structure.
(2)
Natural ventilation must as far as practicable consist of openings or devices which can be opened with an aggregate opening of not less than 5% of the floor area of the enclosed area.
(3)
Mechanical ventilation must as far as practicable comply with the relevant provisions of AS 1668.2.
TAS Part I17Premises where work is undertaken on gas-fuelled vehicles
Introduction to this Part
This Part contains additional requirements for premises where work is undertaken on gas-fuelled vehicles.
Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions
TAS I17D1Application of Part
[2019: TAS H124.1]
This Part is applicable to every building where work is undertaken on gas-fuelled vehicles.
TAS I17D2Working areas
[2019: TAS H124.2]
The working area of a building where work is undertaken on a gas-fuelled vehicle is to be designed and constructed to comply with the requirements for premises in AS 2746 Working areas for gas-fuelled vehicles.
Section JEnergy efficiency
TAS Part J3Elemental provisions for a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4 part of a building
This Part is deleted from the BCA in Tasmania. In Tasmania, for a Class 2 building and Class 4 part of a building, Section J is replaced with Section J of BCA 2019 Amendment 1.
schedule 1Definitions
Centre-based care class 4 facility
A facility as defined in Centre Based Care Class 4 Standards.
Early childhood centre
Any premises or part thereof providing or intending to provide a centre-based education and care service within the meaning of the Education and Care Services National Law Act 2010 (Vic), the Education and Care Services National Regulations and centre-based services that are licensed or approved under State and Territory children’s services law, but excludes—
education and care primarily provided to school aged children in outside school hours settings; and
The level of qualification and/or experience required to determine whether a Plumbing or Drainage Solution complies with the Performance Requirements may differ depending on the degree of complexity and the requirements of the Tasmanian Building Act. Practitioners should seek advice from the Permit Authority.
Permit Authority
A permit authority as defined in the Tasmanian Building Act.
Public
Includes any person working in an enclosed public place.
School age care facility
Is a facility providing care for children (primarily) 5 years or older in an outside of school hours setting, either approved or licenced under Education and Care Services National Law (Application) Act 2011 or the Child Care Act 2001.
Temporary structure
Includes any–
booth, tent or other temporary enclosure, whether or not part of the booth, tent or enclosure is permanent; or
temporary seating structure; or
other structure prescribed under the Building Act 2016.
All legislation referenced in this Schedule is Tasmanian State Legislation unless noted otherwise.
All referenced documents including legislation, codes, Australian Standards, guidelines and codes of practice are the version at the time of the project documentation approval, unless noted otherwise.
Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
In addition to any applicable provisions of the Building Act 2016 and other legislative and regulatory instruments under that Act, such as regulations, determinations, guidelines, codes and standards there are a number of other legislative technical requirements, and regulatory instruments affecting the design, construction and/or performance of buildings that practitioners may need to be aware of, including but not limited to, the following list. Additional legislative and regulatory instruments such as regulations, codes and standards may exist under the legislation and regulatory instruments listed.
1. Administering Agency
Department of Justice – Consumer, Building and Occupational Services
Relevant legislation
Director’s determinations and guidelines
2. Work Places
Administering agency
WorkSafe Tasmania – Department of Justice
Relevant Tasmanian legislation and regulatory instruments
Work Health and Safety Act 2012
Code of Practice – Managing Risks of Hazardous Chemicals in the Workplace – WorkSafe Tasmania publication CP120
Code of Practice – Managing the Work Environment and Facilities – WorkSafe Tasmania publication CP124
Code of Practice – Safe Design of Structures – WorkSafe Tasmania publication CP128
This Appendix contains variations and additions to the Building Code of Australia (BCA) provisions which are considered necessary for the effective application of the Code in Victoria and shall be treated as amendments to the Code.
Section AGoverning requirements
Part A2Compliance with the NCC
A2G2Performance Solution
[2019: A2.2]
Insert
subclause VIC A2G2
(5)
in clause A2G2 as follows:
Class 2, 3 or 9 building with a rise in storeys of 2 that does not comply with C2D6; and
Class 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 building with a rise in storeys of 3 or more.
Section BStructure
Part B1Structural provisions
VIC B1D6Construction of buildings in flood hazard areas
[2019: VIC B1.6]
Delete
B1D6
and insert
VIC B1D6
as follows:
(1)
A Class 2 or 3 building, Class 9a health-care building, Class 9c building or Class 4 part of a building, in a flood hazard area must comply with the ABCB Standard for Construction of Buildings in Flood Hazard Areas.
(2)
The definitions of flood hazard area and freeboard in the ABCB Standard for Construction of Buildings in Flood Hazard Areas are replaced with those in VIC Schedule 1.
(3)
The definition of defined flood level in the ABCB Standard for Construction of Buildings in Flood Hazard Areas is replaced with that in VIC Schedule 1.
Section CFire resistance
Part C2Fire resistance and stability
C2D11Fire hazard properties
[2019: C1.10]
Delete
C2D11 (3)
and insert
VIC C2D11 (3)
as follows:
(3)
The requirements of (1) do not apply to a material or assembly if it is—
plaster, cement render, concrete, terrazzo, ceramic tile or the like; or
timber treads, risers, landings and associated supporting framework installed in accordance with D3D30 where the Spread-of-Flame Index and the Smoke-Developed Index of the timber does not exceed 9 and 8 respectively.
Section DAccess and egress
Part D2Provision for escape
D2D5Exit travel distances
[2019: D1.4]
Delete
D2D5 (4)
and insert
VIC D2D5 (4)
as follows:
no point on the floor must be more than 12 m from a point from which travel in different directions to 2 of the requiredexits is available; and
the maximum distance to one of those exits must not be more than 30 m from the starting point.
VIC D2D9Width of doorways in exits or paths of travel to exits
[2019: VIC D1.6(f)(iv)]
Delete
D2D9
and insert
VIC D2D9
as follows:
In a requiredexit or path of travel to an exit, the unobstructed width of a doorway must be not less than—
in patient care areas through which patients would normally be transported in beds—
if the doorway provides access to, or from, a corridor of width—
less than 2.2 m — 1200 mm; or
2.2 m or greater — 1070 mm; and
where the doorway referred to in (i) is fitted with two leaves and one leaf is secured in the closed position in accordance with D3D26(2)(e), the other leaf must permit an unobstructed opening not less than 800 mm wide; or
the unobstructed width of each exit provided to comply with D2D8(1), (2), (3) or (4), minus 250 mm; or
in any other case except where it opens to a sanitary compartment or bathroom — 750 mm wide.
Part D3Construction of exits
D3D26Operation of latch
[2019: D2.21]
Insert
subclause VIC D3D26
(6)
in clause D3D26 as follows:
(6)
For the purposes of (1), an exit door from a children’s service which does not open to an outdoor space enclosed in accordance with G1D4, must have the device located between 1.5 m and 1.65 m above the floor and the door must be self-closing.
Section EServices and equipment
Part E1Fire fighting equipment
VIC E1D7Where sprinklers are required: Class 3 building used as a residential care building
combustible goods with an aggregate volume exceeding 2000 m3 and stored to a height greater than 4 m such as the following:
Aerosol packs with flammable contents.
Cartons and associated packing material excluding cartons with densely packed non-combustible content.
Electrical appliances where the components are predominantly plastic.
Foamed rubber or plastics including wrappings or preformed containers.
Paper products.
Plastic, rubber, vinyl and other sheets in the form of offcuts, random pieces or rolls.
Textiles raw and finished.
Timber products.
Specification 17Fire sprinkler systems
S17C2Application of automatic fire sprinkler standards
[2019: VIC Spec E1.5: 2]
Delete
S17C2
and insert
VIC S17C2
as follows:
Subject to this Specification, an automatic fire sprinkler system must comply with—
for a Class 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9b building: AS 2118.1 ; or
for a Class 2, 3, 4 9a or 9c building: AS 2118.1 , except clause 5.9.10 of AS 2118.1 does not apply and is replaced with ‘Covered balconies shall be sprinkler protected’; or
for a Class 2 or 3 building with an effective height of not more than 25 m and a rise in storeys of 4 or more; Specification 18 and the relevant provisions of this Specification as applicable; or
for Class 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9a (other than a residential care building (Vic)) or 9b parts of a building less than 25 m in effective height, which also contains Class 2 or 3 parts: a sprinkler system in accordance with Specification 18 as for a Class 2 or 3 building and the relevant provisions of this Specification except—
a FPAA101D sprinkler system cannot be used where the Class 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9a (other than a residential care building (Vic)) or 9b parts—
a FPAA101D or FPAA101H sprinkler system cannot be used where the Class 7a part (other than an open-deck carpark) accommodates more than 40 vehicles; or
for a Class 2 or 3 building with a rise in storeys of not more than 3: AS 2118.4 as applicable; or
for a combined sprinkler and hydrant system: AS 2118.6 ; or
except that clause 3.5.2.8 of FPAA101H applies as if the first paragraph is replaced with ‘Covered balconies shall be sprinkler protected’; and
except that clause 3.5.3 of FPAA101H applies as if it is replaced with:
The location and spacing of sprinklers in Class 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9b parts of the building shall be in accordance with Section 5 of AS 2118.1 :2017.
The location and spacing of sprinklers in Class 9a and 9c parts of the building shall be in accordance with Section 5 of AS 2118.1 :2017 except that clause 5.9.10 of AS 2118.1 does not apply and is replaced with ‘Covered balconies shall be sprinkler protected’.
Specification 20Smoke detection and alarm systems
S20C4Smoke detection system
[2019: Spec E2.2a: 4]
Delete
S20C4 (4)
and insert
VIC S20C4 (4)
as follows:
(4)
In a Class 9c building provided with a smoke detection system—
if the building accommodates more than 20 residents, manual call points must be installed in paths of travel so that no point on a floor is more than 30 m from a manual call point; and
indication of the zone where the smoke detection system has actuated must be achieved by one of the following:
Option 1—
remote automatic indication of each zone must be given in each smoke compartment; and
indication of (A) must be indicated on remote annunciator panels with alpha-numeric displays with a minimum of 20 characters of 9 mm minimum height.
Option 2—
indication of the zone where the smoke detection system has actuated must be communicated via a suitable interface with the fire indicator panel to a portable remote communication device; and
at least one such portable remote communication device per smoke compartment must be provided to staff nominated by the owner or operator and properly instructed as to the duties and responsibilities involved; and
the portable remote communication device may be a pager with alpha-numeric display or portable telephone handset with capability of receiving alpha-numeric display.
S20C8System monitoring
[2019: VIC Spec E2.2a: 8]
Delete
S20C8
and insert
VIC S20C8
as follows:
The following installations must be connected to a fire alarm monitoring system connected to a fire station or a fire station dispatch centre in accordance with AS 1670.3 :
A smoke detection system in a Class 3 building provided in accordance with S20C2(b)(i) or (ii).
A smoke detection system in a Class 9a health-care building, if the building accommodates more than 20 patients, unless the building is sprinklered and the sprinkler system is permanently connected to a fire station, or other approved monitoring service with a direct data link to a fire station, in accordance with Building Practice Note SFS-01.
Smoke detection in accordance with S20C6 provided to activate—
An automatic fire detection and alarm system required by E2D10 for large isolated buildings subject to C3D4.
Section FHealth and amenity
Part F4Sanitary and other facilities
VIC F4P2Laundry facilities
[2019: VIC FP2.2 Application]
Delete
F4P2
and insert
VIC F4P2
as follows:
Laundering facilities or space for laundering facilities and the means for the sanitary disposal of waste water must be provided in a convenient location within or associated with a building appropriate to the function or use of the building.
Applications:
F4P2 only applies to—
a Class 2 building or Class 4 part of a building; and
Delete
F4D4 (9)
and insert
VIC F4D4 (9)
as follows:
(9)
A Class 9b early childhood centre, other than a children’s service, must be provided with—
a kitchen or food preparation area with a kitchen sink, separate hand washing facilities, space for a refrigerator and space for cooking facilities, with—
the facilities protected by a door or gate with child proof latches to prevent unsupervised access to the facilities by children younger than 5 years old; and
the ability to facilitate supervision of children from the facilities if the early childhood centre accommodates children younger than 2 years old; and
one bath, shower or shower-bath; and
if the centre accommodates children younger than 3 years old—
a laundry facility comprising a washtub and space in the same room for a washing machine; and
a bench type baby bath, which is within 1 m of the nappy change bench; and
a nappy changing bench which—
is within 1 m of separate adult hand washing facilities and bench type baby bath; and
must be not less than 0.9 m2 in area and at a height of not less than 850 mm, but not more than 900 mm above the finished floor level; and
must have a space not less than 800 mm high, 500 mm wide and 800 mm deep for the storage of steps; and
is positioned to permit a staff member changing a nappy to have visibility of the play area at all times.
Insert
subclause VIC F4D4
(12)
in clause F4D4 as follows:
a kitchen or facilities for the preparation and cooking of food for children including washing up facilities and a space for refrigerated food storage facilities; and
Delete
Table F4D4g
and insert
VIC Table F4D4g
as follows:
VIC Table F4D4g:
Sanitary facilities in Class 9b buildings – early childhood centres
User group
Closet pans
Washbasins
Design occupancy
Number
Design occupancy
Number
Children
1 - 30
2
1 - 30
2
>30
Add 1 per 15
>30
Add 1 per 15
Table Notes
Facilities for use by children must be—
junior closet pans, except that those in a restricted children’s service may be adult height toilets if they are fitted with a removable seat suitable for children and a wide and stable step in front; and
washbasins with a rim height not exceeding 600 mm, except that those in a restricted children’s service may be adult height washbasins if they are provided with a wide and stable step in front; and
except in a children’s service, accessible from both indoor and outdoor play areas; and
in a children’s service, other than a restricted children’s service, the closet pans must be located in relation to children’s rooms and outdoor play spaces so that children using toilets can be observed by staff from children’s rooms and outdoor play space.
F4D8Construction of sanitary compartments
[2019: F2.5]
Delete
F4D8 (3)
and insert
VIC F4D8 (3)
as follows:
(3)
In an early childhood centre, other than a restricted children’s service, closet pans situated in a group for use by children must be separated from one another by means of a partition, which, except for the doorway, is opaque for a height of not less than 900 mm but not more than 1200 mm above the floor.
VIC F4D13First aid rooms
[2019: VIC F2.101]
Insert
VIC F4D13 as follows:
(1)
If an assembly building, place of public entertainment (as defined in the Building Act 1993) or an open spectator stand accommodates more than 5000 spectators at an arena, sportsground, showground, racecourse, cricket ground, football ground, coursing ground, motor racing arena, or the like, a suitable room or rooms must be provided in accordance with VIC Table F4D13 for use by para-medical attendants for first aid purposes.
A habitable room or space must have sufficient size to enable the room or space to fulfil its intended function.
F5V1Room or space heights
[2019: FV3.1]
Delete
F5V1 (1)
and insert
VIC F5V1 (1)
as follows:
(1)
Compliance with VIC F5P1 is verified only in relation to the height of a habitable room or space where the height of habitable room or space provides an appropriate activity support level that does not unduly interfere with its intended function.
A swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm and which is associated with a Class 2 or 3 building or Class 4 part of a building, must have suitable barriers to restrict access by young children to the immediate pool surrounds in accordance with AS 1926.1 and AS 1926.2 .
(3)
A water recirculation system in a swimming pool with a depth of water more than 300 mm must comply with AS 1926.3 .
Part G5Construction in bushfire prone areas
VIC G5O1Objective
[2019: GO5]
Delete
G5O1
and insert
VIC G5O1
as follows:
The Objective of this Part is to—
safeguard occupants from injury from the effects of a bushfire; and
protect buildings from the effects of a bushfire; and
facilitate temporary shelter for building occupants who may be unable to readily evacuate the building prior to a bushfire.
is to provide a resistance to bushfires in order to reduce the danger to life and minimise the risk of the loss of the building; and
if occupied by people who may be unable to readily evacuate the building prior to a bushfire, is to be constructed so as to provide its occupants shelter from the direct and indirect actions of a bushfire.
reduce the risk of ignition from a design bushfire with an annual exceedance probability not more than 1:100 years, or 1:200 years for a Class 9 building; and
a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building of a type listed in (a) to (d); and
a Class 4 part of a building associated with a building of a type listed in (b) to (d).
VIC G5P2Additional bushfire requirements for certain Class 9 buildings
[New for 2022]
Delete
G5P2
and insert
VIC G5P2
as follows:
A building that is constructed in a designated bushfire prone area and occupied by people who may be unable to readily evacuate the building prior to a bushfire must, to the degree necessary—
reduce the risk of an untenable indoor environment for occupants during a bushfire event, appropriate to the—
location of the building relative to fire hazards, including—
classified vegetation; and
adjacent buildings, structures and movable objects; and
A Class 4 part of a building associated with a building of a type listed in (a) to (c).
(2)
In a designated bushfire prone area, a Class 10a building or deck immediately adjacent or connected to a building of a type listed in (1)(a) to (c) must comply with S43C2 and S43C13.
VIC Part I4Class 3 and 9a residential aged care buildings and Class 9c buildings
An electronic communication system must be provided to enable residents and staff to summon assistance in habitable rooms (other than kitchens), water closets, shower rooms and bathrooms.
The clear width of all bedroom entrance doorways must be not less than 900 mm.
(2)
The clear width of all other doorways must be not less than 800 mm.
VIC I4D4Windows
[2019: VIC H101.3]
(1)
The sill height of windows in habitable rooms (except kitchens) must be not more than 900 mm above the floor.
(2)
Openable windows must be provided with flyscreens.
VIC I4D5Grab rails
[2019: VIC H101.4]
Grab rails must be provided in association with every closet pan, shower or bath in accordance with AS 1428.1 .
VIC I4D6Electronic communication system
[2019: VIC H101.6]
A communication system must—
contain a back-up power supply; and
have a control that enables the call to be cancelled manually at the point of origin only; and
incorporate a device at the point of origin that indicates the system has operated; and
incorporate an indication panel in the manager’s office or staff area that clearly indicates the point of origin of a call; and
have an audible tone that has a continuous signal until deactivated at the point of origin; and
be operational at all times; and
have two call points in each ensuite or combined shower/water closet with one call point located in the shower recess and the other on the wall beside the closet pan ahead of the bowl rim; and
have call points (other than those mentioned in (g)) which are located—
in all bathrooms, sanitary compartments and shower rooms where the call point must be of waterproof construction and within the reach of any fallen resident.
VIC I4D7Electrical power outlets
[2019: VIC H101.7]
General purpose outlets must be provided as follows:
In bedrooms with one occupant — two general purpose outlets provided on a minimum of two walls.
For each additional occupant — two general purpose outlets provided at the head of each additional bed.
VIC I5P1Temporary tiered seating, concourses and embankments
[2019: VIC HP102.1]
Temporary tiered seating stands and embankments must be designed using engineering principles and constructed to provide for the safety of patrons and orderly means of evacuation in an emergency.
Applications:
VIC I5P1 applies to all places or public entertainment as defined in the Building Act 1993 and prescribed in regulation 206 of the Building Regulations 2018.
VIC I5P2Motor vehicle racing
[2019: VIC HP102.2]
Every place of public entertainment where motor vehicle racing takes place must be provided with suitable barriers and guard rails to protect the public from injury.
Applications:
VIC I5P2 applies to all places of public entertainment as defined in the Building Act 1993 and prescribed in regulation 206 of the Building Regulations 2018.
VIC I5P3Sanitary and amenity facilities
[2019: VIC HP102.3]
Sufficient sanitary and amenity facilities must be provided at places of public entertainment for use by patrons.
Applications:
VIC I5P2 applies to all places of public entertainment as defined in the Building Act 1993 and prescribed in regulation 206 of the Building Regulations 2018.
The maximum slope of tiered seating must not exceed 34 degrees measured from the horizontal plane.
Aisles must be evenly spaced throughout the structure and have—
a minimum width of 1 m; and
the aggregate of aisle widths leading to an exit must be not less than the required width of that exit; and
no one aisle may serve more than—
120 patrons where individual seating with backs is provided; or
200 patrons in any other case.
When applying the balustrading requirements of the Deemed-to-Satisfy Provisions of Section D, the height of plat balustrading that directly abuts seating (i.e. with no aisle between the seat and the balustrading) must be measured from the plat or seat base whichever in the higher.
Transverse aisles must be provided at a horizontal distance of not more than 10 m between any row of seats.
All individual moveable seats must be—
fixed in groups of not less than four; and
not used in stepped or ramped seating areas.
For any spectators’ embankment—
where the rear slope exceeds 1 in 5, a guard rail must be installed with no openings except at the heads of steps or ramps; and
where the forward or front slope exceeds 1 in 8, the embankment must be stepped with plats not less than 500 mm wide and risers not greater than 230 mm high.
Guard rails must be installed to protect any fence, balustrade or railing associated with stepped or ramped standing spaces where excess pressure is expected from spectators.
VIC I5D4Motor vehicle racing
[2019: VIC H102.3]
Motor vehicle racing barriers and guard rails must be provided so as to comply with the following:
Motorsport Australia Track Operators Guide for Motorsport Race Venues.
For stock car racing—
on the outer margin of the track: a continuous concrete, close boarding or long guard barrier having a minimum height of not less than 900 mm; and
on all curved sections of the track within 3 m of a barrier described in (i): a stout welded or woven wire mesh fence adequately supported having a height of not less than 1.8 m above adjacent spectators viewing areas; and
between the public viewing area and the fence described in (ii): a suitable crowd barrier that will prevent spectators entering within 1.2 m of that fence.
VIC I5D5Sanitary and amenity facilities
[2019: VIC H102.4]
Sanitary and amenity facilities in places of public entertainment must be provided as follows:
In places other than buildings:
One closet fixture for every 200 female patrons or part thereof.
One closet fixture or urinal for every 200 male patrons of part thereof, at least 30% of which must be in the form of closet fixtures.
One washbasin for every 200 patrons or part thereof.
For use by disabled persons, one unisex facility within the meaning of Part F4 of NCC Volume One for every 100 closet fixtures or part thereof required under (i) and (ii).
One drinking fountain or drinking tap for every washbasin required under (iii).
First aid facilities in accordance with VIC F4D13.
The number and location of doorways to a children’s room must take into account the mobility of children in the event that emergency egress or entry is required.
A children’s room must have a doorway, or in the case of every such room accommodating more than 21 children at least two doorways as widely separated as possible, providing direct access to or from—
Has the same meaning as it has under the Children's Services Act 1996, but excludes a service where education and care is primarily provided to school aged children.
Early childhood centre
Includes—
any premises, or part thereof, providing or intending to provide a centre-based education and care service within the meaning of the Education and Care Services National Law Act 2010, and the Education and Care Services National Regulations, excluding a service where education and care is primarily provided to school aged children; and
any premises, or part thereof, providing or intending to provide a centre-based education and care service within the meaning of the Education and Care Services National Law Act 2010, and the Education and Care Services National Regulations, excluding a service where education and care is primarily provided to school aged children; and
A strip or sleeve of impervious material dressed, fitted or built-in to provide a barrier to water movement, or to divert the travel of water, or to cover a joint where water would otherwise penetrate to the interior of a building, and includes the following:
Perimeter flashing: a flashing used at the floor-wall junction.
Vertical flashing: a flashing used at wall junctions within shower areas.
Roof flashing: a rigid or flexible material, usually metal, fixed over, against or built into an abutment to form a weathertight joint.
A strip or sleeve of impervious material dressed, fitted or built-in to provide a barrier to water movement, or to divert the travel of water, or to cover a joint where water would otherwise penetrate to the interior of a building, and includes the following:
Perimeter flashing: a flashing used at the floor-wall junction.
Vertical flashing: a flashing used at wall junctions within shower areas.
Roof flashing: a rigid or flexible material, usually metal, fixed over, against or built into an abutment to form a weathertight joint.
Flood hazard area
The site (whether or not mapped) encompassing land in an area liable to flooding within the meaning of Regulation 153 of the Building Regulations 2018.
Freeboard
The minimum height of the lowest floor of the building above the defined flood level, regulated by the relevant planning scheme, or specified or otherwise determined by the relevant council under Regulation 153 of the Building Regulations 2018 (see Figure 3).
Hotel offering shared accommodation
A hotel which has any sole-occupancy units that can be shared by unrelated persons.
On-site wastewater management system
A system that receives and/or treats wastewater generated and discharges the resulting effluent to—
Any water service plumbing, roof plumbing, sanitary plumbing system or heating, ventilation and air-conditioning plumbing.
Residential care building (Vic)
A building which is a place of residence where 10% or more of persons who reside there need physical assistance in conducting their daily activities and to evacuate the building during an emergency (including any residential care service, State funded residential care service or supported residential service as defined in the Supported Residential Services (Private Proprietors) Act 2010 and an aged care building) but does not include—
a hospital; or
a dwelling in which 2 or more members of the same family and not more than 2 other persons would ordinarily be resident; or
a place of residence where only one resident needs physical assistance in conducting their daily activities and to evacuate the building during an emergency.
any one of the following as defined in the Children’s Services Regulations 2020—
a limited hours Type 1 service; or
a limited hours Type 2 service; or
a short term Type 1 service; or
a short term Type 2 service; or
an associated children's service within the meaning of the Children's Services Act 1996 approved to be operated by an approved provider at the same place as an approved education and care service that is required to meet the conditions of a limited hours Type 1 service, a limited hours Type 2 service, a short term Type 1 service, or a short term Type 2 service.
In addition to any applicable provisions of the Building Act 1993, Building Regulations 2018 and this Code, there are a number of other legislative technical requirements affecting the design, construction and/or performance of buildings that practitioners may need to be aware of, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following list. Additional legislative instruments such as regulations, codes and standards may exist under the legislation listed.
This Appendix contains variations and additions to the Building Code of Australia (BCA) provisions which are considered necessary for the effective application of the Code in Western Australia.
In Western Australia state variations apply to wind Regions B and D.
There are also additional provisions to consolidate building related requirements from the Health (Public Building) Regulations 1992 into the Western Australian Schedule of the BCA.
Note: Due to publishing constraints some provisions in Schedule 11 may be missing a WA prefix. For example Table B1D3b in Schedule 11 should be read as WA Table B1D3b.
Section BStructure
Part B1Structural provisions
WA B1D3Determination of individual actions
[2019: B1.2]
Delete
B1D3
and insert
WA B1D3
as follows:
The magnitude of individual actions must be determined in accordance with the following:
Permanent actions:
the design or known dimensions of the building or structure; and
in cyclonic areas, metal roof cladding, its connections and immediate supporting members must comply with Specification 4; and
for the purposes of (v), cyclonic areas are those determined as being located in wind regions B2, C and D in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2 , except where varied by WA Part B2.
Actions not covered in (a), (b) and (c) above:
the nature of the action; and
the nature of the building or structure; and
the Importance Level of the building or structure determined in accordance with Table B1D3a; and
Buildings or structures presenting a low degree of hazard to life and other property in the case of failure.
2
Buildings or structures not included in Importance Level 1, 3 and 4.
3
Buildings or structures that are designed to contain a large number of people.
4
Buildings or structures that are essential to post-disaster recovery or associated with hazardous facilities.
Insert WA Table B1D3b as follows:
WA Table B1D3b:
Design events for safety
Importance Level
Annual probability of exceedance for non-cyclonic wind
Annual probability of exceedance for cyclonic wind other than Wind Region D north of the Tropic of Capricorn
Annual probability of exceedance for cyclonic wind in Wind Region D north of the Tropic of Capricorn
Annual probability of exceedance for snow
Annual probability of exceedance for earthquake
1
1:100
1:200
1:250
1:100
1:250
2
1:500
1:500
1:1000
1:150
1:500
3
1:1000
1:1000
1:2000
1:200
1:1000
4
1:2000
1:2000
1:5000
1:250
1:1500
Note:
B1D3(a)(iv) does not take effect until 1 October 2023.
Exemptions:
B1D3(a)(iv) does not apply to a Class 7b building—
where 100% of the roof area is shaded for more than 70% of daylight hours; or
with a roof area of not more than 55m2; or
where more than 50% of the roof area is used as a terrace, carpark, roof garden, roof light or the like.
Explanatory information:
In Western Australia state variations apply to wind regions B and D, this includes wind region B2 as referenced in AS/NZS 1170.2 .
The state variation for wind region B or B2 will ensure that designers consider the combination of peak external pressures and increased internal pressures in design of buildings and use a cyclonic (C) classification instead of non-cyclonic (N) classification. The definition of design wind speed is varied in WA Schedule 1 to identify that wind region B is a C classification in Western Australia. Other changes have also been made to reflect this.
In addition to a variation to clauses B1D3 and B1D4, a variation is made to the application of AS/NZS 1170.2 when used as either a primary referenced document or a secondary or subsequent referenced document. Refer to WA Schedule 2 and WA Part B2.
The state variation for wind region D applies only to those parts of region D located north of the Tropic of Capricorn. The 2021 edition of AS/NZS 1170.2 includes a reduction in design wind speeds for wind region D. The variation will retain similar design wind speeds for wind region D as the 2011 edition of AS/NZS 1170.2 previously referenced in the National Construction Code.
WA B1D4Determination of structural resistance of materials and forms of construction
[2019: B1.4]
Delete
B1D4
and insert
WA B1D4
as follows:
The structural resistance of materials and forms of construction must be determined in accordance with the following, as appropriate:
Masonry (including masonry-veneer, unreinforced masonry and reinforced masonry): AS 3700 , except—
‘(for piers—isolated or engaged)’ is removed from Clause 8.5.1(d); and
where Clause 8.5.1 requires design as for unreinforced masonry in accordance with Section 7, the member must also be designed as unreinforced masonry in accordance with Tables 10.3 and 4.1(a)(i)(C) of AS 3700 .
Concrete:
Concrete construction (including reinforced and prestressed concrete): AS 3600 .
for the purposes of this provision, a primary building element consisting entirely of, or a combination of, any of the following materials is considered not subject to termite attack:
Steel, aluminium or other metals.
Concrete.
Masonry.
Fibre-reinforced cement.
Timber — naturally termite resistant in accordance with Appendix C of AS 3660.1 .
Timber — preservative treated in accordance with Appendix D of AS 3660.1 ; and
a durable notice must be permanently fixed to the building in a prominent location, such as a meter box or the like, indicating—
the termite management system used; and
the date of installation of the system; and
where a chemical is used, its life expectancy as listed on the appropriate authority's pesticides register label; and
the installer’s or manufacturer’s recommendations for the scope and frequency of future inspections for termite activity.
Roof construction (except in cyclonic areas):
Terracotta, fibre-cement and timber slates and shingles: AS 4597.
Cellulose cement corrugated sheets: AS/NZS 2908.1 with safety mesh installed in accordance with AS 1562.3 clause 2.4.3.2 except for sub-clause (c)(vii) or plastic sheeting.
Garage doors and other large access doors in openings not more than 3 m in height in external walls of buildings determined as being located in wind region B2, C or D in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2 : AS/NZS 4505.
Lift shafts which are not required to have an FRL, must—
except as required by (ii), be completely enclosed with non-perforated material between the bottom of the pit and the ceiling of the lift shaft, other than—
at landing doors, emergency doors and pit access doors; and
in atriums and observation areas, be protected with non-perforated material not less than 2.5 m in height—
above any places on which a person can stand, which are within 800 mm horizontal reach of any vertical moving lift component including ropes and counterweights; and
at the lowest level of the atrium area that the lift serves, on all sides except the door opening, for not less than 2.5 m in height, by enclosure with non-perforated material; and
Material and minimum thickness of glazing and polycarbonate sheet
Application
Lift shaft vision panels more than 65 000 mm2, door panels, and lift shafts
Lift shaft vision panels less than or equal to 65 000 mm2
Laminated glass
10 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
6 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
Toughened/ laminated glass
10 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
6 mm (0.76 mm interlayer)
Annealed glass with security polyester film coating
10 mm
6 mm
Safety wire glass
Not applicable
Subject to fire test
Polycarbonate sheet
13 mm
6 mm
Specification 4Design of buildings in cyclonic areas
S4C1Scope
[2019: Spec B1.2: 1]
Delete
S4C1 (2)
and insert
WA S4C1 (2)
as follows:
(2)
For the purposes of Specification 4, cyclonic areas are those determined as being located in wind Regions B2, C and D in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2 .
The peak gust has an equivalent moving average time of approximately 0.2 s (Holmes and Ginger, 2012).
Values for V1 have not been calculated by the formular for VR in the Australian regions.
For ultimate or serviceability limit states, refer to the National Construction Code (Australia) or AS/NZS 1170.0 for information on values of importance level and annual probability of exceedance appropriate for the design of structures. For buildings in townships in cyclonic regions, users should consider overall risk to a community when selecting importance levels.
For Regions C and D, only the maximum values for the region are tabulated. Lower values of VR may apply in those regions, depending on the distance of the site from the smooth coastline.
Internal pressure is a function of the external pressures, and the leakage and openings in the external surfaces of the building or an isolated part of a larger building, and for some large buildings, the internal volume. The open area of a surface shall be calculated by adding areas of opening to areas of permeability or leakage on that surface of the building (e.g. vents and gaps in the building envelope).
The height at which the design wind speed is determined for calculation of internal pressures shall be the average roof height (h), as defined in Figure 2.1. However, for the cases of windward wall leakage or openings on a building greater than 25 m in height, the design wind speed at the height of the opening shall be used.
Pressure coefficients for internal pressure (Cp,i) shall be determined by either Clause 5.3.1.2 or 5.3.1.3.
NOTE 1 Damage inspections after wind storms, in Regions B2, C and D, have shown that large openings are very likely to occur accidentally due to failure of elements under direct wind pressure, or in the lower levels of a building envelope, by debris impact. Large openings can also occur in Regions A (0 to 5), B1 and NZ (1 to 4) under the same circumstances, although openings produced by debris impact are less likely.
NOTE 2 The equivalent free area of a ventilator (e.g. ridge or under-eave ventilators) can be determined from the product of discharge coefficient and throat area.
5.3.1.2 Internal pressure coefficients for all cases, except ultimate limit states for parts of buildings below 25 m in Regions B2, C and D
Clause 5.3.1.1 applies to buildings in all regions for serviceability limit states.
For ultimate limit states, it applies to all buildings in Regions A (0 to 5), B1 and NZ (1 to 4), and parts of buildings higher than 25 m above ground level in Regions B2, C and D.
Pressure coefficients for internal pressure (Cp,i) shall be determined from Tables 5.1(A) or 5.1(B).
Table 5.1(A) shall be used for the design case where there are no potential openings in any surface with a combined area greater than 0.5 % of the total area of that surface, and the leakage in the walls lead to internal pressures. Table 5.1(B) shall be used for the design case where there are openings in any surface greater than 0.5 % of the total area of that surface, or they can be created accidentally.
5.3.1.3 Internal pressure coefficients for ultimate limit states for parts of buildings below 25 m in Regions B2, C and D
Pressure coefficients for internal pressure (Cp,i) for parts of a building in Regions B2, C and D below 25 m for ultimate limit states, shall be determined from Table 5.1(B) only.
The ratio of the sum of opening areas on one surface to total open area of other walls and roof surfaces as defined in Table 5.1(B) shall not be taken to be less than two unless —
(a) it can be demonstrated that an opening will not be created in the building envelope as a result of impact loading from the windborne debris defined in Clause 2.5.8; or
(b) a permanently-open roof ventilator, such as a ridge ventilator, has been installed with equivalent total area (see Clause 5.3.1.1 Note 2) of at least that of the largest areas of any potential accidental openings in the walls, considering the combined area of wall openings in each wall surface one at a time; or
(c) permanently-open, wall ventilators have been installed on at least two walls, with equivalent total area (see Clause 5.3.1.1 Note 2) of the ventilators on each wall at least that of the largest of any potential accidental openings in the walls, considering the combined area of wall openings in each wall surface one at a time.
NOTE 1 Low-rise buildings in Regions B2, C and D should be designed for the high internal pressures resulting from large openings, for ultimate limit states. Even in cases where the opening is small or there is no opening, Table 5.1(A) is not intended to be used for low-rise buildings in Regions B2, C and D for ultimate limit states.
NOTE 2 To date, the majority of windborne debris in Regions B2, C and D in Australia has not often impacted at heights on buildings above 25 m. This is not the case in other parts of the world and could change in the future with increasing numbers of high-rise buildings.
Openings shall be determined according to either Clause 5.3.2.2 (Regions A (0 to 5), B1 and NZ (1 to 4), and Regions B2, C, D at heights of 25 m or above) or Clause 5.3.2.3 (Regions B2, C, D below 25 m).
Subject to Clauses 5.3.2.2 and 5.3.2.3, combinations of openings and open area shall be assumed to give internal pressures, which, together with external pressures, give the most adverse wind actions.
NOTE Potential openings include doors or windows that are left open or may fail, vents that are normally open and holes in cladding caused by impacts by windborne debris during a major wind event. Openings can be doors (including balcony doors) or windows that are left open, open under pressure, or open due to the failure of latches or hinges. When determining internal pressures, consideration should be given to scenarios in which large openings may develop. Openings may also be generated by debris impacts, particularly in Regions B2, C and D (see Clause 2.5.8).
5.3.2.2 Openings in buildings in Regions A (0 to 5), B1 and NZ (1 to 4), and parts of buildings at heights of 25 m or above in Regions B2, C and D
The full area of doors, including large access doors (e.g. roller doors), and windows that are normally closed, shall be regarded as openings, unless they are demonstrated to be capable of resisting the applied wind pressures.
NOTE 1 When assessing internal pressures, designers should consider the principles of robustness, i.e. to avoid situations where the failure of a single component such as a door or window could lead to consequent and disproportionate failure of other elements, or even complete failure of the structure.
NOTE 2 The structural assessment of doors that are assumed to remain closed and intact should include elements such as supports, frames, jambs, roller door guides, wind locks, latches and hinges, and fixings, where the resistance of doors relies on those. This assessment of roller doors and their supporting structural elements should also account for any structural resistance to any catenary actions developed by the door under wind load.
5.3.2.3 Openings in buildings for ultimate limit states for parts of buildings below 25 m in Regions B2, C and D
Doors (including large access doors) and windows that are normally closed, and cladding elements, shall be regarded as openings with an area equal to the greater of—
(a) the full area of the element, where it has not been demonstrated that it can resist the applied wind pressures; or
(b) the area of opening that results from debris impact, where the debris impact loading criteria are defined in Clause 2.5.8.
Artificial lighting must be provided along the external path of travel (including steps, landings, ramps or paths) to a road or open space associated with each exit from a WA public building.
(2)
The artificial lighting system required by (1) must—
provide a minimum illuminance of 1 lux at ground level; and
be connected to circuits separate from those supplying lighting for foyers, entry porches, emergency escape passages or areas provided entry or egress to the WA public building; and
be connected over two circuits where two or more lights are required; and
have switches that are not able to be operated by members of the public.
WA I4D7Fixed seating
[2019: WA H101.6]
Where fixed seating in a Class 9b WA public building is arranged in more than one row—
aisles must be provided on both sides of every row that contains more than 10 seats; and
the number of seats in a row must not exceed 42.
schedule 1Definitions
Design wind speed
The design gust wind speed for the area where the building is located, calculated in accordance with AS/NZS 1170.2 or AS 4055 (see WA Table 4 for wind classes).
Insert WA Table 4 as follows:
WA Table 4:
Wind classes
Non-cyclonic Region A
Cyclonic Region B, C and D
N1, N2, N3
C1
N4, N5, N6 (these wind classes are covered in the ABCB Housing Provisions Part 2.2)
C2, C3, C4 (these wind classes are covered in the ABCB Housing Provisions Part 2.2)
Table Notes
Wind classification map identifying wind regions is contained in ABCB Housing Provisions Part 2.2 (see Figure 2.2.3).
Information on wind classes for particular areas may be available from the appropriate authority.
“N” = non-cyclonic winds and “C” = cyclonic winds.
Licensed premises
Includes—
premises in respect of which a cabaret licence as defined by the Liquor Control Act 1988 has been granted under that Act; or
premises in respect of which a tavern licence, a hotel restricted licence or any other kind of hotel licence as defined by the Liquor Control Act 1988 has been granted under that Act; or
a cabaret, hotel or tavern—
in respect of which a special facility licence as defined by the Liquor Control Act 1988 has been granted under that Act; and
in respect of which paragraph (a) or (b) does not apply.
Potable water
Water intended for human consumption supplied by a water services provider.
Public building
A Class 6 licensed premises or 9b building where persons may assemble for—
civic, theatrical, social, political or religious purposes; or
educational purposes; or
entertainment, recreational or sporting purposes; or
business purposes.
WELS
Has the meaning given in the Water Efficiency Labelling and Standards Act 2005 of the Commonwealth.
For AS/NZS 1170 Part 2, incorporate the changes as set out in WA Part B2 of Volume One and WA Part 2.3 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
For AS 4055, incorporate the changes set out in WA Part 2.3 of the ABCB Housing Provisions.
Footnote: Other legislation affecting buildings
In addition to any applicable provisions of the Building Act 2011, Building Regulations 2012 and this Code, there are a number of other legislative technical requirements affecting the design, construction and/or performance of buildings that practitioners may need to be aware of, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following list. Additional legislative instruments such as regulations, codes and standards may exist under the legislation listed.
1. Building
Administering Agency
Department of Mines, Industry Regulation and Safety
Relevant Legislation
Building Services (Complaint Resolution and Administration) Act 2011
Building Services (Complaint Resolution and Administration) Regulations 2011
Building Services (Registration) Act 2011
Building Services (Registration) Regulations 2011
2. Caravan Parks and Camping Grounds
Administering Agency
Department of Local Government, Sport and Cultural Industries
Relevant Legislation
Caravan Park and Camping Grounds Act 1995
Caravan Park and Camping Grounds Regulations 1997
3. Child Care
Administering Agency
Department of Communities
Relevant Legislation
Child Care Services Act 2007
Child Care Services Regulations 2007
Child Care Services (Child Care) Regulations 2006
4. Fences
Administering Agency
Department of Mines, Industry Regulation and Safety
Relevant Legislation
Dividing Fences Act 1961
5. Health
Administering Agency
Department of Health
Relevant Legislation
Health (Miscellaneous Provision) Act 1911
Health Act (Laundries & Bathrooms) Regulations
Health Act (Swimming Pools) Regulations 1964
Health (Air Handling and Water Systems) Regulations 1994
Health (Asbestos) Regulations 1992
Health (Aquatic Facilities) Regulations 2007
Health (Construction Work) Regulations 1973
Construction Camp Regulations
Health (Public Buildings) Regulations 1992
Health (Treatment of Sewage and Disposal of Effluent and Liquid Waste) Regulations 1974
Health (Rottnest Island) By-laws 1989
Sewerage (Lighting, Ventilation and Construction) Regulations 1971
Health Local Laws where adopted by Local Government
6. Heritage
Administering Agency
Heritage Council of Western Australia
Relevant Legislation
Heritage of Western Australia Act 1990
Heritage of Western Australia Regulations 1991
7. Hospitals and Health Services
Administering Agency
Department of Health
Relevant Legislation
Private Hospitals and Health Services Act 1927
8. Housing
Administering Agency
Department of Communities
Relevant Legislation
Housing Act 1980
9. Land
Administering Agency
Western Australian Land Information Authority
Relevant Legislation
Strata Titles Act 1985
10. Occupational Health and Safety
Administering Agency
Department of Mines, Industry Regulation and Safety
Relevant Legislation
Occupational Safety and Health Act 1984
11. Planning Controls
Administering Agency
Department of Planning, Lands and Heritage
Relevant Legislation
Planning and Development Act 2005
Planning and Development (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2005
12. Public Works
Administering Agency
Department of Finance, Building Management and Works
